HiTec Zang GmbH -- Main Catalogue 2009/10

HiTec Zang GmbH • Ebertstrasse 30-32 • 52134 Herzogenrath • Germany 

General Office: +49 (0) 24 07 / 910 100 • Fax: +49 (0) 2407 / 910 1099 • Internet: www.hitec-zang.com

Usage notes 

The informations within this catalog kann be reached via these indexes: 

Table of content 348 

Order codes 339 

To make the selection and combination of needed components easy, we assembled a couple of turnkey 

solutions and packages which are suitable for default applications: 

Basic automation systems 72 

Software packages 176 

Turnkey laboratory/minplant system 6 

Turnkey reaction calorimetery 28 

Parallel Reactor Systems 14 

Reactor Systems for Education 20 

Furthermore you will find overviews as charts for the following areas: 

Which signal type accords to which device? 83 

Which Modules for which Signal Type? 86 

Cables for Instrumentation 107 

Driver Programs for Laboratory Device Interfaces 110 

Which Proportional Valve for which Application? 220 

Which Pump for which Application? 269 

Which Stirrer Blade for which Application? 329 

If you notify us of your project details we will be happy to prepare the required components for you. 

To reach us directly: 

Department Phone +49(0)2407/910 - E-Mail 

Information -1012 info@hitec-zang.de 

Sales -1010 sales@hitec-zang.de 

Service -1026 service@hitec-zang.de 

Software -1017 software@hitec-zang.de 

Hardware -1014 hardware@hitec-zang.de 

Subject to technical changes, errors and misprints 

Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Vista and Teflon are registred trademarks. 

© 2009 HiTec Zang GmbH 

HiTec Zang GmbH · Tel: +49(0)2407/910 100 · info@hitec-zang.de · http://www.hitec-zang.com 3

4 

New in this Edition 

30 Years of Excellence in Lab Scale Technology · Over 1.000 Products around the Laboratory Reactor

Here you will find: 

Automatic Laboratory Reator Systems 

� Standard LabKit Laboratory Reactor Systems 

� HiClave high-pressure autoclaves 

� MulitLab Parallel Reactor Systems 

� LabKit-ed Small Reactor Systems for Training Purposes 

� Laboratory Clarification Unit 

� Microreaction Technology 

Note: 

Custom made plants can be found in the chapter „Plant Construction and Miniplant Technology“. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 

Reactor Systems 

Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 

Construction and 

Technology 

HiTec Zang GmbH · Tel: +49(0)2407/910 100 · info@hitec-zang.de · http://www.hitec-zang.com 5 

Equipment and 

Components 

Process Analytics 

and Sensors 

Dosing Systems, 

Pumps 

Liquid-Handling, 

Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

6 

Automatic Laboratory Reactor Systems 

Standard Laboratory Reactor Systems 

Automated laboratory reaction systems are an 

absolute necessity for today's product and process 

development and optimisation. Due to the much 

more intensive utilisation of the laboratory resources 

and the relief of the laboratory staff from routine 

activities, they pay off very quickly. They are a save 

way to achieve maximum reproducibility as well as 

an increase in quality and to gain new knowledge. 

Conventional laboratory reactor automation 

systems are limited to simple syntheses and are 

therefore no longer able to meet today's 

requirements. 

The fully-automateded HiTec Zang laboratory 

reactor systems are available as single and parallel 

reactor plants. Apart from the standard 

configurations, you can choose the set-up of the 

plant which accords to your demands from our 

LabKit program. 

Advantages: 

� easy to handle open system 

� NAMUR-conform automation with LABmanager/LabVision/HiBatch/HiLIMS 

� continuously expandable 

� space saving installation 

� electrically sinkable reactor vessel 

� optimal usage of the laboratory‘s capacity by 

operating 24 hours 

� best reproducibility 

� increase in quality 

� relief from routine jobs 

� reduction of the risk of accidents 

� GLP-compliant documentation 

� accessible via network, e.g. from the office 

� remote maintenance (dial-up by customer) 

Last fine-tuning before delivery 

HiTec Zang ALR-Systems are suited for the 

� Development of products and procedures 

� Optimisation of procedures 

� Safety-related tests 

� Scale-Up tests 

� Reaction calorimetry etc. 

The assembly of a laboratory reactor system out of 

individual components, e.g. out of a pH-controller, a 

dosing control, a vacuum controller, data collection, 

a control element, etc. used to be considered the 

best possible assembly. The capacity limits of such a 

conventional assembly are clearly demonstrated by 

LabKit due to its NAMUR-conform automation 

based on the LAB Manager System. 

Sophisticated details, such as the lowerable reactor 

tank, facilitate work. 

Options, Extensions 

Sensors for filling level, opacity, flow, pH, redox etc., 

coupling of analysers etc., out of the chapter 

“Process Analytics and Sensors”, in-situ analytics, 

coupled multiple reactor systems, customer-specific 

machines out of the chapter “Customised Equipment 

and Miniplants” – the offered possibilities are 

virtually limitless. 

Standard systems 

The following depicted standard systems LabKitalr1, 

LabKit-alr2, LabKit-rcf, LabKit-rcb, LabKit-ed, 

and HiClave are complete, ready-to-use Automatic 

Laboratory Reactor Systems (ALR). They are suited 

for deployment in laboratories, pilot plants and miniplants. 

They can be aligned according to spacial 

conditions and upgraded by auxiliary modules. 



LabKit-alr1 Standard-ALR-System 

Automatic lab reactor system in the basis version. 

Suitable for syntheses in a temperature range 

reaching from -10 to +130 °C with reflux distillation. 

The system can be expanded with components from 

the LabKit-Construction Systems. 

Specification 

LabKit-alr1 ALR-standard system 

Rack Square section anodised aluminium profile. 

Reactor 1 litre plane ground container DN100, cylindrical with heating jacket and manual PTFE 

base drain. 

Plane ground cover with centre neck NS29 for stirrer, side necks 2xNS29 slanted and 

1xNS29 straight, Seal DN120 Silicon/FEP, plane ground connector. 

Stirrer ViscoPakt-35 torque measuring stirrer, rotational speed 60..800 rpm, maximum torsion 

35 Ncm, including the optional RS232 interface. 

Accessories: light and high-strength stirrer coupling made of POM, standard agitator 

Heating/Cooling 

System 

closure, glass propeller stirrer. 

Heating/ cooling thermostat, working temperature range -25..150 °C in jacket, heating 

output 1 kW, refrigerating capacity 0.21 kW at 0 °C. 

Accessories: isolated heating tubes, heating connection adaptors, wide range 

tempering oil -40..165 °C. 

Dosing System A GraviDos Dosing System for liquids (regulated dropping funnel), 500 ml receiver 

tank, dosing valve (ETFE/Kalrez) controlled gravimetrically. 

Reflux cooling Intensive reflux cooler made of borosilicate glass, 250 mm long, NS29/32, 

Shutting valve for cooling water. 

Ventilation Air valve PVDF/Kalrez). 

Sensors Temperature sensor: Reactor internal temperature, thermostat bath temperature. 

Automation LabBox 1 with the following interfaces: 4 Pt100 temperature measurement inputs, 4 

analogue inputs (current and voltage), 8 digital outputs, Sensor-/Actor power supply 

24 V 2.5 A, 2 RS232 interfaces. 

User PC : 1 CG-ABK1 HiTec display and control elements with premium 20“ TFT 

monitor. 

Materials Mainly borosilicate glass, PFA, PTFE, ETFE, PVDF. Seals in contact with media made 

of Kalrez, high-grade steel material 1.4571 (modifications possible). 

Order Code Description 

VL-LABKITALR1 Automatic Laboratory Reactor System, Basic Design 

Recommended software package 


SL-LABVIPBATL Software Package for LabBox1 and 2 to control small Batch Processes 

SF-PID4 Controller module with 4 PID- and application oriented controllers 

Recommended datapoint amount: 100 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

8 


LabKit-alr2 Standard-ALR-System 

Automatic Lab Reactor System in extended 

configuration. Suitable for syntheses in the 

temperature range from -20 to +180 °C with reflux 

distillation via programmable reflux separators. 

The system can be expanded with components from 

the LabKit-Construction Systems. 

Specification 

LabKit-alr2 ALR-Standard System with optional Modules 

Rack Square anodised aluminium profile, electrical fixture for lowering the reactor vessel, 

catch pan made of high-grade steel. 

Reactor 2 litre reactor with double jacket DN150, Duran glass, PTFE base drain with 

integrated PT100 sensor, plane ground cover, seals Silicon/FEP, plane ground 

connector 

Stirrer Torque measuring stirrer ViscoPakt-rheo-57, rotational speed 50..2000 rpm, 

maximum torsion 57 Ncm, including the optional RS232 interface 

Accessories: light and high-strength stirrer coupling made of POM, standard agitator 

closure, glass propeller stirrer 

Heating/Cooling 

System 

Heating/cooling thermostat especially for tempering of external systems, working 

temperature range -40..200 °C in the jacket, heating output 1.5/3 kW, cooling 

capacity 0.7 kW at 0 °C 

Accessories: isolated heating tubes, heating connection adaptors, wide range 

tempering oil -90..200 °C 

Vacuum Laboratory vacuum system with chemical resistant vacuum pump < 8 mbar abs., 

volume flow rate 1 m³/h, suction side separator, pressure side intensive cooler, safety 

valve 

Reflux Cooling Intensive reflux cooler out of borosilicate glass, 250 mm long, NS29/32 

Shutting valve for the cooling 

Monitoring of cooling water with floating-element meter 

Distillation distillate collecting scales, instrument read-out 0.01 g, weighing range 1510 g 

2/2- way stop cock to shut off distillate collecting container and the pressure 

compensation. 

Optional: Glass reflux separator with vacuum jacket, silver-plated with viewing 

window, NSH+K 29/32 with PT100 connector GL14, discharge GL14 

Ventilation Air escape valve (ETFE/Kalrez) 

Inerting Inerting valve (ETFE/Kalrez), pressure regulator from maximum 16bar to 0..1bar 

Dosing System A GraviDos Dosing System for liquids (regulated dropping funnel), 500 ml receiver 

tank, dosing valve (ETFE/Kalrez) controlled gravimetrically 



Sensors Temperatures: reactor interior space, thermostat, flow, return flow, steam dosing 

medium Reactor interior pressure, pH-value 

Automation LABbox2 with the following interfaces: 8 Pt100 temperature measurement inputs, 8 

analogue inputs (Current & Voltage) of which 1 pH, 3 RS232, 4 GraviDos (DMS) 

Interfaces, 4 digital inputs, 8 digital outputs, 2 of which for 230 V connected sockets. 

Sensor power supply 24 V 1,5 A, actor power supply 24 V 3 A. 

User pc, 1 CG-ABK2 HiTec display and control element with premium 22“ TFT 

monitor, uninterrupted power supply and UPS management system 

Materials Mainly borosilicate glass, PFA, PTFE, ETFE, seals in contact with media made of 

Kalrez, high grade steel material 1.4571 (modifications possible) 

Dimensions D x W x H: 56 x 80 x 150 cm 


VL-LABKITALR2 Automatic Laboratory Reactor System, 2 Dosing Circuits, Reflux Boiling, Vacuum Distillation, 

Vacuum Control, Inerting, Stirrer Torque Measurement 

VL-LABKITALR2-AWE Collection plate made of high-grade steel 

VL-LABKITALR2-RFT Column and magnetc glas-reflux seperator with vaccuum jacket 

Recommended Software Package 


SL-LABVIPBATE Economy software package for LabBox2 and LabManager1 for batch operation 


Recommended datapoint amount: 100 

For high pressure reaction, in particular at multiphase 

systems, the HiClave laboratory pressure 

reactor systems have proven themselves to be a 

suited solution. 

They cover the volume range from 10 to 250 ml at a 

maximum pressure up to 300 bar and a maximum 

temperature of up to 300°C. Due to the pure metal 

cover gasket, the system is able to reach a tightness 

which enables highly precise gas consumption 

measurements. Up to 7 reactor connections are 

possible. At the reactors as of 100 ml content, the 

HiTec Zang Pressure Reaction Systems are suited 

for 

� Hydrogenation 

� Oxidations 

� Carbonylation 

� Polymerisation 

and further processes. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

10 

Standard Systems 


HiClave plants dispose of a modular construction. 

The standard systems depicted in the following 

represent the basis for pressure reaction systems 

suited for a multitude of applications. They are 

adjustable to the respective requirements and can 

be equipped with the offered additional modules and 

components. 

Pressure Reactor System with Gassing and Balancing 

10 ml and 20 ml Reactors 

Equipment 

The 10 ml and 20 ml reactors have 

a cover with cap nut and a central 

media connection with four-way 

connector. The middle connection 

of the four-way connector is 

allocated with the interior 

temperature sensor, the lateral 

ones usually with media connection 

and the manometer. 

The reactors tempered with a 

magnetic heating stirrer with 

heating block and agitated by a 

kinetic stirring rod. 

� Simple heating and stirring via a magnetic 

heating stirrer and a heating block attachment 

� Temperature Sensor (Pt100) 

Pressure Reactor 20 ml, heated and agitated with Magnetic 

Stirrer; on the right: Reactor with fibre-optic ATR Sensor 

Connection Options 

� 1 x Temperature Sensor 

� 1 x Pressure Gauge 

� 1 x Media Connection 

Options 

� Other Connection Assignments 

50 ml Reaktor 

The 50 ml reactor a 

cover with cap nut 

and 3 connections. 

One of these can be 

equipped with a 

magnetic stirrer drive. 

The stirrer is passed 

through eccentrically. 

The other two 

connections are for 

the thermal sensor 

and and the media 

feed. If the stirrer 

drive is omitted in 

favour of magnetic 

stirrer, the now free 

connection can now 

be freely assigned. 

The reactors are 

heated via a heating 

sleeve and stirred 

overhead. In this 

case, the cooling can 

be conducted via a 

plate cooler. 

Alternatively, it is 

possible to heat and 

stir with a magnetic heating stirrer and heating block. 

Equipment: 

� Heating via Heating Sleeve 

� Stirring via Magnetic Stirring Head 

� Temperature Sensor (Pt100) 



100...250 ml Reactor 


The 100...250 ml rector 

have a flange cover with 7 

connections bolted by 

extension bolts. For better 

access, three of these 

connections have been 

placed on the outer side of 

the cover. The central 

nozzle is assigned with the 

magnetic stirrer head. The 

reactor is available in a 

high grade steel or 

Hastelloy version. 

The reactors are heated 

via a heating sleeve and 

can optionally be cooled 

by either a plate heater or 

an internal cooling circuit. 

The stirring is conducted 

with a magnetic stirring 

head, optionally either with 

a maximum torque of 20 

Ncm or 50 Ncm. The 

according fitting kits are available in high grade steel 

1.4571 (SS 316Tl) or in Hastelloy C4. 


� 1 x Immersion Pipe for Temperature Sensor 

� 1 x Stirrer 

� 1 x Burst Disc made of metal for the safe 

limitation of the maximum pressure 

� 1 x Pressure Gauge 

� 1 x Valve for Pressure Release 

� 2 x freely assignable, e.g. for gas or liquid 

sampling 

Options 

� Hydrogenation/Gassing Module 

� Liquid and/or Gas Sampling 

� Cooling via Plate Cooler or Cooling Circuit 

� Hastelloy Version 

Hydrogenation Module 

The Hydrogenation Module VL-HICLAVE-HYDR 

enables the realisation of the complete 

hydrogenation process, including the inert gas 

rinsing and leak test of the reactor, without manual 

intervention. For this reason, there is no need for 

anyone to be in the risk area of the reactor while the 

same is under pressure. For this purpose, the 

reactor is charged with up to regulable pressure with 

inert gas an subsequently vented. This rinsing 

process can be repeated as often as required. 

Subsequently, a pressure test with inert gas will be 

conducted. The testing period and tolerance for 

passing the test must be entered. 

Only if the pressure test has been passed, will the 

reaction gas – in the upper example hydrogen – be 

released. Otherwise, the reactor is vented. In the 

next step, a rinsing with reaction gas is conducted, 

the setpoint pressure is established, and the 

reaction is started. 

A gas consumption measurement for the capture of 

kinetic data is integrated. The gas consumption can 

also be utilised as an abort criteria, i.e. the reaction 

is interrupted if the consumption has decreased 

below a predefined rate. 

a.) Parameter Template for Pressure Reactions b.) Protocol of a 

Pressure Reaction. Evaluation after a Pseudo First Order Kinetic. 

Automation 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

12 


The plant is monitored and operated via a selfexplanatory 

user interface. The measurement data 

are automatically captured and recorded in a 

Versions 

protocol. If a gas consumption measurement has 

been conducted, it is also possible to realise a 

kinetic evaluation of the consumption curve. 

Frame Square aluminum profile, anodised. High Grade Steel Platform. 

Reactor 10...250 ml- High Grade Steel Reactor (opt. Hastelloy), 300 bar, 300°C. Optional 

450°C 

Stirrer Stirrer with magnetic coupling, Speed: 200..1500 rpm, Maximum Torque:20/50 Ncm, 

including analogue interface (Reactors ≥ 50ml). 

Or: Magnetic Heating Stirrer with Heating Block and Magnetic Stir Bar (Reactors ≤ 50 

Heating /Cooling 

System 

ml) 

Heating Sleeve/ Plate Cooler (alternatively Cooling Circuit), Operating Temperature 

Range:40..350°C in Jacket, Heating Output 700W. Or: Magnetic Heating Stirrer with 

Heating Block 

Sampling Manual with Sampling Valve 

Gassing Reaction gas pressure-controlled via MFC, including gas consumption measurement, 

by-pass valve. 

Inertisation Inert gas pressure-controlled. Exhaust via high pressure magnetic valve, burst disc. 

Dosing System, GraviDos High Pressure Dosing System. Optional High Pressure Pump and Scales. 

gravimetrically 

controlled 

Sensorics Temperatures: Reactor Interior Temperature, Jacket Temperature, Reactor Interior 

Pressure, Speed, ATR-FTIR. 

Automation For Example for two Autoclaves: 

LabBox2 with the following Equipment: 

Interfaces: 4 Pt100 Temperature Measurement Inputs, 4 analogue Inputs (current and 

voltage), 4 RS232 Interfaces (Stirrer, Hydrogation Module), 4 GraviDos Connections, 8 

digital Outputs, of these 2 for Power Sockets switched to 230 V. 

Sensor Power Supply24V 1,5 A, Actor Power Supply 24V 3A. 

2 Safety Temperature Monitors. 

Workstation: 1 CG-ABK1 HiTec Display and Operating Component with high quality 

20“ TFT Monitor, Uninterrupted Power Supply and UPS Management System. 

This automation system is able to control 2 reactors. 

The extension to 4 reactors is possible. 

Materials Mainly High Grade Steel1.4571, other High Grade Steels, Hastelloy. 


VL-HICLAVE-SC-n Frame for HiClave Pressure Reactors, Piping, Sensorics, gravimetr. Dosing Unit 150ml 

VL-HICLAVE-ws-vol HiClave Pressure Reactor according to Specification ws-vol 

VL-HICLAVE-HEABAN-vol Heating Sleeve, 230V AC, 500 Watt, Duplex Temperature Sensor 

VL-HICLAVE-COOLP Plate Cooler for Mains Water or Thermostat Connection 

VL-HICLAVE-STIRR-20 Magnet-coupled Overhead Stirrer, 20Ncm 

VL-HICLAVE-STIRR-50 Magnet-coupled Overhead Stirrer, 50Ncm 

VL-HICLAVE-MAGHEAT Magnetic Stirrer with Plate Heating 

VL-HICLAVE-HYDR Hydrogenation and Gassing Module for HiClave Pressure Reactors with Mass Flow 

Controller 

VL-HICLAVE-GRAVI150 Additional gravimetr. Dosing Unit 150ml for HiClave Pressure Reactors 

VL-HICLAVE-ABKPNK1 Automation Unit with 20´´ Monitor and Workstation and SL-LABVIPEASY Software Package 

30 DP, for one HiClave Unit with gravimetric Dosing, Dosing, Tempering, Hydrogenation 

VL-HICLAVE-ABKPNK2 Automation Unit with 20´´ Monitor and Workstation and SL-LABVIPEASY Software Package 

100 DP, for two HiClave Units with gravimetric Dosing, Dosing, Tempering, Hydrogenation 

VL-HICLAVE-ABKPNK4 Automation Unit with 20´´ Monitor and Workstation and SL-LABVIPEASY Software Package, 

300 DP for four HiClave Units with gravimetric Dosing, Dosing, Tempering, Hydrogenation 

n ( = Number of Reactors): 1 to 8 

ws ( = Material): High Grade Steel 1.4571 (SS 316Tl): e, Hastelloy C4: h, Special Material s 

vol ( =Operating Volume): 10, 20, 50, 100, 150, 250 accordingly 10, 20, 50, 100, 150 or 250 ml 

Special Designs, e.g. other volumes, connections, materials etc. are available upon request. Alternative 

dosing units can be found under the Section „Dosing Systems and Pumps“. 

Do you have Questions? Do not hesitate too ask!. Our project engineers will gladly help! 



Parallel Reactor Systems 

Reaching Objectives faster with the automated Parallel Synthesis 

The pressure to maximise productivity in the 

laboratory is consistently growing. At the same time, 

however, the demands on quality are also 

increasing. 

Standardised and client-specifically customised 

HiTec Zang parallel reactor systems are the answer 

to the increasing demands: 

� Shortened „Time to Market“ 

� Improved Quality 

� Increased Reproducibility 

� Lower Costs 

You can ensure these advantages by: 

� Eliminating shortages through parallel 

operation 

� 24-hour, 7 day operation 

� Relief from routine activities 

� Optimal documentation and protocoling 

The HiTec Zang parallel reactor systems MultiLab 

and MiniLab significantly support and expedite 

research and development processes in the 

chemical and pharmaceutical industry. The flexibility 

of the parallel reactor systems overcomes the 

throughput restrictions of today's research and 

development processes. 

They help in shortening the “time-to-market” by 

expediting the optimisation processes for synthesis 

and alignment via the parallelisation of experiments 

and sophisticated automation and software 

solutions. Due to the possibility of unattended 

operation, the efficiency and the instrument 

utilisation is raised. All devices support batch, semibatch, 

continuous and multistage processes. 

With the parallel reactor systems, you are able to 

repeatedly and in parallel conduct experiments in 

great numbers and, consequently, decisively 

expedite the work process. By this, you save time, 

increase the efficiency and the capacity of your 

laboratory. 

The test conditions, such as temperature, pressure 

and pH-value may differ for every reactor. 

In case of the innovative tempering systems of the 

MultiLab and MiniLab, the otherwise usual tempering 

block for multi-reactor systems was intentionally 

omitted. Both systems allow a clear view into the 

reactor. 

The systems are suited for 

� Synthesis 


� Distillation 

� Extraction 

� Crystallisation etc. 

Automation 

They neither restrict the creativity, nor do they 

require a specialist to operate. The user has full 

control over all system parameters all the time. 

All labour-intensive steps, from the planning of the 

experiment to the evaluation and documentation of 

the experimental data, are supported or completely 

automated. Even complex recipes can be 

established in a few minutes by combining the basis 

operations with the graphic HiBatch Recipe Editor. 

A recipe can be allocated to several reactors and 

individually parameterised. Due to this, the time and 

work expenditure even remains minimal when 

extensive parallel experiments are conducted. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

14 


MultiLab Multi-Reactor System 

MultiLab is a miniaturised fully automated laboratory 

reactor system. Therefore, any reaction that is 

usually conducted on the litre scale can now be 

carried out in the 250 or 400 ml MultiLab reactor 

under realistic plant conditions, fully automated and 

controlled independently by a HiTec Zang 

LabManager with the leading LabVision laboratory 

automation software. 

MultiLab is a modular system and still flexible. It is 

available in a great variety ranging from the 

manually operated basis version to the individually 

configurable fully automated multi-reactor system. 

Even complex processes with educt pre-treatment, 

synthesis, reaction monitoring, and product postprocessing, 

as well as automatic sample drawing is 

possible. 

The special characteristic of the MultiLab parallel 

reactor system is its innovative tempering system. A 

high-grade steel spiral/coil holds the reactor 

temperature and cools, respectively heats the same, 

if necessary. 

MultiLab is suitable for all common processes: 

� Synthesis 




� Crystallisation etc. 

Features 

� Modular compact design 

� Convenient and fast handling (exchange of a 

reactor in less than one minute) 

� Independent control of each reactor 

� Proprietary groundbreaking tempering 

system enables unhindered sight into the 

reactor 

� Only one chiller for multiple individually 

tempered reactors 

� Multiple dosing options (liquid, solid and 

gaseous, gravimetric and volumetric) 

� Automated sampling options 

� Fully automated control of reactor conditions 

like feed rates, temperature, pressure, pH and 

agitation 

� Multiple systems controlled by a single PC 

with a LAB Manager, LabVision and HiBatch 

recipe control software 

� 24 hour unattended operation 

� Inert construction materials: glass, PTFE 

� Individually expandable and upgradeable 

Easy Handling 

The exchangeable reactors of the MultiLab enable 

fast reaction to changing requirements. The unique 

and innovative heating/cooling system offers 

essential benefits. The glass vessel is electrically 

heated or cooled by a flow of cooling liquid out of a 

reservoir. 

Exchange of a reactor 

The reactor is released by actuating the release 

lever and can be removed after lifting the complete 

head construction. 

The temperature of the coil is registered and 

controlled and, in addition, can be limited, if 

necessary. For reactor volumes ranging from 75 to 

250 ml, the MiniLab System is alternatively 

available. 

Options 


� Controlled reflux 

� Solid and gaseous dosing 

� Electric bottom outlet valve 

� Phase detection and separate bottling of 

organic/inorganic phase 

� ATR-FTIR online Monitoring 

� Automatic sampling and many more options 

� further options available upon request 


Module Description 


Module Basic Unit Equipment 

(common components of all 

reactors) 

Components per Reactor 

(one unit required for each reactor) 

Basic Module Tempering unit, rack with reactor lift, 

glas cover, 1 x NS29, 4 x NS19, 

high-grade steel quick release 

fastener, GL25 connection, anker or 

tilted blade stirrer, cardan shaft, 

sealing, vacuum-sealed, max. 

temperature 250 °C (monitor cooling 

media!), min. temperature 

dependant of thermostat. inside 

temperature sensor PT100 PTFE 

coated, cables for stirrer and 

thermostat 

Vessel Reactor 250 ml, DN60, borosilicate 

glass, sealing silicone/FEP-coated 

Standard Cooling Unit Cooling thermostat -20 °C (flow 

temperature) 

Alternatives 

(other or extended features 

without specification) 

Reactor 400 ml 

base drain, manual base drain, 

electrical sensor sockets, 

electrical reactor lift, 

ViscoPakt -mini-rheo-35 

precision measurement stirrer, 

magnetic stirrer closure, 

propeller or impeller stirrer 

made of high-grade steel, 

glass thermometer, etc. 

Reactor 400 ml 

Cooling thermostat -40 °C. 

low temperature equipment : 

Cooling thermostat -60 °C, 

removable isolation jacket (per 

reactor) 

Reflux cooling Cooling water valve 

Cooling water monitor 

Dimroth cooler 

Distillation Distilling bridge 

Distillate weighing 

Pt100 for steam temperature Additional cooler for reflux 

Collecting container for distillate cooling 

Rectification Hempel column 200 mm 

Vacuum jacket 

Micro column head according to Dr. Distillate weighing 

Kaminski, magnetically actuated Pt100 in column 

Pt100 column head 


Collecting container for distillate 

Filling material/Packages 

Vacuum Chemical-resistant vacuum pump Vacuum regulating valve 

Pressure sensor 0-1,6 bar 

Pressure relief valve 

Stronger vacuum pump 

Inerting Pressure regulator 16 bar to 0-1 Inerting valve, pressure relief valve 

bar 

1,3 bar 

Dosing Hanging scales Grado1000 Automatic refill 

Weighing container 500 ml 

Mounting panel for LabManager 

lateral refilling feed pipe 

(useful in case of more than 3 

Regulating valve 

modules) 

Other container sizes 

Volumetric Dosing Peristaltic pump Diaphragm, piston pumps, 

etc. 

Solid Dosing Solid doser SoliDos 

Inerting connection 

connection socket on to NS19 Inert gas heating 

pH-Measurement PH gel electrode pH 0-14 

lead-through 12 mm 

measuring amplifier pH 

Cover with sensor socket 

Redox-Potential Redox-electrode 

Cover with special sensor 

reference electrode 

socket (necessary at anchor 


measuring amplifier mV 

stirrer!) 

Phase Limit Detection automatic base drain valve with Temperature measurement with 

Pt100 

PhaDec phase limit detector 

regulating valve 

same Pt100 

Gas Dosing Pressure regulator 16 bar to 0-1 Mass flow regulator 

bar 

Pressure relief valve 1,3 bar 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

16 



VL-MULTILAB-BU MultiLab multi reactor base module with tempering and stirrer unit and cover 

IR-VIPA-MINI-RHEO-35 ViscoPakt-rheo stirrer drive, 35 Ncm 

VL-MULTILAB-GRV250 MultiLab reaction vessel 250 ml, DN60, borosilcate glass, sealin silicon/FEP covered 

VL-MULTILAB-GRV400 MultiLab reaction vessel 400 ml, DN60, borosilcate glass, sealin silicon/FEP covered 

IR-RDFMAG8 Magnetic stirrer closing for 8 mm agitator 

VL-MULTILAB-CHILL-20 MultiLab cooling thermostat flow temperature -20 °C 



VL-MULTILAB-RFC MultiLab intensive reflux cooler 

VL-MULTILAB-DEST MultiLab destillation bridge, Pt100 for fume temperature, catchment tank for destillate 

VL-MULTILAB-REKT MultiLab rectification attachment, Hempel-column 200 mm, micro column head magnetically 

activated, Pt100 column head, Dimroth-cooler 

VL-MULTILAB-VAKU MultiLab vacuum control unit with vacuum control valve, pressure sensor 0-1,6 bar, pressure 

relief valve 

IP-B-V1-1200L-PTFE/FPM Chemical vacuum pump with alternating current motor 120W, 230V AC, 1200 l/h, end vacuum 

8 mbar, material PTFE/FFKM 

VL-MULTILAB-INERT MultiLab inerting unit with inerting valve and pressure control valve 1,3 bar 

IV-DRUMIN16/1 Pressure reducer 16 bar to 0-1 bar 

VL-MULTILAB-GRAVI500ml Gravimetric dosing module with hanging balance 1000g, weighing vessel 500 ml, lateral refill 

nozle, control valve, cable 

VL-MULTILAB-ABKPNK1 Automation unit with 22" user terminal and LABVIPBAT and MULTIBATCH software package, 

100 data points for 1 MultiLab unit with 2 gravimetric dosing circuits, vacuum control, 

inerting, destillation/rectification 


100 data points for 2 MultiLab units with 2 gravimetric dosing circuits each, vacuum control, 



180 data points for 4 MultiLab units with 2 gravimetric dosing circuits each, vacuum control, 








The VL-MULTILAB-ABKPNK automation unit is a 

complete set of Windows XP or Vista operating 

system, installed LabVision software package an d 

uninterruptable power supply. 

The automation unit can be buildt individually from 

our LabManager-, UI- and LabVision program. 

Recommended software package at individual selection: 


SL-LABVIPBAT Standard package "Batch" for LabManager1 

SL-MULTIBATCH HiBatch extension for parallel synthesis 

Recommended datapoint modules: 50 per MultiLab unit. 

Recommended PI-modules 

Recommended controller amount: 4 per MultiLab unit 

Further extensions: 

Solid dosing (SoliDos), gas dosing, volumetrik 

dosing (LabDos) pH- a. redox measurement 

(pHAmp) and controlling, clouding measurement, 

phase seperation (PhaSep), autosampling device 

(AutoSam) and other hard- and software options 

from our LabKit and LabVision program. 



Should you have any queries, our sales experts will gladly help you! 



MiniLab mini reactor system 

The HiTec Zang MiniLab parallel reactor system 

distinguishes itself by its particularly small „footprint“. 

It offers high-performance at minimal required 

space and best reproducibility due to automatic 

operation mode. 

MiniLab-Module with GraviDos Liquid Doser and ViskoPakt-MINI 

stirring drives. 

The downsizing of reactor mixtures offers the 

opportunity to accelerate development processes by 

parallel operation of experiments. At the same time, 

precious reactants and expensive laboratory space 

are saved. Very small mixtures can however be a 

problem in regard to reproducibility. For this reason, 

volumes of 75-250 ml are ideal for initial 

optimisations. 

MiniLab is based on a compact heating/cooling 

system. Unlike conventional hot plates, the 

tempering plate is also able to cool. The low thermal 

mass makes quick temperature changes possible. In 

the course of this, several stations can be supplied 

with cooling agent by one common cryostat. 

Reactors with different reaction volumes can be 

used in any combination. 

MiniLab is suitable for all common processes: 

� Synthesis 




� Solidification etc. 

Features 

� Particularly favourable geometry for dipping 

sensors 

� Individual temperature control for each 

individual reactor with only one cryostat 

� Reactor size optional 75, 125, or 250 ml 

� Low expenditure of reactants 

� Multiple upgrading possibilities 

� Can also be used as Single Reactor System 

� High-capacity and easy to handle automation 

� Mini reactor systems controlled by a single 

PC with a LabManager, LabVision, and 

HiBatch multi recipe control 

� Fully-automated control of reactor conditions 

like feed rates, temperature, pressure, pH, 

and agitation 

� Multiple dosing options (liquid, solid and 

gaseous, gravimetric and volumetric) 

� Automated sampling options 

� Easy and fast handling 

� Inert construction materials: Glass, PTFE 

� Proprietary groundbreaking tempering 

system enables unhindered sight into the 

reactor 

� Modular compact design 

� Individually expandable and upgradeable 

The exchangeable reactor of the MiniLab enables 

fast reaction to changing requirements. The unique 

and innovative heating/cooling system offers 

essential benefits. The glass is situated on a 

heating/cooling plate. The same is electrically 

heated or cooled by a flow of cooling liquid out of a 

reservoir. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

18 


Modular and flexible 

MiniLab is a miniaturised fully-automated laboratory 

reactor system. Every process which is normally 

conducted in a reactor with greater volume can also 

run in the 75 to 250 ml reactors of the MiniLab under 

realistic conditions; fully automated and individually 

controlled for each reactor by the leading laboratory 

automation software LabVision and HiBatch. 

125 ml Reaktor 250 ml Reaktor 

MiniLab is available in a great variety reaching from 

the manually operated basis version to the 

individually configurable fully-automated multireactor 

system. 

Even complex operating sequences with reactant 

pre-treatment, synthesis, reaction monitoring, and 

product finishing treatment, as well as sample 

drawing, are possible. 

With the MiniLab parallel reactor system you can 

conduct experiments in parallel repeatedly in great 

numbers and therefore accelerate the work process 

significantly. This will save you time, increase the 

efficiency and the capacity of your laboratory. 

The test conditions such as temperature, pressure, 

pH etc., may differ for every reactor and are 

simultaneously controlled in all reactors. 

The vessel can be easily removed or installed after 

lifting up the complete top construction. Hereby, all 

reactor sizes can be deployed. Up to six sockets 

situated on the reactor cover permit flexible 

equipping with additional devices. 

The temperature of the plate is registered and 

controlled. It is possible to set a limit for the 

temperature. 

Options 


� Rectification with Reflux Separation 

� Solid Dosing 

� Gaseous Dosing 

� ATR-FTIR online Monitoring 

� Magnet Stirrer Drive 

� Automatic Sampling 

� more options available upon request 

Module Description 

Module Basic Unit Equipment Components per Reactor 


reactors, only one necessary 

per Parallel Reactor System) 

(if necessary, one unit required for 

each unit) 

Basic Module Tempering unit, rack, reactor 

75...250 ml, seal ring 

Silicon/FEP cladded, high-grade 

steel quick release fastener, 

high-grade steel cover, 1 x 

NS29, 5 x NS19 stirrer drive of 

Mini-Stirrer, flexible shaft, GL25 

connection, stirrer sealing, 

vacuum-sealed, anchor or tilted 

blade stirrer, max. temperature 

250 °C (monitor cooling 

media !), min. temperature 

dependent of thermostat. Inside 

temperature sensor PT100 

PTFE coated with stirrer and 

wiring for stirrer and thermostat. 

Vessel Reactor 250 ml, DN60, 

borosilicate glass, sealing 

silicone/FEP-coated 

Standard Cooling Unit Cooling thermostat -20 °C (flow 

temperature) 

Reflux Cooling Cooling water valve 

Cooling water monitor 


Distillation Distilling bridge 

Pt100 for steam temperature 


Alternatives 

(other or expanded properties 

or specifications) 

ViscoPakt-mini-rheo35 

precision measurement 

stirrer, magnetic stirrer 

closure, propeller or 

impeller stirrer made of 

high-grade steel, 

glass thermometer etc. 

Reactor vessels 75 ml and 

125 ml with vacuum jacket 

for deep temerature 

applications 

Cooling thermostat -45 °C. 

low temperature equipment: 

Cooling thermostat -83 °C, 

removable isolation jacket 

(per reactor) 


Additional cooler for reflux 

cooling 



Continued: MiniPlant Module Description 

Module Basic Unit Equipment 


reactors, only one necessary 

per Parallel Reactor System) 

Components per Reactor 

(if necessary, one unit required for 

each unit) ) 

Rectification Hempel column 200 mm 

Micro column head according to 

Dr. Kaminski, magnetically 

actuated 

Pt100 column head 



Vacuum Chemical-resistant vacuum 

pump 

Vacuum regulating valve 

Pressure sensor 0-1,6 bar 

Pressure relief valve 

Inerting valve, pressure relief 

valve 1,3 bar 

Inerting Pressure regulator 16 bar to 0- 

1 bar 

Gravimetric Dosing Hanging scales Grado1000 

Weighing container 250 ml, 

lateral refilling feed pipe 

Regulating valve 

Alternatives 

(other or expanded properties 

or specifications) 

Vacuum jacket 


Pt100 in column 

Vigreux column 

Filling material/Packages 

Stronger vacuum pump 

Automatic refill 

Mounting panel for 

LabManager (useful in case 

of more than 3 modules) 

Other container sizes 

Volumetric Dosing Peristaltic pump Diaphragm, piston pumps, 

etc. 

Solid Dosing Solid doser SoliDos 

Inerting connection 

connection socket on to NS19 Inert gas heating 

pH Measurement PH gel electrode pH 0-14 Cover with special sensor 


measuring amplifier pH 

socket 

Redox Potential Redox-electrode 

Cover with special sensor 

reference electrode 

socket (necessary at anchor 


measuring amplifier MA 

stirrer!) 

Reaction Calorimetry Reactor with vacuum jacket 

Calorimetry evaluation module 

Gas Dosing Pressure regulator 16 bar to 0- Mass flow regulator 

1 bar 

Pressure relief valve 1,3 bar 


VL-MINILAB-BU MiniLab multi reactor base module with tempering and stirrer unit and cover 

IR-VIPA-MINI-RHEO-35 ViscoPakt-rheo stirrer drive, 35 Ncm 

VL-MINILAB-GRV75 MiniLab reactor vessel 75 ml, DN60, borosilicate glass, gasket silicone/FEP covered 



Further extensions: 

MiniLab can be extended with MultiLab system 

modules. There you will find suitable dosing 

systems, automation hard- and software, user 

interfaces and thermostats. 

Should you have any queries, our sales experts will gladly help you! 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

20 


LabKit- Small Reactor Systems for Education 

Since 2002, laboratory automation, process control 

technology, and the basis operations of chemicalprocess 

engineering are included in the 

examination-relevant curriculum of chemical 

technicians and laboratory assistants. These topics 

should also not be omitted in the vocational training 

for chemists and process technicians. HiTec Zang 

systems are already being used by numerous 

institutions for training, because they can be 

comprehended quickly. 

With LabKit-ed the substantial topics of modern 

laboratory practice can be conveyed, e.g.: 

� Chemical Process Engineering, Basis Operations 

� Control (monitoring, regulation) 

� Process Measuring and Control 

� Automation, Basic Functions 

� Batch, Semi-Batch and continuous Processes 

� Reaction Calorimetry 

� Recipe Control 

The system already becomes active at the planning 

stage. The P&ID editor supports the standardconform 

establishment of P&ID flow diagrams in 

accordance with EN ISO 10628 (DIN28004) which 

are initially marked with the process and measuring 

control identifications according to DIN/EN19227. 

Specification 

A free version of RI-CAD, restricted to training 

purposes, can be requested on our website under: 

http://www.hitec-zang.de/de/downloads/ri-cad.html 

The P&ID flow sheet can be used later as the 

background picture for the displaying of control 

pictures (process pictures). 

In addition, the measurement and control system 

plan (MSR) and the circuit diagrams can be 

established with the same editor. It must be 

emphasised that the system is easy to comprehend 

and the handling can be comprehended in a very 

short period of time. 

The system is structured on a modular basis and 

can be adapted according to your special requests. 

With the optional Simulation Module, applications 

can be developed and pre-tested offline. 

We also train teachers in these fields of expertise. 

We will gladly forward you our proven teaching 

material (introduction manuals, exercises with 

solutions)! 

In case of interest, please ask us for further 

information on LabKit-ed. 

Rack anodised aluminium rack 

Reactor - 1 glass Reactor DN100 with heating jacket and base discharge valve with 

integrated Pt 100 sensor manual 

- Glass cover with FEP-O-Ring silicone core 

- Stirrer shaft lead-through vacuum for 10 mm shaft, NS29 

- 2 tube connections for thermostats DN15 on to M16*1 with integratedPt100-sensor 

GraviDos 

(Gravimetrical 

Dosing System) 

- 1 glass propeller stirrer 

1 GraviDos dosing System: the system consists of a glass storage container, which is 

suspended on a weighing system. The weight difference is registered and then the 

discharge regulated via valve. The system disposes of an integrated 1000 g load cell, 

a 500 ml receiver tank, and a 2/2-way valve. 

Stirrer - 1 ViskoPakt torque stirrer, max. torque: 27 Ncm 

Dissolution: 0.07 Ncm, reproducibility: 1.5 Ncm, min. rotational speed: 150 rpm, max. 

rotational speed: 2000 rpm, standard stirrer lead-through (max 800 rpm). 



Tempering System - 1 circulation thermostat: with water pipes cooling coil, temperature range: 

35..200 °C, heating output: 2000 W, bath content: 3 litres, control via RS232, 

- 2 isolated metal tubes for thermostats, 150 cm 

- 1 2/2- way valve for cooling water supply to the thermostat 

Inerting - 1 binary valve for inert gas pipe 

- 1 pressure regulator from max. 16 bar suction pressure to 0.1..1 bar 

Venting/Deairing - 1 dead open binary valve 

- 1 Relief valve 0.1 bar made of glass for NS 29/32 

Instruments All sensors/actors including necessary fixtures and cables for connection to the HiTec 

PI. 

Automation LabBox2-complete unit with integrated 24 V 1 A power supply sensors and and 24 V 3 

A power supply for actors. 

HiTec display and operation component including uninterrupted power supply and 

Power-Management-System for HiTec Zang PIs CG-ABK1. 

20" TFT Monitor. 

LabVision software package for training purposes with the following equipment: basic 

package with 300 data points, HiText – multitasking control and online evaluation, 

HiBatch Recipe Control, dialogue and protocol templates, online graphics, analogue 

chart recorder, event plotter, phase plotter, monitoring and messaging, Designer, 

P&ID-Editor, graphics library, data export, access monitoring and user administration, 

controller module with 4 P-, PI-, PID-, PD- or pH controller, NAMUR driver for serial 

interfaces, basic operations, charging, tempering, stirring, dosing, inerting, 

maintenance. 

Simulation LabVision-ed simulation version for training (VL-EDSIM) enables learning and training 

of automation technology and the process control by merely using a PC without PI 

and plant. It contains all essential LabVision modules, such as recipe control 

according to IEC and NAMUR, process visualisation, monitoring and messaging, 

online evaluation, etc. 

Basic operations such as dosing, temperature ramping, pressure and vacuum control, 

pH control, etc., can be established and tested. In order to avoid unnecessary waiting 

periods, the process simulation can be conducted in fast motion. The established 

applications can be transmitted to a LabKit-ed and tested under real conditions. 

Executable without PI under Windows 2000, XP and Vista. 

Optional equipment is available. 


VL-LABKITED Automatic Laboratory Reactor System for training, hard and software configuration according to 

table 

VL-EDDEST Expansion by distillation, reflux cooler, electronically controllable reflux separator, head 

temperature measurement and distillate scales, HiBatch basis operation distilling. 

VL-EDDOSFL LabKit-ed expansion by a volumetric dosing, a suspended receiver tank with a flowmeter and a 

pulse frequency controlled binary valve, HiBatch basis operation, volumetric dosing 

VL-EDVAK - vacuum control with the following components: 

-1 vacuum pump, flow rate: 20l/min, vacuum 100...1000 mbar absolute 

- activation via the power socket switched by the HiTec PI 

- 1 pressure sensor 0..1,6 bar absolute 

- HiBatch basis operation vacuum, 1 vacuum control valve , material: ETFE / Kalrez 

VL-EDDOSPU Expansion of a LabKit-ed by a volumetric and gravimetric dosing with pump and scales consisting 

of: 

- 1 scales, weighing range 3000 g, reproducibility 0.1 g, RS232 interface, 

- 1 magnetic diaphragm dosing pump 0.74 l/h (alternatively 1,1 or 2,1 l/h) 

- parts in contact with medium: PTFE 

- 1 dosing valve, material: ETFE, 

- HiBatch basis operation gravimetric dosing 

VL-EDSIM PI and process simulation package for one work station. Enables project establishment, 

parameterisation, programming, and simulation of the LabKit-ed without PI and plant. 

VL-EDUQUIP Case with training equipment such as Current and voltage transmitter, controlled loop simulator 

etc. 

Further information about training systems and didactic material can be found in the chapter Services & 

Didactics. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

22 


Automated Laboratory Clarification Unit 

The Laboratory Clarification Unit LabKit-sp 

enables the systematic investigation of the biological 

degradability of various liquid waste content 

substances. It consequently provides the basis 

information for the establishment of strategies for 

liquid waste purification. The unit enables the 

reproduction of clarification processes of large plants 

on a laboratory scale. It is also possible to conduct 

tests regarding the determination of the biological 

degradability according to OECD301A. 

The Unit comprises four levels: 

1.) Neutralisation with automated ph-Control, with 

ViscoPakt Stirrer, LabDos- Pump for the Feed, 

Overflow to the Denitrification. 

2.) Denitrification with O2-Measurement, pH- 

Measurement, ViscoPakt Stirrer, Interior 

Temperature Control (through electrical Heating with 

Heating Jacket), Overflow to the Nitrification. 

3.) Nitrification with O2-Control (through regulated 

Air Supply via a Base Frit), pH-Measurement, 

ViscoPakt-Stirrer, Interior Temperature Control 

(through electrical Heating with Heating Jacket), 

Foam Identification with automated Defoamer 

Addition, LabDos Pump for the transporting back the 

sludge into the Denitrification, Outlet into the Settling 

Tank. 

4.) Settling Tank with Overflow, Discharge Valve, 

LabDos Pump for the transporting back the sludge 

into the Denitrification. 

The Laboratory Clarification Unit is fully automated 

with a LabBox System and LabVision. It can 

naturally also be run manually. 

pH-Value, Temperature and Oxygen Concentration 

and further Measurement Variables are collected., 

stored in the data base and graphically presented. 

The automation enables unattended operation and 

reproducibility at any given time. 

The permanent data recording leads to a consistent 

documentation of all process sequences. 

Neutralisation, Denitrification, Activation and Final Clarification 

Pilot Clarification Units deviant from this standard 

laboratory clarification unit, according to your 

specifications, are also offered by HiTec Zang. 


VL-LABKIT-SP Automated Laboratory Clarification Unit with LabBox PI and ABK1 

VL-LABKIT-SP-PHCON Automatic pH-Control 

VL-LABKIT-SP-FOCON Automatic Defoaming Control 

The plant is supplied in turnkey condition together with a LabBox2 Automation System and a ABK1 

Workstation with 20“ Monitor. 



Modular Micro-Reaction Technology 

Micro-reaction technology opens up new ways to 

develop novel reaction processes and to construct 

advanced economic chemical plants. The 

advantages of the continuous operation mode in 

micro-structures are: ultra-fast mixing, highly 

effective heat transfer, short and controllable 

residence times, low system inertia for ideal process 

control and high safety due to extremely low holdup. 

The basic features of the micro-reaction technology 

for the development of new chemical processes and 

the production, both in the fine and mass chemical 

sector, offer significant potential for innovation and 

amortisation. Micro-modules can also be integrated 

into conventional plants without any problem. 

The micro-reaction technology enable to exactly 

control complex or critical reactions of fine chemistry 

(special products, agricultural and pharmaceutical 

chemicals), which considerably increases the 

operational safety of the chemical production. 

Economically attractive application possibilities have 

also been detected for bulk chemicals and polymers. 

The future technology of customised materials is not 

imaginable without micro-technology, as well. Microreactors 

allow the selective generation of nanoparticles 

for micro-electronics, the development of 

drug delivery systems for human medicine, and the 

realisation of new concepts within diagnostics. 

Micro-reaction modules enable basis process 

operations such as: 

� Mixing 

� Dispersing 

� Gassing 

� Precipitation 

� Heat Exchange, etc. 

HiTec Zang, in cooperation with the company 

Ehrfeld Mikrotechnik BTS, offers a complete 

package offer, which reaches from the individual 

module to process development and training, and as 

far as to engineering and the construction of ready 

to use fully automatic plants. 

The modules can flexibly be interconnected to 

precisely controllable reaction plants, with which a 

wide range of chemical syntheses can be conducted 

easily, quickly and cost-effective. 

The modular micro-reaction System represents an 

unique research and development platform for the 

development of new processes, both in laboratory 

scale and small-scale production. 

In addition, high flow modules are available, which 

also enable the mass production of chemicals. 

Dependent on the reaction conditions, these 

modules cover a flow rate ranging from 0.1 to 100 

ml/min with the modular micro-reaction system, and 

up to 1000 litres/hour with the high flow modules. 

The modular micro-reaction system represents a 

unique tool for researchers out of the chemical and 

pharmaceutical sectors, to both develop new 

synthesis methods for the production of new 

chemical compounds and to improve existing 

methods. 

Hereby, one significant advantage is that the step 

from the development into production is conducted 

by simple „Numbering-Up“, e.g. the parallel 

connection of several identical sequences, instead 

of the expedient „Scale-Up“ procedure. 

Modular Micro-reaction System: Example for a single stage 

synthesis for heterogeneous conversions at solid catalysts 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

24 

Special Features 


� Ideal ultra-fast mixing effect 

� Extremely short holding times 

� Avoidance of by-products 

� Robust against strong exothermal reaction 

� Increased operational safety 

� Minimal requirements to ambient conditions 

� Without scale-up in the production scale 

The Micro-reaction Technology enables to conduct 

single-stage and multi-stage syntheses throughout 

the whole range of research and development right 

to the production of chemical substances. Hereby, it 

is both possible to conduct reactions in the liquid 

and gas phases, as well as multi-phase in 

heterogeneous systems in the micro-reaction 

modules. In addition, there are special modules for 

the continuous precipitation of solids into microstructures 

so that it is also possible to process 

liquids carrying particles. 

The modular micro-reaction system developed by 

the company BTS/Ehrfeld Micro-Technology enables 

the user to change the plant configuration himself. 

Depending on the modules, it is possible to realise 

pressures up to 100 bar and temperatures in the 

range of -20 to 200 °C. Additional modules extend 

this working range. The CryoReactor, for instance, 

enables low temperature reactions down to -100 °C. 

All materials in contact with media are mainly made 

of stainless steels like DIN 1.4571 or 1.4401. Seals 

are either made of PTFE or perfluorinated 

elastomers, such as FFKM. Other materials like 

Hastelloy are available on request. 

In order to run the Modular Microreaction System for 

laboratory-scale experiments, only some standard 

peripheral devices are necessary in addition. HiTec 

Zang will gladly assist you with advice in selecting 

suited devices and is able to supply individual 

components as well as complete ready-to-use fullyautomated 

plants. 

There are approximately 30 different modules 

available, e.g.: 

� Mixer 

� Reactors 

� Heat Exchanger 

� Filter 

� Heating Modules 

� Sensors 

� Valves 

� Pumps etc 

All components of the modular micro-reaction 

system are mounted on a base plate with a square 

grid. One grid cell has the a length of 25 mm. 

Accordingly, the smallest lateral length of a module 

is 25 mm, including a 1 mm strong seal disc. The 

height of a module depends on its specific function. 

Base plates are available in the formats A3 (16x12 

grid cells), A4 (12x8 grid cells) and A5 (8x6 grid 

cells). 

Stand-alone-Module 

The direct connection concept of the Modular Microreaction 

System offers unique advantages. The 

plants can be assembled quickly and easily, and can 

be easily adjusted to the respective synthesis 

problem. Due to the consistent waiving of tube 

connections and screwings between the individual 

modules, dead storage is reduced to a minimum. 

In spite of this, reactors or heat exchangers can be 

connected to an already existing periphery as standalone 

modules with 1/8” Swagelok fittings. The high 

flow modules with 1/8” Swagelok fittings are also 

available in such a version. 



The Automation Technology The LabManager/LabVision-System, with a special 

operating interface module (Ehrfeld BTS or Syntics), 

is very well-suited for micro-reaction plants. You can 

find further details on this topic in the chapter 

„Laboratory Automation Software“. 

In combination with our Liquid-Handling-Systems, it 

is possible to establish fully-automated screening 

equipment. Samples are provided programcontrolled. 

Test parameters are set according to plan 

and test samples are filled. 

Would you like to know more about the possibilities 

of this fascinating technology? 

Just give us a phone call. We will gladly advise you! 

Note 

Suitable pumps can be found in the chapter Dosing Systems and Pumps. 

Suitable sensors, eg. low dead space pressure receivers can be found in the chapter Process Analytics and 

Sensors. 

� Formulating Stations 

� Customer specific plant 

� Component for reaction calorimeters 

can be found in the chapter Construction and Miniplant Technology 

Reactant mixing pumps can be found in the chapter Dosing Systems and Pumps. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

26 


� LabKit TM -rcf Heat Flow Calorimetry (HFC) 

� LabKit TM -rcb Thermal Balance Calorimeter 

� KalDas TM Calorimetry Evaluation 

� Reaction calorimetry components 

Reaction Calorimetry 


Reaction Calorimeters 

Until now, reaction calorimeters and automatic 

laboratory reactors, which were able to handle more 

than only simple syntheses, had to be regarded 

separately. The HiTec Zang LabKit-rc reaction 

calorimeters combine both devices, whereby a 

flexible system is generated in every respect. As a 

calorimeter, LabKit-rc offers different operation 

modes and measuring methods, and as a lab 

reactor system, the whole flexibility of the LabKit 

laboratory reactor technology and the LAB 

manager’s research process control system. 

Up to now, reaction calorimeters were very costintensive. 

Nevertheless, they are necessary. The 

knowledge of the heat tone of a process is required 

for the safety-related and energetic evaluation. 

Many users are therefore on the lookout for a costeffective 

possibility to conduct calorimetric 

measurements already during process development. 

In addition, according to the opinion of leading 

scientists, the significance of reaction calorimetry 

for process analytics is underestimated by far. In the 

event of all exothermal and endothermal processes, 

the signal of the current heat output delivers 

additional information on the reaction progression, 

which is currently only rarely utilised. 

The Advantages: 

� Heat Flow and Thermal Balance are possible 

� Isothermal, Isoperibole and Adiabate Mode of 

Operation 

� Full ALR Functionality 

� Uncomplicated Evaluation 

� Easy-to-handle Open System 

� Upgradeable at all Times 

� Electrically lowerable Reactor Head 

� Best possible Reproducibility 

� GLP-conform Documentation 

� Access via Network, e.g. from the Office 

� Remote Maintenance (Tele-Service) 


The range of possible applications is very versatile 

and goes far beyond the classical measurement of 

heat tone and thermal conversion. 

LabKit-rc supports adiabate, isoperibole, and 

isothermal operation mode. 

LabKit-rc Systems are ready-to-use reaction 

calorimeters. 

To allow upgrading or modernising of existing 

laboratory reactors or existing reaction calorimeters, 

all necessary components are also individually 

available. 

The standard systems LabKit-rcf and LabKit-rcb 

depicted in the following, are complete, ready-forcommissioning, 

automatic reaction calorimeters, 

which can also be utilised as full-fledged Automatic 

Labor Reactor Systems (ALRS). They can be 

upgraded with the available additional modules and 

components of the LabKit program. 

Next to the standard calorimeters depicted in the 

following, we also manufacture client-specific 

plants and also offer the renovation, repair, and 

expansion of existing reaction calorimeters of 

various manufacturers. 

Information in regard to the individually 

manufactured reaction calorimeters can be 

found in the chapters Plant Construction, Miniplant 

Technology, and Customised Reaction 

Calorimeters. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

28 


LabKit-rcf Heat Flow Reaction Calorimeter 

LabKit-rcf, heat flow calorimeter with extension options 

Reaction calorimeter in a sophisticated 

configuration for heat flow calorimetry. The 

automatic laboratory reactor system is suitable e.g. 

for syntheses in the temperature range from -40 to 

+200 °C. The system is expandable with 

additional modules and components offered. 

System Construction 

As standard container, a double-walled 2 litre 

reaction vessel is used. Other containers are 

available. 

The reaction vessel is kept at a moderate 

temperature by high performance heating/cooling 

thermostats, which enables fast temperature 

control for isothermic use. 

Measurement Method 

The heat flow method is based on the 

measurement of the temperature difference 

between the reactor contents and temperature 

medium in the container jacket. For the heat flow 

over the reactor wall the relationship applies: 

Q& = k A⋅ΔT 

kond 

w 

The heat transition coefficient cannot generally be 

theoretically calculated. Since it can vary 

significantly during reaction (e.g. by modification 

of the viscosity, the specific heat of the reaction 

mixture, or by boundary layer formation), it is 

determined by calibration with defined heat output 

before and after the reaction. 

k 

w 

Q 

A = 

ΔT 

& 

kond 

RJ 

RJ 

The reaction calorimeter is extendable for heat 

balance calorimetry and can be optionally 

upgraded by 

� Online Evaluation 

� Inerting 

� Vacuum 


� Reflux 

For reflux distillation, the reflux separator ratio is 

adjustable over a programmable reflux separator. 

For further information see "Components for 

reaction calorimetry" 

Example Version: 

LabKit-rcf with electrically lowerable 1000 ml reactor with 

vacuum jacket, two gravimetric and one volumetric dosing 

circuits, vacuum control, reflux distillation and inerting. 


Specification 


Rack Square anodised aluminum profile, electrical fixture for lowering the reactor 

vessel, catch pan made of high-grade steel. 

Reactor 2-Liter Double-walled glass container, tempering jacket, PTFE-bottom drain valve, 

Lid with Center neck and 6 Supports, safety-valve 200 mbar, ventilation valve 

Stirrer ViskoPakt rheo57 Precision stirrer drive with Speed control and Torque 

measurement, Anchor Stirrer 

Heating/Cooling System Heat-Cool-Thermostat -40 to +200 °C, Air-/ Compressor Cooling, Heating power 3 

kW, Cooling power to 3 kW at 200 °C, 0,7 kW at 0°C 

Dosing System One GraviDos Dose circuit for Liquids (Regulated drop funnel), 500 ml feed tank, 

gravimetric regulated 

Automation LabManager. Interfaces: 8 Pt100 Precision-Temperature measurement inputs, 8 


Interfaces, 4 digital inputs, 8 digital Outputs (current & voltage), controllable 

calibration heating 50 W glass (optionally stainless steel). Sensor power supply 

24 V 1,5 A, actor power supply 24 V 3 A. 

CA-ABK2, 22“ Monitor, Uninterrupted Power Supply with UPS-Management 

Software 

Sensors Calibrated temperature sensor for: reactor, thermostat, flow line, reflux, head and 

environment temperature, flowmeter in the heat carrier, preasure measurement 

0...1600 mbar abs., stirrer: rotational speed, torque 

Materials Mainly borosilicate glass, PTFE, PVDF, Viton, Stainless steel 1.4571 (changes 

possible) 

Evaluation see KalDas 


VL-LABKITRCF1 Reaction calorimeter for heat flow calorimetry 

VL-LABKITRCONLF Online-heat flow-Evaluation 

Special equipment is available e.g. for inerting, 

vacuum, reflux boiling and reflux distillation using 

the programmable reflux separator and intensive 

cooler in a mirrored glass vacuum jacket, 

Recommended software packages: 

as well as balancing of the cooling water and 

distillate. See lab kit structure system. 


SL-LABVIPBATE Software Package for LabManager1 for Operation of medium-sized Batch-Processes 

SF-PID8 Controller Module with 8 PID- and application oriented controllers 

SA-KALDAS3 Evaluation Program for Heat Flow and Thermal Balance Calorimetry on KabKit-rcb 

Recommended upgrades 

� MoleculeEye with fibre optic probe for differentiated, cinetic analysis 

Further information can be find in the chapter Process Analytics and Sensorics. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

30 


LabKit-rcb-Heat balance - Reaction Calorimeter 

LabKit-rcb, heat balance calorimeter with expansion. 

Reaction calorimeter in a sophisticated 

configuration for heat flow and heat balance 

calorimetry. The automatic lab reactor system is 

suitable e.g. for syntheses in the temperature 

range from -40 to +200 °C. The system is 

expandable with the offered additional modules 

and components. 

System Construction 

As standard container for heat balance calorimetry, 

a triple wall, 2 litre reaction container with 

evacuated outer jacket is used. Other containers 

are available. 

The reaction container is kept at a moderate 

temperature by high performance heating/cooling 

thermostats, which enables a fast temperature 

control for isothermic operation mode. 

It is upgradeable with options, e.g.: 

� Online-Evaluation 

� Vacuum 

� Distilling 

� Reflux 

� Inerting 

When distilling with reflux separators, the reflux 

component ratio can be regulated via an 

electrically controllable reflux separator. 

For further information, see „Components for 

Reaction Calorimetry“. 

LabKit-rcf with electrically lowerable 1 litre reactor with vacuum 

jacket, 3 gravimetric dosing circuits, vacuum control, reflux 

distillation and inerting. 

Measurement Method 

The heat balance method is based on the 

balancing of the tempering medium at the feed and 

discharge opening of the container jacket. The 

temperatures and the flow of the heat carrier are 

measured. 

Q& = m& 

⋅cp 

⋅ ΔT 

Kond 

öl 

öl 

RJVR 

The heat transition coefficient (KwA) is not required 

for the evaluation. This is particularly important in 

case of reactions where a coating develops at the 

vessel walls, as for example, during 

polymerisations and dispersions. 


Specifications 


Rack Square anodised aluminum profile, electrical fixture for lowering the reactor 

vessel, catch pan made of high-grade steel. 

Reactor 2Liter Double jacket glass container with vacuum jacket, temper jacket, PTFEbottom 

drain valve, lid with centre neck and 6 supports, safety valve 200 mbar, 

ventilation valve 

Stirrer ViskoPakt rheo57 Precision-stirrer drive with speed control and torque 

measurement, Anchor Stirrer 

Heating/Cooling System Heat-cool-Thermostat, -40 to +200 °C, Air/ Compressor cooling, heating power 3 

kW, cooling power up to 3 kW (200 °C), 0,7 kW (0°C) 

Dosing System One GraviDos Dose circuit for liquids (regulated Drop funnel), 500 ml Feed tank, 

gravimetric regulated 

Automation LabManager. Interfaces: 8 Pt100 Precision-Temperature measurement inputs, 8 


Interfaces, 8 digital inputs, 8 digital Outputs (current & voltage), controllable 

calibration heating 50 W glass (optionally stainless steel) 

CA-ABK2, 22“ Monitor, Uninterrupted Power Supply with UPS-Management 

Software 

Sensors Calibrated temperature sensor for: reactor, thermostat, flow line, reflux, head and 

environment temperature, flowmeter in the heat carrier, preasure measurement 

0...1600 mbar abs., stirrer: rotational speed, torque 

Materials Mainly glass, PTFE, PVDF, Viton compound, stainless steel material 1.4571 

(subject to changes) 

Evaluation see KalDas 


VL-LABKITRCB1 Reaction calorimeter for Heat balance calorimetry 

VL-LABKITRCMDM Mass flow meter for the heat carrier 

VL-LABKITRCONLB Online heat balance evaluation 

Optional equipment is available, e.g. inerting, 

vacuum, reflux boiling and distilling via a 

electrically controlled reflux separator and intensive 

cooler made of metallised glass, with vacuum 

jacket as well as balancing of the cooling water 

and the distillate. 

For further information see LabKit system 

construction. 

Recommended software packages: 

Order code Description 

SL-LABVIPBATE Software Package for LabManager1 for Operation of medium-sized Batch-Processes 

SF-PID8 Controller module with 8 PID and application oriented controller 

SA-KALDAS3 Evaluation Program for Heat Flow and Thermal Balance Calorimetry on KabKit-rcb 

Recommended upgrades 

� MoleculeEye with fibre optic probe for differentiated, cinetic analysis 

Further information can be find in the chapter Process Analytics and Sensorics. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

32 


Calorimetry Evaluation Program KalDas 

Uncomplicated Evaluation! 

► 

KalDas is a new development in the field of reaction 

calorimetry. KalDas provides you with data that you 

need for model evaluations (e.g. scale up) and for 

energy and safety considerations. 

KalDas is based on the flexible control and data 

analysis software platform HiText and can therefore 

be easily customised to your special requirements. 

The acquired data can be evaluated at the push of a 

button and the results are displayed in a free 

configurable and a clearly arranged protocol. 

KalDas was primarily developed for the HiTec 

reaction calorimeter. However, there is no 

constriction to any specific calorimeter, i.e. the 

program may be adapted to any other device. 

It is also possible to adjust the programming for 

special evaluations or data transfer, e.g. to programs 

for reaction kinetics. 

Heat inflow and dissipation of the stirrer, condenser, 

dosage flow as well as accumulated heat is 

considered in the calculation. If needed, the 

calculations may be expanded to heat balance 

calorimetry or other methods. 

KalDas is deployed for: 

� Product Development 

� Process Optimisation 

� Quality Assurance 

� Scale Up Tests 

� Plant Safety 

KalDas3 was completely newly designed based on 

the proven KalDas2. The programming in HiText 

warrants for optimal cooperation with LabVision and 

enables online calorimetry. 

KalDas ideally operates combined with the HiBatch 

Recipe Control. The steps related to reaction 

calorimetry are integrated like normal basis 

operations in the recipe. 

The delays of the measurement signals which lead 

to distortions in the course of the power output 

evaluation are corrected by special algorithms. This 

allows realistic presentation of the output power 

progression. 

Advantages: 

� Simple Handling 

� Online and Offline Evaluation in one Program 

� Flow and Balance Evaluation simultaneously 

possible 

� Dosing, Reflux, and Dissipation are 

considered 

� Intermediate Values (Outputs) are made 

transparent 

� Fully integrated in LabVision, optional Standalone 

Version 

� First Analyses are already possible during the 

running Test 

� Alignment to your possibly already existing 

Equipment is possible 

� Application-specific Expansions are possible 

due to HiText Programming 

� Full Functionality of an Automatic Laboratory 

Reactor is supported 

� Multi-stage Recipe-controlled syntheses are 

possible 



Product Description Menu-controlled evaluation program for calorimetry data, compilation of 

measurement data, characteristics determination, graphic presentation, inter alia 

of output and heat curves, etc. 

Delivery Scope CD-ROM, manual 


SA-KALDAS3 Evaluation Program for the Reaction Calorimetry on LabKit-rcf and -rcb 

For control operations, see LabVision Basis Operations. 

KalDas can also be aligned to your equipment! 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

34 


Components for Reaction Calorimetry 

Calibration Heating 

The calibration heating is required when conducting 

calorimetric measurements in reaction calorimeters 

or laboratory reactors. In particular for the 

establishment of the thermal capacity of a material 

within the scope of a heat flow calorimetry, a highprecision 

calibration heating is required which 

compensates the thermal resistance, e.g. as a result 

of aging and temperature influences. The heating 

output of the following devices can be steplessly 

Technical Data 

Power consumption 230 V, 100 W / 150 W 

Delivery of power 0 ... 50 W , 0 ... 100 W, 100 % duty cycle 

Uncertainty

Turbine Flowmeter for Heat Carrier Oil 

Thermal balance calorimetry requires the exact 

measurement of the flow rate of the heat carrier oil. 

The flow sensors are especially suited for this 

purpose and are frequently used as an alternative to 

the significantly more expensive Coriolis mass flow 

meters. 

In the sector of reaction calorimetry, they are 

particularly suited for the flow measurement of the 

heat carrier oil at temperatures of up to 350 °C. 

They are deployed as standard in our thermal 

balance calorimeters. 



They function according to the principles of a 

turbine-type meter: 

Type Measuring Range 

in l/min 

Impulse/Litre Connection G 

TDM06 1 to 10 2000 ½ inch 

TDM09 3 to 30 980 ½ inch 


Linearity +/-2 % v.M. 

Reproducibility +/-0.5 % 

Media Temperature -20 to 120, 180 or 350 °C 

Max. Working Pressure 20 bar 

Viscosity 0,1 to 6 mm²/s 

Materials High-grade steel 1.4305 and 1.4122, ceramic 

Seal Viton or Graphite 

Content of delivery: Sensor with mounted impulse amplifier 


IS-F-TDMtc-tb-sa Turbine Flowmeter 

IS-F-TDMMV-AK-I LAB-PI Connection Cable for Turbine Flow Sensor , 4..20 mA 

IS-F-TDMMV-AK-F LAB-PI Connection Cable for Turbine Flow Sensor, NPN-OC 

tc = up to 10 litres/min: 06 / up to 30 litres/min: 09 

tb = Temperature Range 120,180, or 350 °C 

sa = Output Signal 4..20 mA: I / or frequencyanalogue 

NPN-OC: F 

� Compact 

� Maintenance-Free 

� Resistant against high Temperatures 

� Low Pressure Loss 

� High Working Pressure Range 

� Small Time Constant due to low-mass Rotor 

Example for an order: 

Flow sensor for 0-10 litres/min, max. temperature 

180 °C, frequency-analogue output, open collector: 

IS-F-TDM06-180-F 

Information in regard to the individually 

manufactured reaction calorimeters can be 

found in the chapters Plant Construction, 

Miniplant Technology, and Customised Reaction 

Calorimeters. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

36 


Fermentation Technology 

� RAMOS® Bioprocess Optimisation in Shaking Flasks 

� FluidTrain Fed-batch and Sample Drawing in Shaking Flask 

� OmniFerm® - Mini-Fermenter System 

� HiFerm-FCU Client-specific Fermenter Control Systems 

� Gmix Precision Gas Mixing Device 

� AlcoTect sterilisable alcohol probe 

� HiSense Precision Exhaust Gas Analytics 

� RQFeed Feeding Algorithm for optimal Productivity 

� Packed Bed Reactor 



RAMOS ® Bioprocess Optimisation in Shaking Flasks 

RAMOS (Respiration Activity MOnitoring System) is 

the standard measurement system online 

determination of respiration activities of prokaryotic 

and eukaryotic cultures in shaking flasks. 

The respiration rate is usually directly proportional to 

the number of cells and therefore enables 

continuous monitoring of the growth progression. 

Clear Advantages 

� More information about your microbiological 

processes 

� Distinction of process-related and biological 

effects. 

� Replaces expensive experiments in the 

fermenter. 

� Identical cultivation conditions as in your 

reference shaking flask. 

� Easy handling 

� Reduction of development time for 

bioprocess and cultivation conditions 

� Provides ideal screening conditions. 

� Enables rapid characterisation and targeted 

optimisation of media. 

� Reduction of test period to the actually 

required time. 

� Shortens the „time-to-market“. 

RAMOS was developed in cooperation with the 

department of biochemical engineering (Aachen 

University of Technology - UAS). 

RAMOS supplies the required information for: 

� Process Development 

� Process Optimisation 

� Media Optimisation 

� Fermentation Validation 

� Scale-Up 

Until now, in numerous processes evaluated so far, 

RAMOS has contributed to reveal key insights and 

Fields of Application 

� Continuous growth monitoring of prokaryotic and 

eukaryotic cultures including mammalian cells in 

shaking flasks 

� 8-fold parallel online measurement of the 

respiration activity under sterile conditions 

� Easy determination of characteristic values 

(OTR, CTR, RQ, µmax, kLa ...) 

� Bioprocess optimisation through early 

identification of oxygen and substrate limitation or 

product inhibition 

� Bioassays (toxicity assay, proliferation assay) 

� Development of suitable conditions in the primary 

and secondary screening (culture duration, 

media, operating conditions) 

� Reduction of the development times for ideal 

culture media and media conditions 

� Mass balance of fermentation processes 

� Quality control 

Potential 

Many experiments which previously could only be 

carried out laboriously in a fermenter with gas 

analytics, can now be conducted much cheaper and 

moreover in a fraction of the time with RAMOS. 

RAMOS pays off within short time due to the 

reduction of laboratory hours and development 

periods. In addition, production costs can be 

consistently and significantly reduced due to more 

efficient strains and culture procedures which can be 

discovered with the help of RAMOS. 

Up To now the development of suitable media has 

always been neglected due to the large connected 

expenditures. Exemplary for this fact is that LBmedia 

were used for decades as standard media for 

Escherichia coli bacteria. 

Already the initial investigation with RAMOS led to 

the insight that this medium does not allow an 

optimum growth due to its insufficient buffer effect. 

One can securely analyse the behaviour of microbial 

cultures with the help of measuring curves delivered 

by RAMOS, e.g.: 

� substrate limitation 

� oxygen limitation 

� product inhibition 

� diauxic growth 

the decisive impulses for research that has been 

worked on for years. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

38 

The demand for equal cultivation conditions for 

micro-organisms in normal shaking flasks and in 

RAMOS-Measuring flasks was given priority in the 

development of the plant. For this reason, the design 

of the flask was devised, in regard to the gas and 

hydrodynamics, so that it accords to a normal 

shaking flask in the bottom part containing liquid. 

In addition, a method was developed which enables 

to determine the oxygen transfer merely out of the 

variation of the oxygen partial pressure in the head 

space of the measuring flasks (no invasive 

electrodes). The system is patented. 

To ensure equivalent cultivation conditions, the gas 

composition above the culture liquid in the flasks of 

the measuring plant is adjusted identically to the 

composition in a normal flask. For this purpose, the 

gas flow is set client-specifically (depending on the 

type of sterile seals used). 

The system handling can be learned very easily and 

quickly. Within a short period of time, you will not be 

able to imagine to work without RAMOS 

The RAMOS System 


The RAMOS system fits on a normal benchtop. It is 

delivered completely installed with flasks, sensors, 

shaker, incubator, and control PC including an 

uninterrupted power supply system. 

For the familiarisation with the new methods, we 

offer one to two-day seminars and training 

programmes. 

Measurement of the Oxygen Transfer Rate 

The oxygen transfer rate is the most suitable and 

most universal variable to characterise and quantify 

the physiological condition and the activity of an 

aerobe culture because almost every metabolic 

activity is combined with oxygen consumption. 

The online measurement of the oxygen transfer rate 

in shaken bioreactors is state-of-the-art, however it 

is technically very laborious. The determination of 

the oxygen transfer rate in shaken bioreactors 

(shaking flasks) under sterile conditions has yet not 

been possible. RAMOS closes this gap and 

therefore combines the advantages of shaking flasks 

(little space required, cost-efficient, the possibility of 

parallel operation) with those of a stirred bioreactor 

(online-measurement). 

OTR- Phenomena 

The figure gives a schematic selection of biological 

phenomena and their effect upon the oxygen 

transfer rate (OTR). The diagrams show how the 

behaviour of a microbial culture can be 

systematically analysed with the help of the 

measuring curves delivered by RAMOS. 

Measuring of the Carbon Dioxide Transfer Rate 

Next to the oxygen transfer rate, the carbon dioxide 

transfer rate (CTR) and the respiratory quotient (RQ) 

are important sources of information for 

microbiologists. 

The temporal development of OTR, CTR and RQ 

can be clearly monitored online. 

In addition, further process parameters are 

calculated hereof. The evaluation can be extended 

according to user specifications. 


The development of OTR, CTR and RQ can be 

viewed online at your screen. The user interface 

presents also further computed parameters. This 

analysis can be adapted and extended to customer 

needs. 

From the general overview, showing all of the 8 

flask, each flasks diagram can be selected 

individually. 


The diagramm show charts of the OTR, CTR and 

RQ of an yeast fermenetation with crabtree effect. 

Technical Data (RAMOS installation for 8+6 shaking flasks including shaker and incubator.) 

Dimensions width: 690 mm, height: 750 mm, depth: 490 mm 

Weight approx. 66 kg (device without cooling) 

Size of Shaking Tray 420 x 420 mm 

Measuring Flasks 8 graduated flasks (250 ml) plus 6 auxiliary perpendicular shaking flasks (250 ml) 

for sampling or 8 graduated flasks (500 ml). Other sizes on request 

Electrical Connections 230 V AC, 3 A, other voltages upon request 

Gas Connections none, intake of ambient air 

Resolution Oxygen transfer rate

40 


Feeding and Sample Drawing in Shaking Flasks 

Fluid-Train ® -Technology 

Pharmaceutically relevant products, such as insulin, 

antibodies, and many more, are synthesised by 

microorganisms and cell cultures in bioreactors. 

With the Fed-batch regulation, the pro- or eukaryotic 

cells are fed on a defined and regulated basis. Up to 

now, the use of this procedure was restricted to 

large-scale production to achieve optimal biomass, 

respectively product yield. 

RAMOS-Fed-batch provides fully automatic Fedbatch 

fermentation in shaking flasks. The parallel 

technology and the approved measurement 

procedure of the RAMOS were expanded by an 

automated dosing system. 

RAMOS-Fed-batch makes controlled feeding 

possible and regulates the dosing rates based on 

the oxygen transfer rate (OTR) or respiration 

quotient (RQ). The cell number-independant key 

parameter RQ gives information on the physiological 

condition and is evaluated from the oxygen and 

carbon dioxide transfer rate (CTR) and thus allows a 

metabolism-dependant regulated dosing. The 

targeted regulation of the ideal RQ value can 

therefore be utilised to achieve maximum product 

yield. Based on these results, a feeding algorithm 

was developed, which enables to to keep a 

physiological condition constant without drawing any 

samples and analytics. The dosing amount is 

precisely recorded by the software. 


The innovative Fluid-Train Dosing and Sample 

Drawing Technology (FTT) ensures a comminglingfree 

dosing and sample drawing conducted through 

merely one tube. Consequently, it is possible to 

seperatly and sterilely dose two or optionally more 

different media into each individual shaking flask. 

The combination with the RAMOS measuring data 

enables the feeding of the cultures with exactly the 

required amount of substrate, which leads to ideal 

culture growth and ideal production, respectively. 

The diagram show a dosing control upon the OTR 

value. The starting set point of 0,004 mol/l*h is being 

reduced after 45 hrs. to 0,002 mol/l*h. After approx. 

ca. 60, 90 and 100 std. the feeding of media will be 

temporarily interrupted. 

Parallel, up to 24 samples are, either event or 

schedule-controlled, are drawn from the culture 

containers and deposited (AutoSam-s). This makes 

unattended operation over night or weekend 

possible. 

Rinsing and cleaning cycles warrant a 

contamination-free operation. The Fluid-Train 

Technology is applied for the fermentation of proand 

eukaryotic organisms. 

Receiver Bottle 2 Feed-Media Bottles, 1 Bottle NaOH, 1 Bottle ultra-pure Water 

Dosing Rate 1-2 ml per flask and dosing cycle, cycle period 


VA-RAMOSFTT8 Program-controlled dosing and sample drawing , 8 channels including 4 receivers 

VA-RAMOSCON8 RAMOS Dosing regulation for control variable = OTR, CTR or RQ, 8 channels 

RAMOSFTT8 requires an AutoSam sampling device IL-AUTOSAM-xx and if necessary a cooling 

incubatro IL-AUTOSAM-KL. 



OmniFerm ® - Mini Fermentation System 

The OmniFerm-Mini bioreactor system is suited for 

the controlled cultivation of bacteria and yeasts, as 

well as plant, insect and mammalian cell cultures. It 

features an especially small footprint so that several 

fermenters can be placed on a laboratory bench. 

This small-scale fermentation system closes the gap 

between shaking flasks and laboratory fermenters. 

Results which were achieved in shaking flask 

cultures can be validated parallelly with minimal 

substrate use and time expenditure. 

The modular design and the multiple equipping 

options allow maximum flexibility compared to 

conventional systems. 

The basic unit consists of a glass vessel with a 

stainless steel lid individually including the required 

sockets (bore holes: 2 x Pg 13.5, 7 x UNF 1/4-32, 1 

x UNF 1/2-20 for exhaust cooler). The pH-value is 

measured with an invasive electrode and can 

optionally be controlled by CO2/base or acid/base. 

The reactor is aerated via the head space, a gassing 

tube or a gassing ring. 

The optionally integrated off-gas analytics system 

unit records the progression of the OTR, CTR, RQ, 

OT, CT, and µmax online. These values allow drawing 

conclusions in regard to the proliferation rate and the 

metabolic activity of the biological culture. Due to the 

integrated pO2-electrode, conclusions can be drawn 

out of comparison between dissolved oxygen and 

oxygen transfer rate. 

The fermentation control and regulation is based on 

a HiTec Zang MSRmanager system with a special 

interface module. Amongst others, it is possible to 

connect laboratory apparatuses like balances, 

special sensor systems, analysers, dosing systems, 

etc. Due to the proven PMC technology, 

simultaneous parallel operation of up to 8 reactors is 

possible in bus or star-shaped alignment. Highprecision 

dosing controllers ensure controlled 

feeding in semi-continuous and continuous 


Characteristics 

� full laboratory fermenter functionality 

� high degree of automation 

� various types of sensors 

� control based on online analysis is possible 

� tempering without heat carriers 

Options 

� Client specific equipment 

� Free programmable recipe control 

� Freely configurable test report 

� OTR- and RQ-based feed regulation for optimal 

product yield, e.g. within pharmaceutical protein 

production 

� Gravimetric dosing 

You have the choice between containers with 

operating volumes of 150 to 2000 ml. The reactor 

can be removed quickly and easily for sterilisation or 

preparation. 

The stirrer is powered by a rpm-regulated DC motor. 

High-class shaft seals ensure maximum sterility. 

Alternatively or complementary, a magnet stirrer is 

available for shear-tolerant micro-organisms. 

The gas supply of the reactor can be optionally 

controlled by a rotary flow meter manually, or 

automated with high-quality mass flow controllers. It 

is likewise possible to control the gas mixture for the 

fermenter with a Gmix gas mixing station. For 

distinct off-gas analytics, the precise compliance of 

gas flow rates must be ensured. The Gmix gas 

mixing device meets the highest demands in this 

respect. 

The trend-setting automation software LabVision® in 

combination with the required extension modules, 

like EasyBatch and HiBatch-recipe control, allows 

the solution of complex and automation-technically 

demanding problems, like individual fed-batch 

operation in up to 8 reactors. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

42 



A basic project including all functionalities necessary 

for standard batch operation, operating displays and 

parameterisations is expandable almost without 

limit. The detectable parameters are: pH, pO2, gas 

supply, gas mix, fed-batch control and chemostat 


There are no limits of realisation to the model driven 

control based upon the established self describing 

programming language HiText. 

Dimensions width: 195 mm, depth: 300 mm, height: 500 mm 

Reactor Capacity 250 ml 600 ml 1000 ml 2000 ml 

Working Capacity 150– 250 ml 300 – 600 ml 500 – 1000 ml 500 – 2000 ml 

Bottle height (outer beand) 135mm 150mm 150mm 300mm 

Length of electrode 120 mm 120 mm 120 mm 225 mm 

Electrical Connection 230 V AC, 3 A 

Materials Glass, polished stainless steel 1.4573 

Sterilisation Auto-clavable 

Interfaces 2 x Pg 13.5, 7 x UNF 1/4-32, 1 x UNF 1/2-20 

Sensors temperature, optional pH, dissolved O2, Redox, level, foam, alcohol 

Pumps 4 rpm-regulated peristaltic pumps 

Temperature RT to 50 °C (optional, cooling with water or cooling agent) 

Gassing Dip tube, sparger or head space 

Shaft Sealing mechanical 


CG-OMNIFERM-ABK Control and Operating Unit for up to 8 OmniFerm Fermentation Units 

VA-OMNIFERM-FE-250 OmniFerm Fermentation Unit, reactor Capacity 150 to 250 ml, with four dosing pumps 


VA-OMNIFERM-FE-1000 OmniFerm Fermentation Unit, reactor Capacity 500 to 1000 ml, with four dosing pumps 


VA-OMNIFERM-COOL Cooling functionality, integrate cooling coil for tapped water or thermostat, contol valve 

IL-OXYTECT-l Dissolved oxygen, autoclavable, PG 13.5 thread 

IL-PHFERM-l pH probe pH 0..14, 0 to 130°C, 0..10 bar, autoclavable, PG 13.5 thread 

IL-ODFERM-l Cell count probe (optical density), autoclavable, PG 13.5 thread 

VA-OMNIFERM-CHILL Cooling thermostat 300 W at 15°C (provides up to 8 fermenters) 

VA-OMNIFERM-BGR Gassing Stirrer 

VA-OMNIFERM-AIRPUM Electronic controlled gasing pump for up to 4 fermenters, max. 550 l/h 

VA-OMNIFERM-GAS1 Gassing Control with pulsed Valve 

VA-OMNIFERM-GASMF Gassing Control with Massflow Controller 

VA-OMNIFERM-GASMF2 Gassingsregelung with two Massflow Controllers, e.g. Air and CO2 

VA-OMNIFERM-GASMF4MUX Gasing controll with massflow controller, tetra multiplexing, 4 gasses 

VA-OMNIFERM-REDOX Redox Sensor, auto-clavable, PG13.5 thread 

VA-OMNIFERM-LEV Level Sensor, auto-clavable 

VA-OMNIFERM-FOAM Foam Sensor, auto-clavable 

VA-OMNIFERM-FOLE Combination Sensor Level and Foam, auto-clavable 

VA-OMNIFERM-ETOH Alcohol Sensor, carrier gas supply, auto-clavable 

IL-HISENSE-m-x Exhaust Gas Analysis System for O2, OTR, CTR and CO2 for micro biology 

IL-HISENSE-c-x Exhaust Gas Analysis System for O2, OTR, CTR and CO2 for cell tissue cultures 

VA-OMNIFERM-RQFEED RQ-based Feeding 

X: amount of Channels, see HiSense, further volumes upon request 

Complementary products LabDos Precision Dosing Pump, AutoSam Sample Drawing System, Sterile Tube 

Pressure Sensor, Laboratory Scales can be found in other chapters. 



HiFerm-FCU Customer-specific Fermenter Control Systems 

The level of automation of common bioreactors in 

microbiology and cell culture technology has a time 

lag of twenty years in relation to the automated 

laboratory reactor systems for chemical laboratories. 

HiTec Zang makes its experience of over 25 years in 

laboratory automation henceforth available for the 

customer-specific automated bioreactor. 

Example for a customised manufactured system with dosing 

pumps and touchscreen monitor. 

The advanced fermentation control unit HiFerm FCU 

allows the automated operation of a fermenter with 

an unprecedented level of automation. 

It is based on the MSRmanager automation system 

with a special interface module for sensors, 

actuators, and instruments. 

Sensors and actuators are connected with splash 

waterproof IP65 plugs and bushes, so that the 

connection is easy to install and, if necessary, 

disconnected quickly. 

The evaluation circuitry for oxygen, pH, temperature 

sensors etc. is integrated and can be expanded in 

various ways. 

For control of valves and pumps, analogue and 

digital outputs with short-circuit-proof semiconductor 

switches are provided. 

Analogue inputs for the connection of temperature 

sensors, electrodes, and miscellaneous sensors are 

digitalised with 24 bit and yield accordingly excellent 

measurement accuracy. Digital inputs allow 

connection of limit switches or malfunction 

annunciators of additionally connected devices. 

Via serial interfaces, laboratory devices like 

balances, special sensor systems, analysers, dosing 

systems, gas mixer, etc. can be connected. 

Dosing controllers for pump guided or gravimetric 

dosing are integrated. Thus, dosing systems can be 

driven by online measurement and analytic values. 

Interfaces 

� dissolved oxygen sensor (pO2), 

� direct connection for pH and redox sensors, 

(expandable to 2), 

� alcohol sensor, 

� 2 special inputs with current/voltage sources e.g. 

for a foam sensor, 

� 8 analogue inputs for flow rate controllers, 

temperature and pressure sensors etc., 

� 8 analogue outputs for dosing pumps and stirrer 

control, 

� 16 digital outputs with short-circuit-proof 

semiconductor switch for magnetic valves, 

pumps, heater, etc., 

� 14 digital inputs for fill level, pressure monitor, 

etc., 

� 8 RS232 interfaces for balances, analysers, 

laboratory devices, etc. 

� 4 USB-Interfaces for keyboard, mouse, printer, 

memory stick, webcam, etc. 

With the automation software LabVision and the 

expansion modules, e.g. the EasyBatch or HiBatch 

Recipe Control, it is possible to realise complex and 

challenging automation tasks in an uncomplicated 

manner. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

44 

An user-friendly interface and an easy handling of 

the system assure a short preparation time. 

A basic project with the essential functions, views 

and parameterisations can be expanded nearly 

arbitrarily by the user. 

All analogue values are displayed as curves in a 

chart. Limit violations will be alerted and the whole 

event history is saved in all details. All values, 

parameters, and events are stored in an adaptive 

database. 

Features 

� expandable with analysers and special sensors 

� freely-programmable control software LabVision 

with numerous extension options 

� Complex Process Control is possible 

� touch screen for keyboard- and mouseless 

operation 

� automatic managed laboratory journal 

� optionally as complete system with pumps, 

sensors, etc. 

� Integration of other manufacturers' components is 

possible 


VA-HIFERM-FCU Fermenter Control Unit 


Fully automatic Research Fermenter (. Frings Bonn) 

Via the optional off-gas analysing module, the 

metabolic activity of biological cultures can be 

detected online via the respiration activity (OTR, 

CTR, RQ, OT, CT, µmax). With this knowledge you 

can easily draw conclusions in regard to substrate 

consumption and changes in metabolism or 

biomass. 

For dosing with fed-batch or continuous operation 

mode, up to five precision peristaltic pumps can be 

connected. They assure a secure and constant 

substrate supply for semi-continuous and continuous 

processes and a very accurate dosing of anti-foam, 

base or acid for pH control. 

Cell fermentater control unit 



Gmix – Gas Mixing Device 

The Gmix precision gas mixing device was 

especially developed for applications which require 

highest accuracy and reproducibility of gas mixtures. 

The gas mixing device is available in various 

configurations with one to four outlets. The gas 

mixture, consisting of up to four (opt. Six) gases, can 

be adjusted individually for every outlet. 

All inlets will be calibrated ex works upon customer 

request. Up to six gases for eache inlet can be 

calibrated. Default gases are air, N2, O2 and CO2. 

Units can be selected as ml/min (default: cm²/min) 

und g/min. 

The Gas Mixing Device Gmix is available both as a 

RAMOS expansion and as independant system. 

Application 

The application areas of the precision gas mixing 

device are, amongst others, all biological 

fermentations the require a gas composition. Due to 

the extremely precise gas mixture, the gas mixing 

device can also be deployed in physical technology 

and trace gas analytics. One further application area 

is the calibration of gas sensors. 

Advantages 

Flows and percentagae will be entered into and 

shown in self describing dialogue mass. The actual 

concentrations are kept constant with high class 

mass flow controllers (NO time multiplexing!). 

Thereby, an eminently consistent and precise dosing 

is assured. Due to the very compact design, the 

device requires little space. 

Control / Protective Devices 

Outlet pressures are measured and controlled for 

safety reasons. 

In case of exceedance of the adjusted outlet 

pressure, the gas supply will be automatically locked 

and an alarm signal will be activated. 

Operation with RAMOS 

During operation with RAMOS, the UI/work station of 

the gas mixing device is directly integrated in the 

RAMOS-software. The setpoint values are predetermined 

by the operator. 

The measured flow and fractions are indicated 

numerically and the temporal progression is 

displayed graphically. 

Customer specific solutions e.g. for aggressive 

gases can be buildt upon request. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

46 

Technical Data (Gas Mixing Device) 


Dimensions Width: 240 mm, Depth: 320 mm, Height: 150 mm with up to 4 inputs 

Width: 340 mm with 5 or 6 inputs 

Weight approx. 6 kg with up to 4 inputs, 8 kg with 5 or 6 inputs 

Inputs 

Amount 2 – 6 gases, pneumatic connection 6/4 

Gases Air, N2, Oxygen (O2), Carbon Dioxide(CO2) by default, non-condensing, other 

gases upon request. Up to 6 gases posisble. Distribution is freely selectable by 

the user. 

Inlet pressure according to specifications, up to 11 bar abs, from approx. 10 slm/Input, higher 

pressure upon request 

Outlets 

Amount 1, pneumatic connection 

Outlet pressure according to specification, up to 10 bar abs. 

Min. pressure difference Approx. 1 bar, according to specifications 

Control principle Thermal massflow controller. Each component is controlled on each outlet, 

NO multiplexing! 

Prefilter Inlet filter 20 µm 

Flows 

Operating range Default: 0,05 slm – 50 slm set value, Dynamic 1:30 

optionally smaller or greater, dynamics 1:100 

Uncertainty Default: < 1,5 % of set value, opt. +/- 0,3% of set value, +0,5% of measured value 

Reproducibility



IL-GMIX21 Gas mixing device (2 Inlets, 1 Outlets) for non-condensing gases (Air, O2, N2, CO2) 

Inlet 0,05 to 5 slm, uncertainty ±1,5 % of span, Dynamic 1:30 





IL-GMIX21-X Gas mixing device with increased accuracy (2 Inlets, 1 Outlets) for non-condensing/corrosive gases 

(Air, O2, N2, CO2). Inlet 0,05 to 5 sLM, uncertainty ±(0,3 % of span + 0,5 % of setpoint) Dynamic 1:100 

IL-GMIX31-X Gas mixing device with increased accuracy (3 Inlets, 1 Outlets) for non-condensing/corrosive gases 


IL-GMIX41-X Gas mixing device with increased accuracy (4 Inlets, 1 Outlets) for non-condensing/ corrosive gases 


IL-GMIX21-XET Gas mixing device with increased accuracy , stainless steel model, dead volume optimised (2 Inlets, 1 

Outlets) for non-condensing/ corrosive gases (Air, O2, N2, CO2). Inlet 0,025 to 0,5 sLM, uncertainty ±(0,3 

% of span + 0,5 % of setpoint) Dynamic 1:100 







IL-Gmix-S-RAMP Program Control for User-defined Profiles 

Systems with more outlets can be accomplished by 

cascading multiple devices or can be manufactured 

upon request. 

Upon request we can equip all devices with further 

options such as: 

System adjustments to special gases, aggressive 

gases, multiple gas datasets per inlet, analogue 

inputs 4...20 mA and controller for dissolved O2 and 

pH, digital input for externally control (standby, ramp 

start and stop). 

We are also able to construct a gas mixing device exactly according to your individual requirements and 

specifications! 


IL-ALCOTECT-d-l Alcohol Probe with Evaluation Unit for ethanol and methanol 

IL-ALCOTECT-AIRS Gas Supply synthetic air 20ml/min for alcohol probe, without gas bottle 

d: 19, 25 = Diameter 19 or 25 mm, l: 105, 120, 220, 320 = 105, 120, 220 or 320mm 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

48 


OxyTect Optical Dissolved Oxygen Probe 

The OxyTect Alcohol Probe, amongst other 

application options, is suited for the monitoring of 

fermentation processes. The disadvantages 

connected with the conventional Clark probes are no 

longer existent. 

Product Features: 

� Exact online determination of the dissolved 

oxygen concentration 

� Compatible with the connections and signals of 

the conventional Clark probe 

� Sterilisable in-situ (SIP and CIP) 

� Auto-diagnosis 

� Immediately ready for measurement 

� High Durability 

� High Precision 

� Short Response Time 

� Exchangeable Sensor Cap 


Probe Diameter 12mm 

Probe Length 120, 160, 225, 325 o. 425mm 

Process Connection PG-13,5 Thread 

Measuring Range 4 ppb/0,05%...300% O2 Air 

Saturation 

Detection Limit 0,01 Vol% 

Temperature Range -10 °C bis 80 (130) °C 

Pressure Range -1...12bar 

Response Time < 30s 

98% 

Materials High Grade Steel, Silicone 

Output Signal 4..20mA, Clark-Signal, 

RS485 ( MODBus RTU 

Fieldbus), VP 8.0 Jack 

Power Supply 7..30V DC, 0,6W 


IL-OXYTECT-l Dissolved Oxygen Probe with Evaluation Electronics 4..20mA, Clark Signal, RS485 ( MODBus 

RTU Fieldbus), VP 8.0 Jack, autoclavable, PG 13.5 Thread 

L: 120, 160, 225, 325, 425mm = 120, 160, 225, 325 or 425mm 

Autoclavable pH-Probe 

This autoclavable ph-probe is in particular suited for 

the monitoring and controlling of fermentation 

processes. 

It is distinguished by especialially high durability and 

robustness. 

Product Features: 

� Low-Maintenance 

� 2 Pinhole Diaphragms 

� Duralid Electrolyte with high KCl-Content 

� High Durability 

� Fast and consistent Measurement Values 

� Proven H-Membrane 

� Low Alkaline Error 

� Extended application area in medias with 

extreme ion concentration, strongly oxidising 

characteristics, high alkali or acid concentrations 

or solvents 

� Integrated Pt100 


Probe Diameter 12mm 

Probe Length 120, 225, 325, 360 and 

425mm 

Process Connection PG-13,5 Thread 

Measurement Range 0 … 14 pH 

Measurement +- 0,1% 

Uncertainty 

Temperature Range 0 to 130 °C 

Pressure Range 0...10bar 

Connection SMEK- or VP- Plug-In Head 

Protection Class IP 68 


IL-PHFERM-l pH Probe pH 0..14, 0 to 130°C, 0..10bar, autoclavable PG 13.5 Thread 

l: 20, 225, 325, 360, 425 = 120, 225, 325, 360 and 425mm 



HiSense Emission Analysis System 

Precision Gas Analysis System for 

Biotechnology 

The HiSense Gas Analysis systems produced by 

HiTec, in contrary to conventional waste gas 

analysis technology, are also able to deliver the 

biological variables OTR, CTR and RQ. The devices 

are suited for R&D and laboratory applications within 

production and quality assurance. 

Measurement Technology: 

For the oxygen analysis, sensor are deployed which 

distinguish themselves by low interference, lownoise 

measurement results and long term stability. 

For the CO2- measurement, NDIR photometers and 

flow sensors with minimal zero point and inclination 

faults are deployed. Due to a novel special 

measurement method, the precise measurement of 

very minute activities both at small differences and 

minute measurement gas flows is possible. 

At the cell culture version, the deployment of 

additional measurement technology and the 

offsetting of unavoidable influences, e.g. total 

pressure, humidity etc., enables highly precise 

compensation. At conventional waste gas analysis 

methods and the low metabolic rates and long 

culture periods of cell cultures, the influence can be 

very significant and impede or even prevent a 

comparison of cultivations and make the deployment 

of a waste gas analysis system for quality assurance 

impossible. Usually, without the compensation of 

these factors, it is not possible to gain any useful 

measurement values at all. 

As the HiSense-c Precision Waste Gas Analysis 

System for cell culture and fermentation applications 

in addition, in most cases, is also able to perform the 

online determination of the true CO2 production 

(CER) at the usual carbonate buffer systems 

(optional pH input is required) usual in cell cultures. 

For this purpose, the faults are compensated which, 

due to the displacement of the of the HCO3-/-CO2 

balance by metabolites (e.g. lactate, NH3), make a 

useable measurement impossible. This is the only 

method that enables the determination of the actual 

RQ. 

The high measurement resolution enables reliable 

measurements under the usual conditions also at 

the low respiratory rates of animal cell cultures and 

within a very broad flow range (1.8 to 100.000 Ln/h, 

depending on version). 

For these measurements, hardly any expenditure for 

calibration is required. 

The software conducts all calculations, including all 

corrections/compensations, online. All measurement 

values are stored in a data base and can be 

displayed as current values or in the x-t-recorder. 

The export is conducted as data file (csv, txt and 

other formats) or via RS232/Windows-Pipe. 

Extension Options: 

The provision of further inputs/outputs, e.g. for 

pumps, valves and the arrangement of regulator 

circuits is possible on an optional basis. 

Additional inputs, e.g. for pH, temperature etc., are 

optionally provided for. 

Due to the free programmability in HiText Syntax 

(optional), additional algorithms, such as control and 

regulatory functions, can be integrated into the 

HiSenseTM Waste Gas Analysis Station. This also 

includes the RQFeed process for the optimisation of 

the productivity of cell cultures (if required, please 

request the respective special documentation). . 

A coupling with other systems, e.g. for 

control/regulation purposes is possible via network, 

RS232, RS485 and analogue interfaces (optional). 

Advantages: 

� 1 to 8(5) Measurement Channels for 1 to 4 

Fermenters, optional 

� High Resolution Measurement 

� Humidity Compensation (-c Version) 

� "True" OUR, CER and RQ Measurements (-c 

Version) 

� Low Interference 

� Possible Overpressure 

� Wear-resistant Sensor System 

� Compact Design 

� Additional Functions can be integrated 

� Optionally free Programmability 

� Numerous Coupling Options 

� Data Export is possible 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

50 

Technical Data (HiSense-m for microbiology) 


General 

Dimensions Width: 458 mm, Depth: 370 mm, Height: 140 mm at small flows 

Operating Voltage 110 – 230 V, 50 – 60 Hz 

Current Consumption 3 A 

Temperature Range 0 °C up to 30 °C 

Protection Category 

Measurement Channels 

IP 20 

Supply air/ Exhaust gas 1 … 5 (optionally) channels for measurment in supply or exhaust gas 

Operating Range of Flow 18 - 180 Ln/h (l/h at 0 °C / 1013 mbar), optionally from 6 to 300 Ln/h 

Pressure Loss < 1000 Pa 

Input Pressure 

O2 Measurement 

atmospheric, 3 bar absolute 

Principle Solid Electrolyte System 

Measurement Range 0 – 60 Vol. % 

Measurement Uncertainty +/- 1 % v. Measurement Range 

Resolution 0.02 Vol. % at 20 % O2, better upon request 

Long-term Drift < 0.2 Vol. % 

Relevant Resolution 

CO2-Measurement 

Difference, humidity, and pressure-corrected, resolution approx. 0.02 % 

Principle NDIR 

Measurement Range 0 – 20 Vol.%, others upon request 

Measurement Uncertainty +/- 1 % v. measurement range 

Resolution 0.02 Vol.% at 5 % CO2 

Zeropoint Drift < +/- 0.2 % 

Automatic Compensation Humidity, Absolute Pressure 


Mass Flow Measurement 

Difference, humidity, and pressure-corrected, resolution

Technical Data (HiSense-c for cell cultures) 


General 

Dimensions Width: 458 mm, Depth: 320 mm, Height: 280 mm at small flows 

Operating Voltage 110 – 230 V, 50 – 60 Hz 

Current Consumption 3 A 

Temperature Range 0 °C up to 30 °C 

Protection Category 

Measurement Channels 

IP 20 

Supply air/ Exhaust gas 2..8 (optionally) ch. for measurment in supply or exhaust gas of 1..4 fermenters 

Operating Range of Flow 1,8 - 20 Ln/h (l/h at 0 °C / 1013 mbar), optionally higher 

Pressure Loss < 1000 Pa 

Input Pressure 

O2 Measurement 

atmospheric, 3 bar absolute 

Principle solid electrolyte system, optionally paramagnetic 

Measurement Range 0..25 vol. %, paramagnetic 0..60 vol. % 

Measurement Uncertainty +/- 1 % v. Measurement Range 

Resolution 0.02 Vol. % at 20 % O2, better upon request 

Long-term Drift < 0.2 Vol. % 


CO2-Measurement 

Difference, humidity, and pressure-corrected, resolution approx. 0.02 % 

Principle NDIR 

Measurement Range 0..20 Vol.%, others upon request 

Measurement Uncertainty +/- 0.5 % v. measurement range 

Resolution 0.01 vol.% at 5 % CO2 

Zeropoint Drift < +/- 0.05 % 

Automatic Compensation humidity, absolute pressure 


Mass flow measurement 

difference, humidity, and pressure-corrected, resolution approx. 0.005 % 

Principle thermal mass flow measurement, CO2-corrected 

Standard all channels 

Measurement uncertainty better than 2 % of measurement range 

Reproducibility 0,2 % of measurement range 

Prefilter Measurement None, sterile filtration at the fermenter 

Sample Gases 

OTR-CTR 

At non-condensing ambient temperature, exhaust gas cooling required 

Measurement Values approx. 10 min, with 2 fermenters approx. 15 min 

Sensitivity OTR** approx. 1 x 10-5 Mol/l 

at 1 l culture volume, 5 vvh (V gas / V liquid / h ) gassing rate 

Sensitivity CTR** approx. 1 x 10-5 Mol/l 

at 1 l culture volume, 5 vvh gassing rate 

Heating Period 120 min 

Further Measurement pH, OTR, CTR, OT, CT, TQ, CER, CE, RQ (corrected TQ), growth rate and 

Variables 

Operation 

many peripheral values like solvant O2, CO2... 

PC Operation via software included in scope of delivery with graphic user 

interface. Data export to Excel or as text data file. 


IL-HISENSE-c-2 Gas Analysis System for the Determination of O2 and CO2, OTR, CER and RQ, 2 channels 



Additional in- and outlets and data interfaces are realised with the components contained in the chapter 

„Laboratory Automation, Hardware“. 

For free programmability, the software module HiText contained in the chapter „ Laboratory Automation, 

Software“ is required. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

52 


RQFeed Feeding Algorithm 

The development of highly productive scalable 

processes has significantly gained significance for 

industrial production of recombinant proteins. Since 

Fed-batch fermentations are comparatively reliable 

in operation and relatively easy to handle, they are 

widely distributed. 

Exactly tuned feeding of substrates can significantly 

increase the productivity. However, the control or 

even the regulation of the substrate feeding in a 

bioreactor is a great challenge. The compliance with 

ideal, as constant as possible culture parameters is 

of particular importance for cell cultures. 

Inappropriate culture conditions do not only lower 

the productivity of the cells, but also affect the 

chemical structure (e.g. of side chains) of the 

secreting protein (in particular the glycosylation) 

which causes an undesired heterogeneity of the 

active substance often combined with a significant 

influence upon the pharmacological effectiveness. 

Traditional feeding models are based on the 

parameters oxygen uptake rate (OUR) as well as 

offline measured cell density substrate 

concentration. Samples must be drawn during the 

process at regular intervals and subsequently 

analysed using external devices and rapid tests, 

respectively. Based on the result of these, the 

feeding rate is re-evaluated and adjusted. The 

regulation of the feeding rate based merely on these 

offline parameters often leads to suboptimal results. 

The HiTec Zang GmbH has developed the novel 

regulation method “RQFeed” for cell cultures which 

is based on the respiration activity of the cells. The 

aerobic degradation of the substrate is accompanied 

by oxygen consumption (respiratory chain) which in 

ultimately influences the oxygen uptake OUR. This 

parameter thus allows to draw conclusions about the 

actual condition of the culture. Essential for the new 

Fed-batch technology is the RQFeed algorithm for 

the specific cultivation and production process. This 

algorithm is the result of intensive research into the 

cultivation progression as well as the deduction of 

according procedures and operational instructions. 

Organisms in aerobic fermentation consume oxygen 

and produce carbon dioxide. The cell-specific uptake 

rate of the essential substrates, e.g. glutamine and 

glucose, is closely connected with the oxygen 

uptake rate (OUR) and the carbon dioxide emission 

rate (CER). These two values enable the 


SP-RQFEED-AC Feed Regulator based on RQ for Animal Cell Cultures 

Information to feed regulators for other cultures is available upon request. 

determination of the respiratory quotient (RQ), a key 

parameter that is independent of the number of 

cells. It reveals the different physiological states of 

the cell during batch cultivation and changes 

dependant on concentration of substrates and 

products so that alterations in the physiological 

condition can be detected and examined on a 

differentiated basis. 

Based on these findings, a feeding algorithm was 

developed which is able to maintain a desired 

physiological condition without the necessity of 

having to conduct offline measurements. This leads 

to a significant shortening of the fermentation 

periods, respectively to a significant increase in 

production rates. 

The diagram shows fermentation at two different RQ 

levels. At the RQ level 2, the productivity is not 

satisfactory, while Level 2 displays an ideal 

productivity. 

The RQFeed regulation algorithm is both suited for 

laboratory reactors as well as fermenters in pilot 

plants and in production. An exact determination of 

the RQ requires a controlled gas feed and an 

exhaust analysis system for the measurement of the 

CER and OUR. 

HiTec Zang offers the RQFeed regulation algorithm 

together with its OmniFerm laboratory fermenters in 

connection with a gas supply and analysis plant as 

an upgrading module for existing fermenters, but 

also on license basis for own use. In addition, 

training courses and instructions for the deployment 

of the algorithm in R&D applications and within 

large-scale production are also offered. 


Packed Bed Reactor 

One alternative to stirred tank reactors are packed 

bed reactors with macroporous carriers for the 

cultivation of adherent animal cells which facilitates 

a continuous cultivation at high volume-oriented cell 

density and low shear stress. One significant 

advantage of this system is the opportunity to 

specially adjust the retention times of viruses and 

monoclonal antibodies under process conditions. 

When scaling up packed bed reactors, in particular 

the oxygen supply is problematic, as the height of 

the bed is restricted due to the oxygen depletion. A 

packed bed can, at minor overall lengths, be aerated 

up to 10 cm axially without occurring oxygen 

limitations in the upper sector of the packed bed. A 

further scale-up requires a radial aeration. By 

selecting a suited carrier, it is also possible to 

cultivate challenging cell types. In comparison to a 

stirred tank reactor, packed bed reactors possess a 

higher performance capacity in regard to the 

reachable volume-specific cell density and 

productivity. Due to the cell retention in the packed 

bed, integrated separation procedures using ceramic 

membranes are easy to realise. Additionally, the 

operation of a packed bed is very uncomplicated 

and cost-effective. The packed bed system has been 

used in the biochemical laboratory for the largescale 

production within the scope of the following 

projects: 

� Production of retroviral particles for genetherapeutic 

applications with the Paul-Ehrlich 

Institute and the Technical University Hamburg 

Harburg. 

� Production of monoclonal antibodies for in vitro 

diagnostics on novel ceramic carriers in 

cooperation with the company Therapharm 

Deutschland GmbH. 



VA-FESTBETT Packed Bed Reactor with microporous Carriers for the Cultivation of adherent Cell Cultures 

One of our main strengths is the construction of Special Custom Designs! Do not hesitate to contact 

us with any problem, we will help you to find a solution. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

54 


Laboratory Automation Hardware 

� LabManager®-Laboratory Automation Systems 

� MSRmanagerAutomation Systems 

� Interface Cards 

� PI Additional Equipment external 

� Power Supplies 

� Simulation and Test Apparatuses 

� Display and Operating Components 

� Peripheral Devices 


LabManager ® -System 


The LabManager system is an automation and/or 

process control system which isspecially suited for 

laboratory-, mini- and bench plants as well as for 

pilot plant stations. It is suitable for the automation of 

virtually all chemical-procedures reaching from 

batch, semi-batch and continuous processes. 

The LabManager system was developed in close 

cooperation with specialists from laboratories and 

pilot plant stations of major chemical companies. It 

has proved its worth in a great number of areas as a 

standard tool. 

In accordance with the requirements of the NAMUR 

Working Party for research process control computer 

systems (RPCCS), particular care has been directed 

to develop a user-friendly man-machine interface, a 

compact design, and a high application flexibility. 

The LabManager RPCCS especially distinguishes 

by the fact that it is also transparent and easy to 

handle for personnel inexperienced in automation 

technique even if they want to go into detail. 

LabManager, the Interface Genius! 

With help from the graphically programmable recipe 

control system HiBatch and a unit operation library, a 

customer without automation-technical knowledge 

can program the control program for a complex 

synthesis in a few minutes. 

The LabManager systems usually have a pay-back 

period below one year! 

� more intense use of your human and capitalresources 

� GLP/GMP raked working method without 

additional outlay 

� optimal reproducibility of your recipes, also 

after years 

� complete documentation of the entire process 

� savings during the instrumentation thanks to 

virtual devices 

� release of the lab personnel from routine 

activities 

� shorter "Time to Market" period for your 

products 

The most significant Results: 

� Increase of Quality 

� Lowering of danger potentials 

� Lowering of Costs 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

56 

Areas of Application 


The LabManager is particularly useful in the fields: 

� Chemistry 

� Pharmacology 

� Biotechnology 

� Food Technology 

� Environmental Technology 


� Experimental plants and test beds 

Applications 

Due to its unique flexibility, the possible applications 

in chemistry laboratories, in pilot plant stations, for 

Mini-Plants and in companies are virtually unlimited. 

Typical applications of the system in the fields of 

chemistry and pharmacology are: 

� Process Development 

� Process Optimization 

� One and multi boiler plants 

� Parallel reactor systems 

� High-Throughput-Experimentation 

� Bench Plant installations 

� Mini-Plant Installations 

� Continuous processes 

� Batch tasks 

� Semi batch tasks 

� Syntheses 

� Reaction calorimetry 

� Exothermic early warning system 

� Screening 

� Scale-Up 

� Polymerization 



� Crystallization 

� Production oriented Labs 

(Verification) 

� Raw material Control 


� Analysis Laboratories 

The system offers all the functionalities of the 

automation systems and process control 

engineering such as: 

� Measuring 

� Process control 

� Recipe control system 

� Automatic control 

� Process monitoring 

� Process visualization 

� Alarming 

� Online intervention 

� Logging 

� Filing 

All basic unit operations reaching from dosing up to 

sample drawing are automated (see Automation with 

the LabManager), all measured values are collected 

(see LabManager and Instrumentation), visualized 

(see LabVision), and automatically evaluated (see 

HiText and KalDas). 


Economic Feasibility Analysis 


The economic feasibility analysis is conducted 

using the example of a polymerisation process in the 

laboratory reactor. 

I. Manual Operation Mode 

Test: 

Operation Hours 

Weighing out 1 

Heating 1 

Dosing 4 

Secondary Polymerisation 4 

Emptying and Cleaning 1 

Total 11 

Start of test,e.g. at 7:30a.m., test completed at 

6:00p.m. 

According to this, only one test per day is possible! 

II. Automated Test Control with the 

LabManager 

Unattended procedure with: 

� Temperature Control 

� Dosing 

� Torque Monitoring 

� Recording of Test Data 

� Online Evaluation 

� Cleartext Protocol 

� Remote Alarming etc., if required 

Day Routine: 

First test start, e.g. at 8:00a.m., test completed at 

7:00p.m. In the meantime, the laboratory technician 

is free for the evaluation of last night's automatic run 

and the preparations for the next tests. 

Second test start, e.g. at 7:30p.m. 

Test completed at 6:30a.m. (unattended). 

According to this, two tests per day are now possible 

instead of one as before! 

The laboratory utilisation is improved by 100%. 

Cost Factors EUR 

Direct costs of the laboratory 

automation 

25,000.00 

Planning, familiarisation, plant 

upgrade 

10,000.00 

User Schooling 3,000.00 

Total Cost 38,000.00 

The amortisation period is evaluated out of the cost 

of one laboratory day (e.g. 750 Euro) and the total 

cost: 

Amortisation Period = 50 days! 

Even in the worst case scenario, assuming an 

improvement laboratory utilisation of merely 15%, 

which accords to a saving of 21,000 Euro annually, 

the amortisation period is still below one year! 

Additional beneficial Effects: 

GLP-conform mode of operation by a significant 

improvement of the documentation, the quality and 

reproducibility. 

A further Pay-Off Calculation for Chemistry 

Laboratories 

Catalyst Research Laboratory 

Test series (savings due to unattended night 

operation): 

Amortisation Period = 3 months! 

Colour R&D Laboratory 

Frequently changing recipes (savings due to 

simplified parameterisation via HiBatch recipe 

control and unattended night operation). 

Amortisation Period = 6 months! 

Naturally, similar results are achieved in continuous 

operation, if, instead of having personnel directly at 

the location, it is only necessary to have an on-call 

duty and remote alarming. 

It is a known fact that one day a product is launched 

on to the market earlier can result in six to sevendigit 

additional revenue. 

This clearly indicates how much laboratory 

automation is nowadays a must!! 

Using project moduls shortens the process of 

creating projects significantly. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

58 


Conventional Automation compared to LabManager ® 

With the application-oriented device components, 

typical automation basic functions, such as dosing, 

vacuum control, and the control of the reactor 

interior temperature, are realised in an 

uncomplicated manner. 

The application-oriented device components contain 

all required functionalities. 

The dosing device components additionally offer the 

possibility to automatically or manually refill the feed 

tank without dosing interruption. The 

parameterisation of controllers is no longer 

Example 1: A Dosing Circuit for Liquids 

necessary and thus, one of the greatest and most 

time-consuming problems in practice is eliminated. 

In contrary to conventional automation systems, 

almost all modifications, which may become 

necessary in the course of a running test, can now 

be realised without having to shut down the plant. 

In order to clearly demonstrate the cost-saving 

potential of the LabManager-System, several cost 

calculations for the conventional realisation of a few 

process and control tasks are compared with the 

according realisation by the LabManager-System. 

Realisation Method a.) Conventional b.) with the LabManager-System 

Costs: 

Operation Conventional realisation 

with EMSR/PLT + 

individual components 

EUR Realisation with LabManager + 

GraviDos from HiTec-Zang 

Clarification of the Task 4 hours.* 320.00 2 hours 160.00 

Engineering 6 hours* 480.00 1 hours. 80.00 

Supply 4 hours* 320.00 1 hours 80.00 

Instrumentation of Components Pump, scales, valves, 2500.00 GraviDos complete, with feed tank and 1700.00 

Fittings 

fixtures for connection to reactor 

Additional Devices Interface for scales 500.00 none 0.00 

Additional Material Control cabinet, according 

cables and accessories 

etc. 

500.00 Included in deliver scope of GraviDos 0.00 

Realisation, Test 12 hours* 960.00 2 hours 160.00 

Documentation 4 hours* 320.00 No longer necessary as selfdocumenting 

0.00 

Costs 

* 80 EUR/hour 

Conventional 5900.00 HiTec-Zang 2180.00 

The savings due to the LabManager, according to 

the above calculation, already add up to 3720.00 

EUR! This is more than 60 %! 

Or, to express it differently, a conventional solution 

is 2.6 times more expensive! 

EUR 

Further savings are generated by the significantly 

reduced required space of the LabManagers and the 

significantly lower costs in case of later upgrading. 

Here, the typical saving can be up to 

70– 80 % ! 



Example 2: Dosing Control of Gases with Mass-Flow-Controller 

Costs: 

Operation Conventional realisation 

with EMSR/PLT + 

individual components 

EUR Realisation with 

LabManager 

Clarification 80 EUR/hour. 4 hours 320.00 1 hour 80.00 

Engineering 80 EUR/hour. 12 hours 960.00 1 hour 80.00 

Supply 80 EUR/hour. 4 hours 320.00 1 hour 80.00 

Instrumentation Mass-Flow-Controller 1500.00 Mass-Flow-Controller ready to 

connect 

1580.00 

Additional Devices Interface/Control Device/ 

Regulator 

2000.00 Integrated in LabManager 0.00 

Additional Material Control cabinet , according 

cables and accessories 

500.00 Not necessary 0.00 

Realisation 80 EUR/Std. 10 hours 800.00 1 hour 80.00 

Documentation 80 EUR/Std. 4 hours 320.00 Not necessary 0.00 

Costs Conventional 6720.00 HiTec-Zang 1900.00 

The savings for this individual task already add up 

to far more than 4820.00 EUR, which is 

approximately 70 %! 

Or, to express it differently, a conventional solution 

is 3.5 times more expensive! 

The primal saving potential is however 

represented by its daily use, in particular in cases of 

frequently changing processes and frequently 

changing recipes. A new recipe control can be 

establishment by the laboratory technician with the 

help of LabVision's basis operations library within a 

timeframe which, if conventional methods were 

applied, would already be needed for the technical 

clarification alone. 

Additional significant savings are generated by the 

smaller footprint of the LabManagers and the lower 

costs in case of later upgrading. 

EUR 

Further substantial advantages in regard to costs, 

time, and result from the fact that the PLT system 

LabManager is easy to upgrade and expand in case 

the plant should require this at a later stage. 

The devices can expanded at any time by refitting 

of modules, panels and cards. 

The modification of the application software can be 

conducted by company-own personnel. 

Software modifications, new connection or exchange 

of sensors and actors can usually be realised while 

the plant is in operation without shutting it down. 

It is only possible to estimate the savings on a 

rudimentary basis, but according to the evaluation of 

long term users, they are considerable. These 

advantages are mainly demonstrated by the 

LabManager System in every day operation in 

laboratories and pilot plants. 

You want us to provide you with further arguments? 

We will gladly introduce you to experienced users of 

the LabManager System. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

60 

System Assembly 


An automation system is composed of a "Process- 

Interface (PI), in this case the LabManager and a 

User Interface (UI) which is a Personal Coumputer 

with Windos OS and LabVision Software. 

Functionality of the Process Interface 

The PI includes interfaces for the connection of the 

sensors, actuators, and devices. It is used for 

� Collecting 

� Converting and 

� Linking of Signals 

� Monitoring 

� Controlling 

� Automatic controlling etc. 

The LabManager and LabBox PIs are equipped for 

the special ambient conditions in the laboratory or 

pilot plant stations. The required space is kept to a 

minimum. 

Functionality of the User-Interface 

The UI, also referred to as work station, represents 

the interface between user and process. It is used 

for 

� parameterising 

� operating 

� monitoring 

� reporting 

� logging 

� saving 

� evaluation 

It is comprised of a special PC running under 

Windows XP or Windows Vista operating systems 

and the required LabVision-UI software modules. 

Service features 

The high functional level of the HiTec Zang 

automation system, compared to a traditional 

automation system is particularly evident in regard to 

the following aspects. 

Interfaces 

The extensive choice of interfaces includes all 

currently available interfaces for sensors, actuators 

and devices. 

Interface panels with standardised connection 

sockets are available for the different types of 

interfaces. 

The construction and electric wiring of the 

connections comply with the recommendations and 

guidelines for laboratory devices of the chemical 

industry (NAMUR NE28 recommendation). Mistakes 

in the course of connecting are therefore excluded. 

Suitable connecting cables for the usual laboratory 

devices are available. For this reason, customers 

without special EMSR technical and electro 

technical knowledge are also able to connect 

sensors, actuators and laboratory devices 

independently. 

EMC robust interfaces guarantee a problem-free 

application also in case of deployment under rough 

conditions. 

Beyond the measurement value collection and 

control function units, the devices also include the 

most frequent process measurement and control 

(PMC) components for: 

� Signal input/output 

� Potential Separation 

� Amplifying 

� Filtering 

� Linearisation 

� Control 

� Automatic Control 

� Monitoring and Reporting (Alarming) 

� Supply of sensors and actuators with power 

External transducer, buffer amplifier etc. are not 

necessary anymore. Due to the consequently 

compact design of the devices, the required space is 



reduced to a minimum so that they will fit in any rack 

or on any lab table. If conventionally constructed, a 

comparable technology would fill one or even 

several control cabinets. 

The possibility to mount the device directly on to the 

plant represents a significant help to save costs for 

project planning and cabling and allows an easy 

remounting of the instrumentation. 

LabManager mounted directly on the plant 

PMC Technical Functions 

� PID automatic controller (optional) 

� Adaptive automatic controller (optional) 

� Comparator 

� Ramp 

� Setpoint Value Generator (profiles) 

� Timer impulse 

� Timer Start Delay 

� Timer Falling Delay 

� Scales, Thermostat, Stirrer Communication 

� LabCom Communication 

� Temperature Compensation 

� Sample & Hold (scan and hold element) 

Mathematical Functions 

� Differentiator 

� Integrator 

� Adder 

� Subtractor 

� Multiplier 

� Divider 

� Averaging 

� Algebraic Polynomial 

Logical functions 

� AND-Element 

� OR-Element 

� XOR-Element 

� NOT-Element 

� Counter 

Switching Functions 

� Switch 1 to n 

� Switch n to 1 

� Monitored Output with/without Feedback Signal 

� Storage element (latch) 

Device components belong to the standard 

equipment of a PI and do not have to be ordered 

separately. (with exception of application-oriented 

device components, regulators, interface drivers) 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

62 


Modularity 

The PI devices can be adapted to modified or 

growing requirements at any time. It is therefore 

possible to upgrade a device, which was initially only 

used for measuring and monitoring, to a regulation 

and control system. In addition, a system can be 

extended almost infinitely by parallel connection of 

additional PIs. 

LabManager PIs are available in different casing 

sizes ranging from 6 to 20 free panel places. The 

LabBox1 and LabBox2 systems with 2 or 4 panel 

places are suited for smaller applications. 

The power supply for the sensor and the actuator 

can also be integrated into the devices. 

All devices are available as individually equipped 

basic devices or as devices with standard 

equipment. 

Connecting technology of the LabManager: 

standardised plug-and-socket connectors 

Safety 

Due to their integrated 32 bit processor, the PI 

devices are also able to run on an autonomous 

basis, i.e. without PC, and therefore comply with the 

requirements of the NAMUR safety standard 

category three. The CPU is monitored by a hardware 

watchdog device and boots automatically in case of 

troubles. 

To increase safety, an independent external 

watchdog device (HP-WDOGEXT1) is available. 

The UI (work station) is equipped with an 

uninterrupted power supply (UPS) and a UPS 

Management System. In case of a longer-lasting 

power failure, the UI will be shut down in a controlled 

manner. 

Alternative Connection Technology 

For plants with fixed wiring, the application of the 

MSRmanager System (process measurement and 

control - PMC) is intended, which uses terminal 

blocks with screw terminals instead of interface 

panels. The other functional features of the 

-manager are identical to those of the LabManager. 

A MSRmanager system can be extended with the 

same software and hardware options as a 

LabManager. You will find further information in the 

chapter „MSRmanager“. 

Connecting technology of the MSR-manager: terminal blocks with screw terminals 


System Configurations 


LabVision supports different basic topologies and 

media for the coupling of PI and UI (user interface, 

respectively work station) in order to reach a suitable 

projecting of the system hardware. 

As standard, a PI is coupled with a UI through a 

RS232 serial interface. Light guides, RS485 twowire 

technology, or modems for 2 and 4 wire leased 

lines, or switched connection are available for the 

bridging of greater distances. The PIs can also be 

directly connected to a network via the Ethernet 

COM server. The UI can then be connected to every 

network socket. 

Several PIs can be connected to a UI via multiple 

interface cards. 

In order to run several independent applications, 

several LabVision licenses can work in parallel on a 

UI. All applications on UI use the same on-line data 

base so that every application can access the data 

points of other applications, if needed. 

With HiNet it is possible to cross-link several PIs to a 

UI. HiNet uses a RS485 twin wire as transmission 

medium and can cover distances up to approx. 1000 

m on a normal telephone cable. HiNet is easy to 

project. 

An evaluation computer in the office can be linked to 

a LAN in order to retrieve data for the evaluation. 

Distributed systems can be realised with the 

platform-overlapping standard CORBA (Common 

Object Request Broker Architecture). The standard 

Ethernet 10/100/1000 MHz, RJ45 Twisted Pair is 

used as transport medium. 

Devices of other manufacturers and field buses, 

such as the PROFIBUS DP, or the HART protocol 

canbe integrated as well. For more information, see 

"Remote Access" 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

64 


Automation with the LabManager System 

The LabManager system is suitable for the 

automation of virtually all basic unit operations and 

functions such as: 

Temperature Regulation and Control 

Regulated temperature control by heat/cool 

thermostats, heating elements or steam for 

� heating and chilling reactions defined by random 

curves and/or profiles 

� distillation and reflux distillation 

� crystallization 

� determination of calorific key data 

� temperature-controlled dosing of exothermic 

mixtures 

The special device component for the temperature 

regulation cascade, in connection with the autoparameterisation 

module HiTune, cuts the timeconsuming 

parameterisation procedure down to a 

few minutes. 

For the reactions calorimetry, the LabKit-rc, as well 

as individual hardware and software modules are 

available for the refitting of existing plants. 

Dosing 

Controlled dosing of solid matters, liquids and gases 

via 

� Scales 

� Flow Rate Sensors 

� Clocked and proportional Valves 

� LabDos Peristaltic Pumps 

� SyrDos Syringe Dosers 

� AlfaDos -controlled Dropping Funnel 

� GraviDos-controlled Dropping Funnel 

� SolidDos Solid Matter Doser 

� Massflow Controller 

The self-parameterising dosing device components 

also enable an inexperienced user to configure a 

precisely working gravimetric dosing within a few 

minutes. 

Pressure and Vacuum 

Flexible strategies for the pressure regulation from 

vacuum up to high pressures also under difficult 

conditions. 

� Simple and dual sensor 

� Automatic changeover rough / detailed sensor 

� Vacuum and aeration program control 

� Inerting 

The self-parameterising device component vacuum 

regulation supports systems with and without 

ventilation/inerting. 



pH value / RedOx potential 

pH value and RedOx potentials can be monitored 

and controlled. 

� One-sided automatic control (acid or base) 

� Bilateral automatic control (acid and base) 

� Titration 

Stirring with Torque and Viscosity Recording 

The recording and control of the stirrer torque can 

supply important additional information about the 

process: 

� Viscosity 

� Dissipation 

� Reaction Progression 

Sampling 

Sampling and storage of liquids controlled with 

� Single valves 

� Multi-way valves 

� Pipetting Robot (AutoSam) 

In addition, many further, even more complex 

operations, such as phase separation, 

fractionated distillation or crystallisation, are 

available. 

Recipe Control 

Due to the extraordinarily powerful graphically 

programmable NAMUR and IEC compliant HiBatch 

recipe control module, users without automation 

technical experience can also establish complex 

recipe processes, e.g. multi-stage syntheses, within 

shortest time and have them conducted 

automatically (see HiBatch). 

For users who want to become operational as fast 

as possible, an extensive basis operation library 

(see SLGOPBIB) is available. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

66 

Instrumentation 


Principally all sensors, actuators and laboratory 

devices that have an interface or are supplied 

electrically can be linked in the automation, for 

example: 

Sensors 

� Temperature 

� Pressure 

� Flow 

� Level 

� Mass 

� pH/RedOx 

� Conductivity 

� Turbidity 

� Density 

� Gas concentration 

� Rotational speed 

� Phase bounderies 

Actuators 

� Actuators 

� Electrical and pneumatic bottom outlet valves 

� Pumps 

� Heating 

� Reflux Separators 

� Drives 

Laboratory Devices and Instrumenting 

Components 

� Scales (→ GraviDos) 

� Heating/cooling Thermostats 

� Stirrers (→ ViscoPakt) 

� Dosers (→ LabDos) 

� Phase Detection/Separation (→ PhaSep) 

� Analysers 

� Spectrometers (→ MoleculeEye) 

� Particle Sensor (→ ParticleEye) 

The LabManager Product Family 

The LabManager product family contains automation 

devices of different sizes that are built up in a 

modular way: The LabManager and the LabBoxes. 

This ensures that you always obtain a device which 

optimally meets your requirements. The connecting 

technology is uniformly based on connection boards 

with standardized plugs and sockets. 

Auxiliary Modules 

Further high-performance auxiliary modules and 

libraries extend the possibilities and facilitate work: 

� Adaptive automatic controllers for difficult control 

processes (SF-HICON) 

� LabCam for event controlled online picture 

documentation (SL-LABCAM) 

� IEC 61131 I control module in the PI, comparable 

to a SPS (SF AWL), SF-AWLPLUS 

� NAMUR RS232 interface driver for device 

couplings on UI and PI (SF-NAMSER) 

� On site mini terminal (HP-LABCOM1) 

� Remote Maintenance and Telecontrol 

� Remote Alarming 

� Auto-Tuning for Temperature Cascade Controller 

Libraries 

� Project module Library (SL-MODBIBALR) 

� Basis Operation Library (SL-GOPBIB) 

� Laboratory and Glass Apparatuses Library (SL- 

BIBRILK) 

☞ 

You can find ready-to-use laboratory 

reactor systems in the chapter " Automated 

Laboratory Reactor Systems" 


LabManager1 and 2 


The LabManager1 is the standard device for lab 

and pilot plant stations with up to 50 interfaces. 

The LabManager2 can be equipped with more than 

a hundred interfaces. The devices are equipped 

with a 32 bit CPU card with a real time operating 

system, a battery backed-up clock, battery backedup 

(UPS) and specially interference-resistant 

CMOS RAM for the saving of parameterisation, 

FLASH-ROM for the operating system, PCM 

control programs and a watchdog switching for the 

hardware and software monitoring as well as a 

serial interface for the operator console (UI). The 

devices are connected to a serial interface of the 

UI through a file transfer cable or a fibre-optic light 

guide. Up to eight devices can be operated from an 

UI. 

The power saving CMOS technology hardly 

produces lost heat so that the devices can be run 

without forced ventilation. Hence, high reliability 

and service life are guaranteed. 

Assembly Options 

In the standard assembly of the LabManager, the 

interface panels form the rear panel of the device. 

In case the LabManager is built into a control 

cabinet, the interface panels can be mounted on 

the door, on the back or on the sides. A specific 

panel frame is available for this purpose (see panel 

frame). 

The robust metal case of the LabManager is 

suitable for free-standing arrangement and for the 

mounting on 19-inch control cabinets. 

The user interfaces for the basic device functions 

are placed on the front panel of the LabManager. 

Properties: 

� 32 bit CPU 

� 1 MB CMOS-RAM 

� 6 MB FLASH store 

� PC104 bus enlargement plug 

� battery buffered real-time clock 

� Watchdog (monitor switching) 

All devices are available with standard equipment 

or as basic devices for individual mounting. 

If one needs two outlets to be supplied with a 

LabManager device or if little place is available on 

site for the connecting technique, the interface 

panels can be distributed on a maximum of two 

outstations (see outstations). In any case though, 

the maximum cable length should not be more 

than 5 m. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

68 

LabBox1 and 2 


LabBox devices basically offer all characteristics of 

the LabManager devices but are designed for fewer 

interfaces and can only be equipped with internal 

sensor and actuator power supplies on a limited scale. 

These devices are preferably used for data logging or 

automation of small laboratory plants. 

They are respectively available with standard 

equipment or as a basic device for individual 

mounting. 

LabBox1 completely equipped LabBox2 completely equipped 

Complete Systems 

These ready-for-use complete systems possess 

proven equipment. 

The UI software must be individually selected since 

different LabVision software packages are required 

for different applications. 

LabBox1 

(LK-LABBOX1K) 

LabBox2 

(LK-LABBOX2K) 

LabManager1 

(LK-LABMAN1K) 

At any time, you can adapt a standard system to 

your increasing requirements by retrofitting 

modules. 

You will find a detailed description of these complete systems on the following pages. 



LabBox1 Complete System (LK-LABBOX1K) 

This complete system is suitable as a monitoring 

and data logging system. 

Equipment of the PI: 

� 4 Pt100 inputs (-200 °C ... +600 °C) 

� 4 analogue inputs (0/4...20 mA or 

� -10 V ... +10 V) for the connection of analogue 

sensors for pressure, flow etc. and devices with 

analogue output such as pH meters, thermostats 

etc. 

Equipment of the UI: 

� State-of-the-art processor * 

� 1 GB RAM 

� Uninterrupted power supply (UPS) 

� UPS Management System 

� Pre-installed Windows XP or Windows Vista 

* The equipment is regularly adapted to the current standard. 

The UI can optionally be delivered in a desktop, 

tower or mini tower case and with modified 

equipment (see chapter Display and operating 

Components). The software is installed ready to use. 

The LabVision software update service is available 

for one year free of charge. 

The system consists of the following components: 

Amount Order Code Description 

1 LG-LABBOX1 LabBox1 standard device, for equipment see LG-LABBox1 

1 CG-ABK1 HiTec UI with UPS power supply and UPS management system, 

for equipment see CG-ABK1 

1 CP-M20TFTWS 20 Inch Widescreen TFT Monitor 

The LabBox1 can be upgraded with an additional 

panel with eight inputs or outputs. Up to four serial 

interface modules (HD-RS2329(P)L) can be 

equipped on the basis panel. 

The system can be upgraded with additional 

modules, e.g. internal power supply for sensors, 

data logger function (HS-NGS242), data logger 

function (SF-DATLOG), IEC 61131 I control module 

(SF-AWL, SF-AWLPLUS) etc. 

Delivery Scope Ready-to-use system (excl. LabVision software), LabBox1, UI with monitor and 

UPS, UI / PI cable, 230 V cable, manual 


LK-LABBOX1K LabBox1 standard system 

HS-NGS242 Optional 24 V internal power supply for actuators and sensors supply 

Recommended software package: 


SL-LABVIS LabVision basic package 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

70 


LabBox2 Complete System (LK-LABBOX2K) 

This complete system is for example suitable for the 

automation of lab reactor plants of medium 

complexity. 



� 8 analogue inputs (0/4...20 mA or -10...+10 V) for 

the connection of analogue sensors for pressure, 

flow etc. and devices with analogue output as pH 

meters, thermostats etc. 

� 8 analogue outputs (0/4...20 mA or -10...+10 V) 

For connecting devices with analogue input such 

as stirrer, thermostat, dosing pump etc. 

� 8 digital outputs (24 V, binary, PWM and PFM) 

For connecting binary actuators such as 

magnetic valves, heating, pumps, etc. 

� 2 serial RS232 interface modules for the 

connection of scales, devices and analysers with 

serial interface 

� Integrated sensor and actuator power supply 



� 1 GB RAM 

� Uninterruptible power supply (UPS)and UPS 

management system 



The UI can optionally be delivered in a desktop, 



Components). The software is installed and readyto-use. 

The LabVision software update service is 

available for one year free of charge. 



1 LG-LABBOX2-2 LabBox2 standard device with DAP8A, for equipment see LG-LABBOX2-2 

1 CG-ABK1 HiTec display and server components with UPS and UPS power supply 

management system, for equipment see CG-ABK1 


The system can be updated with additional modules, 

2 additional serial interfaces (HD-RS2329(P)L), IEC 

61131 I control module (SF-AWL, SF-AWLPLUS), 

adaptive controllers (SF-HICON), NAMUR interface 

driver for serial interfaces (SF-NAMSERxx) etc. 

Delivery Scope Ready to use system (excl. LabVision software), LabBox2, ABK1 with monitor and 

UPS, UI / PI cable, 230 V cable, manual 


LK-LABBOX2K-2 LabBox2 basic kit with LP-DAP8A 

Instead of the LP-DAP8A panel, a multi-purpose panel with 4 digital inputs and 4 digital outputs can be 

equipped. 


LK-LABBOX2K-1 LabBox2 standard system with LP-DE4DA4PA 

Recommended software packages (alternative): 


SL-LABVIPKONL Software package for LabBox2 For connecting small continuous-processes 

SL-LABVIPBATL Software package for LabBox2 For connecting small batch processes 



LabManager Complete System (LK-LABMAN1K) 

This complete system is particularly suited for the 


complexity. 





flow etc. and devices with analogue output as pH 

meters, thermostats etc. 


For connecting devices with analogue input as 

stirrer, thermostat, dosing pump etc. 

� 8 digital inputs (binary and frequency) for the 

connection of binary sensors such as filling level 

monitor, pressure regulators or status or alarm 

outputs of devices 

� 8 active digital outputs (24V, binary, PWM and 

PFM) For connecting binary actuators such as 


� 2 RS232 serial interfaces for the connection of 

scales, devices and analysers with serial 

interface 


� A free panel place for retrofitting 



� 1 GB RAM 

� Uninterrupted power supply (UPS) 

� UPS management system 




The UI can optionally be supplied in a desktop, 



Components). The software is installed and readyto-use. 

The LabVision software update service is 

available for one year free of charge. 

The system can be updated with additional modules 

such as IEC 61131 I control module (SF-AWL, SF- 

AWLPLUS), adaptive automatic controllers (SF- 

HICON), NAMUR interface driver for serial 

interfaces (SF-NAMSERxx) etc.. 

The free panel place can be equipped according to 

your requirements, for example with a thermocouple 

panel (LP-THP8 + interface card), a measurement 

module for load cells (HK-GRADOMS...) or a high 

precision temperature measurement module (HK- 

AD24PX8). 


1 LG-LABMAN1 LabManager1 standard device, for equipment see LG-Labman1 

1 CG-ABK1 HiTec display and operating components with uninterrupted power supply and 

USV management, for equipment see UI1 


Delivery Scope Ready to use system (excl. LabVision software), LabManager1, UI with monitor 

and UPS, UI / PI cable, 230 V cable, manual 


LK-LABMAN1K Complete system with LabManager1 

Suitable software packages (alternative): 


SL-LABVIPBAT Software package for LabManager1 for running medium sized batch processes 

SL-LABVIPKON Software package for LabManager1 for running medium sized continuous-processes 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

72 

Standard Devices 


The standard devices possess proven equipment. At 

any time, you can adapt a standard system to your 

increasing requirements by retrofitting. 

These standard devices are included in the offered 

complete systems or are used for the extension of 

existing systems. 

LabBox1 Standard Device (LG-LABBOX1) 

This device is suited as measurement value collection and monitoring system 

For technical data, see LB-LABBOX1B. 

Equipment: 




flow etc. and devices with analogue output such 

as pH meters, thermostats etc. 


1 LB-LABBOX1B LabBox1 basic device 

1 HK-AD20NMUX8 analogue/digital 20 bit converter card solution, 8-channel multiplexer 

1 LP-AE4PT4PA NAMUR compliant plug-in panel with 4 0/4..20 mA current or 10 V..+10 V 

voltage inputs, and 4 Pt100 in two to four conductor technology 

1 HS-NGS242S 24 V DC, stabilised, 2,5 A 

The LabBox1 can be upgraded with an additional 

panel with eight inputs or outputs. 

Up to four serial interface modules (HD- 

RS2329(P)L) can be equipped. If more serial 

interfaced are intended to be equipped an additional 

card (HK-SER8ECB) is recommended. 

Delivery Scope LabBox1, UI/PI cable, power supply cable, manual 


LG-LABBOX1 LabBox1 standard device 

HK-SER8ECB Serial I/O card , 8 channels 

The system can be upgraded with additional 

modules, such as an integrated power supply for 

sensors and actuators (HS-NGS242), data logger 

function (SF-DATLOG), IEC 61131 I control module 

(SF-AWL, SF-AWLPLUS) etc. 



LabBox2 standard device (LG-LABBOX2) 

This standard device, amongst other applications, is 

particularly suited for the automation of lab reactor 

plants of medium complexity 

Equipment: 

� 8 Pt100 inputs (-200 °C ... +600° C) 



flow etc. and devices with analogue output such 

as pH meters, thermostats etc. 


For connecting devices with analogue input such 

as stirrer, thermostat, dosing pump etc. 

� 8 digital outputs (24 V, binary, PWM and PFM) 

For connecting binary actuators such as 



� 2 serial RS232 interface modules for the 

connection of balances, devices and analysers 

with serial interface 

The standard device consists of the following components: 

All panel places of the device are assigned. 

The device can be upgraded with additional modules 

such as an IEC 61131 I control module (SF-AWL, 

SF-AWLPLUS), adaptive automatic controller (SF- 

HICON), NAMUR interface driver for serial 

interfaces (SF-NAMSERxx) as well as two more 

serial interfaces. 

For technical data, see LB-LABBOX2B. 


1 LB-LABBOX2B LabBox basic device 

1 HK-AD20NMUX16 Analogue/digital 20 bit converter card resolution, 16 channel multiplexer 

1 LP-AEP8A Connection panel/board with 8 0/4..20 mA current or 10 V..+10 V voltage 

inputs, integrated sensor 

1 LP-PTP8 NAMUR compliant interface panel for 8 Pt100 in two to four conductor 

technology 

1 HK-DA812UI D/A 8 x 12 bit converter card, for analogue output -10 ... 10 V or 0/4...20 mA 

1 LP-AAP8UI Interface panel for eightfold analogue output with current outputs (0/4...20 

mA) and voltage outputs (-10..+10 V) 

1 HK-DEA16N digital input/output card with 2 x 8 inputs and 2 x 8 outputs. 

1 LP-DAP8A Interface panel with 8 digital outputs, 24V relays change-over contact, max. 3 

A resilient, 3 A power supply (short-circuit -proof) 

1 HK-SER8ECB additional serial card SER8ECB for the serial interface 

1 HS-NGS243 DC supply 24 V / 3 A calendared for actuators. 

1 HS-NGS241A DC supply 24 V / 1.5 A calendared for sensors. 

2 HD-RS2329L 9-pin RS232 interface 

Delivery Scope LabBox2, UI / PI cable, power supply cable, manual 


LG-LABBOX2-1 LabBox2 standard device 1 with DE4DA4PA 

Instead of the LP-DE4DA4PA panel, a panel 

LP-DAP8A with 8 digital outputs can be equipped. 


LG-LABBOX2-2 LabBox2 standard device 2 with LP-DAP8A 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

74 


LabManager Standard Device (LG-LABMAN1) 

This standard device is particularly suited for the 


complexity. 

Equipment: 


� 8 analogue inputs (0/4...20 mA or -10 ... +10 V) 

for the connection of analogue sensors for 

pressure, flow etc. and devices with analogue 

output such as pH meters, thermostats etc. 


For connecting devices with analogue input 

such as stirrer, thermostat, dosing pump etc. 

� 8 digital inputs (binary and frequency) for the 

connection of binary sensors such as filling 

level monitor, pressure monitors or status or 

alarm outputs of devices 

� 8 active digital outputs (24 V, binary, PWM and 

PFM) for connecting binary actuators such as 


� 2 RS232 serial interfaces for the connection of 

balances, devices and analysers with serial 

interface 


� A free panel place for retrofitting 

� Serial add-on card SER16ECB for serial 

interfaces 

The standard device consists of the following components: 

The device can be upgraded with additional 

modules such as an IEC 61131 I control module 

(SF-AWL, SF-AWLPLUS), adaptive automatic 

controller (SF-HICON) or NAMUR interface driver 

for serial interfaces (SF-NAMSERxx) etc. 

The free panel place can be randomly equipped, 

for example with a thermocouple panel (LP-THP8 

+ interface card), a measurement module for load 

cells (LP-DMS4DA4PT + HK-AD24DMS4) or a 

high precision temperature measurement module 

(LP-PTPRP8 + HK-AD24PX8). 

For technical data, see LB-LABMAN1B. 


1 LB-LABMAN1B LabManager basic device 

1 HK-AD20N Analogue/digital 20 bit converter card solution, floating secondary bus for the 

connection of multiplexer cards 

1 HK-HMUX Semiconductor 16 channel multiplexer card 

1 LP-AEP8A Plug-in panel with 8 0/4..20 mA current or -10 V..+10 V voltage inputs, integrated 

sensor feeding 

1 LP-PTP8 NAMUR compliant Interface panel for 8 Pt100 in two to four conductor 

technology 

1 HK-DA812UI D/A 8 x 12 bit converter card, for analogue output -10 ... 10 V, or 0/4...20 mA 

1 LP-AAP8UI Interface panel for fourfold analogue output with current (0/4...20 mA) and 

voltage outputs (-10..+10 V) 

1 HK-DEA16N Digital input/output card with 2 x 8 inputs and 2 x 8 outputs, binary inputs, 

frequency and event count, binary outputs, pulse-width and pulse frequency 

modulations 

1 LP-DAP8A Interface panel with 8 digital outputs, 24 V relay change-over switch, capable of 

bearing maximum of 1 A, LED display, 

1 LP-DEP8 Interface panel with 8 active digital inputs 

1 HS-NGS241A DC supply 24 V / 1,5 A calendared for sensors 

1 HS-NGS243 DC supply 24 V, 3 A calendared for actuators 

1 HK-SER8ECB Additional channel serial interface card SER8ECB 

2 HD-RS2329PL 9-pin RS232 interface 

Delivery Scope LabManager1, UI/PI cable, power supply cable, manual 


LG-LABMAN1 LabManager1 standard device 



Basis devices for individual supply 

A basic device for individual mounting will be 

equipped with interface cards and interface panels 

according to your requirements. 

LabBox1 

basis device 

(LB-LABBOX1B) 

2 free panel places 

LabBox2 

basis device 

(LB-LABBOX2B) 


LabManager1 

basis device 

(LB-LABMAN1B) 


LabManager2 

basis device 

(LB-LABMAN2B) 


Example of special 

building: 

LabManager3 basis 

device (LABMAN3B) 


A LabManager PI is for exampleassembled as 

follows: 

� a basic device (LB-LABMAN1B), 

� an analogue/digital converter card (HK-AD20N), 

� a multiplexer card (HK-HMUX) 

� two interface panels (for example LP-AEP8 & LP- 

PTP8) as well as 

� a UI, e.g. a CG-ABK1 with 

� LabVision software. 

This configuration includes eight universal potentialfree 

analogue inputs and eight inputs for Pt100 

temperature sensors and is suitable for monitoring 

and data logging. 

If the system is not supposed to be updated later, a 

LabBox would be the more cost-efficient alternative. 

If more than seven interface panels, including the 

basis panel, are needed, it is necessary to use a 

double height LabManager2. Seven more panel 

places are available due to the additional height unit. 

In case of even greater interface requirement, 

several more devices can be run by one UI. 

Common Features 

All devices are equipped with a CPU32 card, a basis 

panel and a power supply. 

A power supply for sensors and actuators can 

optionally be integrated into the devices in order to 

obtain a compact and comprehensive automation 

solution. 

The corresponding UI LabVision software will also 

be individually customised to your precise 

requirements. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

76 

LabBox Basis Device 


As an intelligent central processing unit, a LabBox 

basis device contains a 32 bit controller card 

(CPU32), a basis panel and a power supply for the 

cards. 

Next to a low heat device socket for the power 

supply and the main switch, the basis panel has a 

RS232 interface (opt. RS485 or Ethernet) for the 

connection of the UI. Up to four more serial 

interfaces can be mounted on the basis panel. 

A minimum system can be arranged for example as 

follows: 

� a basic device (e.g. LB-LABBOX1B) 

� an analogue/digital converter card with 8-channel 

multiplexers (HK-AD20NMUX8) with 

� an interface panel (e.g. LP-AE4PT4P) and 

� a user interface UI (CG-ABK1). 

With this setup, a LabBox is suitable for monitoring 

and data logging with four universal potential-free 

analogue inputs (-10..+10 V, 0/4-20 mA) for the 

connection of any analogue sensors and/or signals 

and four inputs for the connection of Pt100 

temperature sensors. The device is integrated to the 

LK-LABBOX1K standard system package in this 

configuration. 

If the system is supposed to be upgraded later with 

a total of more than eight interfaces, a LabBox2, 

LabManager1 or LabManager2 is the more costefficient 

alternative. 

LabBox1, example configuration LabBox2, example configuration 



LabBox1 Basis Device (LB-LABBOX1B) 

Extension Reserve 

Reserve equipped with 

(1) panel 1 all available panels* 


(3) SER 1 HD-RS2329L, HD-RS485P 




(7) internal 

2 interface cards plus HK-SER8ECB, sensor / actuator power supply with HS- 

NGS243 

* With the exception of PSER99 due to the installation depth of the interface modules RS2329L, RS2329PL and RS4859P 


Case 3 HE desktop case 

Basis Panel UI interface (PC), 230 V~ connection and function LEDs 

CPU CPU32 card, 32 bit Embedded Controller with watchdog 

Extension Reserve See table 

Dimensions Depth: 310 mm 

Width: 236 mm 

Height: 145 mm (3 HE) 

Working Temperature 0 to 50 °C, non-condensing 

Storing Temperature 0 to 50 °C 

IP Protection Category IP20, complies with EN61010 safety regulations for EMSR and laboratory devices 

Power Consumption From 30 W to 140 W, depending on the configuration 

Operating Voltage 230 V +10, -20 % 

Delivery Scope LabBox1 basis device, cable for the connection to the 9-pin RS232 interface of 

the UI, 9-pin, 230 V cable, manual 


LB-LABBOX1B LabBox1 basis device for individual equipping 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

78 


LabBox2 Basis Device (LB-LABBOX2B) 


Reserve supplied with 









(9) internal 4 interface cards, sensor / actuator power supply 

HS-NGS243, HS-NGS241A, 

HS-NGS153SN, HS-NGS245SN 

* With the exception of PSER99 due to the installation depth of the interface modules RS2329L, RS2329PL and RS4859P 


Case 3 HE desktop units 

Basis panel UI interface (PC), 230 V~ connection and indication LEDs 

CPU CPU32 card, 32 bit Embedded Controller with watchdog 


Dimensions Depth: 310 mm 

Width: 342mm 




IP protection class IP20, complies with EN61010 safety regulations for EMSR and laboratory device 

Power Consumption From 30 W to 240 W, depending on the configuration 


Delivery Scope LabBox2 basis device, cable for the connection to the 9-pin RS232 interface of 

the UI, 9-pin, 230 V cable, manual 


LB-LABBOX2B LabBox2 basis device for individual equipping 


LabManager Basis Devices 

As an intelligent central processing unit, a 

LabManager basic device contains: 


� one 32 bit controller card (HK-CPU32), 

� one HK-SER8ECB card to connect up to 6(8) 

HD-RS2329(p) RS232 interface modules 

� a LP-BASIS1 or 2 basis panel and 

� a power supply for the cards. 

The basis panel is part of the standard equipment of 

a basic device and does not have to be ordered 

separately. 

Next to a low heat device socket for the power 

supply, the basis panel (LP-BASIS2) has a potentialfree 

RS232 interface for the connection of the UI. Up 

to six additional serial interfaces can be connected 

to the basis panel. 

LabManager1, front view 

LabManager2, front view 

Basis panel: LP-BASIS2 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

80 


LabManager1 Basis Device (LB-LABMAN1B) 

The device is assembled with the offered interface cards and panel models and is equipped with the 

available extra modules. 


Reserve can be equipped with 

(1) Panel 1 all available panels 






(7) SER 1 HD-RS2329L, HD-RS2329PL, HD-RS485P 

(8) SER 2 HD-RS2329L, HD-RS2329PL, HD-RS485P 

(11) internal 7 interface cards, sensor-/ actuator power supply, HS-NGS243, HS-NGS241A, 

HS-NGS153SN, HS-NGS245SN 



Basis Panel Floating UI interface (PC), 230 V~ connection and indication LEDs 

CPU HK-CPU32 card, 32 bit Embedded Controller with watchdog, HK-SER8ECB card 

Extension Reserve Depth: 370 mm 

Width: 450 mm (19“) 


Dimensions See table 



IP Protection Category IP20, complies with EN61010 safety regulations for EMSR and laboratory devices 

Power consumption 30 W to 240 W, depending on the configuration (without 230 V switching outputs) 


Delivery Scope LabManager, cable for the connection to the 9-pin RS232 interface of the UI, 

power supply cable, manual 


LB-LABMAN1B LabManager1 basis device for individual equipping 



LabManager2 Basis Device (LB-LABMAN2B) 

The device is assembled with the offered interface cards and panel models and is equipped with the 

available extra modules. 


Reserve Can be equipped with 










(10) Panel 10 all available panels 




(14) SER1 HD-RS2329L, HD- 

RS2329PL, HD-RS485P 

(15) SER2 HD-RS2329L, HD- 

RS2329PL, HD-RS485P 

(18) internal 12 interface cards, sensor 

/ actuator power supply 

HS-NGS241A 

HS-NGS248 



Basis Panel Potential-free UI interface (PC), power supply and indication LEDs 

CPU HK-CPU32 card, 32 bit Embedded Controller with watchdog, HK-SER8ECB card 

Dimensions Depth: 370mm 

Width: 450mm (19“) 

Height: 280mm / 6HE 




IP Protection Category IP20, complies with EN61010 safety regulations for EMSR and laboratory device 

Power Consumption 30 W to 1500 W, depending on the configuration (without 230 V switching outputs) 


Delivery Scope LabManager, cable for the connection to the 9-pin RS232 interface of the UI, 230 

V cable, manual 


LB-LABMAN2B LabManager basis device for individual equipping 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

82 

Outstations (LZ-USTAT) 


The use of a space-saving outstation is 

recommended as a ideal solution in case of limited 

space. Up to two outstations can be connected to a 

LabManager. The case is made of anodized 

aluminum. A 24 V DC power supply primarily used 

by the binary outputs is integrated into every 

outstation. 

Dimensions Depth: 80 mm 

Width: 605 mm (LZ-USTAT6), 666 mm (LZ-USTAT7) 

Example Assembly 

for LZ-USTAT6 

Height: 141 mm 

Consequently, actuators (for example valves) can be 

connected directly, i.e. without the need of external 

power supply. 

Of course, the outstation can be equipped according 

to the specific application. 

It is connected to the LabManager via a 3 m 

(maximum 5 m) cable. 

a) LP-PHRED24B, LP-AEP2x4, LP-AEP8, LP-AAP8UI, LP-DE4DA4P, LP-DAP8A 

b) LP-PHRED24B, LP-AEP2x4, LP-AEP8, LP-AAP8UI, LP-DEP8, LP-DAP8 

c) LP-PHRED24B, LP-AEP2x4, LP-AEP8, LP-AAP8UI, LP-DEP8, LP-DAP8A 


LZ-USTAT6 Outstation for LabManager with 6 panel places 

including 3 m connecting cable for the LabManager 

LZ-USTAT7 Outstation for LabManager with 7 panel places 

including 3 m connecting cable for the LabManager 

LZ-USTAT5M Extension of the connecting cable to 5 m 

The feasibility of other interface combinations must 

be coordinated with our design department on an 

individual basis. 

Panel Frame (LZ-PR..) 

If the LabManager is built into a control cabinet, the 

interface panels can be mounted on the door, on the 

rear or on the sides, or into 19” slide-in modules 

(e.g. Located above or beneath the LabManager). 

One or several panel frames are screwed to a 

suitable section for this purpose. 


LZ-PR7 Panel frame for the installation of 7 panels into control cabinet 

LZ-PRx Panel frame for control cabinet installation. Panel number according to customer 

specifications 

LZ-PR19Z3HE Panel frame for 19“ rack installation of 7 Panels 


Case Accessories 

Mounting Bracket (LZ-BEFW19) 


The mounting brackets allow the installation into 

19 inch cabinets. 


LZ-BEFW19 Mounting bracket for 19 inch cabinets 

Handle Bars (LZ-GRIFFxx) 

The various handle bars improve the handling, or, if 

used as stands, guarantee the stable upright stand 

of the devices. 


LZ-GRIFFLU Wing handle bars for LAB PIs 

LZ-GRIFFRO Front handle bars for LAB PIs 

LAB PI interfaces 

The interfaces for the process are usually found on 

the PI (LabManager and LabBox). Serial interfaces 

and bus interfaces are an exception. These can be 

provided on the PI and on the UI (See UI interfaces). 

Which signal type accords to which sensor, actuator, or device? 

The following table displays via which signal type the 

different instrumentation components such as 

sensors, actuators and laboratory devices 

communicate and how they can be connected to the 

LAB PIs. 

. 

The PI is equipped with interface panels with 

standardized NAMUR compliant connections. There 

are suitable panels for the connection of virtually all 

actuators, sensors and devices present in the lab. 

Many laboratory devices have several connections 

for selection, for example analogue I/O or RS232. 

As far as practical applications are concerned, the 

analogue interfaces are more uncomplicated since 

less modifications have to be carried out and a multimeter 

suffices as a test apparatus, if one is required. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

84 

Task, sensor intended for 

connection 

/actuator/device 


Panel/interface 

module 

Signal type, connection, driver Reference source for 

sensor/actuator/device 

Sensors 

Temperature (Absolute, difference) 

Pt100 LP-PTP8 Connected directly See sensors/Pt100 

Pt100, accuracy LP-PTPRP8 Connected directly See sensors/Pt100 

Thermocouples LP-THP8 Connected directly See sensors/Thermocouples 

Four wire Transmitter LP-AEP8A 0-20 mA, Connected directly upon request 

Two wire Transmitter LP-AEP8A 4-20 mA, Connected directly upon request 

Temperature controller LP-DEP8 Binary See temperature controller/ watchdog device 

Pressure (absolute, relative, difference) 

2 conductor transmitters (pressure and 

rough vacuum) 

LP-AEP8A 4-20 mA, Connected directly See sensors / pressure sensors 

Pirani vacuum measuring instrument Various with Serial, NAMUR-Serial Driver 

(precise vacuum) with RS232 interface HD-RS232(P)L . 

(possible analogue connector) upon request 

Pressure controller 

Flow gas 

LP-DEP8 Binary See pressure controller/watchdog device 

Mass flow rate Mass Flow Meter LP-AEP8A voltage or current signal, sensor 

feeding 

See sensors/pressure sensors 

Mass flow rate Mass Flow Controller LP-AEAP8IA, Input and output: voltage or current upon request 

LP-AEAP8UA signal, sensor feeding 

Mass flow rate Mass Flow Meter and Various with Serial, NAMUR-Serial Driver upon request 

Controller 

HD-RS232(P)L 

Volumetric with gas meter LP-AEP8 Frequency Signal, HK-DEA16F upon request 

Gravimetric with gas bottle on balance Various with Driver for scales by Scaltec, Kern, See laboratory devices/scales 

Liquid flow 

HD-RS232(P)L Sartorius, and Mettler available 

Mass flow rate of Coriolis LP-AEP8 0/4...20 mA On request 

Volumetric with turbine wheel sensor LP-DEP8 Frequency signal on HK-DEA16N See sensors / Teflon flow 

Gravimetric with balance Various with HD- Drivers for scales from SCATLTEC, See laboratory device / balance 

RS232(P)L Kern, Sartorius, and Mettler in every 

HiTec Zang PI. 

Gravimetric with GraviDos (separately) LP-AEP8A DMS load cell with GRADOMV1 See laboratory device/dosage systems 

Gravimetric with GraviDos (System) LP-AEP8DMS DMS load cell with HK-AD24DMS See laboratory device/dosage systems 

Flow controller 

Level 

LP-DEP8 Binary signal on HK-DEA16N, See flow controller and watchdog device 

Gravimetric with GraviDos (separately) LP-AEP8A DMS load cell with GRADOMV1 See Laboratory Devices /Dosing Systems 

Gravimetric with GraviDos (System) LP-AEP8DMS DMS load cell onHK-AD24DMS See Laboratory Devices /Dosing Systems 

Conductive, capacitive LP-AEP8(A) 0...10 V, 0/4...20 mA Upon request 

Trickling method, hydrostatic pressure LP-AEP8(A) 0...10 V, 0/4...20 mA Upon request 

Gravimetric with balance Various with HD- Drivers for balances of SCATLTEC, See laboratory device/balance 



Level controller 

Mass 

LP-DEP8(A) Binary signal on HK-DEA16N See level controller 

with lab balance Various with HD- Drivers for balances of SCATLTEC, See laboratory device/scale 



Gravimetric with GraviDos (separately) LP-AEP8A DMS load cell on GRADOMV1 See laboratory device/dosage systems 

Gravimetric with GraviDos (System) 

pH/Rhedox 

LP-AEP8DMS DMS load cell on HK-AD24DMS See laboratory device/dosage systems 

Glass-probe, short distance LP-PHRED24 Directly connected electrode signal upon request 

Glass-probe, long distance LP-AEP8(A) Electrode signal directly connected via 

cable booster IL-PHAMP1 

upon request 

Ext. pH measuring instrument 

Distance 

LP-AEP8(A) 0...10 V, 0/4...20 mA upon request 

Inductive, optical proximity sensor 

Rotation speed 

LP-DEP8A Binary signal and feeding on HK- 

DEA16N 

Sensors/distance 

Inductive, optical proximity sensor 

Electrical heating 

LP-DEP8A Binary signal and feeding on HK- 

DEA16N 

Actuators 

Sensors/rotation speed 

Heating dome, calorific, immersion HP-B230VxxA Binary and PWM, 230 V~, Connected upon request 

heater 

directly 



Continued: Which signal type on which sensor, actuator or device? 

Task, connected Panel/interface Signal type, connection, driver Reference source for 

Sensor/actuator/device module 

sensor/actuator/device 

Valve on/off and 3/2 paths, reflux divisor 

Magnetic valve LP-DAP8A Binary, direct connection See Laboratory Devices/Valves 

Engine valve digital driving LP-DAP8x 2 x binary outputs for on and off upon request 

Final position acknowledgement 

Proportionally to valve 

LP-DEP8(A) 2 x binary inputs for on and off upon request 

Magnetic valve LP-DAP8T HK-DEA16N, PWM See laboratory device/ proportional 

valve 

Engine valve analogue driving LP-AAP8UI 0...10 V, 0/4...20 mA upon request 

Engine valve digital driving LP-DAP8x 2 x binary outputs for on and off upon request 

Final position acknowledgement LP-DEP8(A) 2 x binary inputs for on and off upon request 

Position acknowledgement 

Multipath Valve 

LP-AEP8 1 x analogue input for position upon request 

With stepping motor drive 

Scales 

HD-RS232(P)L, 

HD-RS485P 

Serial, NAMUR-Serial Driver 

Laboratory device 

upon request 

Lab Scales from Scaltec, Sartorius, Various with HD- Drivers for scales from SCATLTEC, Kern, Sartorius, See laboratory devices/Scales 

Kern, and Mettler 

Analysers, Spectrometers 

RS232(P)L and Mettler in every HiTec Zang PI. 

GC, HPLC, NIR, ... HD-RS232(P)L, Serial connection to the PI through a NAMUR serial upon request 

Torque measuring stirrer 

HD-RS485P driver or serial connection to the UI through a PI 

driver 

ViscoPakt analogue IO LP-AEP8(A), 

LP-AAP8UI, 

LP-AEAP8U(A), 

LP-AEAP8I(A) 

See laboratory devices 

ViscoPakt Serial 

Dosing pump 

HD-RS232(P)L NAMUR-Serial Driver See laboratory devices/measuring 

stirrer 

Diaphragm pump LP-DAP8 Pulse frequency, HK-DEA16N See laboratory devices / dosing 

pumps 

Tube pump, reciprocating pump LP-DAP8 HK-DA816UI 0-10 V or 0/4..20 mA See laboratory devices / dosing 

pumps 

Serial dosing pumps HD-RS232(P)L, Serial, NAMUR-Serial Driver See laboratory devices / dosing 

Solid Doser 

HD-RS485P 

pumps 

SOLIDOS 

Heating/cooling thermostat 

LP-DAP8 Pulse Frequency See laboratory devices/ solid 

matter dosing apparatus 

Analogue EA LP-AEP8(A), Inputs and outputs: 0...10 V, 0/4...20 mA See laboratory devices/ 

LP-AAP8UI, 

LP-AEAP8 

moderating device 

Serial Interface Various with Serial, NAMUR-Serial Driver 

See laboratory devices/ 

HD-RS232(P)L, (Drivers for common thermostats of Haake, Huber, moderating device 

Calibrating-heating 

HD-RS485P Julabo, Laude already integrated) 

HD-RS232(P)L 

Abbreviation: 

Serial, 

NAMUR-driver 

See laboratory devices/ calibrating heating 

PWM: Pulse Width Modulated 

PFM: Pulse Frequency Modulated 

x: arbitrary alphabetic character 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

86 


Which Modules for which Signal Type? 

The following table gives an overview of which card/ 

panel combinations are suitable for frequently used 

signal and/or connection types. 

For each case, you can find a more detailed 

description of the possibilities in the description of 

the modules, cards, and panels. 

You can find suitable connecting cables for the 

laboratory devices of different manufacturers under 

"Cables for Instrumentation“. 

Signal Connection possibility for possible cards possible panels 

Analogue Output 

voltage and current Heating/cooling thermostats 

setpoint and actual value, stirrer 

torque, pressure feeder, flow meter 

HK-AD20NMUX8, 

HK-AD20NMUX16, HK-AD20N + 

HK-HMUX 

4-conductor Pt100 Pt100 direct temperature sensor HK-AD20NMUX8, 


HK-HMUX 

LP-AEP8, LP-AEP8A, 

LP-AE4PT4P, LP-AEAP8U(A), LP- 

AEAP8I(A) 

LP-PTP8, LP-AE4PT4P 

4-conductor accuracy Pt100 Pt100 direct temperature sensor HK-AD24PX8 LP-PTPRP8 

Thermocouples direct thermocouples HK-AD20NMUX8, 


HK-HMUX 

LP-THP8 

pH/RedOx directly connected pH and RedOx HK-AD20NMUX8, 

IL-PHAMP1 external to LP-AEP8, 

electrodes 

HK-AD20NMUX16, HK-AD20N + LP-AEP8A, LP-AE4PT4P, 

Load Cells 

HK-HMUX 

LP-AEAP8U(A), LP-AEAP8I(A), 

LP-PHRED24 with HK-PHAMP 

(just for LZ-USTAT) 

GraviDos load cell 

Analogue output 

HK-AD24DMS4 LP-DMS4DA4PT, 

2xHK-AD24DMS4, LP-DMS8 

voltage and current Heating/cooling thermostats set HK-DA812UI LP-AAP8UI, LP-AEAP8U(A), LPpoint, 

stirrer rotation speed setpoint 

value, proportional valves... 

AEAP8I(A) 

Combined analogue input and output 

voltage or current Heating/cooling thermostats set HK-DA812UI + HK-AD20NMUX8, LP-AEAP8U(A), LP-AEAP8I(A) 

point and actual value, stirrer HK-AD20NMUX16, HK-AD20N + 

Digital output 

rotation speed setpoint value and 

actual value, massflow controller 

setpoint value and actual value ... 

HK-HMUX 

Digital Magnetic valves, drive valves, HK-DEA16N LP-DAP8, LP-DAP8A, 

pumps, monitors, switching boxes 

LP-DE4DA4P, LP-DA230V8 

Pulse Width Modulated 

Magnetic valves, engine valves, HK-DEA16N LP-DAP8, LP-DAP8A, 

(PWM) 

pumps, floodgates, switching 

boxes 

LP-DE4DA4P, LP-DAP8T 

Pulse Frequency Modulated Dosing pumps with pulse HK-DEA16N LP-DAP8, LP-DAP8A, 

(PFM) 

Digital input 

activation, reflux divisors, solid 

matter dosing apparatus SOLIDOS 

LP-DE4DA4P 

Binary Boundary value senders, 

controllers, proximity sensors, 

status signals of devices 

HK-DEA16N LP-DEP8(A), LP-DE4DA4P 

Events < 50Hz Belt weigher, gas volume counter HK-DEA16N LP-DEP8(A), LP-DE4DA4P 

Frequency < 50Hz 

Serial interfaces 

Turbine wheel flow meter, energy 

counter, proximity sensors 

HK-DEA16N LP-DEP8(A), LP-DE4DA4P 

RS232, RS485 Balance, stirrers, Heating/cooling HD-RS2329L, HD-RS2329PL, HD- Basis panel, LP-SER99, LPthermostats, 

analysers, robots RS485P 

PHRED24 (only for LZ-USTAT) 


Interface Panels for Analogue Input 


Different systems are available for analogue input, 

which differ in respect to accuracy and electric 

robustness. The combined HK-AD20NMUX8 and 

HK-AD20NMUX16 AD converter multiplexer cards 

can be used for smaller systems. 

8 Voltage and Current Inputs (LP-AEP8) 

The panel for analogue input is 

designed for collecting voltages 

of -10...+10 V and current 

signals of 0/4 ... 20 mA. 

Laboratory devices such as 

heat/cool thermostats or mixers 

and measuring sensors can be 

connected to the eight potentialfree 

and EMC robust inputs. 

� 8 analogue inputs for voltage and current of 

0/4 ... 20 mA (6-pin tuchel socket DIN45322) 

� Combinable with other analogue input panels 

An example out of many possible applications is the 

recording of a pressure with a pressure sensor due 

to 4...20 mA two wire technology. This gives out 4 

mA at 0 mbar and 20 mA at 1000 mbar. 

The measured electric value is converted to a mbar 

value in the PI by appropriate scaling of the data 

point. For this purpose, the parameters in LabVision 

must be set to the following values: 

Minimum process value 0 

Maximum process value 1000 

Minimum interface value 4 

Maximum interface value 20 

EMC robust HK-HMUX multiplexer cards together 

with a HK-AD20N AD converter card are 

recommended for bigger systems. 

For each of the different signal and sensor types, 

suitable NAMUR standard compliant interface 

panels are available. 

Each interface panel for analogue input has 8 inputs 

while HK-HMUX multiplexer cards and the HK- 

AD20NMUX16 have 16 channels.2 panels can be 

connected to each card. Here it is possible to 

combine different panels, for example a panel for 

thermocouples with a panel for Pt100 feelers. 

To protect unused inputs against corrosion and dust, 

you can cover them with plastic caps. 

Connection examples for the LP-AEP8 and LP-AEP8A analogue 

input interface panels 

Note: When using a LP-AEP8A panel, you can 

connect sensors with a twin or quadruple wire 

connection directly to a socket, i.e. without external 

power supply. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

88 



Signal 0/4 ... 20 mA and -10 ... +10 V 

Connection type 6-pin socket, DIN 45322 

Usable with HK-HMUX, HK-AD20NMUX8, HK-AD20NMUX16 

For the evaluation of Analogue signals such as stirrer rotation speed, torque, pressure, fill level, 

temperature output of a thermostat, pH-value on IL-PHAMP1 (external), etc 

Product description Interface panel with 8 inputs of 0/4..20 mA current or -10 V..+10 V voltage 

Delivery Scope Panel with holding bolts, cable for internal connection 


LP-AEP8 Interface panel with 8 current and voltage inputs 

LZ-AKTUB Caps for tuchel Sockets 

Suitable connecting cables for laboratory devices and sensors 


ZK-LAB-HI01-IA-UP-O-01 Analogue input cable with open ends for voltage 

ZK-LAB-HI01-IA-IP-O-01 Analogue input cable with open ends for 0/4..20 mA twin conductor 

For other cables, see "Cables for Instrumentation“. 

8 Voltage and Current Inputs with Power Supply (LP-AEP8A) 

The panel for analogue input is 

designed for collecting voltages 

of -10...+10 V and current 

signals of 0/4 ... 20 mA. 

Laboratory devices such as 

heating/cooling thermostats or 

stirrers and measuring sensors 

can be connected to the eight 

potential-free and EMC robust 

inputs. 

� 8 analogue inputs for voltage and current of 

0/4 ... 20 mA (6-pin tuchel socket) 

� sensor feeding 

� combinable with other analogue input panels 

You can connect sensors with a twin or quadruple 

wire connection directly to a socket of the LP-AEP8A 

panel, i.e. without external power supply. Therefore, 


connecting requires only few seconds since the 

connection to a power supply is not necessary. 

Connection examples for sensors as voltage and 

current transmitters in two and four wire technology 

Signal 0/4 ... 20 mA and -10 ... +10 V 



For the collecting of Analogue signals such as stirrer rotation speed, torque, pressure, fill level, 

temperature output of a thermostat, 

pH-value on IL-PHAMP1 (external), etc. 

Product Description Interface panel with 8 current or voltage inputs of 0/4..20 mA, or 10 V..+ 10 V, 24 

V sensor feeding through free contacts or in the 4 ... 20 mA low potential circuit 

(additional power unit necessary, for example HS-NGS241A, other voltages 

available upon request) 





LP-AEP8A Interface panel with 8 current and voltage inputs, sensor power supply 24 V 

LZ-AKTUB Caps for tuchel Sockets 

Suitable connecting cables for laboratory devices and sensors: 


ZK-LAB-HI01-IA-UP-O-01 Analogue input cable with open ends for voltage 

ZK-LAB-HI01-IA-UA-O-01 Analogue input cable with open ends for voltage with feeding 

ZK-LAB-HI01-IA-IP-O-01 Analogue input cable with open ends for 0/4..20 mA twin conductor 

ZK-LAB-HI01-IA-IA-O-01 Analogue input cable with open ends for 0/4..20 mA twin conductor with feeding 

ZK-LAB-HI01-IA-IA-O-02 Analogue input cable with open ends for 0/4..20 mA four conductor with feeding 

For other cables, see "Cables for Instrumentation“. 

8 Pt100 Temperature Sensor Inputs (LP-PTP8) 

Up to 8 Pt100 or other 

resistance feelers can be 

connected directly to this panel. 

� 8 inputs for Pt100 and 

resistance feelers (4-pin 

LEMO socket model S1) 

� Combination with other 

analogue input panels 

possible 

The wire length does not have any influence on the 

measuring accuracy in the quadruple wire 

technique. The resolution is better than 0.01 °C 

The measured value delivered by the resistance 

feeler is linearised and converted to °C. The 

resolution depends on the interface cards used. The 

signals of the measuring sensor can be calibrated 

via the software. 


Connection example for a PT 100 connection panel 

Signal Pt100 signal twin, triple and quadruple wiring connection 

Connection type 4-pin socket, model LEMO S1 

Usable with HK-AD20NMUX8, HK-AD20NMUX16, HK-HMUX 

For the evaluation of Temperatures through Pt100 sensors 



LP-PTP8 NAMUR compliant interface panel for Pt100 with twin to quadruple wire technology 

LZ-AKLES1 Caps for LEMO S1 

You can find customise temperature sensors ready for connection in "Process Analytics/Sensors" 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

90 


8 High Precision Pt100 Inputs (LP-PTPRP8) 

This panel is designed 

especially for AD24PX8 

precision measurement cards. 

For further information, see 

under precision temperature 

measurement module and HK- 

AD24PX8. 

Connection example for a PT 100-P connection panel 


LP-PTPRP8 Interface panel for Pt100 on HK-AD24PX8 with two and four wire system 



Suited Precision Temperature Sensors 


IS-T-PT10015G Pt100 Temperature Sensor, Measurement Uncertainty ±(0,15 °C + 0,002·|ϑ |) absolute 

IS-T-PT10003B Pt100 Temperature sensor, Measurement Uncertainty: ±(0,03 °C + 0,0005·|ϑ |) absolute 

IS-T-PTKAL Calibration Certificate for Pt100 

You can find customised temperature sensors ready for connection in "Process Analytics/Sensors" 

Delivery Scope PT100 temperature sensor 

cable and connector (for LP-PTPRP8) 

calibration certificate upon request 

Further sensors can be found in the chapter "Process analytics and Sensors" 



4 Analogue Inputs and 4 Pt100 Inputs (LP-AE4PT4P(A)) 


This panel respectively 

combines four channels of the 

panels LP-AEP8(A) and LP- 

PTP8. 

For connection information, see 

LP-AEP8 and LP-PTP8. 

For connection diagram, see 

LP-AEP8(A) and LP-PTP8. 

Signal 0/4 ... 20 mA, -10 ... +10 V and Pt100 resistance feeler 

Connection type see LP-AEP8(A) and LP-PTP8 


For the evaluation of Temperatures through Pt100 sensors, 

Analogue signals such as mixer rotation speed & torque, 

fill level, temperature output of a thermostat, pH value / RedOx on IL-PHAMP1 

(external) etc. 



LP-AE4PT4P Interface panel with 4 Pt100 and 4 voltage/current inputs 

LP-AE4PT4PA Interface panel with 4 Pt100 and 4 voltage/current inputs 

with 24 V = sensor power supply on free contacts 

For further information see LP-AEP8(A) and LP-PTP8. 

8 Thermocouple Inputs (LP-THP8) 

This panel is suitable for the 

connection of up to 8 

thermocouples through a 2-pin 

LEMO plug model 1S. The cold 

junction compensation occurs 

electronically (turn-off enabled). 

� 8 inputs for thermocouples 

(2-pin LEMO socket) 

� Electronic cold junction 

compensation 

� Combination with other 

analogue input panels 

possible 

The measured value is linearised during the 

measurement and converted to °C. The integrated 

cold junction compensator corrects influences of the 

ambient temperature. The resolution is better than 

0,1 °C. 


Signal For direct connection of thermocouples 

Connection type 2-pin socket, model LEMO S1 


For the evaluation of Temperatures through thermocouples 

Connection example for the thermocouple interface 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

92 




LP-THP8 Interface panel for thermocouples 


You can find customised temperature sensors ready for connection in "Process Analytics/Sensors" 

2 pH/RedOx and 4 RS232 Interfaces (LP-PHRED24) 

The pH/RedOx interface panel allows the direct 

connection of pH/RedOx electrodes. The panels can 

be optionally equipped with 9-pin RS232 interfaces. 

The compensation of the temperature of the pH 

value can be done on the LabManager. The 

delivered demo programs perform interactively the 

calibration (HiText or HiText-light software modules 

are necessary for that). 

The panel can be supplied with one or two 

pH/RedOx booster modules (HK-PHAMP) and up to 

four 9-pin RS232 interfaces (HD-RS2329L). 

� up to 2 connections for pH or RedOx 

electrodes 

� up to 4 serial RS232 interfaces 

Note: Only for the mounting on LZ-USTAT! The 

external IL-PHAMP1 should be used for standard 

devices (see laboratory devices, external pH 

booster). 

Connection example for the pH//RedOx interface panel. 



LP-PHRED24 Interface panel for pH/RedOx and RS232 interfaces 

LP-PHRED24B Interface panel for pH/RedOx with battery monitoring and RS232 interface 

LZ-AKPH Caps for pH sockets 

Can be supplied with the following modules: 


HK-PHAMP Amplifier for pH and RedOx electrodes 

HD-RS2329 9-pin RS232 interface 

Technical Data PHAMP 

Signal mV (is buffered with the HK-PHAMP booster), 

RS232 signal, 24 V 

Connection type > 100 MΩ 

Usable with -1100....1100 mV 

For the evaluation of Hf-socket, D-SUB-9 

Signal HK-HMUX, HK-AD20NMUX8, HK-AD20NMUX16 

Connection type pH value (direct electrode connection), 

RedOx potential (direct electrode connection), 

opt. battery voltage. 

Power supply build in lithium cell battery 

You can find suitable cables for devices with serial interface in the chapter “Cables for Instrumentation”. 

In the chapter Measurment Amplifiers IL-PHAMP1, you can find an external measuring amplifier for 

connection to analogue inputs as an alternative to the internal amplifiers. 



4 DMS Bridge Inputs, 4 Digital Outputs (LP-DMS4DA4PT) 



connection of up to four 

GraviDos dosing apparatus 

systems or DMS full bridges 

and/or load cells, torque sensors 

etc. based on DMS. The panel is 

designed to work with precision 

DMS modules HK-AD24DMS4. 

Connection example for GraviDos systems and magnetic valves. 

Signal direct connection of DMS bridges and dosing valves (max. 500mA per channel) 

Connection type 6 pin socket, Type LEMO S1; 3 pin connector, DIN 41524 

Usable with HK-AD24DMS4 

For the evaluation of weight, force, flow, torque... 



LP-DMS4DA4PT Interface panel for 4 DMS full bridges and 4 activated digital outputs (500 mA) 


LZ-AKTUB Caps for tuchel sockets 

For suitable weighing systems, see "Sensors“, "Load cells“ and "GraviDos“. 

8 DMS Bridge Inputs (LP-DMS8) 


connection of up to eight 

GraviDos dosing systems or DMS 

full bridges and/or load cells, 

torque sensors etc. based on 

DMS. The panel is designed to 

work with precision DMS modules 

HK-AD24DMS4. 


Connection example for GraviDos systems and load cells 

Signal For direct connection of DMS bridges 

Connection type 6-pin socket, Type LEMO S1 

Usable with 1x or 2 x HK-AD24DMS4 

For the evaluation of weight, force, flow, torque... 



LP-DMS8 Interface panel for 8 DMS full bridges 


For suitable weighing systems, see "Sensors“, "Load cells“ and "GraviDos“. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

94 


Interface Panels for analogue Output 

A panel for the current and voltage output and a 

combined input/output panel are available on choice 

for analogue output. 

8 Voltage and Current Outputs (LP-AAP8UI) 

This panel is used for 

connecting laboratory devices 

with analogue voltage or 

current inputs for control and 

regulation purposes. 

The LP-AAP8UI panel uses 

eight NAMUR compliant 6-pin 

tuchel sockets for the output of 

analogue signals. 

� 8 analogue outputs 

� Voltage of -10...+10 V and current of 0/4 ... 20 

mA (6-pin tuchel socket) working resistance 

of maximum 500 Ω 

An example out of many possible applications is 

driving a stirrer. It is supposed to run at 0 rpm with 0 

V and at 2000 rpm with 10 V. The rotation speed can 

be directly determined by suitable scaling of the data 

point. 

This means that the stirrer rotates at 300 rpm, if the 

a value of 300 is allocated to the data point. For this 

purpose, the parameters in LabVision will be set to 

the following values: 

Minimum process value 0 

Maximum process value 2000 

Minimum interface value 0 

Maximum interface value 10 


Connection example for stirrers and pumps 

The value of the output data point can be set by the 

user through a control module (SL-HiText), an 

automatic controller (SF-PIDxx) or by direct value 

assignment. 

Signal 0/4 ... 20 mA, -10 ... +10 V 


Usable with HK-DA812UI 

For the evaluation of Analogue actuators, for example control valves, dosing pumps, temperature 

theoretical value of a thermostat, stirrer rotation speed, external automatic 

controllers, for example mass flow rate or pressure etc. 



LP-AAP8UI Panel for analogue output, current and voltage 

LZ-AKTUB Caps for LEMO S1 

For suitable connecting cables for laboratory devices and final control elements, see “Cables for 

instrumentation”. 



8 Combined analogue Inputs/Outputs (LP-AEAP8xx) 


This panel has combined 

connections for analogue input/ 

output. It is particularly suitable 

for the connection of devices 

which are driven by an 

analogue theoretical value and 

supply on analogue actual 

value. 

Connetion example for a mass flow controller 

Signal 0/4 ... 20 mA, -10 ... +10 V 


Usable with HK-DA812UI and on choice with HK-AD20NMUX8, HK-AD20NMUX16, HK- 

HMUX 

For the evaluation of Measure flow controllers, heat/cool thermostats, measuring stirrers 



LP-AEAP8I Multi-purpose panel with 8 0/4 ... 20 mA current inputs, 8 0/4 ... 20 mA current outputs 

LP-AEAP8IA Multi-purpose panel with 8 0/4 ... 20 mA current inputs, 8 0/4 ... 20 mA current outputs, 24 V 

sensor power supply 

LP-AEAP8U Multi-purpose LabManager panel with 8 ±10 V voltage inputs, 8 ±10 V voltage outputs 

LP-AEAP8UA Multi-purpose LabManager panel with 8 ±10 V voltage inputs, 8 ±10 V voltage outputs, 24 V 

sensor power supply 


For suitable connecting cables for laboratory devices and final control elements, see "Cables for 

instrumentation“. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

96 

Interface panels for digital input 


Beyond the pure recording of binary states (in/out), 

digital inputs of HiTec Zang PIs can be used for 

frequency measurement. 

8 digital inputs (LP-DEP8) 

The panel for digital input is 

suitable for the connection of 

switches, limiting value 

transmitters and other digital 

transmitters with NAMUR 

compliant turn-off levels. For a 

maximally simple external 

wiring the inputs are placed 

over intern pull-up resistors and 

pulled up to 24 V. 

� 8 digital inputs, active (Pull-up against 24 V), 

opto-electronically isolated. 

� for limit switches and digital status signals 

� 3-pin tuchel socket 180 ° 

� one or two LP-DEP8 connectable to a HK- 

DEA16N card 

� Inputs with NAMUR compliant turn-off levels 


� With optional sensor power supply (WP-DEP8A) 

� Also suitable for frequency measurement 

Connection example for fill limit switches 

Signal NAMUR NE28 compliant input level and pin assignment 


Usable with HK-DEA16N 

For the evaluation of Switch contacts, fill level switches, press switches, digital status signals of devices 

etc. 



LP-DEP8 Digital input interface panel with active 24 V inputs 


For suitable connecting cables for sensors and monitors, see “Cables for instrumentation”. 



8 Digital Inputs with Sensor Power Supply (LP-DEP8A) 

This panel has no pull-up 

resistor like the LP-DEP8, 

however it delivers extra 24 V 

on every socket (-pin3) for the 

supply of on available 

connected sensor. Optional a 

pull-up resistor can be 

provided in the connector or 

in the sensor. 

� for limiting value modulators with 

electronics and digital status signals 

� one or two LP-DEP8A suitable for 

connection to a HK-DEA16N/F card 

� Inputs with NAMUR compliant turn-off levels 


Connection example for proximity and fill level sensors 

Signal NAMUR NE28 compliant input level and pin assignment 

Connection type 3-pin socket 180 °, DIN 41524 


For the evaluation of Proximity sensors, switch contacts, fill level switches, push switches, digital status 

signals of devices etc., Sensor feeding on pin 3 



LP-DEP8A Digital input interface panel with active 24 V supply and sensor power supply 


For suitable connecting cables for sensors and monitors, see “Cables for instrumentation”. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

98 

Interface Panels for Digital Output 


Not only binary switching actions (in/out, on/off) but 

also pulse width and pulse frequency modulated 

output are included in the digital output. The 

switching voltage is 24 V. 

8 passive digital outputs (LP-DAP8) 

This panel offers for every 

connection a relay switching 

contact which can be freely 

connected by the customer. 

� 8 digital outputs, relay contacts, a 

changeover switch per output, a maximum of 

1 A, 30 V on a 3-pin tuchel plug 

� Control LED for every channel 

� For the connection of magnetic valves, 

drives, heating, dosing pumps, etc... 

� up to two LP-DAP8 connectable to a HK- 

DEA16N card 


For digital output, the following types of connection 

are available 

� passive changeover switch (LP-DAP8) 

� Active 24V changeover switch for the direct 

connection of valves, smaller motors...(LP- 

DAP8A) 

� Active 24V transistor outputs for proportional 

magnetic valves...(LP-DAP8T) 

Signal Contacts of a passive one pin change-over switch 

Connection type 3-pin plug, DIN 41524 


For connecting Valves, reflux divisors, motors, digital control inputs on devices etc. 



LP-DAP8 Digital output interface panel, passive change-over contacts 

LZ-AKTUS Caps for tuchel plugs, passive change-over contacts 

For suitable connecting cables for valves, actuators etc. see "Cable for Instrumentation“. 


8 active digital outputs (LP-DAP8A) 


This panel offers at each 

connection a normally open and 

normally closed contact with an 

active switch voltage of 24 V for 

direct activation of actuators. For 

power supply, depending on the 

power required, a HS-NGS241A 

to HS-NGS248 can be installed. 

Up to two LP-DAP8A can be 

connected to a HK-DEA16N or 

HK-DEA16n card. 

� 8 active digital outputs, changeover switch, 

24 V, a maximum of 1 A, on a 3 pin tuchel 

plug, max 3 A 

� Short-circuit proof 

� Control LED for every channel 

� For the direct connection of magnetic valves, 

drives, heating, dosing pumps, etc.. 


Connection example for magnetic valves 

Signal Active change-over switch (normally open contact +24 V, normally closed contact 

+24 V), capable of bearing 1 A 

Connection type 3 pin plugs, DIN41524 

Usable with HK-DEA16N, HS-NGS241A to HS-NGS248 

For connecting 24 V consumers as magnetic valves, engine valves, reflux divisors, motors, digital 

control inputs on devices etc. 



LP-DAP8A Digital output interface panel, active outputs 

LZ-AKTUS Caps for tuchel plugs 

For suitable connecting cables for valves, actuators etc., see "Cable for Instrumentation“. 

8 Active Outputs for high Switching Frequencies (LP-DAP8T) 

This panel allows the direct 

connection of proportional 

magnetic valves. Because of the 

high switching frequency of up to 

1 kHz, MOSFET switches are 

integrated. For power supply, 

depending on the required 

power, a HS-NGS241A to HS- 

NGS248 can be installed. 

� 8 active controlled current outputs 

� for the direct connection of proportional 

magnetic valves 

� LED control display 

� up to two LP-DAP8T connectible to a HK- 

DEA16N card 

� combinable with other LP-DAPxx panels 

� Short-circuit proof 

Connection example of a proportional magnetic valve 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

100 



Signal active digital output 0 ...1000 Hz, 500 mA, max. 3A total 

Connection type 3 pin plugs, DIN41524 


For connecting Proportional magnetic valves etc. 



LP-DAP8T Digital output interface panel, active outputs 



4 Digital Inputs and 4 Digital Outputs (LP-DE4DA4P) 

This panel combines four 

channels of the LP-DEP8 and 

LP-DAP8 panels. See in the 

according section for detailed 

information. 


Connection example for fill level switches 

Signal NAMUR compliant input level, passive one pin change-over contact 

Connection type see LP-DEP8, LP-DAP8 


For connecting Switch contacts, fill level switches, push switches, valves, reflux divisors, 

motors, digital control inputs on devices etc. 



LP-DE4DA4P Multi-purpose panel with 4 digital inputs and 4 digital outputs 






4 Digital Inputs and 4 Digital Outputs and Feeding (LP-DE4DA4PA) 

This panel respectively combines 

four channels of the LP-DEP8 

and LP-DAP8A panels. See in the 

according section for detailed 

information. 


Connection example for magnetic valves and fill level switches. 

Signal NAMUR compliant input level, active change-over contact (normally open contact 

+24 V, normally close contact +24 V), capable of bearing 1 A 

Connection type See LP-DEP8, LP-DAP8A 


For connecting Switch contacts, fill level switches, push switches, valves, reflux divisors, motors, 

digital control inputs on devices etc. 



LP-DE4DA4PA Combination panel 4 digital inputs DEP8, 4 active digital outputs DAP8A 



For suitable connecting cables for valves, actuators etc. see "Cable for Instrumentation“. 

4 Digital Outputs, 4 Heating Elements and Feeding (LP-DA4HZ4PA) 

This panel combines four 

channels for low-voltage 

heatings with four channels of 

the panel. 

For details, see LP-DAP8(A). 


Signal 44 V AC, max. 2,5 A per output, active change-over contact (normally open 

contact +24 V, normally close contact +24 V), capable of bearing 1 A 

Applicable with HK-DEA16N, HS-NGS44AC 

For the Connection of Switch Contacts, Liquid Level Switch , Pressure switches, Low Voltage Heatings 

Scope of Delivery Panel with fastening Screws, Cable for internal cabling 


LP-LP-DA4HZ4PA Combination Panel 4 digital Outputs 24 V 1 A, 4 Low Voltage Heatings 

LZ-AKTUB Covers for Tuchel-socket 

For suited connection cables for valves, actuators etc., see chapter "Cables for Instrumenting“. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 

HiTec Zang GmbH · Tel: +49(0)2407/910 100 · info@hitec-zang.de · http://www.hitec-zang.com 101 

Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services


Serial Interfaces 


Serial interfaces can be provided on the PI and on 

the UI, (see also PC cards). Simpler laboratory 

devices as dosing pumps and balance will usually 

be connected directly to the PI so that they can 

simply be included in control loops. Laboratory 

devices with complex functionality such as analysers 

or titrating apparatuses are rather connected directly 

to the UI (see PC plug-in cards). 

Panel for 9x RS232 (LP-SER99) 

The ninefold RS232 panel can 

carry up to nine 9 pin serial 

interface modules. It can be 

used on the LAB and PMC PI 

devices. 

Additionally, HD-RS2329L, HD- 

RS2329PL or HD-RS485P 

interface modules are required 

on the panel depending on the 

number of interfaces. For 

increased performance, an 

additional HK-SER8ECB or HK- 

SER16ECB card is 

recommended. 


LP-SER99 Panel for 9 serial HD-RS2329 interface modules 

LZ-AKRS9 Caps 

For suitable connecting cables, see "Cables for Instrumentation". 

In the PI two different techniques are used: A serial 

interface, which is multiplexed to eight channels, is 

implemented on the CPU. Due to this, the connected 

devices can only communicate one after another 

and slow devices slow down the whole 

communication. 

The eightfold RS232 HK-SER8ECB module is 

suitable for universal use and achieves higher 

performance. Every channel has a 64 byte FIFO 

storage, so that the connected devices can 

communicate parallel. 

For communication, there are different technologies. 

You can find further information in the chapter 

"Driver Programs for Laboratory Device Interfaces“. 



RS232 Interface Module (HD-RS2329(P)L) 

The serial interface modules are optionally available 

with or without separation of the potential. 

HD-RS2329L 


Potential separation improves the interference 

resistance. 

HD-RS2329PL 

Signal RS232, V24 

Connection type 9 pin plugs, D-SUB 

Usable with Basis panel, LP-SER99 

For connecting Balances, analysers, control systems, devices with RS232 interface 

Product Description RS232 interface module to mount on the LabManager or LabBox 

Delivery Scope Interface module with cable for internal connection 


HD-RS2329L RS232 interface module with power supply for LabCom 

HD-RS2329PL RS232 9 pin interface module with potential separation and power supply for LabCom (max. 4 

units in one LabBox) 

RS485 Interface Module (HD-RS485P) 

HD-RS485P 


Signal RS485 

Connection type 9-pin plugs, D-SUB 

Usable with Basis panel, LP-SER99 

For connecting Analysers, control systems, devices with RS485 interfaces 

Product description RS485 interface module with potential separation to mount on the 

LabManager or LabBox, Cable, standard driver for HK-CPU32, HK-SER16ECB or 

HK-SER8ECB 

Delivery Scope Interface module with cable for internal connection 


HD-RS485P RS485 9-pin Interface Module with Potential Separation 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services



16 Channel Serial Interface Card (HK-SER16ECB) 

The HK-SER16ECB card has sixteen independent 

SIO channels with FIFO storing and supports 

RTS/CTS hardware handshake. 


HK-SER16ECB 16 channel serial interface card for the PI 

HK-SER8ECB 8 channel serial interface card for the PI 

Panel for Instrumentation Power Supply (LP-PEAP) 

If the power supply for the activation of inputs and 

outputs is not integrated in the device, the external 

power supply is possible via the LP-PEAP panel. 

If required, external components can be energised 

via the panel if a HS-NGSxxxx is integrated. 

For every channel, an additional serial interface 

module, like HD-RS2329PL, is required. 

The card can also be delivered with 8 channels (HK- 

SER8ECB). 

LP-PEAP Panel for supplying external power to feed sensors/actuators through 

inputs/outputs or feeding external components through on integrated power 

supply. 

LP-PEAPSK15 Plug and cable loom of cables for ± 15 V supply 

LPPEAPSK24 Plug and cable loom of cables, safeguard for +24 V supply 


LP-PEAP Panel for connection of external power supply 

LP-PEAPSK15 ±15 V= supply for LP-PEAP, including plug and cable 

LP-PEAPSK24 +24 V= supply for LP-PEAP, including plug and cable 

☞ 

For LP-PEAPSK15 and LP-PEAPSK24, a suitable power 

supply HS-NGSxxxx is necessary! 


Measuring Amplifiers 


External Measuring Amplifier for pH/Redox 

The external buffer amplifier for pH and Redox 

electrode is integrated in a plug. 

The electrodes can be directly connected without pH 

measuring device. The cable with integrated 

amplifier is connected to a common analogue input. 

Temperature compensation and calibration are 

realised in a special device component in the PI. 

As the sensitive electrode signal is buffered directly 

in the plug, the cable can be extended without 

increasing the sensitivity. 

The voltage of the integrated Lithium cell can be 

tested at the plug. 

Advantages: 

� Space-Saving 

� Cable can be extended 

Product Description Buffer Amplifier for pH/Redox integrated in cable plug type HFS 13/4, input 

voltage -1100....1100 mV, input resistance > 100 MΩ, integrated lithium cell 

Delivery Scope Cable with integrated amplifier 

Manual with example for temperature compensation and calibration 


IL-PHAMP1 Cable with integrated amplifier pH/Redox electrodes 

Digital Measuring Amplifier for pH/Redox 

The external digital buffer amplifier for pH- and 

Redox electrodes does not require an own power 

supply when connected to a LAB-PNC. 

The electrodes can be directly connected without 

ph-measuring device. 

The temperature compensation is integrated. The 

calibration is conducted with a special module in the 

PNC. 

The sensitive electrode signal is directly digitalised 

and can be transmitted over long distances without 

any errors to the PNC. 

The voltage of the integrated Lithium battery can be 

read off via the serial interface. 

The amplifier can be connected to any RS232 V24 

interface. 

Advantages: 

� Integrated Temperature Compensation 

� Space-Saving Design 

� Extendable Cable 

Product Description Digital Buffer Amplifier for pH/RedOx with temperature compensation, input 

voltage-1100....1100mV, input resistance > 100 MΩ, integrated Lithium battery 

Delivery Scope Measuring Amplifier, Cable, Manual 


IL-PHAMP1D Digital Amplifier for pH- and Redox-Electrodes, RS232 V24 interface, incl. cable 

IL-PHAMP1D-SN Plug-In Power Supply for digital amplifier for pH- and Redox electrodes 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services



Measuring Amplifier for Load Cells and GraviDos 

The external is integrated into a plug housing. 

Load measuring cells or GraviDos weighing cells 

can be directly connected. The cable with the 

integrated amplifier is connected to a standard 

analogue input. 

The power supply of the amplifier is conducted via 

the interface and no additional power supply is 

required. 

In case a higher measuring precision is required, the 

digital measuring amplifier IL-GRADOMV1D, or the 

internal quadruple measuring system LP- 

DMS4DA4PT should be given preference. 

Advantages: 

� Space-Saving Design 

� Extendable Cable 

Product Description DMS Amplifier for DMS Full and Half-Bridge, Output Signal 4..20mA 

Delivery Scope Cable with integrated Amplifier 

Manual with Calibration Example 


IL-GRADOMV1 Cable with integrated Measuring Amplifier for DMS Load Cells 

You will find suited load cells in the according chapters Load Cells and under GraviDos. 

Digital Measuring Amplifier for Load Cells and GraviDos 

The digital measuring amplifier is suited for all HiTec 

Zang load cells ( with the exception of the types with 

integrated measuring amplifier) as well as all other 

voltage-supplied DMS cells. 

� Integrated Calibration Function 

� Integrated Taring Function 

Technical Data: 

Input LEMO Jack Type S1 

Interface RS232 V24, Sub-D 9 pole, Power 

Supply on Pin 9 

If operated on an interface without 

power supply, a plug-in power 

Connection 

Measuring 

Bridge 

Bridge Supply 

Voltage 

supply is required. 

6 pole LEMO-Plug, Type 

FFA.1S.306.CLACxx 

5V 

Power Supply Via DataPlug, Sub-D 9, 5 V, 50 mA 

Dimensions L approx. 142 mm, W approx. 52 

mm, H approx. 23 mm, with Plug 

Product Description Digital DMS Amplifier for DMS Full and Half-Bridge, RS232 V24 Interface 

Delivery Scope Amplifier, RS232 Cable, Manual 


IL-GRADOAMP1D Digital Measuring Amplifier for DMS Load Cells, RS232 V24 Interface, incl. Cable 

IL-GRADOAMP1D-SN Plug-In Power Supply for digital amplifier for DMS load cells 

You will find suited load cells in the according chapters Load Cells and under GraviDos. 


Cables for Instrumentation 


The following table presents ready to connect 

manufactured cables for various standard laboratory 

devices and instrumentation components. The offer 

is expanded continuously. 

If your device is not listed here, we can produce 

cables according to your specifications. 

Manufacturer, Device, Model, 

Interface 

kind 

Signal, Interface Panel / Module Cable Order Code 

LabManager and LabBox Cables 

Analogue Input, free cable ends 

voltage analogue LP-AEP8(A), LP-AEAP8U(A) ZK-LAB-HI01-IA-UP-O-01 

voltage, with 24 V sensor feed analogue LP-AEP8A, LP-AEAP8UA ZK-LAB-HI01-IA-UA-O-01 

0/4..20 mA twin wire analogue LP-AEP8(A) ZK-LAB-HI01-IA-IP-O-01 

0/4..20 mA twin wire with feed analogue LP-AEP8A ZK-LAB-HI01-IA-IA-O-01 

0/4..20 mA quadruple wire, opt. 24 V sensor feed 

Analogue Output, free cable ends 

analogue LP-AEP8A ZK-LAB-HI01-IA-IA-O-02 

Voltage analogue LP-AAP8UI ZK-LAB-HI01-OA-UP-O-01 

0/4..20 mA 

Digital Input, free cable ends 

analogue LP-AAP8UI ZK-LAB-HI01-OA-IP-O-01 

For switches, controllers 

Digital Output, free cable ends 

digital PDEP8 ZK-LAB-HI01-ID-XX-O-01 

For valves etc., 3 weirs: normally open and 

normally closed contact 

Pressure Transmitter 

digital LP-DAP8(A) ZK-LAB-HI01-OD-XX-O-01 

Pressure transmitter Kellar model series 21 analogue 4-20 mA current, twin wire on LP-AEP8A ZK-SP-KL21-IA-IA-I-01 

Pressure transmitter Kellar model series 23 

Heating/cooling Thermostats 

analogue 4-20 mA current, twin wire on LP-AEP8A ZK-SP-KL23-IA-IA-I-01 

Lauda thermostat model 

analogue temperature actual value, 0..10 V on LP-AEP8(A) ZK-T-LD01-BA-UP-Y-01 

C6CS/C12CS/C20CS/K6KS/K12KS/K20KS 

temperature set point, 0..10 V on LP-AAP8UI 


analogue temperature actual value, 0..10V on LP-AEP8(A) ZK-T-LD01-BA-KP-Y-01 


temperature actual value channel 1 & set point, 4-20 

mA on LP-AEAP8I(A) 


serial temperature actual value 

ZK-T-LD01-BS-R2-I-02 


temperature actual value, set point 

Lauda thermostat model USH400 analogue temperature actual value, 0..10 V on LP-AEP8(A) 

temperature set point, 0..10 V on LP-AAP8UI 

ZK-T-LD03-BA-UP-Y-01 

Jucheim thermostat model 80-4 / 90-4 analogue temperature actual value, 0..20 mA on LP-AEP8(A) 

temperature set point, 0..20 mA on LP-AAP8UI 

ZK-T-JH01-BA-IP-Y-01 

Julabo thermostat model FM50MH analogue temperature set point, 0..20 mA on LP-AAP8UI 

temperature working sensor 0-10 V on LP-AEP8(A) 

Ext. temperature sensor, 0-10 V on LP-AEP8(A) 

set point feedback, 0-10 V on LP-AEP8(A) 

ZK-T-JU01-BA-KP-Y-01 

Julabo thermostat model FM50MH analogue temperature set point, 0..20 mA on LP-AAP8UI 

temperature working sensor 0-10 V on LP-AEP8(A) 

ext. temperature sensor, 0-10 V on LP-AEP8(A) 


Julabo thermostat model HP / SP / TP analogue temperature set point, 0..20 mA on LP-AAP8UI 

ext. temperature sensor, 0-10 V on LP-AEP8(A) 

int. temperature sensor, 0-10 V on PAEP8 

set point feedback, 0-20 mA on LP-AEP8(A) 


Julabo thermostat model ATS3 / ATS2 analogue temperature set point, 0..20 mA on LP-AAP8UI 

temperature actual value, 0..10 V on LP-AEP8(A) 

2 x 4-pin tuchel on thermostat 

ZK-T-JU04-BA-KP-Y01 

Julabo thermostat RS232 temperature set point, ext. temperature sensor, 

int. temperature sensor, set point feedback 

ZK-T-JU00-BS-R2-I-01 

Eurotherm thermostat type RD4455 model 99 analogue temperature set point, 0..10 V on LP-AAP8UI 

temperature actual value, 0..10 V on LP-AEP8(A) 

ZK-T-ET99-BA-UP-Y01 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services



Huber thermostat model Tango analogue temperature set point, 0..10 V on LP-AAP8UI 

Bath temperature actual value, 0..10 V on LP-AEP8(A) 

Open cable end 

ZK-T-HU04-BA-UP-O-01 

Huber thermostat model Tango analogue temperature set point, 4..20 mA on LP-AAP8UI 

temperature actual value, 4..20 mA on LP-AEP8(A) 

Open cable end 

ZK-T-HU04-BA-IP-O-01 

Huber thermostat model Tango(unistat 

control) 

RS232 temperature set point, actual value via RS232 ZK-T-HU01-BS-R2-I-01 

Huber thermostat model Tango (unistat 

control) 

RS485 temperature set point, actual value via RS485 ZK-T-HU01-BS-R4-I-01 

Thermostat Huber compatible control RS232 temperature set point, actual value via RS232 ZK-T-HU02-BS-R2-I-01 

Thermostat Huber compatible control RS485 temperature set point, actual value via RS485 ZK-T-HU02-BS-R4-I-01 

Haake thermostat analogue temperature set point, 4..20 mA on LP-AAP8UI 

ZK-T-HA01-BA-IP-Y-01 

temperature actual value, 4..20 mA on LP-AEP8(A) 

Haake thermostat RS232 temperature set point, temperature actual value ZK-T-HA01-BS-R2-I-01 

HiTec Laboratory Devices (see also stirrer and solid doser) 

Hitec model Kaloheiz, control input analogue voltage, 6 pin tuchel on LP-AAP8UI ZK-KAL-HI04-OA-UP-I-01 

Hitec model Kaloheiz, voltage monitor analogue voltage, 6 pin tuchel on LP-AEP8(A) ZK-KAL-HI04-IA-UP-I-01 

Hitec model Kaloheiz, current monitor 

Lab Balances/Scales 

analogue voltage, 6 pin tuchel on LP-AEP8(A) ZK-KAL-HI04-IA-UP-I-02 

Kern balance model EW 3000-2M RS232 RS232, 5pol. Hoshiden plug / D-Sub9 socket on 

ZK-W-KE01-BS-R2-I-01 

RS2329(P)L 

Kern balance model GS RS232 RS232, 25pin-plug - 9pin-socket ZK-W-KE02-BS-R2-I-01 

Kern balance model PB 4002-2 RS232 RS232, 9pin-plug - 9pin-socket ZK-W-KE03-BS-R2-I-01 

Sartorius / Scaltec balance model SBC RS232 RS232, 25pin-plug - 25pin-socket ZK-W-SA01-BS-R2-I-01 

Sartorius / Scaltec balance model SBC RS232 RS232, 9pin-plug - 9pin-socket ZK-W-SA01-BS-R2-I-03 

Sartorius / Scaltec balance model SBC mixed RS232, D-Sub9 socket on RS2329, 

tare on LP-DAP8 (passive panel) 

ZK-W-SA01-BK-R2P-Y-02 

Sartorius / Scaltec balance model SBC mixed RS232, D-Sub9 socket on RS2329, 

ZK-W-SA01-BK-R2A-Y-02 

tare on LP-DAP8A (active panel) 

Mettler balance model PM/AM 25 pin RS232 25 pin, 15 pin Mettler plug ZK-W-ME01-BS-R2-I-01 

Mettler balance model PM/AM 9 pin RS232 9 pin, 15 pin Mettler plug ZK-W-ME01-BS-R2-I-02 

Mettler balance model PG 

Magnetic Valves 

RS232 9 pin, 9 pin ZK-W-ME02-BS-R2-I-01 

Magnetic valves (on/off), plug models 2508, digital 24 V, 4 pol. ISO4400 socket / tuchel socket 

ZK-VMB-HI41-OD-XA-I-01 

DIN 43650 form A 

on LP-DAP8A 

Magnetic valves (on/off), plug models 2508, digital 24 V, 4 pol. ISO4400 socket / tuchel socket on 


DIN 43650 form B 

LP-DAP8A 

Magnetic valves (on/off), plug models 2508, digital 24 V, 4 pol. ISO4400 socket / tuchel socket on 


DIN 43650 form C 

LP-DAP8A 

Magnetic valves (proportional), plug models digital 24 V, 4 pol. ISO4400 socket / tuchel socket on 

ZK-VMP-HI41-OD-XA-I-01 

2506, DIN 43650 form A 

LP-DAP8T, PWM 



2506, DIN 43650 form B 

LP-DAP8T, PWM 



2506, DIN 43650 form C 

Magnetic valves type Buerkert 

(proportional) 

cable head 1054/1057 (Valve 0127) 

LP-DAP8T, PWM 

digital 24 V, 4 pol. ISO4400 socket / tuchel socket on 

LP-DAP8T, PWM 

ZK-VMP-BU04-OD-XA-I- 

01 

Magnetic valves type Buerkert 

(proportional) 

cabel head 1094 

analogue 4..20 mA on LP-AAP8UI ZK-VMP-BU03-OA-IA-I-01 

Knauer multi-path valve model HPLC7 RS232 ZK-VMO-KN07-BS-R2-I-01 

VICI AG Valco-Multi directional control RS232 ZK-VMO-VI01-BS-R2-I-01 

valve 

Dosing Pumps 

HiTec Zang pump, LabDos mixed set point 4-20 mA on LP-AAP8UI 

Start/Stop on LP-DAP8A 

ZK-HI36-OK-IP-Y-01 

HiTec Zang pump, LabDos RS232 set point and status information, 9pin/9pin ZK-P-HI36-BS-R2-I-01 

ISMATEC pump model ISM736 mixed set point 4-20 mA on LP-AAP8UI 

ZK-P-IS01-OK-IP-Y-02 

Start/Stop on LP-DAP8A 

ISMATEC pump model MC-Z / MS-Z analogue set point 0-5,7/0-10 V voltage passive LP-AAP8UI ZK-P-IS03-OA-UP-I-01 

ISMATEC pump Reglo Digital hose pump RS232 ZK-P-IS04-BS-R2-I-01 

Knauer pump RS232 ZK-P-KN00-BS-R2-I-01 

Prominent Pump model Gamma analogue stroke amount set point 4..20 mA on LP-AAP8UI ZK-P-PR01-OA-IP-I-01 

Telab pump model BF414 RS232 stroke frequency, stroke volume ZK-P-TL02-BS-R2-I-01 

Telab pump model BF414, before 2000 analogue stroke frequency set point, 4...20 mA LP-AAP8UI 

stroke volume set point, 4...20 mA LP-AAP8UI 

9 pin Sub-D plug 

ZK-P-TL02-OA-IP-Y-01 



Telab pump model BF414, after 2000 analogue stroke frequency set point, 4...20 mA on LP-AAP8UI 

stroke volume set point, 4...20 mA on LP-AAP8UI 

15 pin HD-plug 

Telab pump model BF414, before 2000 analogue stroke frequency set point, 0...10 V on LP-AAP8UI 

stroke volume set point, 0...10 V on LP-AAP8UI 


Telab pump model BF414, after 2000 analogue stroke frequency set point, 0...10 V on LP-AAP8UI 



Telab pump model BF414, before 2000 analogue stroke frequency set point, 4...20 mA LP-AAP8UI 

stroke volume set point, 4...20 mA LP-AAP8UI 

release on LP-DAP8 


Telab pump model BF414, after 2000 analogue stroke frequency set point, 4...20 mA on LP-AAP8UI 

stroke volume set point, 4...20 mA on LP-AAP8UI 


15 pin HD-plug 

Telab pump model BF414, before 2000 analogue stroke frequency set point, 0...10 V on LP-AAP8UI 




Telab pump model BF414, after 2000 analogue stroke frequency set point, 0...10 V on LP-AAP8UI 




Telab pump model BF414, before 2000 digital Pulse on LP-DAP8, release on LP-DAP8 


Telab pump model BF414, after 2000 digital Pulse on LP-DAP8, release on LP-DAP8 


ZK-P-TL02-OA-IP-Y-02 

ZK-P-TL02-OA-UP-Y-01 

ZK-P-TL02-OA-UP-Y-02 

ZK-P-TL02-OK-IP-Y-01 

ZK-P-TL02-OK-IP-Y-02 

ZK-P-TL02-OK-UP-Y-01 

ZK-P-TL02-OK-UP-Y-02 

ZK-P-TL02-OD-XP-Y-01 

ZK-P-TL02-OD-XP-Y-02 

Dosing Apparatus 

Metrohm Dosimat 665 RS232 set point, actual value ZK-DL-MO01-BS-R2-I-01 

Metrohm Titrino 718 RS232 complete Titrino command tree ZK-DL-MO02-BS-R2-I-01 

Solid Dosing Apparatus 

Solidos controller Hitec ViscoPact and 

ViscoPact.rheo 

(from firmware 2.10, March 2001) 






analogue rotational speed set point voltage 0..10 V 

on LP-AAP8UI 

rotational speed actual value voltage 0..10 V 

on LP-AEP8(A) 


on LP-AEP8(A) 

analogue rotational speed set point current 0/4..20 mA 

on LP-AAP8UI 

rotational speed actual value current 0/4..20 mA on LP- 

AEP8(A) 

torque actual value current 0/4..20 mA 

on LP-AEP8(A) 

RS232 rotational speed set point, 

rotational speed actual value, 

torque actual value, on/off 

Stirrer drives 

Heidolph stirrer model RZR 2102 analogue torque actual value 4-20 mA on LP-AEP8(A) 

rotational speed actual value 4-20 mA 

on LP-AEP8(A) 

HiTec stirrer model ViscoPact and 

ViscoPact-rheo 







rotational speed set point 4-20 mA on LP-AAP8UI 

analogue rotational speed set point voltage 0..10 V 

on LP-AAP8UI 


on LP-AEP8(A) 


on LP-AEP8(A) 

analogue rotational speed set point current 0/4..20 mA 

on LP-AAP8UI 

rotational speed actual value current 0/4..20 mA 

on LP-AEP8(A) 

torque actual value current 0/4..20 mA on LP-AEP8(A) 

RS232 rotational speed set point, actual value, 

torque actual value, 

on/off 

IKA stirrer model Eurostar analogue rotational speed actual value voltage on LP-AEP8(A) 

torque actual value voltage on LP-AEP8(A) 

ZK-R-HI02-BA-UP-Y-03 

ZK-R-HI02-BA-IP-Y-02 

ZK-R-HI02-BS-R2-I-01 

ZK-R-HD02-BA-IP-Y-01 

ZK-R-HI02-BA-UP-Y-03 

ZK-R-HI02-BA-IP-Y-02 

ZK-R-HI02-BS-R2-I-01 

ZK-R-IK01-BA-UP-Y-01 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

110 


IKA stirrer model Eurostar mixed rotational speed actual value voltage on LP-AEP8(A) 

torque actual value voltage on LP-AEP8(A) 

set point on RS232, serial measured on HD-plug 

ZK-R-IK01-BK-R2-Y-01 

IKA stirrer model Eurostar RS232 RS232 serial interface 9-pin DSub ZK-R-IK01-BS-R2-I-01 

IKA stirrer model Eurostar 

Sensors 

RS232 RS232 serial interface 15-pin HD ZK-R-IK01-BS-R2-I-02 

Brooks flow rate sensor model 5850TR analogue Flow rate sensor 15-pin D-Sub 

ZK-SFM-BR01-BA-UA-Yactual 

value on LP-AEP8A, set point on LP-AAP8UI 01 

Brooks flow rate sensor model 5850TR RS232 Flow rate sensor 15-pin D-Sub 

actual value, set point 

ZK-SFM-BR01-BS-R2-I-01 

Bronkhorst flow rate controller model analogue LP-AEAP8UA + 24V feeding ZK-CFM-BK21-BA-UA-I-01 

F-xxxaa-FAB/FBB/GAB/GBB-xx-a 

Bronkhorst flow rate controller model MFC 

F-xxxx-FA/FB/GA/GB-xx and F-xxxaa-FAC/ 

FBC/GAC/GBC-xx-a 

Bronkhorst flow rate controller model 

F-xxxaa-FCB/FDB/GCB/GDB-xx-a 

Bronkhorst flow rate controller model MFC 

F-xxxx-FC/FD/GC/GD-xx and 

F-xxxaa-FCC/FDC/GCC/GDC-xx-a 

Laboratory gas meter type TG, impulse 

output 

analogue LP-AEAP8UA +/- 15 V feeding ZK-CFM-BK22-BA-UA-I-01 

analogue LP-AEAP8IA + 24 V feeding 

First choice type 

ZK-CFM-BK23-BA-IA-I-01 

analogue LP-AEAP8IA +/- 15 V feeding ZK-CFM-BK24-BA-IA-I-01 

binary 5-pin plug DIN51524 device-side to 3-pin plug DIN51524 

for connection to DEP8A 

ZK-SFV-RI01-ID-XX-I-01 

Watchdog 

0/4..20mA twin wire 

PC Cables 

analogue Watchdog -plug ZK-X-HI05-IA-IA-O-01 

HiTec Null modem cable RS232 RS232, 2x 9-pin-SubD ZK-IT-HI10-BS-R2-I-01 

HiTec RS232 extension RS232 RS232 9-pin ZK-IT-HI11-BS-R2-I-01 

HiTec UI Com1 RS232 25-pin to 25- pin RS232 ZK-IT-HI01-BS-R2-I-01 

HiTec UI Com1 RS232 9- pin to 9-pin, RS232 ZK-IT-HI01-BS-R2-I-02 

HiTec UI Com1 

Miscellaneous, periphery 

RS232 25-pin to 9-pin, RS232 ZK-IT-HI01-BS-R2-I-03 

Labcom cable ZK-LAB-HI07-BS-R2A-I-01 

HiTec type B230V16H, B230V16R digital LP-DAP8A, LP-DAP8T ZK-LAB-HI06-OD-XX-I-01 

Jeti spectrometer RS232 RS232 9-pin ZK-X-JE01-BS-R2-I-01 

Pt100 extension analogue LEMO socket/plug 4-pin ZK-XX-HI11-BA-PX-I-01 

Edwards Typ Active-Gauge-Display (AGD) 

for Active-Pirani-Gauge (APG) 

analogue analogue voltage on LPAEP8 ZK-X-EW01-IA-UP-I-01 

Driver Programs for Laboratory Device Interfaces 

Laboratory devices with serial interfaces can be 

integrated into the system via serial interface of the 

PI or the UI. 

Devices connected to the PI can be linked without 

problems to control loops such as sensor or final 

control elements. 

Devices connected to the UI can also be integrated 

as sensors or final control elements in control loops; 

however, values needed for automated control must 

be permanently replaced through the UI PI interface. 

Driver 

According to the complexity of the protocol, different 

kinds of drivers maybe useful. Drivers can partially 

be parameterised by the user, for the other part, they 

must be parameterised by a programmer. 

Integrated Drivers 

For most lab balances from Scaltec, Kern, Sartorius 

and Mettler, as well as heating/cooling thermostats 

by Huber, Julabo, Lauda or Thermo-Haake, interface 

drivers are already integrated. 

NAMUR Driver 

Laboratory devices with an ASCII log according to 

NAMUR- NE28 recommendation can simply be 

connected to the PI via the NAMUR driver (see 

NAMUR driver). 

PI Driver 

Laboratory devices with more complicated logs, in 

particular binary logs, can be connected to a serial 

interface of the UI via specific PI drivers (see PI 

driver). 

Specific Drivers 

For laboratory devices with more complicated logs, 

in particular binary logs, which are supposed to be 

connected directly to the PI, a driver must be 

programmed by our programming department. 

Where appropriate, a communication processor 

maybe necessary. 

HiText Driver 

Laboratory devices with more complicated logs can 

be connected to a serial interface of the UI via a 

driver written in HiText. The HiText driver can be 

programmed by the customer himself or by our 

programming department. 

The following table presents the available driver programs for various standard laboratory devices 



and instrumentation components. The offer is 

continuously expanded. 

If your device is not listed here, do not hesitate to 

ask for it. 

Manufacturer, device, model 

Heating/cooling Thermostats 

Signal type, connection, card, 

driver 

Required interface panel / module, cable Driver Order Code 

Huber unistat set point output -O and 

actual value-I* 

RS232, NAMUR-driver HD-RS2329(P)L, ZK-T-HU01-BS-R2-I-01 SF-NAMTHHU1 

Julabo set point output -O and actual 

value-I* 

RS232, NAMUR-driver HD-RS2329(P)L, ZK-T-JU00-BS-R2-I-01 SF-NAMTHJUL1 

Haake thermostat F6-C35 * RS232, NAMUR-driver HD-RS2329(P)L, ZK-T-HA01-BS-R2-Y-01 SF-NAMTHHAK1 

Lauda set point output -O and actual 

value-I* 

Stirrer 

RS232, NAMUR-driver HD-RS2329(P)L, ZK-T-LD01-BS-R2-I-01 SF-NAMTHLAU1 

ViscoPakt * RS232, NAMUR-driver HD-RS2329(P)L, ZK-R-HI02-BS-R2-I-01 SF-NAMRUVIPA1 

Heidolph RS232, NAMUR-driver HD-RS2329(P)L, ZK-R-IK01-BS-R2-I-01 SF-NAMIRUPV 

IKA Powervisc 

Dosing Pumps 

RS232, NAMUR-driver HD-RS2329(P)L, 

ZK-R-IK01-BS-R2-I-01 (9 pin), 

ZK-R-IK01-BS-R2-I-02 (15 pin) 

SF-NAMIRUPV 

TELAB BF414, 9-pin SUB-D RS232, NAMUR-driver HD-RS2329(P)L, ZK-P-TL02-BS-R2-I-01 SF-NAMDPTEL1 

Knauer K1800 RS232, NAMUR-driver HD-RS2329(P)L, ZK-P-KN00-BS-R2-I-01 SF-NAMDPKNA1 

Knauer K501 RS232, NAMUR-driver HD-RS2329(P)L, ZK-P-KN00-BS-R2-I-01 SF-NAMDPKNA2 

Metrohm Dosino Titrator 718 PI-driver PC-COM-Port ZK-DL-MO02-BS-R2-I-01 SF-PNKMTRx 

x = 1,2,4,8 

Metrohm Dosino Dosimat 665 PI-driver PC-COM-Port ZK-DL-MO01-BS-R2-I-01 LV-PNKMTRx 

x = 1,2,4,8 

Ismatec hose pump Reglo Digital PI-driver HD-RS2329(P)L, ZK-P-IS04-BS-R2-I-01 LV-PNKDPISM1 

Ismatec wobbling piston Relgo FMI 

Multipath Valves 

PI-driver HD-RS2329(P)L, ZK-P-IS04-BS-R2-I-01 LV-PNKDPISM1g 

Knauer HPLC7 RS232, NAMUR-driver HD-RS2329(P)L, ZK-VMO-KN07-BS-R2-I-01 SF-NAMMVKNA1 

Besta MW1 / MW2 multi-path valves 

Massflow-Meter and Controller 

RS232, NAMUR-driver HD-RS2329(P)L SF-NAMMWVAL1 

Bronkhorst set point output and actual 

value-E 

RS232, NAMUR-driver HD-RS2329(P)L, ZK-CFM-BK00-BS-R2-T-01 SF-NAMMFBRON1 

Brooks set point output and actual 

value-E 

Massflow meter & Controller 

RS232, NAMUR-driver HD-RS2329(P)L, ZK-CFM-BR01-BS-R2-I-02 SF-NAMMFBROO1 

ModBus-devices PI-driver PC-COM-Port, 

SF-PNKMBUSx 

PC-RS485 

x = 1,2,4,8 

* Most of the devices of this manufacturer are already implemented as device components, so that additional 

drivers are only required in special cases. 

PI-driver: additional module for LabVision 

NAMUR driver: parameterisation of the module NAMSER-X (additionally required) 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

112 


MSRmanager-System 

MSRmanager front view with mounted fastening angles 

The MSRmanager is mainly used in installations of 

the process and chemical engineering industry, 

research, environmental and process engineering, 

test facility automation and the manufacturing 

industry. 

It is deployed instead of the LAB-PI’s if the 

installation is to be hardwired. 

The main emphasis was put on compact 

construction and flexibility. One of many advantages 

in comparison to usual PLC or process computer 

based solutions derives from the possibility to 

change the parameters during the runtime without 

having to stop the installation. Especially during 

challenging projects of automation, the 

MSRmanager shows its unique features. 

Universal, free from potential and flexible interfaces 

save many transducers, interface and driver circuits. 

Using minimal space, the MSRmanager enables to 

even fulfil the most complex tasks which could either 

not be accomplished at all or only at great expense 

using conventional equipment. 

Because of its wide field of possible applications and 

its universal connection technology, the 

MSRmanager is an economical alternative to many 

other systems. 

The broad spectrum of available inputs and outputs 

even includes serial interfaces. To connect balances, 

analysers, dosing units etc., up to 15 serial 

interfaces can be installed. 

The MSRmanager system can be easily expanded 

and used for diverse applications. It is possible to 

realize networked systems and to include controllers 

from other manufacturers. 


MSRmanager Organisation 


In order to realize installations for applications with 

up to 240 inputs/outputs, an MSRmanager can be 

equipped with the required interface cards and 

terminal blocks. 

The suitable modules can be found in the chapter 

MSRmanager Interfaces. A serial interface with 

potential isolation for connection to the Operator- 

Console (control computer) is provided. 

The Connection Technology 

Sensors and positioners are connected to the PI unit 

via terminal blocks. They are connected to the input/ 

output cards by ribbon cable. Therefore, there is a 

plug on every terminal module to connect the ribbon 

cable. The signalling lines are applied with screwing 

terminals at the terminal block 

CG-ABK1x or CG-ABK2x are used as the control 

computer. 

The PI-UI coupling is accomplished via RS232 and 

up to 10 m long data cables (as standard, a 3 m 

cable will be delivered, other lengths upon request). 

The cabling can optionally be done by RS485 or 

optical fibres with up to 2000 m length. 

(HAV24LINK...). 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

114 

Free standing mounting installation 


The terminal blocks can either be mounted on the 

backside of the MSRmanager or on the top-hat rail 

or in a cabinet. 

Basic Devices 

MSRmanager-Basic Device 

The basic device contains the interface cards and 

the subsystems. The electronic frame is a solid 19inch 

chassis made of metal, which is suitable for 

freestanding mounting as well as for integrating into 

19-inch cabinets. 

The minimum configuration includes the circuit 

board with the bus, a 32-bit CPU, a watchdog circuit 

and a serial Operator-Console interface which is 

potential-isolated. 

The power saving CMOS-technology does not 

create much heat so that the device does not have 

to be ventilated. Therefore, there are no specific 

conditions as to where to install it. 

The minimal configuration consists of the basic 

device, a HiTec UI (e.g. CG-ABK1), a HK-AD20N 

analogue/digital conversion card and a HK-HMUXmultiplexor 

card with terminal block (e.g. MB- 

MSRmanager rear view Clamping yoke for ribon cable and Cable outlet 

The ribbon cables to the MSRmanager can be 

tailored accordingly. For each input/output card there 

are various terminal blocks available. The example 

shown here is the terminal block MB-AEB16V. 

We look forward to supporting your project planning! 

A terminal block mounted on a system rail 

AEB16VP). This system is well suited for e.g. data 

logging with 16 zero potential universal analogue 

inputs. 

Onto this device, thermal elements, Pt100, voltage 

and current emitting sensors, etc. can be coupled in 

arbitrary combinations. 

The device can be upgraded to up to 240 analogue 

and 128 binary interfaces (with PLC subsystem) so 

that it is adaptable to every task. 

The indicators and control elements for basic 

operations are located on the front panel of the 

MSRmanager. The “DC“ display indicates the status 

of the power supply. The “Busy“ display signalizes 

the operational status. The “COM“ display indicates 

the traffic to and from the Operator Console. 

Upon request, the terminal block can be mounted on 

the device rear panel. 



Configuration of the MSRmanager Basic Device: 

� 19 inch, 3HE slide-in module or desktop chassis 

� 14 slots (optional 19), one of which is occupied 

by the CPU card 

� Battery backed real time clock 

� Watchdog (monitoring circuit) 

� Zero potential serial port for the UI (control 

computer) 

Reserves for extensions 

On the back of the MSRmanager there are ports for 

the control computer and an optional 6 serial 

interfaces. 

Up to a maximum of four DIN system rails (top-hat 

rails) can be attached to the back of the terminal 

blocks to save additional space. For strain relief of 

the ribbon cables there is a clamping mechanism. 

Optionally the MSRmanager can be delivered with a 

24 V or 48 V power supply instead of a 230 V~ one. 

Reserve supplied with 

13 slots HK-AD20N, HK-HMUX, HK-DEA16N, HK-DA812UI, HK-SER8ECB, HK- 

SER16ECB 

6 serial interfaces on 

basis panel 

HD-RS2329(P)L, HD-RS485P 

1 panel slot for 

LP-SER99 

HD-RS2329(P)L, HD-RS485P 

Internal Power supply, control voltage, digital terminal blocks HS-NGS242, HS-NGS241S 


Casing 3 HE desktop case 

Basis panel UI-Interface, 230 V~ power supply and indicator LEDs 

CPU CPU 32 card, 32 bit embedded controller with watchdog 

Development reserve See table 


Width: 450 mm (19“) 


Working temperature 0 - 50 °C, non-condensing 

Storing temperature 0 - 50 °C 

IP protection class IP20, complies with EN61010 safety regulations for EMSR and laboratory device 

Power consumption From 30 W to 140 W, depending on the configuration 

Operating voltage 230 V +10/-20 %, opt. widerange 100 to 240 V. 

Delivery Scope MSRmanager 

power supply cable 

manual 

cable to connect to the 9-pin RS232 interface of UI 


MG-MSRMAN MSRmanager basic device 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

116 

MSRbox Basic Device 


The MSRbox-basis devices are, with exception of 

the reduced mounting possibilities, to a large extent 

identical with the MSRmanager basis device. They 

carry the required interface cards, sub systems, and 

hardware options. The electronics chassis is a 

robust metal casing, which is both suited for free 

mounting and for the assembly in control cabinets. 

The minimum configuration includes the circuit 

board with the bus, a CPU and multifunction card, 

the CMOS-RAM and a watchdog circuit as well as 

serial interface to the control computer, which is 

potential-isolated. 

The power saving CMOS-technology minimises lost 

heat so that the device does not have to be 

ventilated. Therefore there are no specific conditions 

as to where to install it. 

The basic device, in connection with a HiTec UI (e. 

g. CG-ABK1), a HK-AD20NMUX8 card with terminal 

block (e. g. MB-AEB16VP) already represents the 

hardware of a data logging system with 8 potentialfree, 

universal analogue input channels. 

Configuration of the MSRbox Basic Device: 

� 3HE slide-in module or desktop chassis 

� Battery backed real time clock 

� Watchdog (monitoring circuit) 

� serial port for the control computer (UI) 

Extension Reserve: 

To this device, thermal elements, Pt100, voltage and 

current emitting sensors, etc. can be coupled in 

arbitrary combination 

The devices can be upgraded with the available 

interfaces and consequently adjusted to any 

application purpose. 

The indicators and control elements for basic 

operations are located on the front panel of the 

MSRmanager. The “DC“ display indicates the status 

of the power supply. The “Busy“ display signals the 

operational status. The “COM“ display indicates the 

traffic to and from the Operator-Console. 

For strain relief of the ribbon cables there is a 

clamping mechanism. 

Upon request, the terminal blocks can be mounted 

on the device rear panel. 

At the MG-MSRBOX2 up to HS-NGS243 can be 

integrated for activated sensors and actuators. If the 

peripheral power supply can be the MG-MSRBOX2 

is a space safing alternative in the MG-MSRBOX1 

and MG-MSRBOX2. 

On the rear of the MSRbox, there are connections 

for UI/workstations and up to four serial ports for 

connection of suitable devices. 

MSRbox1 MSRbox2S (1/2 19“) MSRbox2 

slots 2 (+ 1 CPU) 5 (+1 CPU) 5 (+1 CPU) 

supplied with HK-AD20NMUX8, HK- HK-AD20NMUX8, HK- HK-AD20NMUX8, HK- 

AD20NMUX16, HK- AD20NMUX16, HK- AD20NMUX16, HK- 

DEA16N, HK-DA812UI, HK- DEA16N, HK-DA812UI, HK- DEA16N, HK-DA812UI, HK- 

AD24DMS4, HK-SER8ECB, AD24DMS4, HK-SER8ECB, AD24DMS4, HK-SER8ECB, 

HK-SER16ECB 

HK-SER16ECB 

HK-SER16ECB 

serial interfaces Max. 4 HD-RS2329L, HD- Max. 4 HD-RS2329L, HD- Max. 4 HD-RS2329L, HD- 

RS2329PL, HD-RS485P RS2329PL, HD-RS485P RS2329PL, HD-RS485P 

internal Power supply for digital Power supply for digital Power supply digital terminal 

terminal blocks (control terminal blocks (control blocks (control voltage) ma. 

voltage) 

current) by main power 

supply 

2xNGS243 





Basis panel UI interface (PC), power supply and indication LEDs 230V 

CPU HK-CPU32 card, 32 bit Embedded Controller with watchdog 


Working temperature 0 to 50 °C, non-condensing 

Storing temperature 0 to 50 °C 

IP Protection Category IP20, complies with EN61010 safety regulations for EMSR and laboratory device 

Power consumption 30 W to 140 W 

Operating voltage 230 V +10/-20 %, opt. widerange 100 to 240 V. 

MSRbox1 MSRbox2S MSRbox2 


Width: 236 mm (1/2 19“) 


Depth: 318 mm 

Width: 236 mm (1/2 19“) 


Delivery Scope MSRbox device 

power supply cable 

manual 

cable to connect to the 9-pin RS232 interface of UI 


MG-MSRBOX1 MSRbox1 basis device to equip individually 

MG-MSRBOX2 MSRbox2 basis device to equip individually 

MG-MSRBOX2s MSRbox2s basis device to equip individually 

Terminal Blocks for PMC PIs 

For the connection of practically all existent sensors, 

actors, and devices to the MSRmanager and 

MSRboxes used in practice, you will find the suited 

terminal blocks in the following. 

Terminal blocks (universal-) analogue Input 

This terminal block is an 

extended version of the MB- 

AEB16V. It features an 

additional terminal strip for 

the reference voltage in 

order to connect the Pt100 in 

four wire circuit. 

Thus, it is suitable for all 

kinds of sensors and signals. 

� Screw-type terminals for 16 test ports 

� Voltage -10...+10 V, Pt100, resistance sensor, 

current 0/4...20 mA, 

� Thermocouples 

� Integrated electronic compensation of cold 

junctions for thermocouples 

� Precision current source 1 mA for Pt100 

� Additional terminal strip for the connection of 

a current source 

� Mounted on DIN-system rails 


Depth: 318 mm 

Width: 342mm (3/4 19“) 


The blocks are connected to the interface card by a 

ribbon cable. 

Please indicate the desired length in your order. The 

default length is 180 cm. (max. 3 m). 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

118 


Product description Terminal block for HK-HMUX, HK-AD20NMUX8, HK-AD20NMUX16 with 16 

analogue inputs and comparator for thermocouples, additional terminal strip for 

conductors 3 and 4 of Pt100 in four wire circuit 

Dimensions Width: 112 mm 

Depth: 77 mm 

Height: 72 mm 

Delivery Scope Terminal block, cable for the interface card, connecting diagram 


MB-AEB16VP Terminal block for voltage, current, Pt100 and thermocouples 

Terminal Block for Voltage and Current Output 

This terminal block is used to 

control devices with analogue 

inputs via current or voltage. 

� Screw-type terminals for 8 current and 

voltage outputs 

� For 8 channels either 0/4...20 mA or -10...+10 

V 

� For the connection of thermostats, stirrers, 

analogue actuators etc. 

� Integrated protection from noise voltages 

� Mounted on DIN-system rail 

Technical data 

Product description Terminal block for D/A-converter-card-HK-DA812UI, 

8 x -10..+10 V voltage outputs and parallel 8 x 0/4..20 mA current outputs 


Depth: 77 mm 

Height: 72 mm 



MB-AAB8UI Terminal block for voltage and current output 

Terminal Block with 8 digital Inputs 

This terminal block 

enables the connection of 

switches, alarm units, 

binary detectors, etc. to 

the MSRmanager. Up to 2 

MB-DEB8-blocks can be 

connected to a HK- 

DEA16N card by ribbon 

cable. The range of the 

input voltage is NAMUR-compliant or optional from 5 

to 24 V. 

� Eight NAMUR-consistent inputs 

(or optionally 5 – 24V) 

� Screw-type terminals 


� Integrated protection from noise voltages 




Product description Terminal block for HK-DEA16x, 8 digital inputs, NAMUR compliant 


Depth: 77 mm 

Height: 50 mm 



MB-DEB8 Terminal Block for digital Entry 

Terminal block with 8 Relay outputs 

This terminal block is the default 

one, since it is universally 

applicable and electrically most 

robust. The outputs are passive, 

i.e. they can connect external 

current sources. 


� Switching voltage up to 40 V AC or DC 

� Switching current up to 2 A 

� 1 NO contact and 1 NC contact (passive) 

� For the connection of magnetic valves, 

drives, heaters, etc. 



Product description Terminal block for HK-DEA16x, 8 relay outputs, 1 break contact element, 1 shutter 

(passive), LED control (requires HS-NGS241S in addition) 


Depth: 77 mm 

Height: 50 mm 



MB-DAB8R Terminal block digital output, 8 relay outputs 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

120 


Terminal Block with 8 Transistor Outputs 

The transistor terminal block 

is equipped with transistors 

as emitter followers. It is 

operated only to control 

electronic devices or small 

consumer loads. The 

outputs are active. If the 

outputs are to be operated 

in active mode a 24 V power 

supply (HS-NGS24xx) is required. 


� Switching voltage up to 24 V 

� Active outputs, switching current up to 0,5 A 

(other values are optional) 


In the standard version, all 8 output channels are 

secured via separate (self-resetting) multifuses, 

max. 0,5 A. 


Product description Terminal block for HK-DEA16x, 8 active emitter follower outputs, 

up to 24 V, 0,5 A 

Dimensions Width: 67 mm, Depth: 77 mm, Height: 50 mm 



MB-DAB8T_0.5A Terminal block digital output, with 8 transistor outputs 

Serial Interfaces 

For the PMC devices the same modules for serial 

interfaces are available as for the LabManager (see 

Special Terminal Blocks 

LabManager, serial ports). 

For special applications, e.g. extreme environmental 

conditions like splash water etc., we build special 

customized solutions for the terminal blocks like the 

shown stainless steel IP65. 



Intrinsically safe inputs/ outputs (Ex-equipment) 

For applications, which have a high explosive risk, in 

zone 1 the inputs and outputs of the MSRmanager 

can be equipped with IS power supply and loop 

powered supplies. The inherently safe circuits are 

[EEx ib] certified. The MSRmanager can be 

installed outside the hazardous area if it is not 

encapsulated or inside the hazardous area if 

encapsulated with overpressure type "p" following 

DIN EE50016 / VDE 0170/0171 Part 3. The 

configuration is user-specific, if desired including 

certification by the TÜV. The protective chassis of 

the MSRmanager and the control PC is also userspecific. 

Product Description Upgrade for applications in hazardous areas 

[Eex-ib](zone 1), per I/O - interface, Eex-ia (zone 0) on application 


HE-EEXIU Intrinsic safety for voltage inputs and outputs 0..10 V 

HE-EEXII Intrinsic safety for current inputs and outputs 0..20 mA 

HE-EEXID Intrinsic safety for digital inputs and outputs 20 V 

HE-EEXIRS232 Intrinsic safety for serial ports TxD, RxD 

HE-EEXIPT100 Intrinsic safety for Pt100 inputs 

HE-EEXITH Intrinsic safety for thermocouples 

Interface Cards 

Analogue/Digital-Converter Card 

This card contains a 24-bit analogue /digital 

converter with a programmable amplifier. A 

potential free secondary bus is provided for the 

connection of multiplexer cards (HK-HMUX). To an 

A/D card up to 15 relays or semiconductor 

multiplexer cards can be connected, with a total of 

240 analogue measuring channels. 

� High precision with 24 bit resolution 

� up to 15 multiplexers (HK-HMUX) on one A/Dconverter 

card (= 240 Channels) 

� potential free secondary bus for connecting 

multiplexer-cards 

� Potential isolation secondary bus /bus 1500 V 


HK-AD20N Analogue/Digital-Converter Card 

Resolution 24 Bit guaranteed Resolution 

Measurement Range Voltage –0,125 V...+0,125 V, -1...+1 V, -10...+10 V, current 0/4..20 mA, 

Absolute Measurement 

Uncertainty of one 

(during maintenance 

interval) 

Pt100 -200..+600 °C, Thermocouples (NiCr-Ni) -200...+1373 °C 

-10...+10 V: 0,05 % 

-1...+1 V: 0,05 % 

-125 mV..+125 mV: 0,05 % 

0/4...20 mA: 0,15 % 

Pt100 -50...+300 °C: 2 °C, Resolution 0,01 °C 

Thermocouples (NiCr-Ni) -50...+300 °C: 2 °C, Resolution 0,1 °C 

Delivery Scope Analogue/Digital-Converter card 

Order Code Product Description 

HK-AD20N Analogue/Digital-Converter card with 20 bit resolution 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

122 

Multiplexer Cards 


The HiTec multiplexer cards enable the direct 

connection of analogue sensors and signal sources 

such as thermocouples, resistive sensors, voltage or 

current-supplying devices, etc.. Transducers are not 

needed and can be saved in the budget. 

As alternative connection methods, different 

Semiconductor-Multiplexer Cards 

The semiconductor multiplexer card offers all 

properties for process operation under rough 

conditions. The electric strength of the used 

semiconductor switches is 350 V. 

interface panels and terminal blocks are available, 

which are connected via ribbon cables with the 

multiplexer card 

☞ A multiplexer card requires at least one 

connection module for operation. 

The semiconductor multiplexer cards are 

characterized by the following properties: 

� 16 potential free differential inputs for mixed 

connection of different analogue signals and 

sensors 

� suitable for electrically rough process operation 

� Potential isolation between bus and input (1500 

V) 

� Total sampling rate approx. 40 channels per 

second 

� Electronic cold junction compensation for 

thermocouples 

� Up to 15 HK-HMUX on one A/D-Converter card 

240 channels (please note: Limited to number of 

free slots!) 

To a semiconductor multiplexer card, a MB-AEB16xx terminal block or up to two of the following panels can 

be connected: 

Suited Connection Panels Order Code 

Connection panel with 4 current/voltage inputs and 4 Pt100 inputs LP-AE4PT4P 

Combi-panel with 4 voltage-/current inputs with power supply and 4 Pt100 inputs LP-AE4PT4PA 

Combi-panel 8 current inputs 0/4...20 mA, 8 current outputs 0/4...20 mA LP-AEAP8I 

Combi-panel 8 current inputs 0/4...20 mA with sensor feed, 

8 current Outputs 0/4...20 mA 

LP-AEAP8IA 

Combi-panel 8 voltage inputs ±10 V, 8 voltage outputs ±10 V LP-AEAP8U 

Combi-panel 8 voltage inputs ±10 V with sensor feed, 

8 voltage outputs ±10 V 

LP-AEAP8UA 

Connection panel with 8 current and voltage inputs LP-AEP8 

Connection panel with 8 current and voltage inputs with sensor feed LP-AEP8A 

Connection panel with 8 PT100 sensors LP-PTP8 

Connection panel with 8 thermocouples LP-THP8 

Description Semiconductor-multiplexer-card, with 16 universal, potential free analogue-inputchannels 

and 1 mA reference current source for resistive sensors. 

Order Code Article Description 

HK-HMUX semiconductor Multiplexer Card with 16 channels 



Analogue Measurement Card, 8/16 Channels 

This card is designed for LAB and MSRbox systems 

and contains a 24-Bit-analogue/digital converter with 

programmable amplifier. The card posses an 

integrated 8 or 16 channel multiplexer. 


Resolution: 20 Bit 

Measurement Range: Voltage -0.125 V...+0.125 V, -1...+1 V, -10...+10 V, current 0/4...20 mA, 

Absolute measurement 

uncertainty of one 

(within maintenance 

interval): 

To a HK-AD20NMUX16 analogue measurement 

card a MB-AEB16xx or up to two of the following 

panels can be connected: 

Pt100 -200...+ 600 °C, Thermocouples (NiCr-Ni) -200...+1373 °C 

-10...+10 V: 0.05 % 

-1...+1 V: 0.05 % 

-125 mV..+ 125 mV: 0.05 % 

0/4..20 mA: 0.15 % 

Pt100 -50...+300 °C: 0.2 °C, Resolution 0.01 °C 

Thermocouples (NiCr-Ni) -50...+3 00 °C: 2 °C, Resolution 0.1 °C 

To a HK-AD20NMUX8 analogue measurement card 

one of the following panels can be attached: 

Description Order Code 

Connection panel with 4 current/voltage inputs and 4 Pt100 inputs LP-AE4PT4P 

Combi-panel with 4 voltage-/current inputs with power supply and 4 Pt100 inputs LP-AE4PT4PA 

Combi-panel 8 voltage inputs -10V ... +10 V, 8 voltage outputs -10V...+10V LP-AEAP8U 

Combi-panel 8 voltage inputs -10V ... +10 V, 8 voltage outputs -10V...+10V with sensor feed LP-AEAP8UA 

Combi-panel 8 current inputs 0/4...20 mA, 8 current outputs 0/4...20 mA LP-AEAP8I 

Combi-panel 8 current inputs 0/4...20 mA with sensor feed, 

8 current Outputs 0/4...20 mA 

LP-AEAP8IA 

Connection panel with 8 current and voltage inputs LP-AEP8 

Connection panel with 8 current and voltage inputs with sensor feed LP-AEP8A 

Connection panel with 8 PT100 sensors LP-PTP8 

Connection panel with 8 thermocouples LP-THP8 

Product Description Semiconductor-multiplexer card, with 16 universal, potential free analogue input 

channels and 1 mA reference current source for resistance feeler. 


HK-AD20NMUX8 Analogue measurement card, 8 channels, 20 Bit AD-converter 

HK-AD20NMUX16 Analogue measurement card, 16 channels, 20 Bit AD-converter 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

124 


Precision Acquisition Card, 8 Channels Pt100 

The precision measuring card HK-AD24Pxx was 

developed for applications with the highest demands 

in resolution and measuring accuracy. Due to its 

eight-channel specification the cost-use relation of 

this card is particularly favourable in applications 

which need several channels, e.g. reaction 

calorimetry. 

Special Properties 

� Highest accuracy: 24 Bit Resolution 

� Relative differential measurement uncertainty 

� ≤ ±0,001 °C in range -180 to 266 ° 

� 8 channels are virtually simultaneously 

captured in < 1 s 

� Self calibrating 

� 8 channels for Pt100 

Applications 

� High precision temperature measurement, e.g. in 

calorimetry 

� Calibration measurements with sensors 

� Precision voltage measurements in quality 

control applications 


The HK-AD24Pxx-cards have a very exact converter 

and a precision current source for resistive sensors. 

On eight inputs temperatures can be monitored with 

highest resolution over a very large temperature 

range. 

The modern circuit design makes compensation 

elements unnecessary. By self calibration, 

temperature- and aging influences are reduced to 

the extremely low long-time drift value of the highprecision 

reference elements. 

The temperature sensors are connected via a 

connection panel with connectors according to 

NAMUR standard. Suitable temperature sensors in 

different precision classes are available upon 

request with calibration certificate. 

Sensor/signal: Pt100 / voltage 

Range: -180 to +266 °C 

Number of channels: 8 

Absolute measurement ≤ ±0,01 °C (≤ ±0,03 °C) after calibration 

uncertainty v.E. 

(within maintenance 

period): 

Relative measurement ≤ ±0,001 °C (≤ ±0,003 °C) 

uncertainty for 

differential 

measurement: 

Added measuring < 1 mW with sampling / 1 s (minimal self heating of the Pt100) 

power: 

To use this card the connection panel LP-PTPRP8 is necessary. 

Delivery Scope: Card with 8 Analogue-inputs for voltage and resistive sensors, manual 


HK-AD24PX8 Precision measurement card with 8 channels for Pt100, Abs. Differential measurement 

uncertainty 0,01 °C 

HK-AD24PKAL Industry calibration certificate for HK-AD24PX8 

Panel 

Delivery Scope: Panel with holding bolts, cable for internal connection 


LP-PTPRP8 Panel for HK-AD24PX 



Precision Measuring Card analogue for GraviDos Load Cell 

This card for strain gauges (DMS) – full bridge is 

suited for the connection of up to four GraviDos 

dosing systems, load cells, torque pickups, etc. 

� high precision 24 bit analogue/digital 

converter 

� integrative measurement due to the 

deployment of individual converters per 

channel 

� Minimisation of temperature drift due to Chop 

Operation 


Sensor/signal: DMS (strain gauge) full bridge 

Measurement Range:: Dependent on the measurement cell 

Number of Channels: 4 

Resolution: 24 Bit 

Absolute measurement 

uncertainty v.E.: 

(within maintenance period) 

≤ ±0,1 % 

Measurement Resolution: ≤ ± 0,01 % 

Delivery Scope: Card with manual 


HK-AD24DMS4 Plug-in card with 4 channels for strain gauge (DMS) bridges and 4 digital outputs 

(semiconductor) 

You can find suited load cells in the chapter "Process Analytics and Sensors“. 

To operate this card, one of the following connector panels is required: 

Order Code Suitable Panels 

LP-DMS4DA4PT Combination Panel with 4 DMS (strain gauge) inputs and 4 digital outputs (semiconductor) 

LP-DMSP8 Connector Panel with 8 DMS (strain gauge) inputs (at 2 cards) 

Remark: For MSR (process measurement and control) systems, the terminal block (AEB4DMS) is available. 

Analogue-Output Card, 8 Channels 

The digital/analogue converter card enables the 

output of voltages or currents for control and 

regulation purposes. 

� Potential isolation between output and bus 

(1000 V Isolation) 

� current- and voltage Outputs 


Resolution 12 Bit 

Number of channels: 8 

voltage outputs -10..+10 V max. 2 mA 

current outputs 0/4..20 mA 

Absolute uncertainty: 

(within maintenance period) 

≤ ±0.2 % 

Product Description D/A-Converter card 8 x 12 Bit, for analogue-output voltage and current. 


HK-DA812UI 8 x analogue output card 0...20 mA and –10...+10 V, 12 Bit 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

126 


To the HK-DA812UI analogue output card the following connection modules can be attached: 


LP-AAP8UI Panel for analogue-output, current and voltage 

LP-AEAP8U LabManager combi-panel 8 voltage inputs ±10 V, 8 voltage outputs ±10 V 

LP-AEAP8UA LabManager combi-panel 8 voltage inputs ±10 V, 8 voltage outputs ±10 V, sensor feed 24 V 

LP-AEAP8I LabManager combi-panel 8 current inputs 0/4...20 mA with sensor feed, 

8 current outputs 0/4...20 mA 

LP-AEAP8IA LabManager combi-panel 8 current inputs 0/4...20 mA with sensor feed, 

8 current outputs 0/4...20 mA 

MB-AAB8UI MSRmanager connection block for voltage and current output ±10 V and 0/4...20 mA 

Digital-In/Output Card 

The digital-input/output card is needed, if valves, 

monitors etc. are to be directly switched over the 

MSRmanager or binary senders such as switches 

and limit value transmitters are to be queried. The 

card is inserted into the internal MSRmanager bus. 

The pulse-width modulated output allows quasicontinuous 

control of heaters, motorized control 

valves, etc.. Thus, there is no necessity for 

expensive thyristor actuators or additional control 

electronics. 

The pulse area modulation is an extended form of 

pulse frequency modulation (PFM), which minimises 

the pulse amount and consequently prevents 

damage to the actuator (e.g. a magnet valve). 

� 16 Optio-coupler outputs for Bit-, Byte-, pulse 

width and frequency modulated output (max. 1 

kHz) 

� Defined selectable reset status 

� 16 isolated digital inputs 24 V NAMURconforming 

� Frequency and event counting (max. 4kHz) 

� Inputs optionally recording/non-recording for bitand 

byte input (edge detection) 

Product Description Digital-Input/Output card with 2 x 8 inputs and 2 x 8 outputs, inputs selectable 

recording/non-recording, frequency and event counting, outputs selectable pulse 

width modulated, pulse frequency modulated, defined reset status. 


HK-DEA16N Digital-Input/Output card Standard, 16 DE, 16 DA 

The following connection modules can be attached: 


LP-DEP8 Digital input connection panel with 8 active 24 V input 

LP-DEP8A Digital input connection panel with 8 passive 24 V input and sensor feeding 

LP-DAP8 Digital output connection panel with 8 passive output 

LP-DAP8A Digital output connection panel with 8 active 24 V output 

LP-DAP8T Digital output connection panel with 8 active transistor outputs 

LP-DE4DA4P Combi-panel with 4 active digital inputs, 4 passive digital outputs 

LP-DE4DA4PA Combi-panel with 4 active digital inputs, 4 active digital outputs 


Serial Input/Output Card 


The SER8 and SER16 interface cards with 8 or 16 

SIO channels each, ensure optimal performance of 

the serial interfaces. As every channel possesses an 

own SIO component with character buffer, optimal 

performance is achieved. Up to 2 cards, therefore a 

maximum of 32 channels, are possible. 

� Independent SIO channels with FIFO memory, 

supports RTS/CTS-Hardware-Handshake. 

Requires a interface module (HD-RS2329(P)L or 

HD-RS485P) per used channel. 

� Parallel processing of all channels, which leads 

to reduction of delay. 

� Maximum transmission rate 19200 baud (per 

channel) 

� 8/16 Channels 

� Faster processing in comparison to serial 

interfaces of the CPU32 


HK-SER8ECB Serial Input/Output Card, 8 Channels 

HK-SER16ECB Serial Input/Output Card, 16 Channels 

To these cards, the following interface modules can be connected: 


HD-RS2329L RS232 Interface Module, 9-pin, with LabCom feeding 

HD-RS2329PL RS232 Interface Module, 9-pin, electrically insulated, with LabCom feeding 

HD-RS485P RS485 Interface Module , 9-pin , electrically insulated 

All serial interfaces can communicate with the automation unit in different manners: 

� default device driver für known laboratory devices 

� NAMUR device driver for "unknown" laboratory devices 

� HiText control programm 

Further informations can be found in the chaptor Laboratory Automation Software. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

128 

PI Additional Devices 


The PI-additional devices conduce to expand the 

functionality of the PI. 

Switch Box 2x230V 

External connection box with two single pole 

switched (edition -H) or two double pole (edition -R) 

mains sockets. Control inputs for connection to LP- 

DAP8T or LP-DAP8A. When controlled by a LP- 

DAP8 or MB-DAB8x an external power suppply is 

needed. 

The control can happen with a control voltage of up 

to a maximum of 24 V DC. The outputs can also be 

controlled pulse width or pulse frequency modulated 

HP-B230V16R is not suitable for switching 

frequencies above 1 Hertz. 


Operating 

voltage/current 

2x230 V AC, sum load 16 A / 3680 VA, Edition HP-B230V16H: unipolar wiring,leak 

current 5 mA minimum load 100 mA; Edition HP-B230V16R: double pole 

switching 

Connection type Mains plug 

Control signal Max. 24 V DC 

Usable with Panel LP-DAP8T, LP-DAP8A, Cable, ZK-LAB-HI06-0D-XX-I-01 

For switching Pumps, Heater Jackets, Heater Domes... 

Delivery Scope Switch box with fixed mains cable 2.5 m 


HP-B230V16H Socket switch box 2 x 230 V, sums load 16 A, single-pole switched, semi-conductor switcher 

HP-B230V16R Socket switch box 2 x 230 V, sums load 16 A, dual-pole switched, capacity relais 

ZK-LAB-HI06-OD-XX-I-01 Cable for connection to LAB-PI (2 necessary) 

Special Construction: 

HP-B400V16A electrical socket switchboard three-phase switched, rated voltage 400 V, 16 A per 

phase. Connection type: 16A CEE connector. 

If used with the panel DAP8T, the panel must be Please state in the order, if this is the case. 

modified. 


LabCom Mini Terminal 


LabCom is a local mini terminal for LabManager, 

LabBox, and MSRmanager systems. It provides 

access to the most important process variables right 

at the plant. LabCom is predominantly used, if the 

control PC is not in direct proximity of the plant or if it 

must be ensured that with a disturbance or a total 

failure of the control PC, most important functions for 

operating and monitoring remain ensured. 

Particularly if several LAB/PMC devices are 

attached to a control PC, it is recommended to equip 

each device with a LabCom. 

Properties and Functions 

� Local display of important process values 

� Free definable dialogue for operation 

guidance 

� Local input possibility for values and 

parameter 

� Local alarming by flashing LEDs and acoustic 

signals 

� Shutdown button starts shutdown program in 

critical situations 

� Watchdog circuit monitors the PI and alarms 

on errors 

LabCom is connected to a specially equipped serial 

interface of the Lab/PMC device and supplied with 

power from the same. 

The following structure is an example for several 

LAB/PMC devices (up to eight possible) mounted on 

an operating panel: 

The LCD display presents 4 x 20 characters and can 

be allocated with display and input fields in random 

order. Identifiers and number formats can be 

selected individually. The layout is easy and 

uncomplicated to create with a mask editor. 

The following Display Elements are designated: 

� Alphanumeric Text 

� Numeric Data Point Values 

� Date 

� Time 

Up to 16 different masks can be defined. A mask can 

be selected by using the Page-Up/ Down keys on 

the LabCom terminal or by assigning the mask 

number per program. 

LabCom is set up as a device component within the 

Lab /MSRmanager systems. This provides various 

logical inputs/outputs as data points which are 

assigned to the individual functionalities. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

130 



Dimensions: 222 mm x 105 mm x 40 mm 

Housing: ABS 

Protection: IP64 

Screen: Plexiglas 

Control codes: ANSI 

Product Description LCD-Terminal for LabManager system, with 4 x 20 character display, Stop-button, 

Alarming function, Input keyboard, Hand held terminal (additionally HD-RS2329L 

needed, optional: Connection cable ZK-LAB-HI07-BS-R2-I-01) 


HP-LABCOM1 Local Hand Terminal 

HD-RS2329(P)L PI-RS232 Interface module with power supply for LabCom 

Delivery scope: Mini-Terminal with connection cable 3 m 

Other possibilities, e.g. Light-up display, large display or device without keyboard, on request. 

Watchdog Device 

The external watchdog device is a systemmonitoring 

device which is used if increased safety 

is necessary. It monitors a temperature, a further 

arbitrary sensor with a 4..20 mA signal as well as 

hard and software components of the automation 

system. 

If one of the adjustable limit values is exceeded, or 

in case of a failure of the automation system, the 

cut-off circuit of the system is interrupted via a 

potential-free switching contact and an alarm is 

sounded. 

A short circuit proof voltage for the supply of a 

sensor (e.g. pressure sensor) is available (12 V, 

max. 35 mA). 

The following conditions can be monitored: 

� Pt-100-Element for monitoring an adjustable 

safety temperature within the range 0..300 °C; 

connection via 4-pin Lemosa socket with feeler 

break recognition. 

� 4 – 20 mA input with cable-break recognition, 

monitoring of an adjustable limit value in the 

range 4-20 mA. Connection via 6-pin Tuchel 

(DIN45327) plug. To this input, any sensor can be 

attached for monitoring any physical variable, 

e.g. a pressure sensor for monitoring of an 

adjustable maximum pressure. 

� Monitoring of the automation system, 

transmission of a binary toggle signal in 1 to 9 s 

intervals via the binary output to the automation 

system, monitoring of the response from the 

automation system via a binary input. Connection 

via 5-pin 180 ° Tuchel-plug (DIN41524). 

Each monitoring condition can be activated 

individually. 

If one of these events occurs, an early warning is 

released and a built-in piezo buzzer is sounded. 

Therefore, a potential-free contact is provided for the 

control of an external signal generator. If this early 

warning is not acknowledged within an adjustable 

time (5 s – 500 s) using the “suppress”-key, the cutoff 

circuit is interrupted over an open potential-free 

contact. With the “acknowledge”-key, the alarm can 

be acknowledged. 

Safety can be further increased by building a 

switched output of the PI into the cut-off circuit and 

the PI redundantly monitors the watchdog device as 

well as the same physical parameters. 

With the help of a key, an individual alarm condition 

can be simulated in order to check the electronics. 




Connections 4-pol. LEMO socket for PT-100 

6-pol. DIN-socket DIN 45327 for 4-20 mA signal 

Switched output for signal generator 

Switched output for triggering the cut-off function via 4-pol. DIN-socket DIN41524 

Dimensions Depth: 41 mm, Width: 165 mm, Height: 103 mm 

Power supply 9V..12 V / 200 mA 

Environmental 0..45 °C, max.95 % humidity, no bedewing 

conditions 

Delivery Scope Y-connection cable for connection to a digital input and a digital output of a LAB or 

PMC-PI 


HP-WDOGEXT1-pa External System monitoring device 

ZK-X-HI05-IA-IA-O-01 Cable for 4 – 20 mA sensors with Tuchel-plug and one open end 

pa = PI connection: L: LAB PIs, M: PMC PIs 

UI-PI-Coupling 

The HiTec Zang PI’s can be coupled in various ways 

with the UI. 

Depending on distance or surrounding field 

conditions, a suitable medium can be selected. 

Media Specials Max. distance 

RS232 default 7m 

RS485 100m accross simple telefon line, 

1000m accross rdt-cable 

Fibre optics shortened live expectance mit Kunststoff-LL bis ca. 20m 

mit Glaslichtleiter 2000m 

T1 accross given telephon line approx. 10km 

COM-Server over networkk (own network segment necessary) random 

UI-PI Coupling via Optic Cables 

With unfavourable electrical conditions like strong 

magnetic interference fields or placing of the 

transmission cable outside a data communication is 

recommended between the PI (LAB/PMC 

managers or box) and the UI (system controller) via 

fibre-optics. For distances to 50 m a less expensive 

plastic light conductor can be used. For larger 

distances up to 2000 m an optical glass-fibre cable 

is necessary. 

The module HA-V24LINK2 is attached to the 

normal RS232-UI-interface of the PI. 


HA-V24LINK2 Optical modem (PC-side) for synthetic fibre with separate power supply 

HA-V24LINKKLI Synthetic fibre for indoors 

HA-V24LINKKLA Synthetic fibre for outdoors 

UI-PI Coupling via RS485 

If the distance between MSR manager and system 

controller is more than 7 m data communication 

according to the RS485 standard is recommended. 

With the help of the option RS485, distances up to 

2000 m can be bridged. 


HA-RS485 Level-converter RS485 

The level converter is attached to a normal RS232 

interface and can be used on both the UI and on the 

PI side. 

Alternatively, a RS485 interface can be built into the 

PI in place of the RS232-UI-interface. Likewise, a 

RS485 interface card can be built into the UI. In this 

case the level converters are omitted. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

132 


UI-PI Coupling via LAN 

With the help of a COM-Server, HiTec PIs 

(LAB/PMC manager or box) can be connected via 

Ethernet LAN with the UI (system controller). 


HA-COMSERV1001 Com-Server Twisted-Pair or Coax 100 Mbit on RS232 

UI-PI Coupling via Leased Line 

With the help of a special leased-line modem HiTec 

PIs (LAB/MSRmanager or Box) can be connected 


HA-MODEM4 Leased line modem pair for 4 wire connection 

DC power supply 

A 24 V DC power supply is needed for running the 

connection block and interface panels or for feeding 

other devices, e.g. sensors and actuators. 

Power units are needed for the connection blocks 

MB-DAB8R, MB-DAB8T DAB8T and for activating 

the panels LP-AEP8A, LP-DAP8A, LP-AEAP8IA, 

LP-AEAP8UA, LP-DE4DA4PA. 

Some of the devices have smoothed, and some 

stabilised outputs. 

It should be clarified with the responsible network 

administrators, whether the network can handle the 

additional load, or whether an own net segment 

must be established. 

using a 4-core telecom line. The maximum distance 

amounts to 10,000 m. 

Power supply 24 V, 0,7 A regulated 


Product description 24 V DC Power supply on connection block, stabilised, 

0.7 A continuous load, 1A 70 % ED duty cycle for DIN-System rail mounting, 

For usage with MSRmanager or switchboard mounting 

Environmental 0..45 °C, max. 95 % humidity, non condensing 

conditions 

Dimensions Depth: 112 mm, Width: 77 mm, Height: 64 mm 


HS-NGS241S Power supply 24 V, 0.7 A regulated, top-hat rail fitting 

Power supply 24 V, 7,5 A regulated 


Product Description 24 V power supply on, stabilized, 7.5 A. 

Possible fitting into LabManager2 



HS-NGS248S Power supply 24 V, 7.5 A, regulated 

Power supply 24 V, 1.5 A 


Product description 24 V power supply on, stabilized, 1.5 A for DIN system rail fitting. 

Possible fitting into LabManager1/2, LabBox2, MSRbox 2, MSRmanager. 

Dimensions Depth: 110 mm, Width: 55 mm, Height: 75 mm 


HS-NGS241A Power supply 24 V, 1.5 A, smoothed, system rail fitting 





Product Description 24 V power supply, smoothed, 2.5 A, for DIN-system rail fitting. Possible fitting into 

LabBox1, MSRbox 1. 



HS-NGS242 Power supply 24 V, 2.5 A, smoothed, system rail fitting 

Power supply 24 V, 3 A 


Product description 24 V power supply, smoothed, 3 A, DIN-system rail fitting. 

Possible fitting into LabManager1 a. 2, LabBox2, MSRbox 2, MSRmanager. 

Dimensions Depth: 110 mm, Width:100 mm, Height: 75 mm 


HS-NGS243 Power supply 24 V, 3 A, smoothed, system rail fitting 

Power supply 24 V, 8 A 


Product Description 24 V power supply, smoothed, 8 A. 

Possible fitting into LabManager2 

Dimensions Depth: 200 mm, Width: 170 mm, Height: 105 mm 


HS-NGS248 Power supply 24 V, 8 A, smoothed 

Power supply 24 V, 8 A extern 


Product description 24 V power supply, smoothed, 8 A, for external use 

Connection cable for external use 

Suitable to active LabManager interfaces or USTAT. 


Width: 170 mm 

Height: 105 mm 


HS-NGS248E Power supply 24V , 8 A, smoothed, external use 



Product description 15 V power supply, controlled, 2.8 A. 

switching power supply for DIN-system rail fitting. 

Possible fitting into LabManager1/2, LabBox2, MSRbox 2, MSRmanager. 



HS-NGS153SN Power supply 15 V, 2.8 A, controlled, switching power supply, System Rail Fitting 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

134 

Simulation Devices 

Pt100 Simulator 


With this simulator, the user can check the 

measuring accuracy and function of the Pt100 and 

voltage measuring inputs. Temperatures of 0, 30, 

100, and 300 °C can be simulated. Additionally there 

is a variable adjustment possibility. The tolerance of 

the reference resistances is 0,02 %. 


HX-SIMPT1 Pt100 Simulator 

Further simulation and test control units can be found in „Training and Education Modules“. 

Digital Signal Converter 

The HiTec Zang digital signal converters convert 

analogue and digital signals into RS232 or RS485 

ModBus protocols. They can be deployed, if the 

number of measuring channels is so low that the 

deployment of a Lab-PNC is not cost-effective. 

They are also suited as interfaces for small 

HiBuilder projects, e.g. as a supplement to LabDos 

or AutoSam in case additional signals need to be 

collected or additional actors require to be activated. 

Module Overview 

In LabManager/LabVision projects, they can be 

deployed on a supplementary basis, if the sampling 

rate of the internal interfaces is not sufficient to, e.g., 

register a rapid pressure rise. 

� Power Supply via Interface Cable or Plug-In 

Power Supply 24V 

� RS232 and RS485 ModBus Interface 

� Compact Metal Casing 


Interface RS232 V24 and RS485, ModBus 

Protocol, Power Supply 24V via 

RJ48. 

If operated on an interface without 

power supply, a plug-in power 

supply is required. 

Dimensions L approx. 142 mm, W approx. 52 

mm, H approx. 23 mm, with Plug 

Connection Description Plug Order Code 

Current and -10...10V, 0/4..20mA, 24bit ADU, Measuring 6-pole Jack, DIN 45322 IL-AINAMP1D 

Voltage ON Uncertainty 0,1% 

Pt100 

Measuring Range -200..+600 °C, Four Wire Lemo Type 1S, 4-pole IL-PTAMP1D 

Temperature 

Sensor 

Technology 

DMS-Bridge Digital DMS Amplifier for DMS Half and Full- 

Bridges 

Lemo Type 1S, 6-pole IL-GRADOAMP1D 

Current and 

Voltage OFF 

0...10V, 0/4..20mA, Uncertainty 0,1% 6 pole Jack, DIN 45322 IL-PHAMP1D 

pH-Probe, pH 0...14, Temperature with Pt100, VarioPin -Device Socket IL-CLARKAMP1D 

Temperature integrated Temperature Compensation 

O2, Clark Probe O2-Messverstärker VarioPin -Device Socket IL-AOUT1D 

Digital ON Binary, Frequency and Event Counting, 24V 3-pole Jack, DIN 41524 IL-DIN1D 

Digital OF Binary, pulse width modulated, pulse 

frequency modulated, active (24V) or 

passive 

3-pole Plug, DIN 41524 IL-DOUT1D 

Delivery Scope Amplifier, Manual, (Please order cable separately) 




IL-AINAMP1D Digital Measuring Amplifier for -10...+10V, 0/4...20mA, RS232 V24 /RS485 Interface 

IL-PTAMP1D Digital Measuring Amplifier for Pt100 Four Wire Technology, RS232 V24 /RS485 Interface 

IL-GRADOAMP1D Digital Measuring Amplifier for DMS Load Cells, RS232 V24 /RS485 Interface 

IL-PHAMP1D Digital Measuring Amplifier for pH- und Redox-Electrodes, RS232 V24 /RS485 Interface 

IL-CLARKAMP1D Digital Measuring Amplifier for Clark O2-Electrodes, RS232 V24 /RS485 Interface 

IL-AOUT1D Analogue Output for -10...+10V, 0/4...20mA, RS232 V24 /RS485 Interface 

IL-DIN1D Digital Converter for 24V Binary, Frequency and Event Counting. RS232 V24 /RS485 Interface 

IL-DOUT1D Digital Output passive and active 24V, RS232 V24 /RS485 Interface 

ZK-MV-BS-R4-I-01 RS485 Cable for Digital Measuring Amplifier with 24V Power Supply via Pin 1 

IL-MV1D-SN Plug-In Power Supply for Digital Measuring Amplifier 

Display and Operating Elements 

A display and operation component (OC) for a HiTec 

Zang System consists of a special PC with Windows 

XP or Windows Vista operating system and 

LabVision-UI software. 

The OC, as a component of an automation system, 

must meet special requirements: 

� Uninterupted Power Supply (UPS) with Shut 

Down Interface 

� LabVision compatible UPS Management 

� EMV-robust 

� Run-In System Test 

These requirements are not met by normal office 

PCs. HiTec OCs are devices with adjusted and 

proven hardware. The devices are tested with ready 

to use, already installed software in the complete 

system before dispatch. 

The OC software LabVision is based on a database 

system, which increases the hardware requirements. 

As the database and the operating system could be 

damaged in case of a current failure, a HiTec OC is 

principally equipped with an uninterrupted power 

supply system and a UPS Management System. 

During a current failure, the system runs buffered by 

storage batteries. Before the storage battery 

capacity is used up, the system is shut down in a 

defined manner. 

The normal equipment version comprises a 

Standard UPS. This must not be deeply discharged, 

as may happen if the whole plant is switched off via 

a main switch. Should the UPS be separated from 

the net, this must be done in charged condition at 

the operator panel. If this can not be ensured, the 

Online UPS CP-USV7O should be used, which is 

equipped with a deep discharge protection. 

PC-Hardware is subject to extremely fast innovation. 

According to this fact, HiTec Zang occasionally 

adapts the models to the state of technology. For 

this reason, it does not really make sense to present 

the current devices, which will soon be out of date. 

We rather offer a selection of two devices: The 

standard version with standard equipment and 

performance according to the current state of the 

technology and a device with upscale equipment 

and performance. Details in regard to the current 

equipment are gladly forwarded upon request. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

136 

Casing Design 


Our display and operation components are available 

in four differently designed casings. 

For useunder rough conditions, it is advisable to use 

the industrial PC with protected drives and the 

option to be installed in 19 inch system cabinets. 

The standard casing is the midi tower. 

Desktop Microcube Midi tower 19 Inch Industrial PC 

Depth: 375 mm 

Width: 415 mm 


Products similar to photos! 

HiTec-ABK1 

Depth: 335 mm 

Width: 210 mm 


The HiTec ABK1 is used for applications of small 

and medium size, e.g. in connection with a LabBoxor 

LabManager1 PI. 

The basic configuration can be upgraded with the 

offered options such as the DVD burner etc.. 

You have the choice between four different casing 

designs. By default, the device is delivered as midi 

tower. 

Depth: 500 mm 

Width: 210 mm 


Basic Equipment*: 

Depth: 500 mm 

Width: 482,6 mm (19“) 


� Single-Core processor 

� at least 2 GB RAM 

� fast SATA hard disk (> 250GB) 

� DVD/CD Drive 

� Sound card 

� UPS and UPS Management Software 

� Windows-Keyboard and Wheel-Mouse 

� Windows XP© or Windows Vista© preinstalled 

*As of 3/2009. The equipment is consistently aligned to the 

proven state of the technology. 


CG-ABK1C HiTec Display and Operating Component in Micro Cube Casing, with UPS System 

CG-ABK1M HiTec Display and Operating Component in Midi Tower Casing, with UPS System 

CG-ABK1D HiTec Display and Operating Component in Desktop Casing,with UPS System 

CG-ABK1I HiTec Display and Operating Component in 19inch industrial Casing, with UPS System 

CP-USV7O Upgrading: Online UPS System 700 VA, secured against deep discharge, incl. software 


HiTec-ABK2 


The HiTec ABK2 is used for medium and greater 

applications, e.g. in connection with a LabManager2 

PI or several PIs with a multitude of LabVision 

entities. 

You have the choice between four different casing 

designs. By default, the device is delivered as midi 

tower. 

For increased data protection, the ABK2 can be 

equipped with a RAID System. 

Basic Equipment*: 

� Dual-Core processor 

� at least 4096 MB RAM 

� fast SATA hard disk (> 500GB) 

� DVD/CD Recorder 

� Sound card 

� UPS and UPS Management Software 

� Windows-Keyboard and Wheel-Mouse 

� Windows XP© or Windows Vista© preinstalled 

*As of 3/2009. The equipment is consistently aligned to the 

proven state of the technology. 

The ABK2 enables the connection of a second 

monitor. With this, it is for example possible to 

assign the manual operation level and the recipe 

control each to an own monitor. 


CG-ABK2C HiTec Display and Operating Component in Micro Cube Casing, with UPS System 

CG-ABK2M HiTec Display and Operating Component in Midi Tower Casing, with UPS System 

CG-ABK2D HiTec Display and Operating Component in Desktop Casing,with UPS System 

CG-ABK2I HiTec Display and Operating Component in 19 inch industrial Casing, with UPS System 

CK-RAID1 Mirrored Disc RAID 1 (with intelligent Controller Card) 

For supplementary components, see "UI Additional Components“, for suited monitors, see "Monitors“. 

Expansions 


CK-RAM2x512 Memory Expansion by 1 Gigabyte DDR2-RAM for HiTec AKB 

(additional 2 x 512 MB Brand-RAM for Dual-Channel Technology) 

CK-RAM2x1024 Memory Expansion by 2 Gigabyte DDR2-RAM for HiTec AKB 

(additional 2 x 1 Gigabyte Brand-RAM for Dual-Channel Technology) 

CK-RAM2x2048 Memory Expansion by 4 Gigabyte DDR2-RAM für HiTec AKB 

(additional 2 x 2 Gigabyte Brand-RAM for Dual-Channel Technology ) 

P-USV7O Upgrading: Online UPS System 700 VA, secured against deep discharge, incl. Software 

Ex Industrial PC 

This computer is suited for direct use in areas with a 

risk of explosions. Equipped with stainless steel 

casing for PC and monitor with plastic foil keyboard. 

Further information upon request. 


CG-ABKEX HiTec Display and Operating Component in Explosion Protective Casing, with UPS System 

CZ-EXMAUS Wireless mouse for operation in explosive areas 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

138 

Fileserver 


We offer fileservers with Windows and Linux 

operating systems. Please request for our current 

models and specifications. 

UPS Power Supply Standard 

If the control system is intended to keep running in 

case of a power failure, an uninterrupted power 

supply (UPS) must be provided for the fileserver, 

ABKs, PIs, and, where required, for the most 

important devices of the primary instrumenting. 

To ensure controlled shutdown of the computer in 

case of electrical power outage, a UPS management 

system is required in addition. 

The Standard UPS may not be deeply discharged as 

this may occur if the plant is completely shut down 

via a main switch. If the UPS is intended to be 

disconnected from the net for a longer period, it 

must be shut down at the operator panel. If this can 

not be ensured, it is advisable to use the online 

UPS CP-USV7O. 

� Monitoring Output for UI 

� Power Output 700 VA 

� Maximum Bridging Period approx. 15 min. 

Upon request, we are also able to deliver online 

UPS with greater performance, e.g. with 1000 or 

2000 VA. 


CP-USV7 UPS System supply 700 VA for HiTec display and operating components including software 

Note: CP-USV7 is already included in the delivery scope of all HiTec Zang work stations. 

UPS Power Supply Online 

Online UPS constantly provides equal voltage 

quality and is secured against deep discharge. 

It is intended for usage in cases where, after a 

power failure longer than the maximum bridging 

operation period, the shutdown of the UPS cannot 

be ensured. 

� Secured against deep discharge 

� Sinus voltage 

� Controlled voltage 

� Monitoring Output for UI 

� Power Output 700 VA 

� Maximum Bridging Period approx. 15 min. 

Upon request, we are also able to deliver online 

UPS with greater performance, e.g. with 1000 or 

2000 VA. 


CP-USV7O Online UPS System 700VA, secured against deep discharge, including software 

Monitors 

Our monitors all meet the requirements of the current ergonomics regulations. 

Industrial Monitor 

The metal casing contains a 19 inch TFT Monitor 

and protects the same under rough conditions. It is 

prepared for the installation into a 19 inch control 

cabinet. If intended to install it free-standing or as 

part of a transportable system, it is recommended to 

install it in a plastic casing with handles (CZ- 

KTRAG). 




CP-INMON Industrial monitor for mounting in control cabinet 


Standard Monitors 

17 Inch TFT Monitor 

� Resolution 1280 x 1024 pixels 

� Low Radiation according to TCO03 

� 36 months warranty by manufacturer 



CP-M17TFT 17 Inch TFT Colour Monitor 

19 Inch TFT Monitor 

� Resolution up to 1280 x 1024 pixels 




CP-M190TFT 19 Inch TFT Colour-Monitor 

20 Inch Widescreen TFT Monitor 




� Refresh Rate: 60 Hz 

� Adjustable height 

� with Swivel Base 







This monitor is as high as a normal 17 inch monitor but has a greater width. It is therefore easier to arrange 

windows, e.g. the recipe control and the analogue pen recorder, next to each other. This is also beneficial for 

operator ergonomics. In many cases, this is a real alternative to a second monitor. 


CP-M20TFTWS 20 Inch Widescreen TFT Monitor 

22 Inch Widescreen TFT Color Monitor 







This monitor is as high as a normal 19 inch monitor but has a greater width. It is therefore easier to arrange 

windows, e.g. the recipe control and the analogue pen recorder, next to each other. This is also beneficial for 

operator ergonomics. In many cases, this is a real alternative to a second monitor. 


CP-M22TFTWS 22 Inch Widescreen TFT Monitor 

(Other models upon request!) 

Serial Interfaces for the Operating Components (OC) 

The following serial interfaces serve both for the 

connection of several PIs to one UI and for the 

connection of devices. 

The interfaces can be addressed via a HiText 

Program or with HiTec UI device drivers. 


CS-RS2322-PCI PCI Plug-in card for HiTec Zang Ocs (operating components) with 2 RS 232 interfaces 

Plug&Play, only 1 IRQ per card (interrupt sharing). Max. 921 kbps 

CS-RS2324-PCI PCI Plug-in card for HiTec Zang Ocs (operating components) with 4 RS 232 interfaces 

Plug&Play, only 1 IRQ per card (interrupt sharing) Max. 921 kbps 

CS-RS4852-PCI PCI Plug-in card for HiTec Zang Ocs (operating components) with 2 RS-422/485 interfaces 

Optically isolated isolated, Plug&Play, only 1 IRQ per card (interrupt sharing). Max. 921 kbps 

CS-RS4854-PCI PCI Plug-in card for HiTec Zang Ocs (operating components) with 4 RS-422/485 interfaces 

Optically isolated, Plug&Play, only 1 IRQ per card (interrupt sharing). 

Max. 921 kbps 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

140 

Periphery 


The following peripheral devices have been tested 

on HiTech operating components (OC) and are 

supported by LabVision. 

Barcode Scanner 

The extremely high-performance, compact, handheld 

scanner is ideal for utilisation in the laboratory 

sector. The device offers quick and precise scanning 

with or without contact and can be easily configured 

for application in the HiTec-Zang OCs. 

The device is compatible with LabVision. 


CP-BCS232 Hand-held Barcode Scanner, RS232 connection to OC with driver and manual 

Printer 

The following printers are suited as standard PC-, 

protocol-, document- and pen recorder printers. Only 

robust and proven devices by acclaimed 

manufacturers are offered. The scope of delivery 

includes cables and manuals. 


CP-DRUHPDJC Hewlett Packard Colour Ink Jet Printer A4, Colour, with single feed feeder, with single sheet 

feeder, for printing of flow charts, screenshots, etc. 

CP-DRUHPLJ Hewlett Packard Black/White Laser Printer A4 

CP-DRUHPLJC Hewlett Packard Colour Laser Printer A4 



Laboratory Automation Software 


� LabVision® Software for Laboratory Automation 

� LabVision® Project Module 

� EasyBatch TM Table based Recipe Control 

� HiBatch TM Basis Operation based Recipe Control and Administration 

� Basis Operation Library for HiBatch TM 

� HiLIMS TM Laboratory Information Management System 

� PI-Firmware Modules, Regulator Modules, programmable logic controller (PLC) 

� HiBuilder TM Data Evaluation and Presentation 

� RI-CAD TM Uncomplicated Drawing of piping and instrumentation diagram (P&ID) 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

142 

LabVision® 

Advantages 


Maximum Automation, with Minimum Engineering 

LabVision is a modular visualisation and automation 

software system for automation devices from HiTec 

Zang as well as other providers. Your system is 

presented on the display for monitoring and 

operating. Your process is monitored, controlled, and 

regulated, all processes are logged and archived. 

The process plant is presented on the monitor as a 

dynamic flow diagram for monitoring and operating. 

The online evaluation already delivers important 

information regarding the process during runtime. 

The process data chain reaches from the definition 

of the experiment right to the Laboratory Information 

Management System. 

Various advantages 

� Complete documentation of all process 

events 

� Intensive use of your resources 

� Consistent presentation of values, events and 

phases 

� Relief from routine tasks 

� Savings on Instrumentation thanks to virtual 

devices 

� Realisation of a consistent data process 

chain from the work order to the Laboratory 

Information Management System 

LabVision is one of the most efficient and 

outstanding modern process visualisation tools. 

Within the area of research process control systems 

(RPCS) it has an outstanding position. The System 

is particularly suited for visualising and automating 

continuous and batch processes in laboratories, pilot 

plants, mini-plants, and production in chemistry, 

pharmacy, bio and food technology. Due to its 

flexibility it can be used also in other areas such as 

waste management, solar and environmental 

technology. 

Its special strength is its flexible application 

range. LabVision fulfills the requirements of the 

NAMUR working group - AK 2,4 for research 

process control systems and is hereby ready for 

frequently changing or modified tasks. 

LabVision can be used on different complexity 

levels. If you want to use LabVision merely as a 

user, one day of instruction is usually sufficient to get 

acquainted with the handling. 

Even if you wish to establish automation projects for 

changing assemblies yourself, you can learn this 

within one day. 

This is enabled by the Project Module Library, which 

contains predefined project modules for all important 

basic functions such as tempering, dosing, pH or 

vacuum regulation, distilling etc.. 

Specialists who wish to learn the complete range of 

possibilities of parameterisation and programming, 

merely require one week for familiarisation instead 

of the several months of schooling usually required 

for conventional process control systems. 

Features that convince: 

� Easy to use, minimum learning effort 

� As RPCS according to NAMUR standards online 

configurable and parameterised. 

� Project modules for fast and easy application 

development 

� Histo-Database for consistent storage of values, 

text, and events. 

� Support of the basic operations concept for batch 

processes (NAMUR NE 33) 

� Support of GLP and TQM by resource 

administration and automatic documentation 

� Scalable from small measurement acquisition 

systems up to networked process control 

systems with shared online-databases 

� English language version available, other 

languages upon request 

� Personalised user interface 

LabVision increases your efficiency, by relieving you 

from routine activities. Processes driven once can 

be repeated at any time, even after years, with 

optimum reproducibility, because all steps are made 

at the correct point in time, all materials are added 

and adjusted automatically and correctly. Parameters 

are set automatically to the correct value. 

The securing of the reproducibility and the optimal 



documentation of all parameters, values and events 

contribute to an improvement in quality. 

The user interface has the following properties: 

� Operation to XP- and Vista-Standard 

� Logically object orientated and context sensitive 

� Self explanatory operating symbols with dynamic 

hint windows 

� Personalised (desktop can be stored and reloaded) 

� Protection from unauthorised access (own user 

administration) 

� Remotely controllable via network & modem 

User Requirements 

LabVision can be used on different levels of 

complexity and detail and requires appropriate levels 

of knowledge from the user (see also training course 

offer). 

1. Operation by shift personnel 

Operating and monitoring the current system by 

shift changing personnel requires a briefing of 

approx. half a day. 

2. Operation by personnel with minimum 

training 

With a training course of approx. two days, the 

service personnel is in the position to 

parameterise pre-fabricated applications for 

starting and operation. With the help of the basic 

operations library for batch running, also the 

minimum trained user is in a position to create, 

parameterise, and operate a complex recipe 

operational sequences with smallest time 

expenditure. 

3. Project engineering and operation by well 

trained personnel 

Well trained users (approx. one week) can 

address and use substantial details of the 

system according to his/her request with this 

easy to handle system. The user is able to 

independently create display and control 

screens, as well as control programs and online 

analyses of any complexity. 

4. Projects using well trained automation 

specialists 

The well trained automation engineering 

specialist (at least one week) can use functions 

of this completely open system in detail. Display 

and control screens can be created as well as 

control programs and online analyses of any 

complexity. Also the possibilities of the process 

interface (PI) for increased safety standards e.g. 

by use of the PLC Functionality of the LAB/MSR 

manager can be used. 

Libraries 

Libraries prearranged to the usual application cases 

support the user to save time and costs when 

establishing the project (see Laboratory Automation 

Software, SL-GOPBIB, SL-MODBIBALR, SL- 

BIBRILK and EN/ISO 10628). 

Data Objects 

The following types of data points ( = data objects) 

are supported: 

� Input 

� Output 

� Variable 

� Text 

� Monitoring 

� Device Components 

Data points can be used for values and for parameters. 

Thus it is for example simply possible to 

change controller parameters dynamically with the 

program. 

Data points can be defined and administered on the 

different automation units (LAB/MSR Manager and 

display and control units (UI)). 

For each data point defaults for the diagram scaling 

and the format of numeric displays can be made. 

These defaults are taken over by the visualisation 

objects. 

Device components provide higher functionalities in 

the PI, e.g.: 

� application oriented controller 

� Integrators 

� Differentiators 

� Programmers 

� Device Communication etc. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

144 


All data objects are administrated in the onlinedatabase. 

Particular features of the online-database 

are: 

� Fastest known access mechanism at present 

� High throughput 

� Multi - Client / multi - server principle, 

expandable by further clients and servers 

Values, events, and text objects are stored in the 

history data base. For data reduction, only values 

which changed significantly are stored. This delta-x, 

delta-t procedure reduces the stored quantity of data 

to a minimum. 

Safety 

LabVision puts a special emphasis on safety. The 

Application Manager constantly checks all modules 

and alarms in case of a module failure, whereby the 

remaining general system remains stable. 

Numeric and other non-critical errors cause only 

error messages and can be treated by programming 

and do not obstruct the further operational sequence. 

HiText programs with formula errors cannot 

be started at all. 

LabVision protects, to a large extent, your parameterisation 

from errors when configuring and from 

faulty operation and incorrect input during the runtime. 

This is guaranteed, amongst others, by the 

bottom-up technique during the application establishment, 

the extensive use of prefabricated objects, 

as well as the examination of the input values. 

The access control with user administration prevents 

unintentional and unauthorised interventions. 

During a power failure, the system is shut down after 

completion of an emergency operation phase. 

The resource administration guarantees that during 

the definition of new data points, only available, i.e. 

existing, not already assigned interfaces are used. 

Deleting of a process becomes effective only after 

acknowledgement of at least one safety query. 

PI control programs are stored safely from 

interferences in the non volatile FLASH-memory. 

Even the value history can be buffered in the PI, in 

order to bridge brief failures of the UI (e.g. during 

maintenance and servicing), and to ensure a 

continuous documentation of the experiment/test 

data. The data is entered automatically with the reavailability 

of the UI. 


LabVision varies from conventional PLS in essential 

points. Especially significant in this regard are the 

relation to the capacity of the system, simple 

handling and transparency. 

Online Changeability 

One important feature is the capability of LabVision 

for online-configuration and online-parameterisation. 

It does not differentiate between construction phase 

and runtime. This means for you that, for example in 

case of an unplanned necessary intervention into 

the process or in the event of a malfunction, you do 

not need to shut down and reactivate your plant. 

This is the reason for the special suitability as FPLS 

for F & E applications in the laboratory or pilot plant 

stations. Conventional systems do not dispose of 

this ability. It is however indispensable for flexible 

and efficient operation in the laboratory or pilot plant 

stations. 

Visual Configuration Ability 

The visual configuration of interfaces of a LAB- 

Manager PNC is especially simple and comfortable. 

You are able to select the interface type, e.g. Pt 100, 

in a display of the available connection panel of your 

individually equipped LAB-Manager with the list 

selection field. The respectively suited free plug-in 

connections are marked. The programme proposes 

the first free plug-in connection via a blinking 

marking. You must now simply select the same or 

any other free connection by clicking on to it. 

The current and the historic values of the connected 

sensor are immediately available for visualisation 

and further processing. 

Even the connection of any random laboratory or 

analysis devices via serial interfaces can be realised 

in a simple way with the freely parameterisable 

NAMUR device component. 

The only data required to be entered into the entry 

mask are the interface parameters contained in the 

respective device manual. 


Module Overview 


LabLision is modularly structured. The LabVision 

basis module SL-CLABVIS can be equipped with the 

depicted modules. 

The basis module is equipped with 30 data points. 

The number of data points can be adjusted to the 

project size accordingly. The progression is 30, 100, 

180, 300, 560, 1000, 3000 and 10000 data points. 

Modules and data points can be upgraded at any 

time. This is conducted after clearance via the 

download from our website server or by forwarding a 

data carrier. 

Modules as Full Versions 

A LabVision license contains the free update 

authorisation for one year. Software versions 

adjusted to the respective client system can be 

requested via download from our website server. As 

soon as you are entered in our E-mail list, you will 

automatically be informed of available new software 

updates for your system. 

The base module can be extended using the 

following modules in full and light-Versions: 

Order Code Option / Function 

SL-HITEXT HiText- Multi-tasking Control and Online-Evaluation 

SL-EASYBATCH Table based Recipe control module 

SL-HIBATCH Recipe control module with graphical recipe process-editor 

SL-ACTIONTRACK ActinnTracker to record user activaties as EasyBatch program 

SL-REZGEN Recipe series generator 

SL-DIAPROT Dialog and Protocol forms with tables incl. graphics 

SL-ONLGRA Full version online charts with reference curve presentation, MDI-capable 

SL-SCHANA Full version analogue plotter, MDI-capable 

SL-SCHERE Event plotter 

SL-SCHPHA Phase plotter 

SL-BERICHT Full version process report, batch orientated 

SL-UEBMEL Full version monitoring and reporting 

SL-LABCAM LabCam, Digital Camera module, event controlled digital-photo documentation 

SL-DESIGN Worksheet designer 

SL-RIEDIT P&ID-Editor according to EN/ISO 10628 

SL-EXPORT Full version automatic data export and externally controlled 

SL-SELFIL Selectors and Filters 

SL-BENRECH Access monitoring with user administration 

SL-JOURNAL Parameterisable electronic laboratory notebook 

SL-MULTIBATCH HiBatch extension for parallel synthesis 

SL-MULTIPROJ Multiple starting of LabVision on one computer 

SL-LABVOICE Voice output for messages, alarms and HiText modules 

SL-EMLRUF Alarm call via e-mail (also suitable for text messages) 

SL-ALRRUF Alarm call via telephone call with voice message 

SL-PROJMOD Project modules generator and editor for LabVision 

SL-KALDAS3 KalDas 3.0 

SL-ANWINT Programmable interface for Visual-Basic, C++ or DELPHI 

SL-CLONLV Cloning tools for LabVision (parallel reactor system) 

SL-SWITCHER Administration of different versions of LabVision on one PC 

SL-HILIMS Laboratory information management system with local SQL Database 

SL-HILIMSSQL HiLIMS multi user server software without SQL server licence 

SL-PNKSIM Emulator for HiTec Pis (incl. HiSim) 

SL-WEBVIS Remote maintenance of active LabVision projects via TCP/IP 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

146 

Module as Light-Version 


Different modules are also available as a lightversion.Different 

modules are also available as a 

light-version. The Light versions are dimensioned so 

that they are sufficient in most cases. Modules in the 

full version and light version can be combined. 


SL-HITEXTL HiText light, 4 Programs each 100 lines 

SL-HIBATCHL Recipe Control-Module light with max. 20 steps 

SL-ONLGRAL Online charts light, 2 diagram pages each 8 curves 

SL-SCHANAL Analogue Plotter light with 2 plot pages each 8 curves 

SL-SCHEREL Event Plotter light (without hints) 

SL-SCHPHAL Phase Plotter light (max. 3 phases) 

SL-DESIGNL Designer light, one worksheet with max. 400 Visualisation-Objects 

SL-RIEDITL P&ID-Editor light, one worksheet with max. 120 Visualisation-Objects 

SL-WEBVISL WebVision light, only multi plotter visualisation 

SL-HILIMSL Single-User HiLIMS licence with local SQL database (max. 4 GB) 

LAB/MSRmanager PI-Module 


SF-PIDxx xx = 4, 8, 16, 24, 32, or 64 PID controller or application oriented device components 

SF-HICONx x = 1, 2 ,4 or 8 fully adaptive controller 

SF-NAMSERxx NAMUR driver for xx = 4, 8, 16, 32, 64 or 128 serial interfaces 

SF-AWL Instruction List EN 61131 PLC Module , including Programming Desktop 

SF-AWLPLUS Extended Instruction List Module with structured Text in HiText-orinted Syntax 

SF-HITUNE Automatic parameterisation for PID controllers 

SF-ANWTAB User defined linearisation table 

SF-DATLOG Data Logger Function, Data Buffering in the PI in case of UI Failure 

SF-PNKMSR Serveral PI’s at one computer 

External PI Drivers 


SL-PNKPERF PI-Driver for Braun Perfusor 

SL-PNKSPS PI-Driver for Siemens S5/S7, 3964(R) protocol and AEG Modicon 

SL-PNKLASENTEC PI-Driver for Lasentec FBRM - particle systems 

SL-PNKMTRx PI-Driver for Metrohm titrators (x = 1, 2, 4, 8 Devices) 

SL-FREMDPNK LabVision access module for solely foreign-PI systems (with Dongle) 

SL-PNKOPC PI-Diver for OPC-DA (Version 1+2), OPC-Client 

SL-PNKDDE PI-Driver for DDE data exchange 

SL-PNKMBUSSER PI-Driver for ModBus devices over serial PC interface 

Further PI drivers e.g. ProfiBUS- and CANBUS-systems are available upon request. 

Miscellaneous 


SL-TELES Remote maintenance 

Libraries 


SL-GOPBIB Basis Operation Library 

SL-MICROBIB Base for Ehrfeld Library (Microbib Content) 

SL-MODBIBALR Project Module Library for Designer, Full Version 

SL-BIBRILK Glass and Laboratory Devices Library for P&ID-Editor 

Notice: Software which is allocated to products, like KalDas is to Reaction Calorimetry, can be found in the 

according chapters of the respective products. 


The LabVision Base Module 


The LabVision base module is the minimum software 

configuration of the LabVision program system. 

It is sufficient for systems with small application statistics 

and a small degree of automation. It can be 

equipped with the upgrade modules in full or light 

versions. The number of data points can be extended. 

This is conducted after clearance via the download 

from our website server or by forwarding a data 

carrier. A LabVision license has a one year's free 

update authorisation. 

A minimum or demo version of some of the modules 

can be found in the base module. The base module 

is equipped with 30 data points and contains the 

functions: 


SL-LABVIS LabVision base module with 30 data points 

System Requirements 

LabVision demands the following minimum 

requirements from the UI: 

� Single-Core CPU 

� 1 GB RAM (Vista), 

� 1 GB free hard drive space 

� Windows-Vista or Windows-XP 

� 2 button mouse 

� 1 x serial port or USB2Serial connector 

� Configuring and Parameterising 

� Monitoring and reporting of alarms, without 

reactions and long text messages 3 predefined 

message classes 

� Designer limited to one worksheet and 30 

visualisation objects 

� P&ID-Editor limited to 50 graphic objects 

� Online charts limited to 8 curves, one page 

� Analogue plotter limited to 8 curves and one 

axis 

� Progress report basic features 

� HiText limited to one program and 30 lines 

� Device components for HiTec PIs 

� Demo project module samples 

� Data export in text or table files, limited to 

manual start 

� System in German and/or English 

LabVision is tested exclusively on HiTec Zang UI. 

Perfect function is not guaranteed on other machines. 

Absolute necessary safe shutting down of the 

data base in the case of power failure can only be 

guaranteed with HiTec Zang UIs and UPSs. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

148 

The Multi-Plotter System 


The multi-plotter is an innovative, integrated plotting 

system. It displays, clarity and consistency not seen 

until now, current and historical process conditions in 

the form of values (analogue plotters), events (event 

plotters) and process phases (phase plotters). 

The diagram can be printed out directly, or can be 

inserted into documents using the clipboard. 

The presented period can be changed manually, 

over a worksheet or a HiText program. 

The presented values can be directly exported to 

spreadsheet programs. 

The Analogue Plotter 

The analogue plotter presents the analogue values 

as curves. It can plot up to forty pages with 8 curves 

on up to 8 axes each. The representation can be 

randomly spread and zoomed. 

When reading off values, you are supported by 

the read-off cursor in the form of a vertical line. 

With a mouse-click you set the position which will be 

read off. The values can be read directly at the 

cursor or in the allocated table column below the 

diagram window. 

With the delta-t trend cursor, you set the trend 

display interval. In the column Value Table Trend 

you can directly read off the trend for each curve. 

The analysis cursor supports you during graphic 

analysis with min, max, average and gradient etc.. 

Significant curve sections can be highlighted with a 

text comment after clicking on to them. 

The plotter can be configured online, i.e. you can 

create new curves and modify all settings at any 

time. The curves can optionally also be displayed, 

either linear or logarithmically, un-smoothed or 

smoothed. 

Time domains of interest can be retrieved in many 

ways. In connection with the export module, the 

presented pen recorder page can be passed for 

numeric value export to the export module (e.g. via 

Excel) with a mouse click. 


SL-SCHANA Analogue plotter (MDI), 40 pages with each 8 curves 

SL-SCHANAL Analogue plotter light, 1 window limited to 2 plotting pages with each 8 curves 


The Event Plotter 


The event plotter provides a symbolic explanation of 

monitored events, messages, comments etc. Each 

occurring event is displayed with its own symbol. 

If the mouse cursor is moved over an event symbol, a 

popup will appear that will display all important 

information to the event. 

If you click on an event symbol, the progress report is 

opened and the appropriate plain text message with 

source note is displayed. 


SL-SCHERE Event plotter with clear text indication window and additional option 

SL-SCHEREL Event plotter light, no hint-function (no clear text indication window) 

The Phase Plotter 

The phase plotter provides a visualisation of the 

temporal operational sequence, e.g. the process 

phases or the sequence of recipe steps. 

It enables the direct allocation of the value curves 

and events to the phases (defined in plain text). 


SL-SCHPHA Phase Plotter 

SL-SCHPHAL Phase Plotter light, limited to 3 parallel phases 

The Progress Report 

If the mouse cursor is directed at a phase bar, a 

popup will appear that contains information to the 

event. Per mouseclick on to a phase bar, the 

according period in the process record will be 

opened. 


SL-BERICHT Progress Report, batch orientated extended search possibility 

In the progress report all events, values or parameters 

are recorded, the presentation of which as a 

curve would not be useful or not possible. These 

include comments from the operator, process messages 

and monitoring reports including their respective 

text information, pictures, and LabCam Videos. 

With the help of the many filter possibilities, you can 

also select the respective interesting information fast 

and safely even out of many thousands of entries. 

Where required, the progress report also delivers 

the batch protocol. 

The report can also be printed or exported to 

EXCEL. 

Note: The basic program only contains a progress 

report with simple search, export and filter 

possibilities. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

150 

The Online Chart 


The online charts represent xt-diagrams. In contrast 

to the analogue plotters, the curves are drawn 

in the diagram on the left-hand side. The time axis 

can be marked alternatively with absolute time or 

relative to the start time, i.e. beginning with zero. 

An insertable read-off cursor supports easy 

reading off of the values. 

For online or offline comparisons, historical values 

or calculated values can be inserted as curves. 

For online and offline comparison, it is possible to 

blend in the historic values or calculated setpoints 

as curves. These reference curves can be preset 

out of recorded LabVision data values or Excel 

data files. 

Current Value 

Set Points 

The graphics can be printed out directly or be 

pasted into documents from the clip board. 

Additionally, the event and phase plotters can be 

viewed. The diagrams can be marked with a title. 

A memo can also be inserted for additional 

information. 

The starting time, representation period, heading 

and additional text as well as phase texts can be 

set manually or by a HiText program. 

The online charts module offers 40 pages with 

respectively up to eight curves. 

Respectively one axis can be placed on the right or 

left side of the diagram. 


SL-ONLGRA Full version Online charts with reference curve presentation, MDI-capable 

SL-ONLGRAL Online charts light, limited to 2 diagrams each of 8 curves, no reference curves 


Display and Control Graphics 


Your system can be driven completely from the 

display and control pictures in manual operation. 

Therefore external display and control elements 

are unnecessary. 

Even operators not educated in detail with the 

system are immediately able to find the significant 

elements and can arrange the displayed values 

directly. 

Due to the clear presentation, the operation is to a 

large extent self-explanatory. The operating 

possibilities can be limited user specifically. 

Therefore, also lesser qualified shift personnel can 

be made familiar with the operation with little time 

expenditure. 

The design scope is virtually limitless. The functionality 

is extraordinarily versatile: e.g. each of the 

display and control objects explains itself with a 

freely generateable text message, if the mouse 

cursor moves over the object. 

Even the control philosophy can be set. You have 

the choice between control objects, which can be 

operated directly, e.g. by clicking on to them with 

the mouse, or control objects, which must first be 

opened by clicking a (hand) symbol, to exclude 

inadvertent operation. 

Critical values can additionally be provided with an 

acknowledgement window. By depositing user 

definable RTF-formatted text and diagrams via 

popups, complex operating instructions or maintenance 

instructions can be blended in as an 

additional help next to the operating and display 

elements. 

The Designer 

The designer is your tool for setting display and 

control views (process pictures), protocol forms, 

operating panels for devices etc.. 

In addition you do not need any special know-how 

or programming knowledge. Larger plant pictures 

can be distributed on several sides. 

In order to make your plant flow sheet "dynamic" 

you only need to draw the desired display and 

control objects on the worksheet and link with the 

appropriate data points. In the library provided you 

find everything from the trip switch to the pointer 

instrument. The visualisation objects indicate not 

only the value of the connected data point, but 

visualise also limiting and warning value violations 

by flashing symbols. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

152 


Data point names and physical units are 

automatically blended in and the settings of the 

display range etc. are automatically assigned from 

the associated data points. 

Also, complex dialogue elements like e.g. forms for 

inputting experimental parameters with save and 

load functions or with a symbol, minimizable 

control panels can be simply created without any 

programming. 

A freely expandable library of pre-defined display 

and control panels is included in the delivery. 

In connection with prefabricated project modules 

(see project modules), you gain immediately 

deployable visualisation objects which are already 

linked with the according inputs/outputs and 

component devices. Complete sub-projects, 

respectively plant basis operations can be set up 

and visualised in this manner with one mouse click. 

The used control and display components are 

constantly advanced and are updated to the 

current windows technology. 

In addition to the standard display and control 

objects, the Designer offers complex elements, like 

e.g. 

� registers for organising and grouping of 

extensive visualisations 

� panels for saving and loading of all values in a 

group of elements 

� dynamic assignment of screen position 

� dynamic blending in/out of visualisation objects 

You can create your own reusable combined 

visualisation objects and add them to the library. 

With application oriented device components 

typical automation specific basic functions and 

basic unit operatoins will be realises. The are e.g 

� Dosing 

� Vacuuum control and 

� reactor inside temperature control 

Thus a dosing circuit will be realised with a dosing 

device component, a balance and a pump 

connected to a LabManager. Instead of a balance 

a GraviDos weighing cell and instead of a pump a 

valve can be used. 

Up to now this functionality could only be 

established using a PID-controller with a programm 

or a ramping device component. This demanded 

instrumental and control knowledge to realise and 

parameterise the controller. 

The application oriented dosing device 

components on the other hand contain the 

complete controlling functionality including an 

option to refill receiver tank without interrupting the 

dosing. The parameterisation of the controller and 

therefore the biggest and most time consuming 

problem in general is completely omitted. The 

project modules are based on these application 

oriented device components. 

Further information can be found under PI- 

Firmware-Modules. 


SL-DESIGN Designer 

SL-DESIGNL Designer light, limited to 1 worksheet with 400 visualisation objects 


LabVision ® Project Modules 


Establishment of Automation Projects in Record Time! 

The LabVision Project Module Technology marks a 

new generation of automation software of yet unknown 

user-friendliness and functionality. 

Project modules enable the visual establishment of 

projects with preconditioned, ready to function modules 

per Drag and Drop Technology. This means 

that a project is established by moving the required 

modules of the needed functionalities out of a 

browser window on to the work sheet. 

Project modules are combined out of different 

LabVision objects, e.g.: 

� Data Points 

� Device Components 

� Operating Objects 

� Visualisation Objects 

� Monitoring Objects 

� HiText Programmes 

� Pen Recorders etc. 

Completed project modules of the most common 

configurations are available as a library. These 

merely require to be adjusted to the hardware 

equipment in the course of importing. This significantly 

shortens the development period for 

projects. 

Examples: 

Reactor Rectification Column 

Dosing Module Tempering Unit 

Stirring Drive Stirrer Blade 

Distillate Weighing Vacuum Control 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

154 


Due to a library administration of the generated 

project modules, it is possible to easily secure and 

transmit various work statuses of a module in a 

compressed data file analogue to LabVision Project 

Administration. 

A gravimetric dosing module, for example, consists 

of a dosing regulator, the data points for the scales, 

pump and cut-off valve, the respective monitoring 

and the graphic display and operating objects. In 

comparison to conventional work procedures, the 

project establishment time shrinks from a few days 

to a few, which is especially effective in case of 

frequently changing assemblies to a point where the 

expenditure in time and effort can be neglected. 

Even users with limited automation experience can 

securely establish a demanding automation project. 

The project modules bring along the required 

process measurement and control functions and 

visualisation elements. This means that the data 

points, for the inputs and outputs, the control 

components, the user interface etc, are 

automatically applied and can be immediately 

deployed. 

An Example: 

A 1 litre plant with a stirred reactor, a gravimetric 

dosing, vacuum control, rectification and distillate 

weighing is intended for automation. 

The required modules are merely pulled over from 

the browser window on to the work sheet. 

A display for operating and monitoring combined out 

of the project modules then looks as follows: 

After the parameters of the regulator modules, for 

temperature, dosing and vacuum have been set with 

the help of the automatic parameterisation function, 

the plant can already be run via the operating display 

in flow chart presentation. 

The performance of the project module is illustrated 

in the following example. The projected screen has 

been created in under 10 minutes. 

The ALR (Automatic Laboratory Reactor) Project 

Module Library contains all required modules for the 

automation project establishment of a flexible 

laboratory reactor system: 

� Temperature Regulation cascade with 

Thermostat 

� Gravimetric or volumetric Dosing 

� Solid Dosing 

� Vacuum Regulation 

� pH Regulation 


� Rectification 

� Crystallisation 

� Hydration 

� Phase Separation 

� Sample collector 

� Stirring etc. 

A project established on the basis of a project 

module library is HiBatch compatible. This means 

that it can be used as a basis for the recipe control 

system and the basis operation library. 

Already deployed modules are marked in colour in 

the project module browser of the library. 

The modules can be shared, so that e.g. an 

expansion by further dosing circuits can be easily 

realised. 

The data points for the connection of the required 

scales, pumps, and valves are applied automatically. 

The technical documentation can be established 

automatically by the push of a button. 

The context menus of the individual modules, which 

can be reached by pressing the mouse on the right 



side, contain a graphic display of the connection 

panels of the LabManager, which then displays on to 

which plug-in positions the required instrumenting 

components, such as scales, stirrer drive, 

thermostat, valves etc. need to be connected. 

The user interface is extremely functional. By 

clicking on to the hand symbols of the operating 

objects the parameterising dialogues are opened. 

This prevents that unintended operation actions are 

triggered unintentional mouse clicks. 

As the project modules are based on the standard 

design objects, they can be randomly arranged or 

Projectmodule Libraries: 

extended/upgraded by the user. The module library 

is aligned to HiTec Zang instruments and laboratory 

devices, but can also easily be adapted to other 

components. 

► 

Projecting could not be easier! 


SL-MODBIBALR ALR-Project Module Library for Designer, Full Version. 

All project modules of the light library and additionally 

- Stirring misc. actuators (Output of a setpoint rm to a stirrer and torque display) 

- volumetric dosing with analogue controlled pump 

- gravimetric surge dosing with GraviDos (Demands: amount) 

- gravimetric amount dosing with GraviDos (Demands: amount, time) 

- gravimetric flow rate dosing with GraviDos (Demands: dosing rate, time) 

- gravimetric conti dosing with GraviDos (Vorgabe: dosing rate) 

- Destillation (Destillation with jacket temperature control) 

- Rectification (multilevel destillative seperation) 

- Christalisation 

- Gasing with MFC 

- Flow rate counter/Integrator for gas meter and flow through sensor 

- Calotrend (simple online Flow-calorimetry) 

- Titration 

- Filling 

SL-MODBIBALRL ALR-Project Module Library light for Designer 

- pumping with LabDos and SyrDos 

- pH_control (pH-value-control for base and/or acid dosing) 

- Inerting (establish inerte atmosphere by continued vacuumation / inerting) 

- volumetric dosing with LabDos a. SyrDos 

- gravimetric surge dosing with GraviDos (Demands: amount) 

- gravimetric amount dosing with GraviDos (Demands: amount, time) 

- gravimetric flow rate dosing with GraviDos (Demands: dosing rate, time) 

- gravimetric conti dosing with GraviDos (Vorgabe: dosing rate) 

- temperature control with thermostat and temperature cascade controller 

- SoliDos (Solid dosing with SoliDos) 

- Stirring with ViscoPakt (Output of a setpoint to a stirrer and torque display) 

- Inerting (Inlet of intergas) 

- Vacuum control 

- Reflux destillation 

- Automatic phase seperation with PhaSep 

- Automatic sample taking and filling with AutoSam and LabDos or SyrDos 


SL-PROJMOD Project Module Generator (Generation of Project Modules) 

SL-MODBIBALR ALR-Project Module Library for Designer, Full Version. 

SL-MODBIBALRL ALR-Project Module Library light for Designer with Dosing, Tempering, Stirring, Vacuum 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

156 

P&ID-Editor 


The P&ID-Editor Software Module for LabVision 

(modulename RI-Editor) is mainly identical with the 

stand-alone Version RiCAD. In LabVision, it is possible 

to dynamise the piping and instrumentation 

diagram (P&ID) with the Designer, this means provide 

the same with display and operating elements, 

and use them as user interfaces. 

The P&ID-Editor (linked in to the Designer) was 

specially developed for drawing control flow sheets 

according to the EN ISO 10628 standard. It serves 

for the creation of the static background images of 

display and control diagrams. 

In the tool palette you will find all the necessary 

drawing tools. 

This tool can also be expediently put to use during 

the planning stage for „standard conforming“ 

drawing of the plant. 

The library elements contain additional information, 

which can be freely expanded by e.g. suppliers or 

with maintenance information. 

Universities and other educational institutions may 

request a free RI-CAD version including library! 


SL-RIEDIT Piping and instrumentation diagram (P&ID) Editor 

SL-RIEDITL Piping and instrumentation diagram (P&ID) Editor Iight, limited to one worksheet with max. 

120 graphic objects 

Laboratory Components Library 

The library SL-BIBRILK for the P&ID-Editor contains 

presentations of the components in a laboratory 

reactor system which are more detailed and more 

realistic than in the EN ISO 10628 library for the 

P&ID-Editor. 

Here you will find the glass reactors in varying 

constructions and sizes and glass devices like reflux 

separators, coolers, containers etc. also other lab 

devices in a descriptive form. 


SL-BIBRILK Glass and lab devices library for P&ID-Editor 


Monitoring and Reporting 


In the register monitoring/reporting you are able to 

define your monitoring conditions and different 

reporting options. 

If one of the specified monitoring conditions is 

fulfilled, this is entered in the monitoring report 

(extended alarm journal) and in the progress report, 

as is the going and the acknowledging of the 

monitored event. 

Extended Monitoring and Reporting Module 

Complex plants require sophisticated, flexible alarm 

strategies. For this reason the extended alarm 

module was developed. In this way, various reactions 

to limit and warning value violations can be 

established by the user. 

As monitoring conditions, beyond the usual static 

comparisons of limit and warning values, dynamic 

comparisons between data points or fault conditions, 

e.g. conductor breakage, can be set. 

Both the message and the confirmation are recorded. 

In case of important alarms a horn, for example, 

can be switched on or a control program can be 

started for the selective processing of the incident. 

Certain notifications of emergency can alternatively 

be shown delayed. 


SL-UEBMEL Extended monitoring and reporting module 

In the message report, the danger and warning 

messages are listed and acknowledged, if necessary. 

In the lower table window, the current messages are 

always indicated. The upper table is for acknowledging. 

As needed, it can be filtered and scrolled, 

in order to show previous messages outside of the 

represented range. 

Projectable message categories make it possible to 

establish the message behaviour of the categories 

centrally 

� Danger report 

� Warning report 

� Operation report 

and optionally user-defined message categories. 

The standard version is part of the LabVision Basic 

Module. 

For a better overview, the user can have the notifications 

of emergencies sorted, e.g. according to the 

message time. 

Alarms and messages, as well as acknowledgement 

requiring and non-acknowledgement requiring 

messages are differentiated. 

� User defined report categories 

� Long text reports 

� Complex alarm handling by control program 

As an addition for this module, telephone, fax, and 

E-mail are available. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

158 

Multi-LabCam System 


Certain process conditions and events can be best 

documented photographically. Examples are collections 

of turbidity, colour change, precipitation, etc.. 

The modern server system architecture permits the 

integration of several different image sources 

(LabCams, Videostreams etc.) which can be 

provided by the own PC or by completely different 

computers. 

The LabCam module offers the possibility to document 

visual procedures automatically event-controlled 

or in programmed intervals and by manual triggering 

as digital pictures or videos. The digital pictures 

are inserted reduced in size into the progress 

report. 

A photo in full size or the recorded video is displayed 

by clicking with the mouse. The current live images 

can be integrated in work sheets and are also available 

in WebVision Modules for remote diagnostics 

without restriction. 

The image files are freely available for further use. 

� Documentation of visual statuses and events 

� Monitoring of the system from the office 

� Visual remote monitoring 

Cameras with a higher resolution are available upon 

request. Individual cameras (only photo function, 

without video recording function, as well as without 

programmable image trigger or WebVision support) 

can also be connected directly to the LabVision 

computer without the auxiliary module depicted 

above. 

A Multi-LabCam generates completely new 

possibilities! 


SL-LABCAM LabCam, Digital-Camera Module, event controlled digital-photo and video documentation 

CP-DIGICAM1 Digital-Camera, resolution 640 x 480 points, color 

CP-DIGICAM2 Digital-Camera, resolution 1024 x 768 points, color 

Telephone-Alarm Call 

With the help of the telephone alarm call module, 

telephone calls can be triggered automatically with 

defined events. Event-dependent, one or several 

texts can be announced. In addition, the announcement 

of current measured values is possible. 

A library of letters, numbers and standard words are 

included. Optionally, further words and complete 

sentences can be added customer-specifically. 

In a control program, one or more telephone 

numbers can be called as a reaction to a certain 

event e.g. staff on call during plant disturbance or 

the service personnel after completion of batch can 

be called and the appropriate message announced 

in plain language. 


SL-ALRRUF Telephone alarm call with speech output 

Furthermore, it is possible, depending on date and 

time, to activate different call numbers, so that an 

on-call service can be arranged in advance even 

over several days. If unexpected deviations arise, 

e.g. as a result of illness, the settings can also be 

changed by remote maintenance. 

The confirmation of the received call is entered in to 

the progress report by key code. 

☞ Required is the option SL-HITEXT(L) 


E-mail Alarm 


E-mail messages, as prepared event-dependent 

texts, can be sent to different e-mail addresses and 

forwarded to you mobile phone as text message 


SL-EMLRUF Alarm Call by E-mail 

Control and Online-Evaluation 

In the field of control and online evaluation, 

LabVision is a class of its own. Available are the 

graphical recipe procedure control EasyBatch and 

HiBatch, the plain text language HiText, Instruction 

List according to EN 61131, and AWLplus with 

structured text in HiText-oriented syntax (see PI- 

Firmware Modules) and the device components (see 

LabManager-System, System Construction). This 

offer considers the realisation, that depending upon 

your problem definition, each programming type 

disposes of its special specific suitability. 

HiText The Universal Text Language 

HiText is a plain text language for control, onlineevaluation 

and communication. HiText was developed 

in cooperation with users from the chemical 

industry with the aim to achieve a self explanatory 

and self-documenting language, useful for everyone. 

As also users with no programming experience are 

able to learn HiText in a short time, the language 

enjoys highest acceptance, in particular for the 

applications in laboratories and pilot stations. 

The module contains a comfortable editor with many 

helpful functions, a multitasking capable interpreter 

and a process visualisation tool with debugging 

assistant. 

The syntax check takes place direct during the input. 

by the control program as a reaction to certain 

incidents. 

☞ 

Required is the option SL-HITEXT(L) and an 

internet access. 

Programming of Algorithms 

Algorithms are best programmed in HiText with 

English key words. Example: Calculations, 

programmed relationships (If..., then...). 

In the German version, German language elements 

are used instead. 

Programming Processes/Recipes 

Processes/Recipes can be programmed in text form 

in HiText, table based in EasyBatch or graphically as 

HiBatch sequences to NAMUR and EN/IEC 

standards. 

Errors are underlined and are clearly marked. Only 

formal error free programs can be started. 

For the calculation of mathematical expressions 

there are, apart from the basic functions, all 

important mathematical functions available. Setpoint 

value specifications for controllers can be created 

with random progression (Profile). 

The common control types 

� Logic control 

� Process control 

� Timing control 

can be implemented also in mixed form. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

160 


HiText is multitasking capable, i.e. several programs 

can run at the same time. Therefore you can clearly 

separate different tasks such as process control, 

monitoring, executing necessary reactions, online 

analysis etc. and retain the overview even in complex 

projects. 

For example, specifications of temperature ramps do 

not have to laboriously be interwoven in a single 

sequential program during simultaneous monitoring 

of a pH and a temperature window. Rather, each 

individual function is formulated as its own program, 

whereby in particular the re-usability of modules and 

the long-term maintainability are ensured. 

A HiText program is self-explanatory and self-documenting, 

so that you can attach it directly as documentation 

of the process cycle to your GMP or GLP 

documents. 

You can follow, interrupt, start and end the program 

progression online in the editor window. The values 

can even be changed during the run-time. In addition, 

you can also use variables instead of numbers, 

the values of which are allocated using the 

dialog forms or files. 

If necessary, a HiText program can co-operate with a 

subordinate PLC, an IEC 61131 IL-PI control program 

or device components and take over the 

function of a superordinate group control level. 

Common data points (variables) enable an uncomplicated 

data exchange with the PI. 

Beyond that, the modules of the HiBatch basic 

operations library are written in HiText. The user can 


SL-HITEXT HiText Full version 

SL-HITEXTL HiText light, max. 4 Programs each 100 lines 

therefore program new unit operations themselves 

and extend the library. 

HiText Language Elements 

The tab card language elements contain the 

available commands. 

You create a HiText program, by dragging the language 

elements or instructions simply with the 

mouse into the word processor window or by entering 

them directly using the keyboard. 

In the tab card functions you will find functions of the 

areas: arithmetics, trigonometry, text, and time/date. 

These functions support the implementation of 

online analysis programs and timing control etc. 

The following program example shows you how 

easily HiText is to understand and to apply: 

The command lines Output "...." to Report create the 

following entries in the progress report, which are 

automatically provided with a time stamp. 

This short example can only offer a first impression 

of the user-friendliness and only a small section of 

the capabilities of HiText and LabVision. 


Dialogue and Protocol forms 


Protocol forms with display and input objects, 

diagrams, graphics, switches etc. can be created 

with the graphical editor, without even having to 

program a single line. These forms can not only be 

used for online-presentation of the data, but also as 

an extension to printed documents. 

Together with HiText you can automatically evaluate 

your experiment and present it directly in a suitable 

form. 

To every diagram there is a value table, which 

contains all the presented values and using the 

HiText program or manually this can be edited for 

further use. 

The form of the diagrams can be adjusted and fitted 

in many ways: 

� Multi axis, x-t, x-y 

� Multi-curves 

� Multi-diagram 

� Curve attribute lines, plot symbols 

� Fill areas 

� Subsidiary Lines 

� Linear or logarithmic scaling 

� Auto scaling 


SL-DIAPROT HiText Dialog and Protocol forms with diagram and tables 

The dialog and protocol masks are also being used 

within the electronic laboratory journal. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

162 


EasyBatch and ActionTracker- Table-based Recipe Control 

Recipe Control – The easy Way! 

EasyBatch 

Reproducibility and clear documentation of a test 

procedure are the requirements to assure quality 

and to reduce development times. This can only 

be reached in the scope of reasonable expenditure 

through automation of the procedure already in the 

research laboratory. Up to now, only the text-based 

language HiText or the graphical sequential function 

chart Hibatch were available for programming. 

As a new option of unmatched simplicity, EasyBatch 

is now available. EasyBatch enables uncomplicated 

table-based and and self-documenting 

programming. The operation can be conducted on 

an intuitive basis. EasyBatch can also be used in 

combination with the manual operation mode and 

ensures reproducibility in an easy manner. 

EasyBatch is even simpler to handle as HiText and 

HiBatch and is in particular suited for the 

programming of processes of simple to medium 

complexity. 

EasyBatch is also ideally suited for the control of 

fermenters, microreaction technology plants, and 

robots. 

An own table column is provided for all parameters 

and values, such as times and amounts, intended 

for regulation. The first column contains the order to 

be performed. In the simplest case, a programme 

only consists of set and wait orders. It represents 

recipe establishment without the necessity of 

programming knowledge and a minimum 

expenditure of time. 

� More time for Core Tasks due to a more 

efficient Mode of Operation 

� Automatic Test Control , also during the Night 

and Weekends 

� Modification of the Programme Parameters 

and the Procedure also during the actual Run 

Time is possible 

� Ideal Documentation due to consistent and 

complete Recording of Measurement Values, 

Sequences, Events and manual Interventions 

� Supports the GLP and GMP-conform 

Operation Mode 

Command Description 

Wait Programme waits until the time set in the parameter column hh:mm:ss has expired before executing next line 

Wait for Programme waits for the fulfillment of the condition in the the parameter column before executing next line 

Wait until Programme waits until /for the stated date or time before executing next line 

Set Allocates the respective values stated in the current line to the data points stated in the column head 

Ramp Establishes ramps for all setpoint values in the time stated in the parameter column to the end values stated in the 

current line 

Start Starts the HiText programme stated in the parameter column 

Stop Stops the HiText programme stated in the parameter column 

Pause Interrupts the HiText programme stated in the parameter column 

If Branches out to the stated programme line, if the condition in the parameter column is fulfilled 

Continue if Branches out without condition to the programme line stated in the column „line“ 

Acknowledge Opens a window containing the message stated in the parameter column and interrupts the programme until the 

operator acknowledges (click on to OK) 

Full flexibility is reached through further commands 

such as „Wait until“, „Ramp“, If , The 

table listed below, depicts the commands in detail. 

As a special solution, HiText programmes can be 

integrated into the procedure, which are controlled 

with the programme Start/Stop/Pause. 



The command parameters, such as time intervals, 

conditions, e.g. "pH > 6,5" or a HiText programme 

name are entered into the parameter column. The 

last column, if necessary, serves for the entry of 

comments by the operator for relevant information 

which can not be automatically captured. 

In the MultiWriter, occurring events, values and 

sequence phases are consistently presented. 

A batch protocol containing all events, operation 

interventions, value modifications etc., can be 

established and archived automatically in HiLIMS. 

This warrants for the ideal backup of test results and 

reproducibility at any time. 

The LabVision Project Modules represent the ideal 

basis for EasyBatch. The deployed modules 

automatically allocate the EasyBatch programme 

table so that the laboratory work can be immediately 

commenced after a project has been established. 

The EasyBatch Module is therefore the ideal tool to 

automate frequently changing applications with 

minimum expenditure. 

ActionTracker Action Recorder 

The operator operates the plant manually with the 

help of the operating screen. All setpoint value 

modifications are automatically recorded in the table. 

All value modifications are added as a line of the 

table by the ActionRecorder. Consequently, there is 

a clear and reproducible description of the actual 

procedure in table form available at the end of each 

process. In other words: A workable programme is 

automatically established by the operating activities 

of the operator without the necessity of any further 

action. 

The chain of activities recorded in table form can 

now be automatically repeated without any further 

effort. It is possible, during the run time or before the 

repeated start of the table, to enter intervals, 

setpoints, comments, conditions etc. 

Usually, before repeated execution, the table is 

edited to consolidate the same. Setpoints which 

were modified shortly after another can be 

summarised in one line and certain operatorsupported 

tasks such as the reaching of a certain 

value (in this case: Wait pH > 7) can be integrated 

into the programme. 

If values are modified by the operator during 

realisation, the table is automatically accordingly 

adjusted. This ensures that the procedure is 

documented and reproducable 100% at any given 

time. 


SL-EASYBATCH Table-based Recipe Control 

SL-ACTIONTRACK ActionTracker for the Recording of Operation Activities as EasyBatch Programme 

Remark: EasyBatch and ActionTracker require SL-HITEXT(L) and SL-DIAPROT. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

164 


HiBatch Recipe Control and Administration 

Reproducibility and clear documentation of an 

experimental process are the conditions for 

increased quality and shortening of development 

times. The basis for this is the automation of the 

procedure even in the development laboratory. 

The recipe module HiBatch, available as extension 

to HiText, enables the creation of recipe flow 

diagrams by linking unit operations with the help of a 

graphical recipe editor. HiBatch is even simpler to 

handle than HiText. Even complex recipe flow diagrams 

can be created to IEC and NAMUR norms in 

clear form with minimum time expenditure. By 

clicking an operation in the flow diagram you open 

the appropriate dialog form, in order to input parameters 

and values such as quantities and times. 

A unit operation can be used several times, also 

parallel or at the same time. The process plan is 

checked and executed automatically. The active 

steps are colour indicated and freely selectable 

control values are displayed directly in the flow 

diagram. 

Whole experiment series can be run automatically in 

series on one reactor or parallel on multiple reactors. 

With a unit operation library to the NAMUR standard, 

application of the recipe control program HiBatch 

gives you a number of further advantages: 

� Recipe creation without programming 

knowledge in minimum time 

� More time for qualified base activities from 

more efficient work methods 

� Automatic experiment control, also over night 

and at the weekend 

� Changing of program parameters and the 

procedure even possible during runtime 

� Optimal documentation by complete 

recording of measurement data, procedures, 

events and manual intrusion 

� Simplified and safe transfer of the EMSR- 

Know-How from the lab to pilot plant and the 

production stage 

� Supports the GLP and GMP suited methods 

The input parameters are checked with freely 

definable plausibility criteria and if necessary, 

corrected. The parameter sets can be saved for 

further future use. 

Also for running recipe process control, you can still 

change the parameters and temporarily interrupt the 

process at any time, e.g. for manual actions. 



Thanks to the open programming in HiText the 

system can be added to without problems using 

preloaded and saved functionalities, e.g. a scaling 

function for the basis recipe, automatic 

parameterisation of whole series of experiments, 

automated evaluation, or administration of the 

parameters and results. 

You can write your own basic operations with HiText 

or make use of the basic operations library (SL- 

GOPBIB). For the establishment of special basic 

operations you may call upon our respective 

services offered. 

In the multi-plotter, events, values, and process 

phases are consistently presented. 

A batch protocol with all events, operator 

interventions, value changes etc. is automatically 

established. This guarantees an optimal 

reproducibility of the process even after manual 

interventions. 

The electronic laboratory journal eJournal and the 

laboratory information management system HiLIMS 

complete HiBatch. They create a consitent process 

chain from the contract to the control of the complete 

R&D process to the final report. 

For simpler applications EasyBatch might be of 

choice. 

Note: HiBatch requires HiText. 


SL-HIBATCH Recipe control module with graphical editor 

SL-HIBATCHL Recipe control module with graphical editor, Light-Version, limited to 20 steps 

SL-HIBATCHAP Recipe control module with graphical editor for closed basic operations library 

SL-HIBATCHRT Recipe control runtime module, limited to running and parameterisation of recipe process 

plans 

Additionally recommende modules: 


SL-GOPBIB HiTec Basic Operations Library for HiBatch 

SL-GOPBIBL HiTec Basic Operations Library Light for HiBatch 

SL-SCHERE Event plotter 

SL-SCHPHA Phase Plotter 

SL-BERICHT Extenderter Ablaufbericht mit Batch/Rezeptur-Filter 

SL-JOURNAL Parametrierbares elektronisches eLabor-Journal 

SL-HILIMSL Single-User HiLIMS licence with local SQL database (max. 4 GB) 

SL-HILIMS Laboratory information management system with external SQL-database 

Please note our discounted 

Software packages with their proven module collection. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

166 

Basic Operations Library 


With the HiTec Zang basic operations library you 

have a tool at hand, with which you can respond 

quickly and flexibly to continuous new demands. 

The progress program is arranged out of standard 

components. Therefore, even a synthesis of high 

complexity can be programmed with minimum time 

expenditure. 

The elements of the basic operations library are 

written in the self-documenting language HiText. 

Therefore you can make randomly many individual 

adjustments by changing the control program. 

Likewise, you can also edit the dialogue forms with a 

comfortable Designer where necessary. 

If required, our application developers can create 

further basic operations according to your 

requirements. 

The basic operations are available individually or as 

a library. 

Basic Unit Operations: 


SL-GOPBIB HiTec Basic Operations Library for HiBatch 

- Pressure (the program controls a pressure regulation with setpoint ramp) 

- Pressure_Hold (simple pressure regulation) 

- Vacuum_Hold (vacuum control) 

- Control Program (types or versions of a control program) 

- SoliDos (solid dosing with SoliDos) 

- PH_Regulation (pH-value-regulation for base and/or acid metered addition) 

- Inert_Establish (establishment of inert atmosphere by repeated drawing of vacuum/inerting) 

- Fill (metered addition without regulator) 

- Distilling (distillation with jacket -temperature regulation) 

- Weighing-in (weighing in by hand with reporting) 

- Inerting (addition of inert gas ) 

- Reflux Distillation (waiting for setpoint temperature and initialised time ) 

- Boiling Point Recognition of boiling points for subsequent distilling) 

- Rectifying (control of a rectification column) 

- Vacuum (program to run vacuum ramps) 

- Repeat (determines the number of passes of a recipe cycle) 

- Wait_Condition (waiting until freely-definable condition is fulfilled) 

- Wait_Operator (waits for acknowledgement by operator) 

- as well as all basic operations of the options SL-GOPBIBL 

SL-GOPBIBL HiTec Basic Operations Library Light for HiBatch 

- Surge_Doser (fastest possible gravimetric dosing of the stated amount) 

- Batch Amount_Doser (gravimetric dosing of the stated amount within the stated time) 

- Batch Rate_Doser (gravimetric dosing at the stated rate during the stated time ) 

- Conti (-nuous) Doser (continuous dosing with consistent dosing rate) 

- Temperature_Hold (temperature control) 

- Dosing (gravimetric dosing) 

- Dosing_Gravi (gravimetric dosing from load cell, without refilling) 

- Final Operation (end step of recipes with export possibilities) 

- Stirring (input of a setpoint temperature to stirrer) 

- Initial Operation (start/initial step for a recipe) 

- Taring_Gravi (taring of a load cell) 

- Taring_Scales (taring of a scales) 

- Tempering (program to run heating and cooling ramps) 

- Value Output (output of a new value to a data point) 

- Wait (taking of adjustable idle time) 

- Wait_Until (waiting for the set point of time) 


Individual Basic Operations: 


Order Code Basis Operations Description 

SL-GOPBEFUEL Fill Charge dose without controller. The pump power is reduced towards the 

end of the dose automatically to come as accurate as possible to the desired 

amount. 

SL-GOPDEST Distil Distillation with jacket temperature regulation. 

The setpoint value for the jacket temperature results from the current reactor 

inner temperature plus the setpoint difference between inner and jacket 

temperature. The setpoint difference between inner and jacket temperature 

is given by the user. Small setpoint differences mean sparing distillation! 

The reflux fraction ratio can be controlled dependent of the head 

temperature. 

SL-GOPDOSI Dose Gravimetric dosing of one balance with setpoint value ramp and controller. 

SL-GOPDOSIGRAVI1 Dose_Gravi1 Gravimetric dosing from one load cell (e.g. Hitec Zang GraviDos) with set 

value ramp and controller. Without refilling of the feed tank. 

SL-GOPDPWERT Value Output Output of a new value to a data point 

SL-GOPDRUCK Pressure The program controls a pressure regulation. 

The setpoint is controlled via ramp to the final value. 

SL-GOPDRUCKHALTEN Pressure Hold The program controls a pressure regulation. 

The predetermined setpoint is directly issued to the regulator. 

Transition is possible according to time or through structural transition (e.g. if 

a parallel path is completed). 

SL-GOPEINWIEG Weighing Weighing of a substance "manually". The weighed quantity is recorded to 

the progress report. 

SL-GOPEND Final Operation This operation serves as final step for recipes. 

There is the possibility to automatically start an arranged export out of this 

recipe step. As time period for the export, the period from the start of the 

recipe and the start of the export is applied. Prerequisite for the function of 

the export is the utilisation of the initial operation out of the basic operation 

library, as well as the full version of the data export module. 

SL-GOPGRAVITARI Taring_GraviDos Program for resetting a load cell (e.g. Hitec Zang GraviDos) 

SL-GOPINERT Inerting The program serves to open a binary and proportional inerting valve. It can 

optionally be opened for a certain period or as long as a parallel path is 

running. 

SL-GOPINERTHERST Inert_Provision To provide an inert atmosphere by n-fold turning vacuum pulling /inerting to 

pressure with vacuum control 

SL-GOPKALOHEIZ CaloHeater The program is used to control a calorimetric heater (e.g. HiTec Zang 

KaloHeiz). Thereby, a defined heat load can be switched on to the reactor for 

a certain time period. 

SL-GOPKALOONL OnlineCalo The program offers simple online reaction calorimetry evaluation. 

SL-GOPKONTIDOS Continuous_ Doser Continuous gravimetric dosing with consistent dosing rate. 

SL-GOPMENGENDOS Batch amount Doser Gravimetric dosing of the stated amount in the stated period of time. 

SL-GOPPHREGELUNG pH Control PH Value Control for base and/or acid metered addition via pH value 

regulator. Transition is possible after reaching a pH tolerance limit or through 

structural transition (e.g. if a parallel path is completed). 

SL-GOPPROGRAMM Control Program Starting or execution of a HiText program 

SL-GOPRATENDOS Batch Rate Doser Gravimetric dosing with the stated rate during the stated period of time 

SL-GOPREKTIF Rectification Fractionated distillation, discharge of several fractions, control according to 

temperature or pressure difference. Consistent linear or exponential column 

head control. 

SL-GOPRUECKDEST Reflux destillation The programm will wait until the next initialised setpoint temperature during 

the destillation is reached and then waits for a certain amount of time. 

SL-GOPRUEHR Stirring The program gives as an output the setpoint rotational speed of a stirrer. 

Stirring can either take place for a certain time or until a parallel step is 

complete. 

SL-GOPSIEDEP Boiling Point This program offers the detection of boiling points (e.g. for following 

distillation). 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

168 

Individual Basic Operations (continued): 


Order Code Basis Operations Description 

SL-GOPSTART Initial Operation Start step for a recipe with the possibility to carry out initialisations and 

settings. 

SL-GOPSTOSSDOS Surge_Doser Fastest possible dosing of the stated amount. 

SL-GOPTEMP Tempering Program for driving heating/cooling ramps 

SL-GOPTEMPHALTEN Temp_Hold The program controls a temperature regulation. The predetermined setpoint 

is issued directly to the regulator when controlling interior temperature, and 

directly to the thermostat when controlling the jacket temperature. Transition 

is possible according to time or through structural transition (e.g. if a parallel 

path is completed). 

SL-GOPVAKHALTEN Vacuum_Hold The program controls a vacuum regulation. The predetermined setpoint is 

issued directly to the regulator. Transition is possible according to time or 

through structural transition (e.g. if a parallel path is completed). 

SL-GOPVAKU Vacuum The program controls vacuum regulation. The setpoint value is run to a 

desired end value using a ramp. 

SL-GOPWAAGETARI Tare_Scales Program for resetting a balance 

SL-GOPWARTET Wait_Until Program for holding for an arbitrary waiting time. 

SL-GOPWARTEZ Wait Program for holding until an arbitrary time. 

SL-GOPWBEDIENER Wait_Operator Waits until the operator presses OK. 

SL-GOPWBEDINGUNG Wait_Condition Waits until the condition is fulfilled. 

SL-GOPWIEDERH Repeat Determines the number of passes of a recipe cycle. 

As long as the counter is smaller than the number of repetitions, the right 

output of the of the element is used, otherwise, the lower output. 

Recipe Series Generator 

The recipe series generator, in connection with 

HiBatch, allows automatic parameterisation and 

execution of experiment series. RezGen generates a 

whole experiment series automatically out of a few 

specifications. The desired parameters are varied 

within defined ranges from experiment to 

experiment. This results in: 

� Great time savings when conducting serial or 

parallel experiments 

� Increase of the Laboratory Performance 

� Shortened „Time to Market" 

For the parameters intended to be varied, the 

operator merely needs to predefine the initial value, 

the final value, and the increase from experiment to 

experiment. 

RezGen will then produce an experiment plan, which 

contains all variations. Unnecessary variations can 

be excluded. 

If, for example, experiments are to be conducted at 

four different temperatures, and one reactant is to be 

added metered at each temperature in three 

different quantities, this will result in 12 variations. 

The control recipes automatically generated out of 

one basic recipe, can, in a suitable assembly, 


SL-REZGEN Recipe Series Generator 

conducted in automatic mode in succession or 

simultaneously in a parallel reactor system. 

The variable parameters are entered into the basic 

recipe form. 

The intended variations of individual parameters are 

specified in the factor plan. 

The individual work recipes are generated out of the 

entered data. In the Release form, the work recipes 

can be released or disabled. 

Informations about StatGen for compiling multi factorial test planing for the statistic experiment planing 

upon request. 


MultiBatch 


The definition of parallel experiments is made 

possible as simple as can be by the HiBatch 

extension MultiBatch. A recipe established as a 

sample can be applied to a random number of 

reactors with MultiBatch. The recipes can be 

individually parameterised and the progression 

individually modified. 

You define all parallel experiments by allocating the 

sample recipe to the reactors intended for use with 

the help of the reactor allocation chart. 

Allocation of the reactors for the sample recipe. 

MultiBatch will then generate an entity for each 

reactor. In order to be able to differentiate, the 

names of the recipes are indexed with the attached 

reactor identification number. 


SL-MULTIBATCH MultiBatch Option for HiBatch 

The entities can be started, held, and completed 

independent of each other and have separate data 

records. 

The recipe procedures are initially the same at the 

respective parallel experiments. Individual 

procedures can however be individually modified. 

Cloner 

Display of the allocated reactors. 

The cloner is a benefical tools too multiplicate 

control structures. Creating a parallel reactor project 

will be a lot easier with the cloner. After the project 

has been created for one reactor it can be cloned to 

all further reactors. The user decides which objects 

will be cloned. 

The cloned objects will signed by indices attached to 

the data point name eg. Valve[2] . 

The channel number will be assigned automatically, 

but can be changed later. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

170 


eJournal, the electronic Laboratory Notebook (ELN) 

Test Documentation as it should be! 

The electronic laboratory notebook eJournal 

represents more than an adequate substitute for the 

paper-bound laboratory notebook. The eJounal 

automatically protocols all information gained in the 

course of the test progression. In addition, it is also 

possible to consistently present and archive test 

regulations, material properties of the educts and 

products, laboratory analyses and further 

information. This significantly increases productivity 

and prevents the loss of knowledge through 

employee turnover. 

The trend towards the electronic document is 

becoming more and more evident. The American 

FDA (Food and Drug Administration) is pushing the 

deployment of electronic media within 

documentation. Due to the Electronic Signature Act, 

digitally signed electronic documents are legally 

equivalent to hand-signed paper documents. The 

increase of productivity in the research industry due 

to the change to an electronic system is estimated to 

be 50%. 

A computer-supported laboratory notebook offers 

significant advantages: reading and writing mistakes 

are eliminated, a retrieval function enables the fast 

search for experiments and results. The 

manipulation-secure filing with electronic signature 

is made possible. Test parameters, measurement 

data, and evaluated results are presented clearly on 

protocol pages. 

The laboratory personnel is supported with 

additional functionalities (e.g. automated evaluation) 

and, in particular, relieved of bothersome routine 

activities such as the noting of measurement values. 

An electronic laboratory notebook is particularly a 

„must-have“, if the laboratory process (synthesis 

laboratory, fermentation laboratory) must run GLPconform 

(Good Laboratory Practice) or a validated 

mode of operation is required. 

Advantages: 

� Standardised Mode of Operation 

� Relief of Laboratory Personnel from Routine 

Activities 

� Elimination of Reading and Writing Mistakes 

� Manipulation-secure Filing 

� Easier Retrieval of Experiments 

� A Contribution towards the paperless 

Laboratory 

� Individually configurable 

� Online Evaluation and Spreadsheet 

� Full Text Retrieval in individual or all pdf- 

Documents 

� Export of the Test Report as pdf or rtf Data 

File 

The following diagram illustrates the information flow 

between the individual modules of the LabVision 

System. 

Recording 

In the electronic laboratory notebook all relevant 

values, parameters, and results, as well as eventual 

defining text and comments, of a test are recorded 

and stored. It is also possible to automatically 

integrate digital photographs made event-driven or 

according to schedule with the LabCam Module 

during the test. 

The recorded data is presented in freely 

configurable report pages with tables and graphic 

value and text fields. This warrants for an optimal 

documentation of the test progression at all times. 

Manual processing of the data is no longer required, 

which eliminates one major source for mistakes. 

Unattended operation is now possible – night time 

and weekends are now available for experimenting. 

A multitude of tests can now be processed in a 

minimum of time. 

Protocoling 

The batch protocol containing all values, events, 

operating interventions, value changes, etc. is 

established automatically. Digital photographs, 

chemical formulas, laboratory analysis data, links to 

data files or websites, comments etc. can just be 

integrated. eJournal therefore represents a major 

step in the direction of a paperless laboratory. 

Authenticity and integrity of the information are 

secured. 



The protocol can be aligned to the special 

requirements of your laboratory. It contains, amongst 

others, a first page with general information, one 

page with information to the educts and products 

and plant properties, one page with analysis values, 

as well as protocol pages with the recorded 

measurement values, events, and comments. The 

layout of the protocol pages can be designed freely 

with the form generator. 

To enable a better overview and clarity, the recorded 

values are also graphically presented. The 

laboratory notebook can be exported as pdf or rtf 

data file for further processing. The manipulationsecure 

pdf data file can be transmitted e.g. per Email. 

The rtf data file can be reworked with a word 

processing program. 

Evaluation 

Evaluation and documentation of the experimental 

data are supported or completely automated. The 

recorded data can be evaluated automated with 

HiText and presented in tables or various 

presentation forms, e.g. as a set of curves, average 

values with minimum and maximum bars or 

standard deviations. Self-calculating tables are also 

possible. 

Data import/export 

For data exchange to third party software multiple 

options are available 

� scv-file 

� text file 

� Windows Pipe 

� apis 


SL-JOURNAL eJournal, parameterisable, electronic laboratory notebook 

eJournal requires SL-HITEXT and SL-DIAPROT. 

Comprehensive Documentation 

A comprehensive synthesis regulation is elementary 

for the explicit performance of a reaction. It contains, 

respectively interconnects all information required to 

make the reaction reproducible. These include 

statements to the test assembly, the recipe 

workflow, the data of the reactants and solvents and 

test parameters such as periods, quantities, and 

pressures. The storage of the synthesis regulation 

ensures the availability of all information required for 

a later repetition of a test. 

Savin of the sythesis directive ensures an availability 

of all information within the systems to reproduce the 

the experiments. 

Organisational, procedural, and chemical 

information are also registered in the eJounal to 

enable the precise allocation of the other data. 

The eJournal structures the data in such a manner 

that it can easily be retrieved with the help of the 

HiLIMS Laboratory-Information-Management-System 

and are available for further use. This ensures 

that new and proven synthesis regulations, including 

the knowledge of the synthesised substances, are 

not lost and available at all times. 

Informations about LIMS can be found under 

HiLIMS Laboratory-Information-Management- 

System. 

We will create your own laboratory journal according 

to your specifications. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

172 

Data Export 


The data export server supports the manual and 

automatic exporting of values and protocol files in 

the file formats 

� Excel SYLK (slk) 

� Text format (csv) 

� Excel direct export (xls) 

� HTML format (.html) 

For predetermined times, several export jobs can be 

defined and implemented manually or automatically. 

In addition, there is also the possibility to control the 

export via HiText program, e.g. in order to export the 

data automatically at the end of an experiment. 

A data export can also be started directly from the 

analogue pen recorder. 

The data points intended for export can be selected 

individually. The number of places before and after 

the decimal point can be determined. 

Numeric data exported are subject to a data 

reduction. The reduction is optionally conducted by 

forming the: 

� average value 

� max value 

� min value 

� unaveraged 

� interpolate 

The reduction interval is freely definable. 

One data point can be entered several times e.g. to 

export average, min and max values. The time can 

be issued optionally either absolute or relative to a 

freely selectable start time. 

An export that can be started manually is already 

contained in the Basic Version. 


SL-EXPORT LabVision export module, Option for automatic or HiTec-controlled Exports 

Selectors and Display Filters 

The display filters help to handle larger arising data 

floods at plants, e.g. by limiting the time domains. 

Selectors serve as user-specific classification 

criterion, e.g. when looking for or sorting the data 

points and in the protocols. Selectors can be defined 

by the user in a separate form freely. 

Example: 

System1, System2, to wait, to be calibrated, no 

operation. 

The selectors offer the possibility to select a group of 

data points during selection, in reports etc. 

The selectors can be linked by the operators 

� plus 

� without 

� )thereof( 


SL-SELFIL Selectors and filters for LabVision 

Example: (Reactor1 plus cooling unit) thereof (all 

without required values) 

All data points are selected by this selection except 

the setpoint value data points of Reactor1 and the 

cooling unit. 

This option also extends the filter possibilities 

� Project Modules 

� Progress Report 

� Message Report 

� Data Point Selection 



Access Control and User Administration 

The access supervision is active in: 

� Modules e.g. project administration, control 

program editor... 

� Windows with critical data point parameterisation 

possibilities 

� Objects established by the user such as 

programs, flow sheets and recipes and individual 

operating objects. 

For every user, authorisations can be assigned 

individually. A user must first register with name and 

password before he can operate the system. 

The user administration can, according to an 

adjustable inactivity period, automatically lock the 

system to prevent operation. 


SL-BENRECH Access and user administration for LabVision 

Multiple Projects 

Several plants each with its own PI can be driven 

with an UI. 

The option "multiple projects" makes it, in each case, 

possible to start on one UI several projects with its 

own LabVision. 


SL-MULTIPROJ Multiple Projects with LabVision 

WebVision 

WebVision enables to operate and monitor 

LabVision from an external computer (Client) via a 

network connection (TCP/IP). 

Running LabVision projects can be accessed from 

one or several computers connected via network 

without the necessity of having to install a Labvision 

system at these locations. 

The WebVision user interface is mainly identical with 

the same of LabVision. 

For WebVision integrations, the access control is 

obligatory. 

Each project has then an independent control 

interface. 

For licensing the data points of all simultaneously 

active applications are added together. 

WebVision supports the same modules (work 

sheets, multichart recorders, process reports, 

message reports, and LabCam) according to the 

optional equipment of the currently assembled 

LabVision-System. 

The LabVision User Administration is supported. 

Work sheet operator operations can be permitted or 

prohibited by the Labvision computer depending on 

the user setting. WebVision operating activities are 

protocolled in the process report. 

Several WebVision installations can respectively 

access (simultaneously) on to one or more 

LabVision Systems in the net. The LabVision or 

HiText uer interface must not be active for this 

purpose. Worksheets can both be displayed and 

operated in WebVision. 

A "Chat Function" enables the communication 

between the user of the LabVision System and the 

WebVision users. The „light“ version is limited to the 

display of the multichart recorder. 


SL-WEBVIS Access to active LabVision projects via TCP/IP LAN connection 

SL-WEBVISL Only MultiChart recorder visualisation of active LabVision-Projects 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

174 


Activation Module for PI of other Manufacturers 

If Labvision is intended to be exclusively run by a PI 

of other manufacturers, a dongle is required for the 

administration of the program options. 


SL-FREMDPNK LabVision Activation Module for PI of other Manufacturers ( with Dongle) 

PI-Drivers 

The PI driver makes the communication between the 

UI with a PI possible. The PI Driver for the HiTec PIs 

LabManager, LabBox, MSR manager and MSR box 

is supplied free of charge with the devices. A HiTec 

PI can be simulated by the special PI driver 

PNKSIMMAN. Due to this, it is possible to provide 

an application without an attached PI. 

PI Driver for other PIs and Field Bus Systems 

The PI driver for (external) other manufacturers' PIs , 

a software connection to existing automation 

software or data bases, as well as fieldbus systems, 

can be operated parallel to PI drivers. 

Next to the PI drivers for the HiTec PIs, drivers for 

various laboratory instruments and PIs of other 

manufacturers are available. LabVision can 

integrate several PI drivers and consequently 

communicate with different Pis simultaneously. PI 

drivers are available for a broad range of devices. 

The range is consistently extended by us. For this 

reason, if you require a driver for an automation unit 

that is not listed in this catalogue please inquire if 

there is a connection possibility in the mean time. 

If required, our programming department will 

establish customer-specific PI drivers for any device. 


SL-PNKPERF PI-Driver for Braun Perfusor 

SL-PNKSPS PI-Driver for Siemens S5/S7, 3964(R) protocol and AEG Modicon 

SL-PNKLASENTEC PI-Driver for Lasentec FBRM - particle systems 

SL-PNKMTRx PI-Driver for Metrohm Dosimat 665 and 765, Titrino 718 and 702, 

and Liquino over Dosing Interface 846 (x = 1, 2, 4, 8 Devices) 

SL-PNKOPC PI-Driver for OPC-DA (version 1+2), OPC-Client 

SL-PNKDDE PI-Driver for DDE data exchange 

SL-PNKMODBUS PI-Driver for ModBus devices over serial PC interface 

SL-FREMDPNK LabVision access module for externally manufactured -PI systems (with Dongle) 

Further drivers upon request. 

Programming-Interface 

The module ANWINT makes it possible to access 

from other programs (Visual basic, C++, Pascal...) 

the current values of the data points being written 

and read. A briefing of one day by our programmers 

is mandatory. 


SL-ANWINT Programming interface for LabVision 

DS-LVPROG Instruction into „SL-ANWINT“ programming for LabVision 


Remote Connection 

LabVision offers different possibilities for the 

remote connection of the UI. 

Connection via 

� Internet 

� Network (LAN) 

� Modem 

� ISDN 

Applications 

� remote maintenance 

� remote support 

� remote diagnosis 

� software maintenance 

� remote control 

� data transfer 


Remote Maintenance/ Remote Support 

� Support and Fault remedy without delay 

� Short service-reaction times, particular in 

critical situations 

� Savings on service costs 

With the help of this „Remote Access“ software, the 

UI can be operated from a remote work station. 

This computer virtually makes a second keyboard 

and monitor available, so that all functions can be 

carried out like at the UI itself. Both monitors 

therefore display the same screen image. 

In addition, file transfer is possible in both 

directions. 

All keyboard and mouse actions, also screen 

settings, are communicated via the telephone or 

LAN network. 

Consequently, fault detection and remedy, network 

maintenance, file transfer, installation of updates, 

etc. can be carried out quickly and cost effectively. 

Other possibilities not yet mentioned here are in 

preparation, or can be arranged according to 

customer specifications. 


SL-TELES Tele-Service, remote connection to an UI for remote maintenance 

CP-MODEM2 External Modem for analogue telephone networks 

CP-MODEM4 External Modem for leased lines 

CP-ISDNAD ISDN-Adapter-card for digital networks 

Price Structure 

The sale price is determined from the number of 

data points and the selected options. This ensures 

that you must only purchase what you really need. 

All inputs and outputs are counted as data points, 

inputs and outputs of device components, except 

controllers, monitoring conditions and text data 

points. 

Local variables and/or indicators in HiText and AWL 

(Instruction List) do not count as data points. 

The necessary number of data points can be 

evaluated as follows: 

Number of data points = number of the inputs 

and outputs * automation factor 

Level of Tasks Automation 

Automation 

Factor 

Minimum Only recording of measurement 1 

Low Recording of measurement, limit-value monitoring, simple regulation 2 

Medium Recording of measurement, limit-value monitoring, control, regulation 4 

High Recording of measurement, limit-value monitoring, control, regulation, 

complex prompting 

8 

In regard to the number of data points, there is the Our application advisors will gladly discuss with you 

choice between 30, 100, 180, 300, 560, and 1000. your automation project and arrange a suitable 

package. The packages can be upgraded by 

program options and data points at any time. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

176 

LabVision ® standard packets 


For the most frequent applications, the following 

LabVision standard packages were arranged. They 

save you laborious arranging of the individual 

modules and are, in addition, lower-priced than the 

sum of the single modules. 

Overview of all LabVision Software packets 

LabVision module 

Order code packet 

SL-LABVIS 

(LabVision base module with 30 data points) 

SL-HITEXT 

(HiText- Multi-tasking Control and Online-Evaluation) 

SL-HIBATCH 

(Recipe control module w. graphic recipe editor) 

SL-EASYBATCH 

(Table based recipe control module) 

SL-ACTIONTRACK 

(Recording of activities as EasyBatch program) 

SL-GOPBIB 

(HiTec basic unit operations library f. HiBatch) 

SL-DIAPROT 

(Dialog and Protocol forms with tables incl. graphics) 

SL-ONLGRA 

(Online charts with reference curve presentation) 

SL-SCHANA 

(Analogue plotter, MDI-capable) 

SL-SCHERE 

(Event plotter) 

SL-SCHPHA 

(Phase plotter) 

SL-UEBMEL 

(Monitoring and Reporting) 

SL-DESIGN 

(Designer) 

SL-MODBIBALR 

(Project Module Library for Designer) 

SL-PROJMOD 

(Project modules generator and editor for LabVision) 

SL-RIEDIT 

(RI-Editor according to EN ISO 10628) 

SL-BIBRILK 

(Glass a. Laboratory Devices Library for P&ID-Editor) 

SL-EXPORT 

(LabVision export module, automatic or exports) 

SL-SELFIL 

(Selectors and filter functionality) 

SL-BENRECH 

(Access and user administration for LabVision) 

SF-AWLPLUS 

(Instruction List Module with structured Text ) 

SL-BERICHT 

(Progress Report, batch orientated extended search) 

SL-JOURNAL 

(Parameterisable electronic laboratory notebook) 

SL-WEBVIS 

(Remote maintenance of projects via TCP/IP) 

1 Light-Version: one worksheet, max. 200 objects 

2 Light-Version: 4 programms with 100 code lines each 

3 Light-Version: consisting of dosing, tempering and vacuum 

4 Light-Version: max. 120 objects 

5 Light-Version: 2 plotter pages with 8 curves each 

SL-LABVIPKONL 

For continuous and batch processes, individual 

packages are intended. The packages can also be 

individually extended later. 

The packages already contain the minimum data 

point amount of 30 and must be extended to the 

number required for the application. 

SL-LABVIPKON 

SL-LABVIPKONP 

SL-LABVIPEASY 

x x x x x x x x 

x 2 x x x x x x x 

x 

SL-LABVIPBATL 

SL-LABVIPBATE 

SL-LABVIPBAT 

SL-LABVIPBATP 

x 8 x x x 

x 9 x x x 

x x x x x x 

x x 

x 5 x x x 5 x 5 x 5 x x 

x 6 x x x 6 x 6 x 6 x x 

x 7 x 7 x x x 

x x x 

x 1 x x x 1 x 1 x x x 

x 3 x x x 3 x 3 x x x 

x 

x 4 x x x 4 x 4 x x x 

x x 

x x x 

x x x 

x x 

x x 

x x 

x x 

6 Light-Version: Events will only shown as shortened hints 

7 Light-Version: max. 3 phases 

8 Light-Version: max. 20 steps 

9 Light-Version: limited library see "Basic unit operations library" 



Conti-light Software packet for LabBox 1 and 2 

This software package is made for LabBox1 and 2 

PIs and is suited for the automation of small 

continuous processes. (Description, see chart 

above) 


SL-LABVIPKONL Software packet for LabBox1 & 2 for running small continuous-processes 

Recommended PI-Modules 


SF-PID4 Controller module with 4 PID and application oriented controllers 

SF-NAMSER4 NAMUR-Driver for serial interfaces 


SF-DATLOG Data Logger Function, data buffering in the PI in case of UI failure 

Conti-standard Software packet for LabManager1 

This software package is designed for the 

LabManager1 for the automation of medium 

continuous processes. (Description, see chart 

above) 


SL-LABVIPKON Software packet for LabManager1 for running medium sized continuous processes 


Order Code Description (PI modules) 





Conti-plus Software packets for LabManager1 and 2 

This software package is designed for automation 

with the LabManager1 or 2 for large continuous 

processes. (Description, see chart above) 


SL-LABVIPKONP Software packet for LabManager1 or 2 for running large continuous processes 







Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

178 


EasyBatch Software packets for LabBox1 and 2 and LabManager 

This software package is designed for automation of 

small batch and continuous processes with any 

automation unit. 

(Description, see chart above) 

Bestellcode Beschreibung 

SL-LABVIPEASY Software packet EasyBatch for LabBox1 & 2 for running small batch-processes 







Batch-light Software packets for LabBox1 and 2 

This software package is designed for automation 

of small batch processes with the LabBox1 and 2. 



SL-LABVIPBATL Software packet for LabBox1 & 2 for running small batch-processes 







Batch-economy software packets for LabBox2 and LabManager1 

This software package contains equipment 

components which are sufficient to run a laboratory 

reactor system in batch operation mode. An 

according plant, for example, is the LabKit2. 



SL-LABVIPBATE Economy software package for LabBox2 and LabManager1 designed for batch processes 



SF-PID8 Controller module with 8 PID and application-oriented controllers 



SF-HITUNE Auto parameterisation for temperatur controll SF-PIDxx 




Batch-standard software packets for LabManager1 

This software package is designed for the 

automation of medium-sized batch processes with 

the LabManager1. 



SL-LABVIPBAT Software packet for LabManager1 for medium sized batch-processes 





SF-HITUNE Automatic parameterisation for temperature cascade controller SF-PIDxx 



Batch-plus Software packets for LabManager1 or 2 

This software package is designed for automation of 

giant sized batch processes with the LabManager1 

and 2. 


It consists of the following modules: 

Order Code Description (Number of Data Points) 

SL-LABVIPBATP Software packet for LabManager1 and 2 for giant sized batch-processes 








All software packages are discounted. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

180 


HiLIMS Laboratory Information Management-System 

Finally, the sure way to Retrieval! 

The general development towards the electronic 

document is becoming more and more evident. Due 

to the Electronic Signature Act, digitally signed 

electronic documents are legally equivalent to handsigned 

paper documents. The American FDA (Food 

and Drug Administration) is pushing the deployment 

of electronic media within documentation. Laboratory 

Information Management Systems (LIMS) are 

entering the laboratories, where they are replacing 

laboratory notebooks or books on paper basis. 

Just one irretrievable test can represent more costs 

than the investment in a LIMS, as patent claims can 

not be defended, liability claims can not be repulsed 

or for the simple cause that tests need to be 

repeated. 

Advantages of the Electronic Information 

Administration: 

� Support of laboratory-internal procedures 

� Secure retrieval of test results 

� Increase of productivity 

� Prevention of mistakes 

� Internal availability of knowledge 

� Protection of knowledge from exterior access 

� Protection of information from manipulation 

� Securing of information for re-use 

� Secure own claims and prevent liability claims 

The term LIMS covers a wide range. The LIM 

systems are just as varied as the laboratories they 

are applied in, e.g. a laboratory for medical 

diagnostics, a laboratory for productionaccompanying 

tests, or a chemical development 

laboratory. 

HiLIMS is the special LIMS for the F&E laboratory. 

There, next to to increasing the efficiency and 

shortening the „time to market“, the LIMS serves the 

purpose of protecting intellectual property and 

avoiding liability claims through electronic 

documentation and archiving. The last mentioned 

also serve to enable the fast retrieval of information 

gained in the tests (batch and continuous operation 

mode) by searching the electronic laboratory 

notebooks. 

The data of test series, parallel experiments, or 

freely arranged tests can be visually compared in 

various graphics and can be compressed in freely 

configurable reports. In comparison to the 

conventional mode of operation, it is no longer 

required to actually „handle“ the data. This 

eliminates many sources of error right from the 

beginning and drastically reduces the reworking 

periods. According to a study (CENSA 2004), the 

increase of productivity in the research industry due 

to the change to an electronic system is estimated to 

be 50%. 

A LIMS should consistently cover the complete F&E 

process chain from the placing of the order, over the 

control and attendance, right to the final report. 

A LIMS consists at least out of the basic modules 

measurement value logging and measurement value 

evaluation. Further modules provide for the 

connection of the hardware in the measuring line, 

the connection of the ERP systems, controlling 

software, data protection infrastructure etc.. LIMS 

can also be realised as distributed systems, so that 

it is possible to enter and call up data from different 

work places. HiLIMS can image all essential parts of 

a laboratory and supports both the administration of 

static (e.g. material data) and dynamic data (e.g. 

temperature progressions). 

Modern laboratory automation and analysis devices 

produce huge amounts of raw data, e.g. a recipe 

control system with online analytics and 

chemometrics, which would remain more or less 

useless without subsequent efficient data 

administration and data evaluation. For the purpose 

of data transfer, the EDP connection to automated 

laboratory reactor systems, chromatography data 

systems, instruments etc. is required. 


Special features of the HiLIMS: 


� Fast relational SQL Database 

� Self-explaining User Interface 

� Network and Multi-User Capability 

� Smooth Integration in LabVision/HiBatch 

� R&D-oriented 

� Very versatile 

� Integrated forms and Form Designer 

� Integrated Data Mining, Evaluation and 

Reporting 

� Various Import and Export Possibilities 

The usual question whether to „Make or Buy“ does 

not arise any longer, as HiLIMS can be so flexibly 

aligned to various tasks that an individual 

programming is no longer cost-effective. 

There are virtually no limits to the integration of 

measurement devices, sensors and analysis devices 

into the measurement line. The control line can also 

be randomly extended by mathematical processing 

and evaluation of the measurement values, sample 

management, settlement etc.. 

HiLIMS is the last but very important link of the 

processing chain consistently integrated into the 

LabVision/HiBatch program system. It attaches itself 

directly on to the data tables of the electronic 

laboratory notebook and the LabVision data base. I 

can however also be adjusted as independent 

program to other systems. 

Planning and Organising 

The processing chain commences with the order. 

The same contains the organisational data, e.g. 

customer, order ID, deadline, as well as the test 

specifications. 

The order form is freely configurable with the form 

editor. Informa tion deposited in the data base such 

as customer, laboratory and product, can be 

selected via selective lists. In addition, text fields for 

freely editable text, tables, and graphics can be 

integrated. 

Administration and Documentation 

All relevant information such as order, recipe, test 

parameter, measurement values, events, laboratory 

data or laboratory notebook are deposited in the 

LIMS data base in such a manner that they can be 

retrieved via freely configurable search queries the 

fastest possible way. This, beyond the better internal 

organisation, is useful for the securing of property 

rights and liability issues. 

The archived recipes and parameter sets can be retransferred 

to the HiBatch recipe control system in 

order to, if necessary, repeat a batch run or test 

program. An adjustment to special requirements, 

including the connection of laboratory and analysis 

devices, can be conducted by HiTec Zang, an 

external service provider or the user himself. 

Administration of: 

� Recipe data 

� Batch data 

� Educt and product data 

� Sample data 

� Documents 

Searching and Retrieval 

Due to the deployment of HiLIMS as knowledge 

base, the generated research knowledge is made 

easily accessible and the transparency is increased. 

A query can be established by the user either based 

on forms or scripts. This may contain various criteria 

such as organisational dates, material data, 

measurement values, laboratory data etc. The freely 

configurable search forms are self-explaining and 

support standard procedures. Individually configured 

search forms can be used as predefined search 

dialogues after they have been logged. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

182 

Elements of the Search Dialogues: 


� Organisational Data 

� Dates, times, time domains 

� Values, value ranges of measurement values, 

analyses data, etc. 

� Keywords, terms 

The search dialogue forms may contain search 

elements in random combination. 

The search dialogue forms can also be established 

by the user with the form designer. For this purpose, 

the required search elements are merely integrated 

into the form via drag and drop. 

As the result of a search, all data records that 

accord to the search query will be displayed. 

The user is able to remove single tests from the list 

and before the start of the evaluation and 

complement the list via the switch “Attach Single 

Test”, e.g. for a reference test. 

Alternatively a script-based (expert search) search is 

possible. More complex search terms can be 

generated via the And and Or links and by the 

setting of brackets. 

Errors in the search script will be detected and 

displayed. 

Different search scripts can be stored for later use. 

Evaluation 

The data of the tests retrieved with the search 

function can be evaluated in a diversity of manners. 

The simplest case is the direct comparison of 

selected variables in diagram form. For this purpose, 

various diagrams are available for selection, e.g. 

array of curves, average values with min/max bars 

or standard deviations. 

The protocol of the evaluation consists, e.g. of a 

cover sheet with the general information and 

possibly a copy of the order with the protocol pages 

following. 

The layout of the protocol pages is established with 

the form designer. 

Evaluation Possibilities: 

� Evaluation of test series and parallel tests 

� Comparative presentation 

� Statistical evaluation 

� Freely programmable evaluation 

The stored information such as order, recipe, 

laboratory notebook, report data table, raw data, can 

be displayed or exported as data file for further 

processing. 

Setting 

The master data is created with the table-based 

master data editor. The user is also able to create 

data base fields and tables himself, e.g. part 

numbers or materials with material data. In the 

course of establishing an order, in the laboratory 

notebook, in case of queries or when designing the 

report, it is now possible to immediately gain access 

to the created data base fields and tables via the 

selective list. 



User Administration 

In the user administration, the users are allocated to 

different groups such as administrator and user. The 

user must log in and his respectively stored data are 

assigned an ID. 

Device Coupling 

For the coupling of analysis devices, spectrometers, 

etc., there are various interfaces and protocols at 

disposal. 

� OPC 

� ModBus 

� Text data files 

� csv-data files 

� MS-Excel ® -tables 

� Device-DLL etc. 

For the coupling with other software, such as ERP 

and chemometrics programs, individual 

programming is available. 


Database 

System 

Microsoft SQL Server ® as of Version 

2000. 

Basic Version is delivered with free 

version of SQL-Server Express, limited 

to 4 GB. 

1 to unlimited (dependent of database 

server and client licenses) 

1 to unlimited 

Number of 

Users 

Client 

Licenses 

Modules - Basic Version (single-user) 

- Multi-user extension 

- SQL-Database server 

- User Administration 

- Electronic Signature 

- Device Driver 

- Client-specific adjustments to ERP 

Program 

- Client-specific adjustments to 

Chemometry Program 

HiLIMS is also available as LabVision-Module (SL- 

HILIMS-C) and as stand-alone software (SL-HILIMSSA-C). 

Order Code Description Data Point 

Extra 

Charge 

SL-HILIMSL Single-User License HiLIMS light Option for LabVision including local SQL- 

Database Volume 4 GB 

yes 

SL-HILIMSSQL-S HiLIMS Serverl License for Multi-User Version 

Notice: Requires additional SQL-Server License 

no 

SL-HILIMS-C HiLIMS Option LabVision 

Notice: Requires HiLIMS Server and also additional SQL-Client License 

yes 

SL-HILIMSSA-C Stand-alone Workplace Client (HiBuilder Version, without LabVision run 

capable) 

Notice: Requires HiLIMS Server and also additional SQL-Client License 

no 

SL-SQLSERV SQL Server License without Client Licenses no 

SL-SQLCLNT SQL-Client License per Workplace no 

HiLIMS requires eJournal. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

184 

PI-Firmware-Modules 


The PI firmware auxiliary modules can be used to 

upgrade the PI‘s for fulfilling specialist tasks, which 

would otherwise not be possible with the basic 

setup. These modules are software modules 

(Firmware). 

Controller Modules 

The HiTec Zang PIs can be equipped with up to 32 

controller modules. Next to the standard PID 

regulators, so-called application-oriented 

controllers are available for the typical procedural 

regulation tasks. 

Example for a PID Controller Parameterisation Panel 

for lines which are difficult to control and to achieve 

a special quality of control, the adaptive control 

module SF-HICON is available. 

All control parameters are passed over data points 

and can be dynamically re-parameterised. It is 

therefore possible to control non-linear lines without 

any problems. 

You can choose between Standard PID controllers 

and application-oriented controllers. 

Standard PID-Controller 

The smallest version of the MSRmanager controller 

module consists of 4 controllers. 

The controllers can be individually set. The type is 

individually selectable: 

� P 

� I 

� PD 

� PDTz (Tz = shortened D amount) 

� PID 

� PIDTz 

� PH (for pH-control) 

The controllers have the characteristics of industrial 

controllers such as variable regulation value 

limitation, auxiliary regulation value cut-in, tolerance 

band, jolt-free takeover, and "anti-windup" 

functionality. 

Target and actual values, auxiliary regulation values 

and regulation values are set via a configuration 

menu with the corresponding data-points 

(input/output). The sampling interval is adjustable 

with a resolution of 1/10s. 

The regulation value limitation works alternatively 

before or after the cutting in of the auxiliary 

regulation value and permits the specification of a 

maximum and a minimum for the regulation value. 

Starting the I-proportion in the case of longer 

persisting offsets is prevented (anti-windup). The 

specification of a tolerance band is useful when 

heating/cooling or regulating pH values. 

For the output of the regulation values digital bit and 

byte, pulse-width modulated and similar outputs are 

made use of. 

Since all control variables are linked with data 

points, cascaded or guided controller systems and 

special functions, e.g. dynamic limitation, mapping 

controller, split outputs etc., can be implemented 

without any problems. 


Application-oriented Controllers 

Application-oriented controllers are controllers 

respectively optimised for special tasks, e.g.: 


� Batch Dosing Control 

� Continuous Dosing Control 

� Vacuum Control 

� pH Control 

� Temperature Cascade Control 

The application-oriented controllers are selfparameterising 

or are automatically adjusted by a 

controller optimisation program. This saves you the 

according time when establishing an application. 

The achieved control qualities can only be reached 

with PID controllers with a lot of effort and knowhow. 

With the help of application-oriented controllers, the 

laboratory personnel is able to solve problems which 

would usually require to call a control technician. 


SF-PID4 4 controller modules Type P to PIDTz and application oriented controllers 





Auto tuning for temperature cascade controllers 

With the module "HiTune", the PID controller can be 

automatically parameterised. This is particularly 

favourably for stages, whose behaviour is subject to 

different influences e.g. a reactor inner temperature 

control, which is known for instance to be 

dependent on the material properties, the filling level 

and the stirrer speed. 

The appropriate process applying conventional 

modes of operation would require at least some 

hours, often days. 

The parameterisation of the controller takes place 

automatically during the running up to the setpoint 

values. The following diagram shows the controller 

behaviour at different setpoint value changes. 



Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

186 

Adaptive Regulation with HiCon 


HiCon is a highly developed, fully-adaptive controller 

for the LAB/MSRmanager system. 

With HiCon you allow a first-class control 

engineering specialist to work for you. This also 

ideally regulates stages for which a PID controller 

cannot be parameterised satisfactorily. Also in the 

course of the usually demanding and timeconsuming 

parameterisation of the inner 

temperature control of reactors, HiCon proves its 

strength, when it comes to fast run-up with minimum 

overshooting. 

A field test, which was conducted to compare HiCon 

with other regulation procedures such as PID and 

fuzzy-controllers, showed that HiCon is superior to 

all other procedures. 

The adjusting (parameterising) of PID controllers is 

conducted in practice, predominantly via direct trial. 

This requires special experience and is, in particular 

with slow-acting processes such as temperature 

runs, extremely time-consuming and unsatisfactory. 

To make things worse, only a more or less 

acceptable regulation quality is usually obtained, 

which is far away from the optimum. If the process 

changes during the run-time, or operating pointdependently, 

then the controller adjustment again 

becomes more difficult, if not even impossible. 

In reagrd to all these points, the adaptive controller 

HiCon represents the remedy. It adapts fast and 

automatically to variable process properties, but it 

can also - as a better alternative to the PID controller 

- be operated with fixed parameters, by switching off 

adaptation after a single controller parameter 

optimisation. 

If, necessary, a later follow-up optimisation can be 

carried out at any time, without disturbing or 

interrupting the process cycle. 


SF-HICON 1 HiCon Controller module adaptive 

HiCon supplies an outstanding regulation quality 

also for processes with pure delay elements, for 

processes with integral components and for 

processes with extensive dead times, which would 

be difficult to control with conventional controllers, if 

at all. In contrast to the PID-controller, HiCon 

delivers an equally optimal regulation quality both in 

the reference (setpoint value changes) and in the 

interference behaviour (interference to the controlled 

variable). 

Adaptive controllers have been available for 

decades. They have not however become generally 

accepted, because their handling was complicated, 

their behaviour not always stable and the price too 

high. The results of many years of development 

have been put into HiCon, which was "fine-tuned" in 

practical tests. The result is an industry-suited 

adaptive controller, which is robust and easy to 

deploy. 

Outstanding advantages compared to conventional 

controllers: 

� significant time saving during controller 

parameterisation 

� principally improved regulation quality 

� significantly better control for processes with 

integral times or dead times 

� optimal reference and interference variable 

control 

� Online-Adaptation of variable process 

properties 

Since this controller processes substantially more 

information about the process than a PID controller, 

it is clearly superior. Its efficiency is particularly 

evident at stages with dead time and double 

integrating behaviour, which can hardly be regulated 

with PID controllers. After a setpoint value change 

or a malfunction of the process, all status deviations 

are reduced to zero. 

The regulating behaviour merely depends on one 

setting parameter, the controller sensitivity, which 

can be adjusted between 0 and 100%. The standard 

value for this parameter is 50% and does not have 

not to be adjusted for most processes. Principally, 

an increase of the parameter means an increase of 

the controller activity, i.e. the controller intervenes 

more often, the actuator is more agitated and uses 

more adjustment energy. 

In a PI, up to four HiCon controllers can be 

operated. 



IEC 61131 IL– PLC Functionality for the PI 

The IEC 61131 IL module and device components 

bring extended PLC functionality into all HiTec PIs. 

The IEC 61131 IL (instruction list) is a proven control 

language and is internationally standardised via the 

EN 61131. The HiTec PIs MSRmanager, MSRbox, 

LabManager and LabBox can independently 

execute control functions, i.e. without participation of 

the UI (work station). For this purpose, the IEC 

61131 IL-control language and dynamic device 

components are available, which can be active even 

with a switched off PC. Therefore, the HiTec LAB 

and MSR-systems fulfil the safety-relevant NAMUR 

category three. 

The Instruction List control rounds off the LAB- / 

MSRmanager-System and simultaneously 

complements the application range in the direction 

of larger projects. 

As it is implemented on the PI, it significantly 

increases the security and enables the programming 

of even the most complex security and running 

routines which are realised without involvement of 

the UI. 

The PI-technically oriented language statement list 

(IEC 61131 IL) and device components are an ideal 

supplement to the application technology oriented 

HiText control and evaluation language. Their 

application is recommended then, if the control 

functions must be executed particularly safely, thus 

also in case of a failure of the UI-PC, or increased 

requirements on the performance are demanded. 

It must be emphasised that IEC 61131 IL and device 

components are "online capable", i.e., during a 

running program, a modified program can be loaded 

into the PI, which then takes over the control at the 

start of the next cycle. 

The programs are stored permanently and safely in 

the FLASH memory of the PI. 

IEC 61131 IL has access to all PI data points. 

Interesting is also the possibility to implement 

randomly complex alarm reactions directly in the PI, 

which range right up to the controlled shutting down 

of the system, e.g. in case of UI malfunction. 

An IEC 61131 IL program is started automatically 

immediately after the switching on of the PI and can 

execute several thousand operations per second. 

By using debugging functions such as break points, 

single-sequence and monitored printouts, you are 

supported during the program development. 

Symbolic variables and field variables are 

supported. 

Permanent (value remains after Reset and Power- 

Off) and non-permanent variables are supported. 

Characteristics: 

� IEC 61131 compatible 

� Indirect addressing 

� Sub-program technology 

� Cyclic and continuous execution 

� Combinable with device components 

� Binary and Analogue value processing 

� Online download capability 

� Simplest data exchange with the UI 

� Extended Alarm processing for the PI 

An Instruction List program is started automatically 

immediately after switching on the PI and is able to 

realise several thousands of operations per second. 

The Language Elements 

IEC 61131 IL-control supports the following IEC 

61131 commands: 

Operator Meaning 

LD Load operant 

ST Save operant 

S 

R 

Set, reset, depending on operant 

AND 

OR 

XOR 

ADD 

SUB 

MUL 

DIV 

GT 

GE 

EQ 

NE 

LE 

LT 

Boolean AND 

Boolean OR 

Boolean exclusive-OR 

Addition 

Subtraction 

Multiplication 

Division 

Compare on „Greater than“ 

Compare on „Greater/Equal“ 

Compare on „Equal“ 

Compare on „Not Equal“ 

Compare on „Less/Equal“ 

Compare on „Less than“ 

JMP Jump to given code-line 

NOP No Operation 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

188 

Data Types 


Mode Type 

PI-Data points All types of the PI 

Word memory Analogue, digital 32 bit 

Bit memory Bool 

Digital-inputs direct addressed Bool 

Digital-outputs direct 

addressed 

Bool 

Constants Integer and floating points 

Functional Elements 

TP Timer Pulse 

TON Timer Switch-on delay 

TOF Timer Switch-off delay 

CTU Counter Counter (up) 

CTD Counter Counter (down) 

CTUD Counter Up/down Counter 

F_TRIG Pos. edge detecting Flip-Flop 

R_TRIG Pos. edge detecting Flip-Flop 

SR RS-Flip-Flop with priority setting 

RS RS-Flip-Flop with priority re-setting 

The number of system functional elements present 

amounts to: 

� 30 Timers 

� 10 Counters 

� 100 RS-Flip-Flop-Functions 

The optional direct addressing of the digital inputs 

and outputs enables accelerated access to these 

inputs and outputs. Additionally, this direct access is 

protected from faulty parameterisation or 

manipulation via the user interface. 

Used data points are easily available in all other 

modules of the UI and the PI; i.e. they can be 

connected with visualisation objects or can be used 

in HiText programs. 

The Program Editor 

The easy to use editor (such as the HiText-Editor) 

offers many debug functions such as Breakpoint, 

Step-Over, Trace-Into, CPU-Window, and Watch 

Window with value change function. 

Online help functions are integrated. The reserved 

language elements are marked and comment areas 

are pointed out in colour (Syntax Highlighting). 

Entered programs are verified for correct language 

application in the LabManager before being loaded 

and activated. 

Test Auxiliaries 

The monitoring of terms supports troubleshooting, 

in particular during the development phase. Here, 

the current values of freely selectable data points 

and flags are displayed and constantly updated. 

Instruction List - plus (structured Text) 

An Instruction List (IEC 61131 IL) program can be 

written as structured text in HiText-oriented syntax 

with Instruction List-Plus. The program is 

transformed into the Instruction List syntax before 

execution. 

An uncomplicated exchange of program parts is 

possible with the HiText-Editor via the clipboard. 

Before the actual transfer of the completed program 

into the LAB-/MSRmanager, a vigorous syntax and 

error verification is conducted. 


SF-AWL IEC 61131 IL (Instruction List) 

SF-AWLPLUS IEC 61131 IL (Instruction List) plus HiText oriented strucured Text 


NAMUR - Driver 


The freely parameterisable NAMUR - driver for serial 

interfaces enables the linking of any laboratory 

devices and analysers via serial interfaces of the PI, 

as long as the interface protocols of these devices 

principally accord to the NAMUR recommendations 

NE28. 

A serial interface can be split up logically into several 

channels. The individual channels are respectively 

addressed via their own data points. Furthermore, 

there is the possibility to connect bus capable 

devices. 

In the configuration table, the interface parameters 

out of the respective equipment manual are 

transferred. 


SF-NAMSER4 NAMUR-driver for 4 serial interfaces on the PI 






SL-PNKNAMSERA NAMUR-Driver for serial interfaces of the UI 

Example: An interface configured for a stirrer allows: 

� Setting of required speed 

� Requesting the current speed 

� Monitoring of error status 

As template a changable "general NAMUR device" 

is available. Here Inputs and Outputs need to be 

defined. The defined device can be used as 

template for a device component. 

Certain "external devices" where generated using 

this technology (eg. Knauer pumps, Heidolph 

stirrers) and need this device driver to work properly. 

For predetermined parameterisations for lab devices see „Driver Programs for Lab Devices“. 

User Tables 

Next to the standard linearisation tables for 

thermocouples, etc., firmly implemented in the PI 

and LAB PIs, up to four personal linearisation tables 

can be defined by the user. These are called user 

tables. 

With the help of a user table, a function can be 

described discretely using sampling points. A 

function is described, by entering the 64 equidistant 

sampling points between the smallest and largest 

values of the input into a table. 


SF-ANWTAB User defined linearisation tables 

Data logger function for PI 

The data logging module for Lab/MSR Manager and 

the Lab/MSR Box PI stores the resulting data in 

case of a failure of the UI. As soon as the UI is back 

online, the data is automatically transferred to the 

UI. 


SF-DATLOG Data logger module for HiTec PIs 

A selection between characteristic curve, 

thermoelement and resistance sensor can be made. 

In this way, devices can be linked without any 

problems even if their characteristics are only 

available as tables. 

Equipped user tables can later be used as interface 

type when defining a new data point. 


512 kB memory, page administration up to 64 kB, 

roll memory. 

Storage of up to 32.000 events. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

190 


HiBuilder Data Evaluation and Presentation 

Decisive for the development of HiBuilder was the 

demand by many users for a program that combines 

the easy handling of the table-oriented programs 

with the practically unlimited possibilities of a high 

level language compiler and in addition offers a 

publication-suitable graphical presentation for the 

technical-scientific documentation. 

HiBuilder distinguishes itself through the following 

performance features: 

� Online Coupling for Data Collection 

(LabVision) 

� Unproblematic Handling of even greatest Data 

Quantities 

� Super fast Arithmetics 

HiBuilder offers an enormous functionality: 

� HiText Syntax for randomly complex 

Evaluation Programs and Work Sheets 

� Publication-suitable graphical Presentation 

� Form Generator for Dialogue forms , 

Protocols and Reports 

� Data Editor for Data Selection and Reduction 

� Signal Processing 

� Mathematical and statistic Functions 

� Windows Copy Function for Tables, 

Diagrams, and Forms 

� Data Export and Import for MS-EXCEL, 

Databases etc. 

HiBuilder can be coupled online via network with the 

PMC computer, so that the current process data is 

available at the work place without delay. With 

HiBuilder, it is possible to establish complete 

evaluation programs with the comfortable Windows 

user interface with only a fraction of the usual time 

expenditure. For this purpose, dialogue elements, 

e.g. input fields, buttons, option buttons etc. are 

available. Examples are the RAMOS Software, 

LiquiMaster, DosiMaste, KalDas etc. 

� 

Calculating sheets in HiText-Syntax enable even the 

most complex calculations to be conducted in a 

clear manner. 

The graphical presentation accords to the general 

perception in regard to the form of diagrams 

contained in technical-scientific publications. 



Preconditioned diagram layouts can be randomly 

adjusted according to the requirements. A freely 

editable value table is attached to every diagram. 

Diagrams can be transferred to plotters, matrix, inkjet 

or laser printers, imported by a word processing 

or a DTP-program and post-edited under Windows 

with graphics programs e.g. CorelDraw or Designer. 

The monitor display accords exactly to the print 

document (WYSIWYG Principle). 

The design possibilities of the diagrams are varied: 

� Free axes allocation of the values , xy- or xt- 

Presentation 

� Various line types, colours and thicknesses, 

error bar presentation, and various plot 

symbols 

� Freely placeable axes 

� Scaling linear, logarithmic and automatic 

� Coarse and fine raster, extra raster, 

subsidiary lines 


SD-HIBUILDER Program for Data Evaluation and graphical Presentation. 

The legend and the explanatory text can be placed 

freely. There is a data table to every diagram. 

Modifications to the table are directly assumed by 

the graphics. 

With the help of the Form Generator it is possible to 

establish protocols and self-calculating forms. 

In this manner, you can equip your evaluation 

programs with an appealing and easy to handle user 

interface. 

The graphic and the table values can now be 

assumed by a word processing program, e.g. MS- 

Word, via the Windows clipboard and consequently 

integrated into a report in an uncomplicated manner. 

The applications mentioned here only represent a 

small section of the various possibilities of HiBuilder. 

The calculating sheets and the statistic functions 

especially aligned to the measurement value 

evaluation open the user the opportunity to realise 

the automation of evaluations of virtually any 

complexity. 

With this, HiBuilder closes the currently demanded 

consistent data chain reaching from the sensor up to 

the presentation. There is no more chance for 

(careless) mistakes. This will save you time and 

money as well as trouble. 

For examples for the application of HiBuilder, see 

the chapters Reaction Calorimetry, Services, and 

Application Programming. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

192 


RI-CAD the CAD-Software for P&ID-flow diagrams 

RI-CAD is available as stand-alone Software for 

Windows and as LabVision module. 

It is used to establish control flow diagrams without 

the necessity of longer familiarisation periods. 

RI-CAD was especially developed for drawing 

control flow diagrams according to the EN ISO 

10628 standard. 

In the tool palette you will find all the necessary 

drawing tools. 

This tool can also be expediently put to use during 

the planning stage for the standard-conform drawing 

of the plant. 

The library elements contain additional information 

which can be freely expanded by e.g. suppliers or 

with maintenance information. 

Universities and other educational institutions 

can apply for a free of charge RI-CAD licence, 

including the EN ISO 10628 library! 


SL-RICAD P&ID-Editor stand-alone Software to create control flow diagrams. 

Laboratory Components Library 

The library SL-BIBRILK for the P&ID-Editor contains 

presentations of the components in a laboratory 

reactor system which are more detailed and more 

realistic than in the EN ISO 10628 library for the 

P&ID-Editor. 

Here you will find glass reactors in varying 

construction versions and sizes and glass devices 

like reflux separators, coolers, containers, etc. also 

other lab devices graphically presented. 


SL-BIBRILK Glass and lab devices library for P&ID-Editor 



Plant Construction and Miniplant Technology 

� Customised Reaction Equipment 

� Customised Parallel Reactor Systems 

� Customised Reaction Calorimeters 

� Customised Formulating Stations 

Note: 

Plant components can be found under 

• Equipment and Components, 

• Process Analytics and Sensors, 

• Dosing Systems and Pumps, 

• Stirring and Dispersing, 

• Liquid Handling and Autosampler. 

Individually manufactured laboratory robot system can be found under Liquid Handling and Autosampler. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

194 


The demands in chemistry are different everywhere. 

For this reason, there exists no such thing as the 

universal plant. Wherever the properties or 

possibilities of our Standard Laboratory Reactor 

Systems are not convenient or sufficient, this calls 

for the deployment of our LabKit systems 

customised according to client specifications: 

� customised reactor apparatus 

� customised reaction calorimeters 

� customised formulation devices 

A LabKit Laboratory Reactor System is individually 

designed to your specific requirements and 

commissioned turnkey-ready by our project 

engineers directly in your company. 

We manufacture LabKit Systems like: 

� Laboratory Installations 

� Bench Plants 

� Mini Plants 

� Pilot Plants 

They are applied for product and process 

development, process optimisation, etc. 


� Client-specific Solutions 

� Single and Multi Reactor Systems 

� Batch, Semi-Bacth or continuous Operation 

� Fully automated 

� Various possibilities for Upgrades 

Advantages 

� perfectly fitted to your needs 

� open system with easy handling 

� continuously expandable 

� space-saving installation 

� electrically lifted reactor vessel 

� optimal usage of the laboratory‘s capacity by 

operating 24 hours 

� best reproducibility 

� increase in quality 

� relief from routine jobs 

� reducing the risk of accident 

� GLP-compliant documentation 

� accessible via network, e.g. from the office 

� remote maintenance (dial-up by customer) 

Possibilities 

� single and multi stage syntheses 

� distillation reflux 

� crystallisation 

� polymerisation and polycondensation 

� hydrogenation with consumption measurement 

� reaction calorimetry 

� temperature, pressure, and vacuum control 

� dosing of solids and gases 

� dosing liquids, gravimetric and volumetric with 

pumps or with gas pressure via valves 

� continuous weighing of distillate 

� titration 

� phase separation 

� stirrer RPM control and torque measurement 

� regulation the pH basic and/or acid 

� controlling the recipe compliant with the NAMUR 

basic operational concept 

� coupled multi reactor systems 



Construction example: LabKit double jacket reactor system each 

with a three-jacket glass reactor for deep temperature handling up 

to -80°C reactor inside temperature, with freeze desalination and 

dosing unit for gases at -90°C, three volumetric and one 

gravimetric dosing circuits, inerting system with electronic reactor 

lift. 

LabKit Modules 

You have the choice between different mounting 

frames, vessels, gadgets, and other components for 

instrumentation and automation. 

The composition of a laboratory system with single 

components, like pH dosing controller, vacuum 

controller, data acquisition, master control (e.g. PLC) 

etc. was regarded the best equipment during the last 

years. It is the limits of these conventional systems 

where LAB-Kit shows its superiority due to its 

NAMUR-compliant automation based on the 

LabManagersystems. 

The following summary shortly depicts some of the 

modules. More detailed descriptions of the same 

can be found in other chapters. 

Frames 

The frames are made of anodised aluminum square 

profiles and/or round profile high-grade steel. 

Optionally, an electrical lifting device for the reactor 

can be installed. 

Reactors 

Verfügbar sind Glasgefäße, auch spezielle Anfertigungen 

von 100 ml bis 100 l, in unterschiedlichen 

Bauformen, mit Einfach- oder Doppelmantel. Deckel 

mit Öffnungen nach Bedarf. Für höhere Drücke sind 

geprüfte Glasreaktoren oder Edelstahl- und Hastelloygefäße 

von 20 ml bis 20 l verfügbar. 

Cooler, reflux seperator etc. custom-made products 

on demand. 

Stirrer 

The torque signal delivers substantial additional 

information for processes which are associated with 

viscosity modification. In many cases, the torque 

signal, which is easily traceable, can be consulted 

as a indicator for the product quality. 

The ViscoPakt torque measuring stirrer is a stirrer 

drive with a high torque, with speed regulation and 

torque monitoring. It has outstanding measuring 

accuracy (see ViscoPakt). Anchor, beam, or 

propeller stirrers can be used. In special cases, the 

torque can be transmitted by a magnetic clutch. 

Heating/Cooling System 

Heating-/cooling thermostats in different versions 

made by Huber and Julabo, as well as other 

manufacturers, can be used within a range of -80 to 

+300 °C. Alternatively, a regulated rod heater or 

heating mantle or a cooling coil can be deployed. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

196 

Dosing Systems 


The LabDos peristaltic pump is the cost-effective 

solution for the volumetric dosing of liquids. For 

precise dosing of smallest amounts and under high 

pressure the SyrDos dosing system is availble. 

For higher demands, gravimetric dosing with 

GraviDos or laboratory scales with dosing pump is 

advisable. The innovative GraviDos dosing system is 

first choice for gravimetric dosing even for high 

pressure dosing. 

For special cases (exothermic reactions, risk of 

clumping due to crystallization...), time profiles can 

be programmed. The dosing process can also be 

linked with other variables (e.g. temperature, pH...) 

or integrated into control circuits. 

Gases can be valve-controlled, or alternatively, be 

proportioned via dosing pumps, balances, load cells 

or mass flow meters. 

For hydration purposes the hydration unit VL- 

HICLAVE-HYDR is available. 

HiTec Zang solids doser SoliDos is suited for dosing 

of free flowing solids. 

Pressure/Vacuum 

The glass reactors can generally be used in 

pressure ranges from vacuum to slight over 

pressure. Special designs, e.g. 2 L reactors made 

for up to 5 bar over pressure are possible. The 

required work protection equipment can optionally 

be provided. 

For pressure measurements, proven piezo-resistive 

pressure sensors with stainless steel diaphragms 

are used. For more precise measurement during 

vacuum operation, a tandem sensor system with 

measurement range switching can also be used. 

Over the entire pressure range, the internal pressure 

can be regulated very exactly with suitable sensor 

and valve configurations. The setpoints values are 

precisely reached and held within a short time. 

Control takes place with proportionally controlled 

solenoid valves. 

For the vacuum range up to approximately 10 mbar, 

we mount vacuum systems, chemical membrane 

pumps. For low pressures, we deploy rotary vane 

pumps. We principally equip vacuum systems and 

pumps with a cold-trap (chargeable with (dry) ice). 

Automatic Sample Bottling 

Samples can be drawn automatically or processcontrolled 

and subsequently bottled with an 

AutoSam sample collector. 

Aditional liquid-handling operations and downstream 

processing can be realised.. 

Options, Extensions 

In-Situ sensors for the filling level, turbidity, flow rate, 

pH, Redox, etc. Connection of analysers for 

sophisticated control strategies, coupled multireactor 

systems and many client-specific plants. 


Materials 


Borosilicate glass, PTFE, PFA, Kalrez and highgrade 

steel are mainly used as standard materials. If 

required, other materials can be deployed. 

Automation 

LabManager(and LabBox) provide the necessary 

interfaces for connection of the laboratory devices, 

sensors and actors, reaching from the temperature 

sensor to the dosing pump, to the proven connection 

boards with NAMUR-conform connections. 

The devices are able to replace the electronics of 

various individual devices of the conventional 

laboratory automation, such as doser, controller, pen 

recorder, titrators, transducers, data loggers etc. 

Predefined project modules for basic functions, e.g. 

Dosing, Tempering, Vacuum Control, etc, also 

enable the user inexperienced in automation 

applications to establish a fully automated 

application within a short period of time. 

Application-oriented controllers for dosing, vacuum, 

pH, temperature, etc. , ideally accomplish their tasks 

and do not require expert knowledge for 

parameterisation. 

Visualisation 

With LabVision, the plant can be operated and 

monitored from the display; recipes can be 

established, values monitored etc. 

Recipe Control 

For a versatile recipe control and management 

either the table based EasyBatch or HiBatch with a 

grafical recipe editor and its extensive basic unit 

operation library are available. 

Evaluation and Presentation 

The LabVision module HiText enables evaluation 

already during the runtime of a process. 

The electronic laboratory journal eJournal presents 

all relevant test parameter and data. 

The laboratory journal protocols are deposited in the 

data base of the Laboratory Information 

Management System HiLIMS and can easily be 

retrieved and consolidated to reports. 


During almost all exothermal and endothermal 

processes, the signal of the current heat output 

provides additional information about the reaction 

process, the merit of which is still often 

underestimated. 

Further information can be found in the chapter 

Custom Reaction Calorimeter. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

198 


LabKit Custom Reaction Equipment 

The modular LabKit assembly system enables the 

customer-specific construction of laboratory and 

miniplant plants wherever the standard systems are 

not sufficient. A base frame made of aluminum or 

high-grade steel aligned to the available space is 

equipped with the respectively required process 

hardware, instrumenting and automation 

components. 

Summary LabKit Module 

Notice: You can find information regarding the 

standard laboratory systems LabKit-ALR1, LabKit- 

ALR2, LabKit-rcf, LabKit-rcb, and LabKit.ed in the 

chapter Automatic Laboratory Reaction systems. 

The PI and suited software packages must be 

arranged according to the equipment and the 

desired level of automation. 

Base Frame Anodised square aluminum profile, high-grade steel collecting tray, power 

distribution. Optional high-grade steel round profile with powder-coated 

connecting elements. 

Reactors Standard glass vessels from 100ml up to 50 litres with tempering jacket, optional 

vacuum jacket, or O-ring sprinkler, manual or automatic bottom discharge valve, 

cover with sockets according to requirements and feasibility, custom designs 

according to customer specifications, high-grade steel up to 300 bar, special 

materials. 

Lowering Device Electric lifting device for the reactor with manual switch. 

Stirring Drives ViskoPaktxx and ViskoPakt-rheoxx precision stirring drives with RPM control and 

torque measurement. 

Stirring Blades Propeller, turbo, blade, and anchor stirrer can be selected. Other type and special 

designs available upon request. 

Dosing, gravimetric Gravimetric dosing with GraviDos (controlled dropping funnel) or via dosing pump 

(e.g. HiTec Zang LabDos) and laboratory scales. 

Dosing, volumetric Dosing with membrane pump, dosing with peristaltic pump (see chapter 

Instrumenting , Pumps). 

Dosing Minute Dosing with syringe doser or LabDos peristaltic pump (see chapter Instrumenting, 

Quantities 

Pumps). 

Gas Dosing Gas dosing via Mass-Flow-Controller. 

Sequential Multi-Dosing 2/3 – way or multi-way valve for the selection of the feed tank. 

via Scales 

Solid Dosing, volumetric SoliDos solids doser. 

Solid Dosing, 

SoliDos solids doser combined with GraviDos. 

gravimetric 

Heating/Cooling Heating/Cooling thermostats manufactured by Huber, Julabo, Lauda etc. with 

Systems 

connection to the LAB-xxx PI. 

Sensors Temperature sensor for: reactor, thermostat, supply line, reflux and steam. Interior 

pressure, pH value, vacuum up to 2.5 bar and working temperature up to 130°C. 

Redundant monitoring of the jacket temperature with shut-down function. 

Pressure Measurement, Pressure pick-up 0-1.6 bar absolute, others available upon request. 

simple 

Pressure Measurement, Tandem pressure pick-up system for increased precision in the vacuum range 0- 

tandem 

250 mbar/1.6 bar absolute. 



Continuation Summary LabKit Module 

Vacuum Control Laboratory vacuum system with chemical-resistant vacuum pump < 8mbar 

absolute, suction-side separator, cold trap, relief valve, lock valve (PVDF/Kalrez). 

Other vacuum systems available upon request. 

Pressure Control Pressure control module (Standard up to 1,6 bar) combined with inerting. Venting 

/Inerting 

valve and air relief valve with control. . 

Pressure Relief Spring-loaded ball and socket relief valve made of glass for unpressurised 

systems closed against atmosphere. Bursting disc for pressure systems. Safety 

valves. 

Inerting, simple Inerting (only for unpressurised systems with venting, otherwise, pressure and 

safety monitoring is necessary). Vent valve with control. Optional pressure relief 

valve with control. 

Reflux Separator Vacuum-jacketed reflux separator with electrically controllable reflux separation 

ratio (see chapter Equipment and Components, Reflux Separator). 

Reflux Cooling Intensive reflux condenser made of borosilicate glass. 

Optional lock valve for the cooling water. Cooling water monitoring with rotary 

flowmeter. 

Distillation Glass reflux separator with electrically controllable reflux separation ratio (see 

chapter Equipment and Components, Reflux Separator), vacuum jacket, silvercoated 

with viewing window (optional), NSH+K 29/32 with PT100 connection, 

distillate collecting scales, 2/2- way shut off to separate the distillate collecting 

tank from the distillate flow and from the venting. 

Phase Separation Automatic phase separation in the bottom discharge valve. 

pH Control, Titration Two AlfaDos dosing systems (optional GraviDos or dosing pumps) for acid and 

base with pH control module. 

Sampling Automatic sampling optionally on the basis of a valve cascade (for a small number 

of samples), a multi-way valve (for a medium number of samples), sample 

collector (see chapter Liquid Handling and Sample Drawing, AutoSam) or a 

pipetting robot (for large numbers of samples). 

Reaction Calorimetry Heat-flow calorimetry, heat balance calorimetry, online (option), calibration 

heating. 

Extended Temperature Extension of the heating/cooling system and the sealing materials to accord to 

Range 

lower or higher temperatures available upon request. 

Materials Mainly borosilicate glass, PFA, PTFE, ETFE, PVDF, seals in contact with media 

out of Kalrez, high-grade steel material 1.4571 (subject to modification) 

Special solutions available upon request. 

Multiple examples of our plant construction can be found on our website www.hitec-zang.de. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

200 


Custom Parallel Reactor System 

Custom-made Parallel Reactor System for crystallisation 

screening with turbidity sensor. Joint heated dosing vessel. 

The general development is moving towards 

increasingly smaller volumes and to parallel 

preparations. We dispose of experience in parallel 

reactor systems reaching from the ml to the litre 

scale, and from 4 to 48 reactors. Experience has 

taught us that these systems must also meet 

individual requirements. For this reason, there is no 

such thing as “the” reactor parallel system. 

Application 

� Parallel Syntheses 

� Active Ingredient Screening 

� Bioprocess Monitoring etc. 

In addition to our standardised parallel reactor 

systems MultiLab and MiniLab, we also construct 

client-specific parallel reactor systems for all 

possible kinds of application. 

Your Advantages 

� Individually designed 

� Various possibilities 

� Reators reaching from the ml to the litre scale 

� Adapted Dosing Technology 

� Adapted Stirring Technology 

� Adapted Tempering Technology 

Further examples for Parallel Reactor Systems: 

Fourfold parallel reactor system with 250ml double jacket reactors 

for deep temperature synthesis and sample taking. 

Threefold parallel reactor system with 2 l reactors, parallel, 

selective dosing from the receiver tanks a, b and p. 

Parallel reactor systsm with 2 reactors 

and MultiLab tempering system. 

Further examples for parallel reactor systems can be 

found on our website. 



Custom Reaction Calorimeters 

Customer specific reaction calorimeter with heated cover and 

front side special nozzle. 

Next to the standard reaction calorimeters LabKit-rcf 

and LabKit-rcb, HiTec Zang also offers customised 

calorimeters. HiTec Zang also modernises existing 

calorimeters. 

Up to now, reaction calorimeter and laboratory 

reactors which can perform more than simple 

syntheses needed to be regarded separately. HiTec 

Zang LabKit-rc reaction calorimeters combine the 

two devices, which leads to a flexible system 

versatile in every aspect. As a calorimeter, the 

LabKit-rc offers various operational modes and 

measuring methods, as laboratory reaction system, 

the complete flexibility of the LabKit laboratory 

reaction technology and the LabManagerresearch 

process control system. 

Next to the classic deployments in the security 

laboratory, the reaction calorimetry is increasingly 

also establishing itself as an effective method within 

process development and process optimisation. For 

selective reaction control and risk analysis of 

chemical reactions, it is necessary to know the 

reaction heat output and the respective temporal 

progression at operational conditions. 

The following components are available: 

� Precision Temperature Measurement Module 

� Calibrated Temperature Sensors 

� Flowmeter for Heat Carriers 

� Controllable proportional Calibration Heating 

� HiCon adaptive Controller for ideal isothermal 

effect 

� Basis Operation Calorimetry with Online 

Evaluation 

� KalDas Evaluation Software for Heat Flow and 

Heat Balance Calorimetry 

You will find a detailed description in the chapter 

Components for Reaction Calorimetry. The 

application possibilities are various and go far 

beyond the classic measurement of the heat tone 

and thermal conversion. 

For the dimensioning of cooling systems, reliable 

data regarding the energy potential of a reaction 

mixture, as well as the heat transfer rate and the 

properties and/or the heat storage capability must be 

at hand, this often in dependency of the mixture and 

temperature. 

The reliable evaluation of complex chemical 

processes requires variable test equipment, which 

can be aligned to the conditions of the process 

intended for examination. 

For this reason, the systems can be arranged in 

such a manner that all functions of the laboratory or 

operational assembly can also be realised in the 

calorimeter. 

Examples for our customised recation calorimeters 

can be found on our website. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

202 


Components for Reaction 

Calorimeters 

These modules will enable you to upgrade your 

default reactor systems to a reacton calorimeter and 

thus making it possible to receive additional 

important and significant values within the an early 

stage of the process develeopment. Constraints to 

the functionality and the experiments will nearly not 

occur. 

Easy Evaluation 

You will find an evaluation program for heat flow and 

heat balance calorimetry which can be adapted to 

any device in the chapters Reaction Calorimetry/ 

Calorimetry Evaluation Program KalDas. 

Calibration Heater 

A calibration heater is required for calorimetric 

measurements at laboratory reactors. 

In particular for the establishment of the heat 

capacity of a material within the scope of a heat flow 

calorimetry, a very precise calibration heating is 

required, which corrects changes of the heating 

resistor, e.g. due to deterioration and temperature 

influences. For further information see chapter 

Components for Reaction Calorimetry. 

Thermostats 

Reaction calorimeters require thermostats with high 

cooling capacity and low thermal mass. 

We will gladly advise you to help to find the device 

best suited to your requirements. 

Temperature Control 

For isothermal calorimeter operation, exceptionally 

effective cascade controllers are required. You will 

find suited controllers in the chapter Laboratory 

Automation Software in the section controller 

modules. 

Temperature Measurement with maximum 

Precision 

This high precision temperature measurement 

module meets the highest requirements in terms of 

resolution and measurement precision. You find 

detailed information in the chapter Laboratory 

Automation Hardware,under cards, HK-AD24P8. 

Sensors for the Reaction Calorimetry 

Sensors that accord to the particular high demands 

of reaction calorimetry can be found under LAB-PI 

Interfaces/Precision-Pt100 Inputs. 

Turbine-Flow Sensors for Heat Carrier Oil 

The heat balance calorimetry requires the exact 

measurement of the flow rate of the heat carrier oil. 

These flow sensors (IS-F-TDM...) are especially 

suited for this purpose and are frequently used as an 

alternative to the significantly more expensive and 

more voluminous Coriolis mass flowmeters. 

Measurement Stirrer 

The heat incorporated by the stirring can be 

measured with the high-resolution ViskoPakt rheo 

stirring drives. You will find further information in the 

chapter “Stirring and Dispersing”. 



Formulation and Handling Stations 

The programme-controlled formulation stations are 

used for the automatic establishment and 

adjustment of formulations to certain target variables 

such as final volume and viscosity. The required 

basis operations, e.g. filling with liquids and solids, 

stirring, measuring, dosing etc., are executed 

programme-controlled. This consequently leads to 

varied applications in the chemical, pharmaceutical, 

biotechnical, cosmetics and food industry. Due to the 

availability of custom designs and the flexible 

automation system, the hardware and software 

application possibilities are virtually unlimited. 

The devices are arranged by combing the different 

components of our mechatronic modular system 

with our laboratory automation systems, laboratory 

devices and our sensor/actor components. 

The processes are programmed with the selfexplaining 

script language HiText or the graphic 

sequential function chart HiBatch. For this reason, 

they can be easily adapted to modified conditions by 

the user. The protocols can be automatically 

established. The protocol layout can be flexibly 

designed. 

The protocols can be automatically stored in the 

data base of the HiLIMS Laboratory Information 

Management System. HiLIMS supports the 

uncomplicated and efficient administration of all 

parameters and data. 

With the help of freely establishable search queries, 

the protocols are quickly retrieved when needed. 

Drehtellertyp 

The presented formulation station produces up to 8 

formulations fully automatically in exchangeable 

containers with a volume reaching from 1 to 5 litres. 

The user charges the tray before the test-start with 

stirring tanks that contain a random sample amount. 

Linear Type 

As an alternative to the formulating stations based 

on rotary plates or AutoSam sample collectors, a 

After the start of the test, the predefined samples are 

adjusted exactly to the predefined viscosity and 

target amount by adding doses of certain educts in 

consecutive order. The stirrer is cleansed 

automatically to ensure contamination is excluded. 

Due to the high-resolution torque coverage of the 

ViscoPakt-X7 torque measurement stirrer, it is 

possible to reach ideal reproducibility and therefore 

a consistent product quality during different tests. 

In comparison to the manual procedure conducted 

in the past, the automatic formulation usually leads 

to time saving in regard to the test period of 70 %, 

and 80 % in regard to the handling period. The payback 

period of the plants is accordingly short. To be 

stated as additional advantages are the increased 

reproducibility and product quality, as well as the 

automatically established documentation. 

The required sensor system can be fully integrated 

and enable measurement directly in the tanks. In 

comparison to the in situ sensor system, the 

measurement sensor is spared and can be easier 

exchanged and calibrated. 

Properties 

� Flexible Construction 

� Comprehensive Tank Selection 

� Fully automated 

� Freely programmable 

� Flexible Sensor System 

� Short Pay-Back Period 

Please note the versatile xyz-robots in the chapter 

Liquid Handling. 

pneumatically driven linear type is available for 

special applications. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

204 


Special Application Cases 

� Ex- Zone 

Components 

Viscosity Measurement 

Precision measurement stirrers of the ViscoPakt- 

Rheo Series enable a in situ measurement of the 

viscosity and, with the help of the automatic fluid 

handling system, e.g. the automatic adjustment of 

the viscosity. In particular low viscous media, can be 

measured with the ViscoPakt-Rheo X7. 

Further components of our Miniplant Technology: 

� Laboratory Scales 

� Reactor Weighing 

� Electric Bottom Discharge Valves 

� Automatic Liquid Phase Separation 

� Valves and Shut-Offs 

� Multi-way Valves 

� Little available Construction Depth 

Properties 

� Pneumatic Drive 

� Bottling of sampling bottles. Bottle size 250 ml 

(plastic or glass, other sizes available upon 

request. 

Options 

� Programme-controlled handling of liquids and 

solids. 

� Automatic Sensor System (pH, RedOx, 

conductivity, ion-selective electrodes, 

turbidity, pO2, viscosity, in situ spectroscopy). 

� LIMS Coupling 

Technical Data (ViscoPakt-Rheo X7) 

MaximumTorque 7Ncm 

Resolution 0,003 Ncm 

Reproducibility 0,05 Ncm 

Minimum RPM 40U/min 

Maximum RPM 3000 u/min 

Uncertainty RPM 0,1 % 

Chuck 1-10mm 

Drive Weight ca. 900g 

Diameter Motor 70mm 

Length across axis 

approx. 

250mm 

For further information, see chapter Stirring and 

Dispersing, ViskoPakt. 

can be found in the chapter„Equipment and 

Components“. Further devices and components can 

be found in the chapters: 

� Process Analytics and Sensors 

� Dosing Systems and Pumps 

� Liquid Handling and Sample Drawing 

� Stirring and Dispersing 

� Custom Reaction Calorimeters 

Please note our customised robots in the chapter Liquid-Handling and Sampling. 

Talk to our engineerss about our special requirements! 



206 

Laboratory Scales 

HiTec Zang is a competent partner for scales of a 

wide range of manufacturers. Your advantages are: 

Equipment and Components 

� Ideal alignment to the LabManager system 

� Competent consultancy in the selection of the 

suited scales 

� Competent consultancy in case of interface 

problems 

� Low-cost calibration service 

GraviDos ® Suspended Scales 

As a space-saving alternative to electronic 

laboratory scales, the GraviDos Suspended Scale 

has in many cases proven to be very useful. Using 

the available adaptors, it can be directly attached to 

the rodding of a laboratory plant. 

They can be queried faster than standard laboratory 

scales, which positively influences dosing and flow 

control. In addition, air movements are less 

disturbing to them than to platform scales. 

The GraviDos Suspended Scale is connected to a 

GraviDos Measuring Amplifier. The digital version 

disposes of a serial interface. 

The GravidosDos Dosing system is based on the 

GraviDos Suspended Scales. Further information 

can be found in the Chapter „Dosing Systems and 

Pumps“. 

In order to be able to establish an offer that meets 

your requirements, we need to know the weighing 

range and the required resolution. The serial 

interface is standard at most models. In spite of this, 

you should also state if you require one. Further 

requirements, such as documentation according to 

GLP, and other demanded special features should 

also be stated. 


Measuring Resolution approx. 0,01% of Unit 

Measuring Uncertainty approx. 0,1% of Unit 

Dimensions Load Cell 

(without rodding) 

200x40x50mm 

Higher precision is available upon request. 

Delivery Scope Suspended Scales with signal cable for the connection to GraviDos 

Measuring Board or Measuring Amplifier 


IW-GRAVITS3000 GraviDos Suspended Scales 3000g, including cable 

IW-GRAVITS7500 GraviDos Suspended Scales 7500g, including cable 

IW-GRAVITS15000 GraviDos Suspended Scales 15kg, including cable 

IW-GRAVITS30000 GraviDos Suspended Scales 30kg, including cable 

IW-GRAVITS1000D GraviDos Suspended Scales 1.000g, integrated measuring amplifier , RS232, including cable 

IW-GRAVITS3000D GraviDos Suspended Scales 3.000g, integrated measuring amplifier, RS232, including cable 

IW-GRAVITS7500D GraviDos Suspended Scales 7.500g, integrated measuring amplifier, RS232, including cable 

IW-GRAVITS15000D GraviDos Suspended Scales 15kg, integrated measuring amplifier, RS232, including cable 

IW-GRAVITS30000D GraviDos Suspended Scales 30kg, integrated measuring amplifier, RS232, including cable 

HK-GRADOMV1 Measuring Amplifier 1 Channel, external measuring amplifier for connection to analogue input 

HK-GRADOMV1D Digital Measuring Amplifier external, 1 Channel, with RS232 V24 Interface 

HK-GRADOMV1D-SN Plug-In Power Supply for Digital Measuring Amplifier HK-GRADOMV1D 

HK-AD24DMS4 Measuring System 4 Channels, Board for HiTec Zang PNC Panel 

IL-GRADOADV Square Adaptor, adapter piece for load cell to square aluminium assembly systems 

IL-GRADOADR Round Adaptor, adapter piece for load cell to 12mm tube assembly systems 

You will find further information to the measuring amplifiers and more in the chapters „Laboratory Automation 

Hardware“ and „External Measuring Amplifiers“. 

Information to the GravDos Dosing Systems can be found in the Chapter „Dosing Systems and Pumps“. 


GraviDos ® Desktop Scales 


The GraviDos desktop 

scales represent a spacesaving 

alternative to 

electronic laboratory 

scales. Without the foot 

element, they can, in 

addition, be directly 

attached to the rodding of a 

laboratory plant. The 

GraviDos desktop scales 

are connected to a 

GraviDos measurement 

amplifier. 


IW-GRAVITS1000 GraviDos desktop scales 1.000g 

IW-GRAVITS3000 GraviDos desktop scales 3.000g 

IW-GRAVITS7500 GraviDos desktop scales 7.500g 

IS-W-GRAVISTAND Desktop stand with levelling screws 

IS-W-GRAVIPLATE Weighing plate, diameter 140mm 

IS-W-GRAVICRANE Hose guide to weighing vessel 

GraviDos ® Platform Scales 

GraviDos platform scales represent a robust 

alternative to electronic laboratory scales for 

deployment under rough conditions. 

The GraviDos System enables shorter and more 

consistent measuring periods than electronic 

laboratory scales. This in turn enables a more 

consistent flow during dosing regulation. The 

GraviDos platform scales are connected to a 

GraviDos measurement amplifier. 

The scales dispose of adjustable foots for levelling. 


� Robust Construction for In-Process Applications 

� Ideal Alignment to the LabManager-System 

� Ideal Regulating Properties due to a high Sampling Rate 


Dimensions Weighing Platform 300mm x 300mm 

Measurement Range 3kg, 7.5kg, 15kg, 30kg 

Measurement Resolution 0.01% 

The three-element hose guide ensures the stable 

guidance of the hose into the vessel. 

Further information can be found in the chapter 

“Dosing Systems and Pumps”. 


Height Weighing Plate 70mm 

Diameter Weighing Plate 140mm 

Maximum Height of Holder 400mm 

Maximum Width 160mm 

Measurement Range 1kg, 3kg, 7,5kg 

Delivery scope Desktop scales with signal cable for 

connection to a GraviDos 

measurement card or measurement 

amplifier 

Delivery Scope Platform scales with signal cable for connection to a GraviDos measurement card 

or measurement amplifier 


IW- GRAVIPF3000 Platform scales for a maximum load of 3,000g 



W-GRAVIPF30000 Platform scales for a maximum load of 30,000g 

Ex-Equipment is available upon request. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

208 

Reactor Weighing 


An exact measurement of the filling level in the 

reactor is difficult to realise, as the measurement 

transmitters are too large and dispose of too low 

resolution. One alternative is the weighing of the 

complete reaction vessel. In order to achieve a high 

resolution at the lowest cost, the tare weight of the 

plant is compensated by balance weights. The 

variable weight of the tempering oil (due to thermal 

expansion) can be compensated by the LabManager 

on a calculated basis. 


Weighing Range As required 

Measurement 1 g at 50 kg 

Resolution 


IW-GRAVIREAKW GraviDos reactor weighing module 

Kern Scales 

Kern scales are our low-cost alternative. 

� Good Quality at a low Price 

� 3 Years Guarantee by Manufacturer 

� Optional Self-Calibration 

� Outstanding Cost/Performance Ratio 

Preferential Types of System Scales: 

Example for reactor weighing with GraviDos load cell: 60 kg 

construction. Above: view of the complete plant, left: load cell, 

right:balance weights for tare compensation. 

Model Weighing Range [g] Reading Precision [g] Weighing Plate Remark 

572-35 1.510 0,01 ø 150 Robust metal casing 

Including RS232 

572-49 15.100 0,1 160x200 Robust metal casing 


PLS 510-3 510 0,001 128x128 Back-lit Display 

Very robust metal casing 


PLS 4000-2 4.000 0,01 165x165 Back-lit Display 

Very robust metal 

casing 


QKE 36K0.5 36.100 0,5 340x240 Self-explanatory filling 

level control 



IW-572-35 Precision laboratory scales, Kern Type 572-35, Max. 1,510g, resolution 0.01g, reproducibility 

0.01g, incl. RS232 

IW-572-49 Precision laboratory scales, Kern Type 572-35, Max. 15,100g, resolution 0.1g, reproducibility 

0.1g, incl. RS232 

IW-PLS 510-3 Precision laboratory scales, Kern Type PLS 510-3, Max. 510g, resolution 0.001g, reproducibility 

0.001g, incl. RS232 

IW-PLS 4000-2 Precision laboratory scales, Kern Type PLS 4000-2, Max. 4000g, resolution 0.01g, reproducibility 

0.01g, incl. RS232 

IW-QKE 36K0.5 Large desktop scales, Kern Type QKE 36K0.5, resolution 0.5g, reproducibility 0.5g, incl. RS232 

ZK-W-KE04-BS-R2-I-02 Connection cable Kern scales Type IW-572 and Typ QKE, RS232, 3m 

ZK-W-KE06-BS-R2-I-01 Connection cable Kern scales Type IW-PLS, RS232, 3m 


Sartorius Scales 

Sartorius scales represent the proven industrial 

standard with a particularly wide range of different 

types: 

� Proven industrial Standard 

� Extremely robust 

� Made in Germany 

� Calibrated Version available 

� Optional Self-Calibration 

� Ex-Version available 

� Good Cost/Performance Ratio 

Features of the Extend Series: 

� Internal motor-driven alignment weight 

element 

� Fully automatic calibration and alignment 

function isoCAL 

� ReproTEST for quick determination of 

reproducibility 

� ISO/GLP-conform protocoling 

Available in 2 Versions 

Depending on the application complexity, you can 

select between Extend precision scales models 

including or without an internal alignment weight 

element. Both scales model series are ideally suited 

for deployment as testing instrument in the quality 

assurance system. The measurement range of the 

scales is 0.001 to 8200 g. As an example, the 

following depicts the ED6202S with a weighing 

range of 0.01 up to 6200g. 

Sartorius ED6202S 


Secured against unauthorised Modifications 

The access to the scales menu can be locked via a 

code determined by you. With this, you are able to 

secure your settings against manipulations and 

unauthorised modifications. 

In combination with a connected printer, the scales 

of the Extend series meet the demands of the 

ISO/GLP-conform protocoling to 100%. 

Quality QA: 

Sartorius also offers platform scales with a weighing 

range of 0.1g up to 65 kg. 

Quality QA is based on a modular concept: display 

unit and weighing platform can be mounted 

separately. 

Technische Daten 

Weighing Range 6200 g 

Reading Precision 0.01g 

Weighing Plate 180 x 180 mm 


IW-LP4200S Sartorius scales LP42000S incl. RS232 

ZK-W-SA01-BS-R2-I-03 Connection cable Sartorius scales to HiTec-PI, 9-pole RS232. 3 m 

Sartorius ME414S 


Weighing Range 410 g 

Reading Precision 0.0001g 

Weighing Plate ø 90, weighing space 

166 x 248 


IW-ME414S Sartorius scales ME414S incl. RS232 

ZK-W-SA01-BS-R2-I-03 Connection cable Sartorius scales to HiTec-PI, 9-pole RS232. 3 m 

Take advantage of the experience of our project engineers. We will gladly advise you! 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services



Electrical Base Discharge Valves 

Automatic base discharge valves enable the 

program-controlled discharge of the reactor content. 

Base discharge valves actuated by electric drive, in 

comparison to the pneumatically-driven ones, have 

the advantage that the opening degree can be 

adjusted continuously. 

The combination with the phase detector PhaDec 

enables conducting additionally automatic phase 

separation and extraction. 

Automatic base discharge valves, in comparison to 

manually operated valves, offer the following 

Advantages: 

� Minimisation of the risk of injuries 

� Automatic discharge at the ideal point of time 

� Enables automation of phase separation in 

combination with PhaDec 

The HiTec Zang electrical base discharge valves are 

based on proven manual base discharge valves 

made by different manufacturers. These are 

equipped with a special electrical drive and a control 

system. 

An important feature is that no extra headroom is 

required for this. 

NORMAG-valve with electrical drive 

Especially important and advantageous is the 

possibility to operate the valve manually at any time, 

e.g. in case of a power failure. 

Die Ansteuerung erfolgt über Bedientaster RS232 

Schnittstelle. Eine Positionsregelung sorgt für 

optimale Reproduzierbarkeit. 

Optional können 24V Binärein- und Ausgänge 

vorgesehen werden, jeweils für auf und zu. 


Ambient temperatur 40 °C 

Operating voltage 24V DC 

Control RS232, opt. 2x Binär 24V 

Response RS232, opt. 2x Binär 24V 

Industrial Protection IP30 

Delivery Scope Drive and control unit with connection cable and manual 

GKB-valve with electrical drive 

HWS-Ventil 10 mm Type T/PT HWS-Ventil 20 mm Type H 


VL-BAVM-GKB Manual base discharge valve Type Glas Keller, for 250 and 400 ml 

VL-BAVA-GKB Electrical drive for base discharge valve Type Glas Keller 

VL-BAVA-NOR10 Electrical drive for base discharge valve Type NORMAG nominal width 10 mm, GL25 

VL-BAVA-NOR15 Electrical drive for base discharge valve Type NORMAG nominal width 10 mm, GL32 

VL-BAVA-NOR25 Electrical drive for base discharge valve Type NORMAG nominal width 10 mm, GL45 

VL-BAVA-HWST Electrical drive for base discharge valve Type HWS Standard T and T/PT nominal width 10mm 

VL-BAVA-HWS10 Electrical drive for base discharge valve Type HWS Typ short version 10 

VL-BAVA-HWS20 Electrical drive for base discharge valve Type HWS Typ short version 20 

VL-SOLIDOS-BIN Option Binärein- und Ausgänge 

The drives can also be adjusted by us to fit other valves. 



Automatic Liquid Phase Separation 

The HiTec Zang PhaSep phase separation module 

is in particular deployed in the automatic separation 

and separate bottling of liquid phases out of reactors 

or collecting vessels, e.g. after reactions with phase 

transfer catalysis, after azeotropic distillations or 

extractions. 

The application of PhaSep is not limited to 

transparent or conductible fluids. 

Properties 

� Robust und economic 

� Integratable into any system 

� Universally deployable for all liquid phases – 

even for not transparent or non-conductible fluids 

� Resistant to pressure and chemicals 

� Also deployable as temperature sensor 

� Easy to operate 

� Inert materials: glass, high-grade steel, Hastelloy, 

PEEK, PTFE 

� Full integration into the HiBatch recipe control 

The sensor can alternatively be mounted into the 

base discharge valve, the discharge tubing, or from 

above into the reaction vessel. 

PhaSep requires a control valve (see electrical base 

discharge valves) for regulation of the discharge 

speed and, if necessary, a separation valve for 

separate bottling. 

Main Areas of Deployment 


� Extractive Distillation 

� Azeotropic Distillation 

� Phase Transfer Catalysis 

PhaSep operates with most fluids, regardless 

whether they are liquid or gas, conductive or nonconductive, 

transparent or not. As long as there is a 

clear phase limit, the phases are securely 

separated. 


IL-PHASEP Liquid phase separation module 

PhaSep phase separation module with PhaDec Sensor at a 5-l 

research reactor. Detector 6 mm PTFE in automatic base 

discharge, on the left: control and separation valve as well as 

collecting vessel. Additional buttons for manual operation. 

Initialising mask of the basis operation PhaSep. 

You can find suited electrical base discharge valves in the section Electrical Base Discharge Valves 

PhaSep as a stand-alone system is available upon request. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

212 

Glass Components 

Reflux Separator 

Reflux separators enable the adjustment of the 

reflux ratio, i.e. the division of the occurring 

condensate in reflux and discharge at rectification 

columns. 

Two differently constructed types are available: 

Typ 1 comprises a pivot/rotary funnel with a sealed 

magnet which can be turned from the outside with 

an electric magnet to the positions reflux and 

discharge. 

Typ 2 operates with a ball and pocket valve, which 

can be moved from the outside via an electric 

magnet to the positions reflux and discharge. The 


advantage in this case is that the discharge nozzle is 

tightly sealed due to the ball and pocket valve in the 

reflux position. 

Both types can be directly connected to a digital 

output of a LAB-PI and be activated via pulse 

frequency, pulse width or pulse area modulation can 

be activated. 

An extra reflux control device is therefore no longer 

required. 

The reflux division ratio can be pre-determined, 

dependant of temperature, e.g. by the HiBatch basis 

operation „Distilling“. 

Reflux separator Type 1 with funnel Reflux separator Type 2 with ball and pocket valve 


IL-RFT-TR-1 Reflux separator with funnel , NS29 

IL-RFT-TR-MAG Electric magnet for reflux separator with funnel 

ZK-X-HW01-OD-XA-I-01 Cable for reflux separator with funnel, Tuchel plug for connection to LAB-PI 

IL-RFT-SV-1 Reflux separator with ball and pocket valve, from NS19 

IL-RFT-SV-MAG Electric magnet for reflux separator with ball and pocket valve 

ZK-HM-HI01-OD-XA-I-01 Cable for reflux separator with ball and pocket valve, Tuchel plug for connection to LAB-PI 

Sensor Protection Tube 

This sensor protection tube protects the sensitive 

measuring head of pH electrodes or other electrodes 

and serves as an extension at the same time. 


L-SONSCHR-1 Sensor Protection Tube made of glass, dimensions according to specifications 

Further glass parts, components and equipment for the laboratory and mini-plant technology, and special 

designs are available upon request. 



Low Pulsation Total Evaporator 

Low pulsation vapour dosing with quick responding 

behaviour to load changes is required for many 

technical applications. 

The new evaporator concept enables low pulsation 

total evaporation with very good dynamics. The 

essential features are the evaporation in very narrow 

channels, the strict partitioning of the apparatus into 

a cooled feed sector and a hot evaporation and 

overheating sector, as well as the fact that the 

construction can be disassembled for cleaning 

purposes. 

the cooling of the liquid in-feed prevents preliminary 

evaporation of the fed liquid, which leads the phase 

transition to take place with low pulsation and in a 

defined range on a very short section. An additional 

absorption volume is consequently no longer 

necessary. 

The defined evaporation in narrow channels with low 

liquid volume ensures controlled and low pulsation 

evaporation with very fast responding behaviour to 

load changes. 


Working Range 2 - 120 g/h 

Pressure 0 to 10 bar 

Temperature 0 to 400 °C 

Heating Exchangeable, electric heating 

cartridge 230 V, max. 400 W 

Medias Amongst others, water, 

methanol, iso-octane, petrol, 

SiCl4 

Material High-grade steel 1,4301, 

1,4571 (special materials, e.g. 

Hastelloy available upon 

request) 

Media 

Pipe, Ø6 mm 

Connection 


IL-VERDA120 Laboratory Evaporator max. 120g/h (H2O) 

IL-VERDA-TREG Universal Temperature Controller 

IL-VERDA-THEL Thermo Element in a high-grade steel tube 

Suited liquid pumps can be found under LabDos Peristaltic Pumps. 

Versions Welded or demountable (with 

O-Ring seal made of Viton, 

Temperature: max. 200 °C; 

(Teflon upon request) 

Applications 

Precise evaporation of liquid dosed feed materials in 

laboratories and pilot plants. 

� Fuel Cell 

� Car Exhaust Catalysis 

� Reaction Technology 

� Vapour Reforming 

� Process Technology ... 

The laboratory evaporator is also available as 

complete device with temperature control and 

dosing. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

214 

Valves and Stop-Cocks 

Valves, stop-cocks, flaps, etc. are required in large 

numbers for the control of the material flows in 

laboratory reactor plants, pilot plant stations, and 

mini-plants. 

Here you will find the special valve you require for 

your laboratory, pilot plant, or mini-plant station. You 

can select between open/closed valves and 

proportional valves. All valves can be directly 

connected to our LAB- and PMC-PIs. 

Also in this sector, you can count on our 

competence in the planning stage and acquisition of 

the suited products by acclaimed manufacturers. 

Application Areas 

� Addition/Feed of Reactants 

� Extraction of Products 

� Discharge of Reaction Vessels 

� Venting and Deairing 

� Inerting 

� Vacuum Generation 

� Cooling and Heating Agents Control 

� Switching between different reservoir containers, 

feeds, etc. 

� Safety: Preliminary Locking, Pressure Relief, 

Emergency Cooling ... 

� Ex-Area Zone 1 and 2: intrinsically safe and 

pressure-sealed magnetic valves, pneumatic 

valves balanced or controlled from the non-risk 

area. 


You can, in particular, expect from us competent 

advice and an individual concept aligned to your 

special requirements, respectively for your case of 

application. 

Our know-how covers many manufacturers and 

construction types, so that we are able to exactly 

correspond to your requirements. Do not hesitate to 

ask! 

For the most important tasks in the laboratory, you 

will find a selection of proven standards under 

“Preferential Types”, which will facilitate the selection 

for you. 

Advantages and Performance: 

� All valves can be activated via the digital 

outputs of our PIs 

� Complete delivery with cable and plug for 

direct connection to your LAB-xxx PI 

� Hydraulic design and alignment to the media 

of your plant, available auxiliary energy etc., 

established by our engineering department 

� Consultancy and alignment to your 

automation devices completely from one 

single source 

To establish the lay out design of a valve, we require 

some information, which you can, if desired, 

coordinate together with our project engineers: 

Work Conditions: 

Flow Rate (often, estimation is sufficient) 

Suction Pressure (p1), Back Pressure (p2) 

Working Temperature (media, ambient) 

Special ambient conditions (explosion protection, 

flammable/corrosive materials...) 

Media: 

Description, Aggregate Condition, in case of 

mixtures, hydraulic, rheological, chemical and 

physical features 

Valve Type: 

Gate valve, change-over valve- (2/3-way), rest 

position, secure position 

Auxiliary Energy: 

Compressed air//inert gas available?, Pressure? 

Connections: 

Deployed/ required tubing, hoses and connection 

elements? 

Special Requirements: 

Safety-relevant aspects, final position display / 

monitoring, cleaning possibilities, behaviour in case 

of auxiliary energy failure, media separation CIPcompatible 

etc.. 


Which Valve for which Application? 

The following table will help you to find the suited 

valve for a multitude of applications. 


IV-MB-FK2-2-1,6.. 

IV-MB-FK1-3-1,6.. 

In case of any uncertainties, our project department 

will gladly help you. 

IV-MB-FK1-2-1,6.. 

Task 

Locking of smaller Flows + + + o + 

Locking of medium Flows + + o + 

Locking of large Flows + + + 

Viscose, abrasive Media + 

Distributing + o + 

Selecting + o + 

Mixing + o + 

Control Valve for Liquid 

Dosing via the Force of Gravity 

(e.g. GraviDos) 

+ + o o 

Suction-side Valve at Pump 

Dosing for Vessel Switching 

+ + o o 

Additional Locking Valve at 

Dosing into Vacuum 

+ o 

Reactor Venting o o + o 

Reactor Deairing o o + o 

Inert Gas Feed o o + o 

Gas Feed + + o o 

Reactor Discharge Stop-Cock + + 

Sample Bottling o o o + 

High Pressure + 

Ex-Area + + o o o 

+ = well suited, o = limited suitability, upon request 

IV-MB-GM1-2-2... 

Multi-way channels can be found in the following pages. 

Preferential Types 

(A selection of standard types for typical 

laboratory applications) 

We have arranged a selection of preferential types 

for the most frequent laboratory applications which 

have proven to be especially effective. 

Preferred Types of Connection 

SN4/6 Screwing for hose with diameter interior/exterior 4.0/6.0 mm 

GMGx/x Thread Bushing G x/x inch e.g. G3/8 = 3/8 inch cylindrical G-thread 

IV-MB-UM1-2-3... 

IV-MB-UM1-3-3... 

IV-MB-UM2-2-.. 

IV-PB-FG1-2-15.. 

IV-PB-FG2-2-15.. 

IV-PB-FG3-3-20.. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

216 

Universal Laboratory Valve 

This low dead storage laboratory valve is particularly 

suited in the low pressure and low viscosity area for: 

� Distributing 

� Mixing 

� Switching of small Flows 

� As a Control Valve for Liquid Dosing via the 

Force of Gravity 

� As a Suction-side Valve at Pump Dosing for 

Vessel Switching 

� As an additional locking Valve when Dosing 

� For Dosing of aggressive, highly pure and sterile 

Media 



Amongst others, it is deployed in the GraviDos- 

Dosing System. 

Flow Rate Kv-Value 3-way: 0.047 m³/h, accords to 15 l/h H2O at approx. p=100 mbar 

(≈1 m height difference), 2-way: 0.06 m³/h 

Mode of Operation Open/Closed magnetic valve 

Rest Position dead, closed 

Nominal Width 1.6 mm / 1.5 mm 

Media Connection G 1/8“, UNF 

Media Temperature 0 to 50 °C 

Ambient Temperature max. 55 °C 

Pressure Range 0 to 2 bar 

Dead Storage Volume 85 μl 

Casing Material PVDF, ETFE 

Seal Material FFKM (Kalrez, similar to Simrez, Chemraz, Perlast) 

Media Compatibility Against almost all chemicals, except freons and highly halogenated solvents 

Flow Direction random 

Operational Voltage 24V DC 

Power Consumption 3.4 W warm 

Protection Category IP 40 

Ex-Version no 


IV-MB-FK1-2-1,6-GMG1/8-ea Universal 2/2-way laboratory valve nominal width 1.6 mm, Kv 0.06 m³/h, with 3 m cable for 

connection to LAB-PI (plug) or MSR-PI (open ends) 

IV-MB-FK1-3-1,6-GMG1/8-ea Universal 3/2-way laboratory valve nominal width 1.6 mm, Kv 0.047 m³/h, with 3 m for 


IV-MB-FK2-2-1,5-UNF-ea Universal 2/2-way laboratory valve nominal width 1,5 mm, Kv 0,039 m³/h, with 3 m cable for 

connectino to LAB-PI plug or MSR-PI (open ends) 

IV-MB-FK2-3-1,5-UNF-ea Universal 3/2-way laboratory valve nominal width 1,5 mm, Kv 0,047 m³/h, with 3 m cable for 

connectino to LAB-PI plug or MSR-PI (open ends) 

VL-KB-MB-FK1 Valve holding element for LabKit-ALU System 

ea = Electrical Connection 

T Tuchel plug for LAB-PI 

O Open ends for PMC-PI 

Order Example: 

3/2 way valve, media connection, thread bushing G 

1/8“, cable for LabManager/box 

Order Code: IV-MB-FK1-1,6-3-GMG1/8-T 



Universal Laboratory Valve with Manual Emergency Actuation 

An universal magnetic valve for application where a 

manual actuation is possibly necessary in 

emergency cases: 

� Reactor Venting and Deairing 

� Addition of Inert Gases 

� Distributing 

� Mixing 

� Interruption of small Flows 

� As a Control Valve for Liquid Dosing via the 



Flow Rate, Kv Value 0.25 m³/h (accords to approx. 30 l/min air at Δp=100 mbar) to 0.40 m³/h 

Mode of Operation Open/Closed or 2/3-way magnetic valve 


Nominal Width 3, 4, 5 mm 

Media Connection G1/4“ 

Media Temperature -30 to +80°C at EPDM, 0 to +80°C at FKM 

Ambient Temperature max. 55°C 

Pressure Range 0-8 bar at DN3, 0-3 bar at DN5 

Casing Material PP and PVDF 

Seal Material EPM, FKM, media separation via diaphragm , FFKM optional 

Media Compatibility bases, many solvents, many oils, 

acids and salt solutions should be verified in individual cases 


Power Consumption 8 W 

Protection category IP 65 


IV-MB-FK2-2-nw-ma-ea Universal 2/2-way laboratory valve with manual emergency actuation with 3 m cable for 


IV-MB-FK2-3-nw-ma-ea Universal 3/2-way laboratory valve with manual emergency actuation with 3 m cable for 


VL-KB-FK2-UM1 Valve holding element for LabKit-ALU-System 

nw = Nominal Width 

3 3 mm 0,25 m³/h 

4 4 mm 0,30 m³/h 

5 5 mm 0,40 m³/h 

ma = Media Connection: 

GMG1/4 Thread Bushing G 1/4“ 



O Open ends for MSRmanager 


3/2 way valve, DN3, Kv 0.25 m³/h, media connection 

thread bushing G 1/4“, 

Cable for 

LabManager/box. 

Order Code: IV-MB-UM1-3-GMG1/4 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

218 

Inerting, Venting and Deairing Valve 

This valve is particularly suited for: 

� Reactor Venting 

� Reactor Deairing 

� Addition of Inert Gases 

Amongst other applications, this valve is deployed in 

reactor systems operating under high pressure. 



Flow Rate, Kv Value 0.12 m³/h (accords approx. 15 l/min air at Δp=100 mbar) up to 0.55 m³/h 

Mode of Operation Open/Closed magnetic valve 


Nominal Width 2 bis 6mm 

Media Connection G1/8 bis G3/8 

Media Temperature -10 to +100°C at FKM, up to 180° at graphite/PTFE 

Ambient Temperature max. 55 °C 

Pressure Range 0 to 25 bar at NW 2 mm, 0 to 2,5 bar at NW 6 mm 

Casing Material High grade steel 

Seal Material FKM, PTFE/Graphite or EPDM 

Media Compatibility bases, many solvents, many oils, 

acids and salt solutions should be verified in individual cases 


Power Consumption 8 W 


Ex-Version Optional (pressure sealed) 


IV-MB-GM1-2-nw-ma-ea Universal 2/2-way laboratory valve nominal width 2.0 mm, Kv 0.12 m³/h, with 1.5 m cable for 

connection to LAB-PI or MSR-PI 

VL-KB-MB-GM1 Valve holding element for LabKit-ALU-System 

nw = Nominal Width 

2 2 mm 0,12 m³/h 

2,5 2,5 mm 0,16 m³/h 

3 3 mm 0,23 m³/h 

4 4 mm 0,30 m³/h 

6 6 mm 0,55 m³/h 

ma = Media Connection: 








2 way valve, media connection thread bushing G 

1/8, cable for LabManager/box. 

Order Code: IV-MB-GM1-2-2-GMG1/8 


High Pressure Magnetic Valve 

This high pressure valve features an exceptional 

pressure resistance of 410 bar. The directly 

controlled magnetic valve operates with a nipple 

seal. 

Application Areas: 

� Ventilation and Deairing of Reactor 

� Feeding of Inert Gas 

� Distribution 

� Mixing 

� Interruption of small Flows 

� Control Valve for the Dosing of Liquids via the 




Seat Diameter 1,5mm 

Operation Modes Open/Closed 2/2-Way Magnetic Valve 

Idle Position Currentless Closed 

Nominal Width 1,5 mm 

Media Connection G1/4“ 

Media Temperature -10...80°C 

Ambient Temperature max. 35°C 

Pressure Range 0-410bar 

Casing Material High Grade Steel 1.4305/1.4104 

Seal Material PTFE, PEEK 

Media Compatibility Bases, many solvents, many oils, acids and salt solutions. Please verify the 

individual cases. 


Power Consumption 100 W 



IV-MB-UM2-2 2/2-Way High Pressure Valve 24V, 4 A 

IV-MB-UM2-PS Power Supply for 2/2-Way High Pressure Valve, 24V, 4 A, with Auxiliary Contactor 

VL-KB-MB-UM2 Valve Retaining Element for V-MB-UM2-2 Valve at the LabKit-ALU-System 

Further valves (further information available upon request). 


IV-MB-UM1-2-3-ma-ea Universal 2/2-way laboratory valve Ex nominal width 3.0 mm, Kv 0.23 m³/h 

IV-MB-UM1-3-3-ma-ea Universal 3/2-way laboratory valve Ex nominal width 3.0 mm, Kv 0.23 m³/h 

IV-PB-FG1-2-15-ma-ea 2/2-way ball valve nominal width 15 mm, Kv 11 m³/h 

IV-PB-FG2-2-15-ma-ea 2/2-way diaphragm valve nominal width 15 mm, Kv 7 m³/h 

IV-PB-FG3-3-20-ma-ea 3/2-way electric-pneumatical Open/Closed valve,nominal width 20 mm, Kv 7 m³/h 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

220 

Adjustment and Control Valves 


Valves, stop-cocks, flaps, etc. are required in large 

numbers for the control of the material flows in 

laboratory reactor plants, pilot plant stations, and 

mini-plants. 

Material flows are often also integrated into control 

circuits. In this case, it is necessary to adjust these 

with continuously operating adjustment devices. For 

this purpose, adjustment valves are deployed. 


� Pressure Control 


� Mass Flow Control for Heating and Cooling 

Media 

� Fast Temperature Regulation via Mixing 

Regulations 

� Mastering of exothermal Reactions through 

Temperature Control via: 

� Mass Flow of deployed Materials 

� Cooling/Heating agent Flow 

� Cascaded Temperature Control, e.g. subordinate 

Mass Flow Control for Heating Steam 

� Mass Flow Regulations 

� Controlled Release/Pressure Generation 

according to predetermined Profiles 

� Material Flow Regulation in continuously 

operating Plants 

� Level Control via Feed and Discharge 

� Ex-Area Zone 1 and 2 with intrinsically safe Valve 

Positioners 

In simple cases, it is also possible to operate with 

open/closed valves, if a certain generated pulsation 

does not matter (PWM-modulation, two-step 

control). Please do not hesitate to ask us. We will 

gladly also propose low-cost solutions to you, if this 

is possible. 

Advantages, Services 

Which Proportional Valve for which Application? 

With the help of the following table you will be able 

to find the suited valve for a multitude of 

applications. 

� All valves can be activated via the analogue 

outputs (panels AAP, AEAP..) of our PIs 

� Complete delivery with cable and plug for 

direct connection to your LAB-xxx PI 

� Hydraulic design and alignment to the media 

of your plant, available auxiliary energy etc., 

established by our engineering department 

� Upon request, integration of your application 

programs by our application programmers 

� Upon request, design, installation and 

parameterisation of your control circuits by 

our engineering department 

� Ready-to-use software modules, e.g. vacuum/ 

pressure control... 

� Establishment of complicated controller 

structures: self-adapting controllers, cascade 

controllers, characteristics controllers... 

� Consultancy and alignment to your 


single source 

In addition, we are also able to equip valve types out 

of the chapter “ Valves and Stop-Cocks” (e.g. ball 

valves, diaphragm valves) with continuously 

operating actuators. Also with these, to a certain 

extent, it is possible to conduct controlled operation. 

For higher quality regulations, we are also able to 

design characteristics regulations aligned to the 

respective application. 

For the most important tasks in the laboratory, you 

can find a selection of proven standards under 

“Preferential Types”, which will facilitate the selection 

for you. 

In case of any uncertainties, our project department 

will gladly assist you. 



IV-MP-UM... 

Task \ Type 

Pressure Control + + 

Vacuum Control + o + 

Mass Flow Control Small Flow + + 

Mass Flow Control Large Flow + o 

Mass Flow, viscose, abrasive Media o + 

Level Control + o o o 

Heating/Cooling Media, Temperature Control + + + 

Quick Temperature Control + + o 

Ex-Area + 

+ = well suited, o = limited suitability, upon request 

Electromagnetic Control Valve 

These electromagnetic proportional valves with 

outstanding features are the most cost-effective 

possibility to proportionally reduce material flows. 

Features 

� Low Hysteresis 

� Low Pressure Dependency 

� High Manipulating Speed 

� Simple Activation 

Applicable for: 

� Pressure Control 


� Mass Flow Control in Heating and Cooling 

Medias 

� Further Applications within Reactor Systems 


IV-PP-UG1-2-13 

IV-PP-FG1-3-20.. 

IV-PP-UX1-2... 

There are two methods to connect the 

valves to HiTec-Zang PIs. 

IV-PP-FG2-2-15... 

� Direct connection to a digital output 

(PWM 400 Hz an LP-DAP8T). The 

available power output of the digital 

output must be observed. This 

solution is particularly advisable in 

case of several valves are deployed. 

� 4..20mA analogue output (LP-AAP8UI or (LP- 

AE4AA4P...) via electronics IV-MP-ELBU... 

For the supply with operational voltage, a digital 

output (LP-DAP8A) or an external power supply 

source with according 24 V power output can be 

used. 

Flow Rate, Kv Value DN 0.8: approx. 0.02 m³/h, DN 2: 0.1 m³/h, DN 4: 0.33 m³/h, DN 6: 0.7 m³/h 

Qair (5 bar on atm.) DN 0.8: approx. 1,500 l/h, DN 2: 6,600 l/h, DN 4: 21,800 l/h, DN 6: 46,200 l/h 

Suited Vacuum Pump DN 2: approx. 1,000-3,000 l/h, DN 4: 3,000-8,000 l/h, DN 6: 8,000-16,000 l/h 

Mode of Operation 2/2-way magnetic valve with electronics 4-20 mA 

Rest Position dead, closed, zero point cut-off 

Nominal Width 0.8 + 2 + 4 + 6 mm 

Media Connection DN 0.8: G 1/8“, DN 2 + DN 4: G 1/4“, DN 6: G 3/8“ 

Media Temperature -10 to +90°C 

Ambient Temperature max. +55°C 

Pressure Range DN 0.8: 0-12 bar, DN 2: 0-8 bar, DN 4 u. DN 6: 0-2 bar 

Activation 4-20 mA with electronics or directly to LP-DAP8T 

Power Supply 24 V DC 

Power Output DN 0.8: 4 W, DN 2 + 4: 8 W, DN 6: 15 W 

Casing Material High-grade steel, DN 6 brass! 

Seal material FPM, Viton, Kalrez, PTFE 

Media Compatibility Almost all chemicals; acids and salt solutions need to be verified in individual 

cases, DN 6 only neutral gases (cold trap in case of vacuum application!) 

Hysteresis < 5% 

Reproducibility < 0.5 % of final value 

Response Time (90%) < 50 ms 


Ex-Version No 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

222 



IV-MP-UK1-2-0,8-ma-ea 2/2-way magnetic control valve, nominal width 0.8 mm, Kv 0.02 m³/h, with 1,5 m cable for 


IV-MP-UM1-2-2-ma-ea 2/2-way magnetic control valve, nominal width 2 mm, Kv 0.1 m³/h, with 1,5 m cable for 


IV-MP-UM2-2-4-ma-ea 2/2-way magnetic control valve, nominal width 4 mm, Kv 0.33 m³/h, with 1,5 m cable for 


IV-MP-UG1-2-6-ma-ea 2/2-way magnetic control valve, nominal width 6mm, Kv 0.7 m³/h, with 1,5 m cable for 

connection to LAB-PI or MSR-PI, only avaialable in brass! 

IV-MP-ELBU1 Separate electronics 4-20mA and 0-10V for IV-MP... proportional valves 

IV-MP-ELBU2 Integrated electronics 4-20mA for IV-MP proportional valves except -08 

ma = Media connection: 

GMG1-8 Thread Bushing G 1/8“, only DN 0.8 

GMG1-4 Thread Bushing G 1/4“, only DN 2 + 4 

GMG3-8 Thread Bushing G 3/8“, only DN 6 

SN6/SN4-6 Hose diameter=4mm, hose screwing, interior/exterior diameter 4/6mm for DN2 

SN10/SN8-11 Hose diameter=8mm, hose screwing, interior/exterior diameter 8/11mm for DN4 

SN15/SN10-15 Hose diameter=10mm, hose screwing, interior/exterior diameter 10/15mm for DN6 




2/2-way magnetic control valve, nominal width 2 


mm, hose olive for di = 6, for LabBox 

Order Code: IV-MP-UM1-2-2-SN6-T 

Further Control Valves (Further information upon request): 


IV-PP-UG1-2-13-ma-ea 2/2-way electro-pneumatic slanted fit control valve, nominal width 13 mm, Kv 2.8 m³/h, 

integrated valve positioner 

IV-PP-FG1-3-20-ma-ea 3/2-way electro-pneumatic control valve, nominal width 20 mm, Kv 7 m³/h, with integrated 

valve positioner 

IV-PP-UX1-2-ma-ea-kv 2/2-way electro-pneumatic precision control valve with integrated valve positioner 

Multi-Way Valves 

These multi-way valves are intended for the 

distribution or combining of materials at low 

pressures. For the connection to the LAB-System, a 

serial interface is required at the UI/workstation. 

Multi-Way Valve for Small Flows 

Possible versions with 3/4/6/12/24-way distributor 

and 6-way sample feeding 

Typical applications are: 

� Bottling of Samples 

� Dosing out of many Preparation Drums 


Nominal Width 0.75 mm, 1.5 mm 

Mode of Operation Rotor with step motor drive 

Media Connection 1/16 inch (1.58 mm), ¼ - 28 

Fittings 

Pressure Range 21 oder 68 bar at 6-way 


Material Rotor PEEK/PCTFE 

Media 

Compatibility 

Operating Voltage 24V DC 

Activation RS232 

Ex-Version no 

Almost all chemicals, except 

acids containing sulphur and 

nitrogen and several solvents 




IV-MW1-wa-ma-ea Multi- way valve with 1.5 m cable for connection to LAB-PI or PMC-PI 

IFN-IV-MW1 NAMUR driver for multi-way valve IV-MW1 

wa = Number of Positions 4, 6, 12 or 24. 

ma = Media Connection: UNF1/4“ 

We advise to obtain feedback from our project 

department before placing an order for this valve. 

Multi-Way Valve for Medium Flows 

1/16 Fittings for 1/16 inch tubes, nominal 

width of valve: 0.75 mm. 

1/8 Fittings for 1/8 inch tubes, nominal 

width of valve 1.5 mm. 


Nominal Width 4.6 mm 

Mode of Operation Rotor with step motor drive 

Media Connection Fittings for 1/4 inch tubes 

(6.35 mm) 

Media Temperature 50 °C 

Ambient 

40 °C 

Temperature 

Pressure Range 6 bar liquid 


Material Stator PPS 

Material Rotor PTFE 

Media Compatibility Almost all chemicals 



Protection Category IP30 

Ex-Version optional 


IV-MW2-wa-1/4 Multi-way valve with 1.5 m cable for connection to LAB-PI or PMC-PI 

IFN-IV-MW2 NAMUR driver for multi-way valve IV-MW1 

wa = Number of Positions 4, 6. 

We advise to obtain feedback from our project department before placing an order for this valve. 

Further equipment and components can be found in 

the chapters: 

� Process Analytics and Sensors 

� Dosing Systems and Pumps 

� Liquid Handling and Sample 

� Stirring and Dispersing 

� Customised Reaction Calorimeters 

The present catalogue, due to the limited space, can only present an extract of all available equipment and 

components. 

HiTec Zang, amongst many other articles, also retails thermostats of the leading manufacturers, including 

respective accessories, e.g. hoses, heat carrier oil and pressure rising pumps. 

We will gladly assist you to find the ideal choice for your particular case of application. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

224 

Process Analytics and Sensors 

Here you will find a selection of instruments for 

process analytics, as well as sensors and monitors, 

which are suited for laboratory and mini-plant 

technology. 

All sensors are suited for deployment with the Laband 

MSR/PMC managers. 


Notice: 

In case of interest, please contact us for information 

regarding special topics such as VIS-, NIR- or US- 

Spectroscopy. 



MoleculeEye ® ATR-FTIR-Spectroscopy 

Online-Monitoring of Reactions via 

ATR-FTIR Spectroscopy 

MoleculeEye ATR-probe in a MultiLab 250 ml reactor 

In order to be able to follow reactions, a great 

number of online-sensors are available. The majority 

of these however have one great disadvantage: they 

are not able to deliver substance-specific 

information. Spectroscopic methods are able to fill 

this gap. One of these is the Fourier Transformation- 

Infrared Spectroscopy (FTIR). Due too its very high 

absorption speed, this represents one of the most 

effective methods. 

IR-spectrometers, both in regard to quality and 

quantity, deliver outstandingly well evaluable 

spectrums, which also deliver utilisable information 

about unknown substances. 

Due to the narrow absorption band in the middle 

infrared band, this method is also suited for multicomponent 

analysis. In addition, it is also able to 

deliver information about transition conditions of a 

reaction, regardless whether this concerns an 

enzyme or a catalyst, via intermediates or transient 

aggregates. It is even possible to still gain 

information about individual substances out of multicomponent 

mixtures. 

All IR-active substances are detectable. As there are 

only a few non-IR-active substances (pure elements, 

a few simple compounds), this method is universally 

deployable. 

To draw samples and to transport them into the 

laboratory is the classic method – but it is laborious 

and time-consuming. 

With an ATR-probe, the laboratory is virtually directly 

brought into the reactor. ATR-FTIR-spectroscopy is 

therefore currently the most effective method for 

online-evaluation. It allows parallel determination of 

substances both according to type as well as 

amount. 

Advantages 

General: 

� Time saving due to online- in-situ measurement 

methods 

� Improvement of the product quality by minimising 

of by-products 

� Easy handling, mechanically robust, portable 

� Neither adjusting nor maintenance necessary 

� Minute sample amounts, no preliminary sample 

preparation necessary 

� Inert, free of reagents 

� No falsification of the sample due to transfer (e.g. 

as at HPLC) 

� Also deployable in small vessels 

� No sample wastage 

The MoleculeEye within Chemistry: 

� Fingerprint-Measurements 

� Recognition of intermediate products 

� Temperature and pressure-resistant 

� Chemically robust, explosion-protected 

The MoleculeEye within Biotechnology: 

� Delivers an exact image of the physiology of the 

bioprocess 

� Early problem detection 

� No contamination 

� Sterilisable sensor 

The MoleculeEye ATR-Diamond – Probe 

The novel fibre-optic MoleculeEye probe utilises the 

principle of the attenuated total reflection (ATR). 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

226 


The ATR-Principle with diamond prism 

The ATR-crystal is made of diamond and connected 

to the fixture without seal elements. The 

MoleculeEye probe is therefore insensitive in regard 

to chemical and mechanical influences. A light ray 

which reaches an optically less dense media out of 

an optically dense one in a flat angle is reflected at 

the boundary area. But not exactly at the boundary 

area: the ray penetrates into the optically less dense 

media a few µm . Certain frequency components of 

the light are substance-specifically absorbed in the 

less dense media. This leads to the generation of 

absorption spectrums that are registered by the 

spectrometer. 

The MoleculeEye probe is highly inert, resistant 

against chemicals, pressure, and high temperatures 

and can therefore be installed in reactors without 

any problems. The 6mm probe fits into even the 

smallest reactors. 

The ATR-principle also functions in strongly coloured 

solutions, in emulsions and highly solid-containing 

suspensions, as the measurement merely takes 

place in a very thin layer at the crystal. Substances 

are partially, depending on their IR-absorption, 

detectable up to the trace range. 

MoleculeEye ATR Hand Probe 

The simple technical construction makes the method 

robust, its speed allows real-time measurement and 

consequently direct process guidance. 

The method is able to measure in the trace range 

and also delivers information to intermediate 

products and transition conditions. 

For this reason, it is particularly suited for 

examinations of reaction mechanisms. In 

comparison to similar effective methods, e.g. mass 

spectrometry, it is significantly more cost-effective 

and easier to handle. 

The HiTec Zang MoleculeEye FTIR Spectrometer 

System disposes of a fibre-optic ATR-Sensor with 

unique properties: 

� Diameter of only 6 mm 

� Simple Coupling with pin and socket 

connector 

� Outstanding long-term Stability 

� No Adjusting and Compensating necessary 

� Outstanding Measurement Accuracy and 

Linearity 

� Ideal Signal/Disturbance Ratio, consequently 

high Measurement Sensitivity 

� Fast Real Time Measurement, high Time 

Resolution 

� Several Sensors at one Spectrometer 

possible (Multiplexer) 

� Adaptation to spectrometers made by Bruker, 

Mettler, Nicolet, Perkin-Elmer, Jasco, and 

others is possible 

� Coupling to LabManager System is possible 

� Special Designs/solutions available 


� Chemistry, Biotechnology, Pharmaceutics, Food, 

Environment ... 

� All IR-active substances detectable 

� Solid and liquid samples, non-transparent and 

solid-containing liquids and emulsions 

MoleculeEye ATR Probe mounted in a 2 litres 

LabKit Reaction Plant 



Up to 6 probes can be connected to a spectrometer 

with a multiplexer unit. Parallel experiments are 

therefore possible without any problem. 

MoleculeEye ATR Probes in the MultiLab Parallel Reactor 

System 

MoleculeEye ATR-flow through cell for MRT plants 

Areas of Deployment and Examples 

Polymer Analysis: ATR-FTIR delivers both 

information regarding the chemical composition as 

well as the molecule size. Naturally, one can also 

just follow the progression of the reaction. 

FTIR spectrums of a polymerisation process. 

Catalysis: The IR-spectrums of adsorbates and 

transition conditions of a reaction differ from the 

spectrums of these substances in solution. These 

differences are due to the binding of the substrate to 

the catalyst. In this way, information about such 

conditions can be gained. Due to the measurement 

in an extremely thin layer surrounding the crystal, 

the solids do not interfere with the analysis. 

Reaction Technology: Following the reaction 

progress 

FTIR spectrums in the progression of a Grignard 

reaction. 

Protein Analysis: The normal IR analysis at 

proteins is strongly disturbed by the high and broadbanded 

adsorption of the functionally essential 

water. At ATR- robes, the water hardly causes 

disturbance, as only a thin layer is transilluminated. 

Diamond does not adsorb proteins, for which reason 

the ATR-crystal does not cause any disturbance. 

Monitoring of Clarification Plants: Parallel 

analysis of organic acids, carbonhydrates, 

carbonate, hydrogencarbonate, phosphate, 

hydrogenphosphate, carboxlate, and many further 

parameters in water and clearing sludge. 

Food: CO2 in Beer 

FTIR-spectrums of CO2 in beer and comparative solutions. 

Chemicals: Butylacetate and Toluene compared . 

ATR-FTIR-spectrums of Butylacetate and Toluene compared. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

228 

Pharmaceuticals: Caffein, Ascorbic Acid, 

Acetylsalicylic Acid. 


ATR-FTIR-spectrums of Caffein, Ascorbic Acid, and Acetylsalicylic 

Acid compared. 


The fibre optic probe with SMA connector 

Diamond-ATR MIR Probe head diameter: 6 mm, Length: 20 cm 

Standard Probe (extension possible) 

Materials In contact with media: Hastelloy, Gold, Diamond 

Length of Light Guide Standard 150 cm, optional up to 400 cm (with cooled detector ) 

Measurement Principle ATR 45 °, double reflection 

Spectral Range Standard probe 3 to 18 µm (at standard length) 

Temperature Range -100 to 150°C 

Pressure Range -1 up to 100 bar (up to 300 bar available upon request) 

Spectrometer FTIR-Spectrometer with light guide coupling, extendable standard software 

Detection Sensitivity < 1% (up to 0.02%) 

Detector MCT (mercury cadmium telluride), nitrogen-cooled, 3 -18 µm 

(3300 - 600 cm-1 ), thermo-electrical cooling 3 - 8 µm (3300 - 1250 cm-1 ) 

Multiplexer Optional: six-fold Multiplexer, e.g. for parallel reactor systems 

Delivery Scope Compact, robust, FT-IR spectrometer with industry-hardened protective housing. 

MCT-detector (fl.N2), MIR, 12,000-600 cm-1, typical hold time: 8 h, incl. alignment optics. 

Diamond-ATR-Probe (MIR) 

Data System P4 > 3 GHz, 512 MB RAM, > 80 GB HDU, DVD-writer, LAN, 20“- 

TFT-flat screen monitor, colour printer, Windows XP Professional. 

Software package for analytics and research. 

Extensions Multiplexer unit for 6 probes 

Program for the establishment and control of process-relevant settings for cyclic 

measurements, communication with external process control systems (fieldbus or 

4-20 mA interfaces) and visualisation. The run-time component necessary for 

operation is included in the delivery scope. Communication with process control 

systems requires further hardware and, possibly, control-system specific 

programming. 

Program for the control of cyclic measurements, communication with external 

process control systems (fieldbus or 4-20 mA interfaces) and visualisation. 

Software package for quantitative analysis. 

Software package for chromatography-couplings 


IS-MOLECULEEYE MIR Spectrometer system with fibre-optic ATR diamond probe 

IS-MOLECULEEYEMUX Multiplexer unit for 6 probes 

Further accessories and extensions are available upon request. HiTec Zang also offers ready-to-use 

complete systems, individual components and special designs! 

If you have any special questions, our consultant engineer will gladly advise you. Test measurements can be 

conduced! 



ParticleEye Particle Sizer 

LabKit-rc Reaction Calorimeter with ParticleEye-3D-Probe 

The ParticleEye In-Situ Particle Sizer enables the 

identification of geometrical particle characteristics 

and their respective changing conditions under test 

and production conditions already during the 

reaction. 

The unique dynamic focussing allows for an 

extensive measurement range of 0,5 to 4000 μm 

due to the continuous focus-depth variance. 

Multiple scatterings are not registered due to the 

patented opto-mechanical construction of the 

sensors. A laser beam is guided into the measuring 

probe through a single mode fibre with a diameter of 

merely 4 μm and dynamically focussed into the 

product intended for analysis by special optics. 

The dynamic focus represents the decisive 

advantage compared to conventional turbidimetry 

FBRM® (Registered Mettler-Toledo/Lasentec 

trademark). 

Features: 


� Compact Construction 

� Robust 

� Ideal PAT-Sensor 

Options 

� In Situ stability control in the production process 

� Inline product monitoring in real time 

� Online quality control for the prevention of 

redundant laboratory analyses 

� Optimisation of the solid matter quality and purity 

� Improvement of productivity at the formulation of 

new products 

� Quality control 24h on 365 days throughout the 

year 

� Most simple function control of the PAT sensors 

due to the deployment of reticles 

� Improved control 

Applications 



� Release 

� Fermentation 

� Homogenisation 


� Agglomerations of Particle Systems 

� Dispersion 

� Granulation 

� Dissolution 

� Flocculation 

� Optimisation of Grinding Processes 

� Stability Analyses at Dispersed Phase Systems 

Advantages: 

� All particles are counted and presented as 

quantity distribution, length distribution, 

surface distribution, and volume distribution 

� Highest possible selectivity and sensitivity 

under original production conditions 

� Improvement of the safety at the scale up and 

production 

� Accelerated product development 

� High concentrations are possible 

� Measurement periods from 1 to 300 sec 

� Temperatures of -120°C to 220°C are possible 

� The additional option to in-situ sterilise the 

PAT sensors in deactivated condition up to a 

temperature of 165°C 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

230 

Sensors 

Available are dynamic 2D and 3D sensors with 

different characteristics. 


Data Visualisation and Presentation 

The data evaluation can be conducted on the basis 

of the particle size distribution according to ISO 

66141. 

Measuring data is available in form of graphics and 

tables. Up to five distribution diagrams can be 

presented at the same time. 

Reference data, which may derives from previously 

recorded measurements or any other data which 

has been entered with the help of an integrated 

editor, can be faded into the distribution diagrams. 

For cumulative distributions, it is possible to 

additionally, or instead of the reference data, to fade 

in a distribution range of selectable band width. 

The presentation is available as cumulative curve or 

as trend diagram. Up to eight characteristics (of d 

01 to d99) can be presented as trend data, e.g. the 

transition variable according to DIN D0.1 to D99.9, 

count rate, intensity, fraction ratios, optional 

analogue signals 0V to 10V or 4 to 20 mA. Any 

statistical moments from 0 to 3 can be utilised. 

Data Storage and Re-evaluation 

The distribution, statistical, respectively trend data 

available as measuring data can be exported to 

other programmes such as Word, Excel etc., and 

printed out or used otherwise in this form, via the 

clipboard. 

Measuring data in Excel format can be transported 

into a customer-related evaluation programme 

through a continuous data transfer. 

Measurable Products 

Over 6000 different products have already been 

measured. Why not take advantage from the 

experience of our product specialists? 

Measurable are all particles and drops that dispose 

of an optical reflection feature, reaching from 

aluminium oxide to sugar crystals. 

As the particles commence to agglomerate as of a 

concentration of 1Vol%, the particle collectives are 

usually at hand as particle systems (PSyA) under 

process conditions. The respectively generated 

particular fingerprints therefore represent 

reproducible characteristics for the PAT control. 

Due to the ascertainability of agglomerate 

structures, you can consequently cover broader 

particle distributions compared to a laser diffraction 

spectrometer (PSD). It is possible to present the 

total scope of your products as variable 

characteristic via the time. 

The measurements with PAT sensors in original 

concentrated products therefore present fingerprints 

of the actual particle system distribution under 

production conditions! 

The changes during production are collected and 

presented in-situ, therefore under original condition, 

by the PAT sensors. 

If the products intended for measurement are diluted 

online, the sensors will register the particle size 

distribution of the discretely existent particles 

continuously as under laboratory conditions. 


Application Examples 


Process Particle Change Evaluation 

Drop Formation Drops of various 

components are 

homogenised 

Intrusion of pigments in 

emulsions 

Distribution of the drop 

formation during the 

polymerisation 

Distribution of pigments in 

the emulsion 

Drops increase in size and 

stabilise 

Significant shifting of the distribution 

After the emulsion is homogeneous, the 

emulsion raw data are subtracted from the data 

pigments + emulsion = distribution of the 

pigments 

Fine fraction reduced in favour of the coarse 

fraction 

Grinding – wet or dry Reduction of particle size Change of distribution – higher fine fraction 

Germ formation at 

precipitation 

Particle Breakage or 

Cleavage 

Particles grow out of the 

nanoscale 

Change of distribution – cumulative higher fine 

fraction 

Reduction of particle size Change of distribution – higher fine fraction – 

reduced coarse fraction 

Growth of the Particles Increase of particle size Change of distribution – higher coarse fraction 

Agglomeration and 

Coagulation Processes 

Particles form particle 

systems 

Change of distribution - higher coarse fraction – 

reduced fine fraction 

Dissolution Particles dissolve Reduction of number of counts 

Change of form at the 

Crystallisation 

Sensor Head with Measuring Window 


Particles deform Change of distribution function 

Pressure 3 bar, optional to 64 bar 

Measuring Medium 

Temperature 

5...85°C, optional -120...20°C, 5° to 125°C, -20..165°C, 5 to 220°C 

Parts in contact with High Grade Steel 1.4571, sulphur-free, optional Hastelloy C276, Hastelloy C2, 

Measuring Medium Hastelloy C4, Sapphire Glass, Hifluor (FKM)® or Kalrez 

Sensor/Probe Length 260 mm, optional 350mm 

Sensor Diameter 8mm, 18mm or 22mm 

Sensor Cable Length 10m 

Sensor Window Sapphire Glass, Quality Category MIL– PRF-1383B 10-5 

Sensor Protection Category IP 68 

Scanner Speed 1 m/s, optional 2m/s 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

232 


Configuration Examples 


Device Configuration Characteristics 

2D ORM (optical backreflection) passive Signal 

Capture System >5 µm exclusively based on the 

duration of the particles in the focus for consistent 

Reynold numbers. 

2D ORM active Signal Capture System >2µm based 

on the patented sensor technology (see above) plus 

runtime-levelling signal capture method. 

3D ORM active Signal Capture System >2µm with 

in-depth focus based on a controlled 3mW laser 

3D ORM active Signal Capture >0.8µm with in-depth 

focus + Selective Scanning based on a controlled 

5mW laser system and double screening. 

3D ORM IPAS active Signal Capture System >1µm 

with in-depth focus + Selective Scanning + controlled 

open signal system based on a 10mW laser system, 

regulable between1 and 10mW with multiple 

screening. 

APAS active Multi Capture Signal Capture System 

>500nm with 3D ORM in-depth focus + Selective 

Scanning (SMF)+ controlled open signal system 

based on a 25mW laser system, regulable between1 

and 25mW with multiple screening. 

„Multiscattering“ Signals and turbidity are not 

processed by the patented sensor technology. 

Counting of all captured particles and their size. 

Especially designed for rough industrial deployment 

– no moving parts in the sensor. 

Upgraded through a dynamic scanning system and a 

consequently higher count rate. 

Upgraded through in-depth scanning and better 

resolution. 

Upgraded through dynamic and controlled in-depth 

scanning and better resolution. 

Partially open system for R&D tasks based on the 

APAS system. Input raw signals from the sensor are 

trapped and are, if required, available to the 

researchers. 

Advanced Particle Analysing System. Completely 

open System for R & D tasks. Input raw signals from 

the sensor, as well as the signals of the individual 

processing steps, are trapped and are, if required, 

available to the researchers. 


IS-PARTICLEYE-S- l ParticleEye Particle Measurement System, static; comprises sensor, electronics and software 

module 

IS-PARTICLEYE- 2D-l ParticleEye Particle Measurement System, dynamic 2D; comprises sensor, electronics and 

software module 

IS-PARTICLEYE- 3D-l-t ParticleEye Particle Measurement System, dynamic 3D; comprises sensor, electronics and 

software module 

IS-PARTICLEYE-AA6 6 Analogue Outputs 4...20mA for ParticleEye Particle Measurement System 

IS-PARTICLEYE-EEX Ex-Equipment for ParticleEye Particle Measurement System 

IS-PARTICLEYE- WV Maintenance Contract for ParticleEye Particle Measurement System 

l: Sensor Length : 

t: according to table, only concerns 3D sensor. 

Type Measurement 

Range in µm 

Max. Concentration 

in % 

125 0,5 – 125 80 

250 1 – 250 60 

500 1 - 500 50 

1000 2 - 1000 40 

2000 5 - 2000 30 

3000 30 - 3000 25 

4000 20 - 4000 20 

Options: 

� Special Materials 

� Other Sensor Forms and Diameters 

� EEX-Version 


Turbidity Probe 


Turbidity measurement probe in a high-grade steel 

protective tube. Probe measures in retro-reflection 

(backscatter) with IR-light (880nm). The diameter is 

12 mm, the length between 120 and 407 mm. The 

optical window is made of sapphire and sealed with 

a Kalrez- sealing ring (FDA-conform). 

Applications: 



� Releasing 

� Fermentation 


� High Accuracy 


� Robust 


Measurement Principle Retro-reflection (backscatter) 

Measured Material Temperature –30...130°C 

Temperature 

Pressure 0...6 bar 

Parts in Contact with 

Measured Material 

High-grade steel 1,4404 or 1,4435, sapphire, Kalrez 

Probe Tube Dimensions of probe 12 x 120/205/297/407 mm 

Measurement Range 10...4000 FTU (display in other measurement units possible) 

Output signal 0/4...20 mA 

Operational Voltage Transmitter 100...240 V AC 

Protection Category Transmitter sealed front-side, resulting protection category dependant of mounting 

EEX EEX probe category 1...3, Zone 0...2, T4...T6 

Connection to the LabManager: 

The probe is delivered ready to connect with a cable and a Tuchel plug for the direct connection to an 

analogue input panel AEP8A. Please coordinate the feed with our project department. 


IS-TRUB-O-ea Turbidity probe made of high-grade steel 1,4404, for direct connection to an analogue input panel 

ea=Electrical Connection: 

T Tuchel plug for LabManager 



Turbidity probe made of high-grade steel 1,4571, 

probe tube 10 mm, with connection 1.5 m for 

LabManager Panel LP-AEP8A, coordinate the probe 

length with our project department when placing 

order. 

Order Code: IS-TRUB-O-O 

Available upon request: 

� Materials: Hastelloy C4 

� other probe designs and diameters 

� EEX Versions 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

234 


Fibre-Optic Submersible Reflection Probes 

With the Superior Optical Material – 

Sapphire 

These reflection submersion probes convince with a 

robust design and an uncompromising choice of 

materials regarding all parts in contact with media. 

With sapphire as optical material, they are virtually 

absolutely resistant to abrasion and corrosion and 

therefore also stable when deployed with 

concentrated acids and bases. They are also 

resistant against pressure and temperature peaks. 

The application range reaches from the simple 

turbidity measurement in liquids right to the 

characterisation of solids. All probes are designed 

for the direct installation into vessels and tubings. 

They can be flexibly aligned to individual 

requirements, due to the diversity of available 

materials, process connections, pressure and 

temperature ranges. 

Advantages: 

� abrasion and corrosion-free sapphire optics 

� chemical stability 

� verifiable process suitability 

� application range from UV to NIR 

� compatible with all spectrometer types 

� varied versions and special designs 

� robust and extremely stable 

The application range reaches from the simple 

turbidity measurement with fibre-optic turbidity 

measurement systems right to the identification and 

characterisation of solids. 

Technical Details 

Typical Applications 

� Reaction tracing of heterogeneous reactions in 

the chemical synthesis in the NIR 

� determination of residual solvent concentration at 

solids directly in driers 

� Homogeneity of solid compounds directly in the 

mixer 

Our product portfolio is not restricted to fibre-optical 

probes. It includes everything you may need for the 

implementation of probes in processes and the 

coupling to practically every spectrometer type. 

You can rely on us to find an ideal solution! 

Light Spot 1 mm 

Dimension 

6 mm 

Diameter 

Alternative 12 mm 

Submersion Depth As of 100 mm 

Standard Materials High-grade steel DIN 1,4435/316L, sapphire 

Process Connections DIN or ANSI flanges 

Screwings e.g. Swagelok, PG 13.5, further connections available upon request 

Temperature max. 280°C (continuous operation) 

Pressure 0–100 bar 


IS-TRUB-ORF-ea Fibre-optic reflection probe 




Options: 

Alternative materials: high-grade steel DIN 1.4571 / 

SS316Ti, Titanium, Hastelloy, PVDF, PP, PTFE, etc. 

Further constructions, dimensions, and 

specifications available upon request. 

Conformity Statement 97/23/EU according to EU 

Pressure Equipment Directive. 

You can find fibre-optic probes for the MIR sector 

under „MoleculeEye“. 



Phase boundary Detector 

The HiTec Zang PhaDec is a robust and costefficient 

detector system for the detection of phase 

boundaries. PhaDec is in particular used for the 

automatic separation and separate bottling of liquid 

phases out of reactors or collecting vessels, e.g. 

after reactions with phase transfer catalysis, after 

azeotropic distillations or after extractions. 

Main Application Areas: 


� Extractive Distillation 

� Azeotropic Distillation 

� Phase Transfer Catalysis 

Other Application Areas: 

� Filling Level Monitor 

� Flow Monitor 

� Leakage Monitor 

PhaDec utilises the different heat conductivity of the 

phases to recognise the boundary areas. Therefore, 

the application of the PhaDec is not limited to 

transparent or conductive liquids. Deployed as 

sensor is a special resistance sensor, which can 

also be used as a temperature sensor. 

The sensor can optionally be installed into the base 

discharge valve, the discharge line or into the 

reaction vessel from above. 

Advantages 

� Robust and cost-effective 

� Integrateable into any system 

� Universally applicable for all liquid phases – 

even at non-transparent and non-conductive 

fluids 

� Pressure-resistant and chemically stable 

� Also deployable as temperature sensor 

� Inert materials: glass, high-grade steel, 

Hastelloy, PEEK, PTFE 

Technical Data Phadec 

PI-Connectors to Pt100-Input, Analog Input, Analog Output, Digital output 

Cable Length 200 cm (modification possible) 

Ambient Temperature -20 up to +70 °C 

Technical Data Phadec-x 

PhaDec operates with virtually all fluids, regardless 

whether liquid or gas, conductive or not conductive, 

transparent or not. As long as there is a clear phase 

boundary, the PhaDec will generate evaluable 

signals. 

The sensor is available with all known jacket 

materials. A preliminary lead time for the discharge 

of the main part of the lower phase is considered in 

the basis operation. 

The reaction period of the PhaDec depends on the 

type of sensor deployed. Sensors with a metal jacket 

and small outer dimensions react most rapidly. For 

quick response, we recommend an exterior diameter 

236 

Level Sensor 

Robust high-quality level sensor for industrial 

applications. 



Conductive Liquids > 1 μScm -1 

� Limit Area Detection 

to Liquids < 1 μScm -1 



Measurement Principle Conductometric via scattering potential 

Measurement Media 

Temperature 

Max. 180°C 



High-grade steel 1,4571, Hastelloy available upon request 

Probe Tube d = 10 mm 

Measurement Range According to customer specifications 

Output Signal 0 - 10 V DC 

Supply Voltage ± 15 V DC 


EEX Upon request 


The probe is delivered ready to connect with a cable 

and a Tuchel plug for the direct connection to an 

analogue input panel AEP8A. Please coordinate the 

feed with our project department. 


IS-L-FA-ea Level pick-up sensor, conductometric, made of high-grade steel 1,4571, probe tube 

10mm, with connection cable 1.5m for LabManager Panel LP-AEP8A 




Please coordinate the probe length with our project 

department when placing order! 


Level pick-up sensor, conductometric, made of highgrade 

steel 1,4571, probe tube 10mm, with 

connection cable 1.5m for LabManager Panel LP- 

AEP8A 

Please coordinate the probe length with our project 

department when placing order! 

Order Code: IS-L-FA-T 

available upon request: 


� other probe designs and diameters 

� Float, PTC thermistor, ultrasonic, radar,...flow 

sensors and monitors 



Teflon ® Flow Sensors 


Due to new manufacturing technologies, the parts in 

contact with media of the Teflon flow sensors are 

completely made of Teflon ® and ruby. The resulting 

special properties, in particular the excellent 

resistance against most chemicals, give the sensor 

the suitability for a wide application range. The ruby 

bearing minimises friction and wear and guarantees 

high durability. 

Versatile: The One-Way - Click - Sensor (open) 

This outstanding product received an award at the 

„Salon International des Innovations“ in Geneva and 

is internationally protected by patent. 

For the high-pressure range, the sensors are also 

available in a high-grade steel casing. 

The Advantages 

� low cost 

� maintenance-free 

� sealless 

� extremely compact 

� little pressure decline 

� great flow range 

� Ex- version available 

� high working pressure range 

� high chemical resistance 

� sterilisable version (up to 160 °C) 

� one-way version for hardening materials 

� optionally, threaded or hose connection 

� high resolution (up to 110.000 impulses per 

litre) 

� high durability and consistency due to ruby 

bearings 

� little response time due to low-mass rotor 

(approx. 15 mg) 


� Chemical Industry 

� Pharmaceutical industry 

� Bio-Technology 

� Food Technology 

� Flow Measurement 

� Dosing of Feed Tanks 

� Continuous Dosing 

� Bottling and Charging 

� Flow Monitoring 

� Consumption Counter 

� Heat Counter 

The flow generating part of the sensor can easily be 

exchanged in case of hardening media and sterilised 

with up to 120 °C. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

238 

The Functional Principle 


The media is put into a rotational motion by a spiral 

flow former (worm) and actuates the virtually 

weightless rotor. 

The rotor is optically scanned in the course of which 

a frequency-analogue rectangular signal 

proportional to the flow speed is generated. This 

can, if necessary, be transformed to current, voltage 

or serial signals with one of the available measuring 

transducers. 

As the optical scan, at the light guide models, is 

conducted via a cable which is up to 40 m long, the 

sensors are particularly suited for the EX area. 

The sensor also operates with turbid media such as 

ink or diffuse media such as milk. Problems are only 

to be expected in case of strongly light scattering 

media such as latex or suspensions with titanium 

dioxide. Solid particles usually do not interfere. 

Merely fibres should be removed by a filter. 

Sensor Type Series S4.5 / 0.1 – 1.5 l / min 

The sensors of the type series S4.5 are available 

with hose and threaded connection. The connection 

cable of the standard version is cladded with Tefzel, 

a plastic material with properties similar to Teflon, 

but better elasticity. 


Available Versions 

The sensors are available with the nominal widths 

4.5 mm, 8.5 mm and 12.5 mm, respectively with 

copper or light guide cable connection. The nominal 

widths 4.5 and 8.5 mm are only available in the 

standard version or as click-sensor with hose or 

threaded connection. The nominal width 12.5 mm, in 

the standard version, is available with threaded 

connection. 

The light-guide version is particularly suited for 

applications in explosive environments or in case of 

higher temperatures. 

The Click-sensor version enables sterilisation up to 

160°C, as well as the exchange of the measuring 

insert in case of hardened media. 

Measurement Range 0.06-2 litres/min 


Connection for Media Hose nozzle 7mm or 1/8“ conical outer thread NPT 

Working Pressure 20 bar / 2MPa 

Pressure Decline approx. 200 mbar at 75% flow 

Max. Temp. Media 80 °C, with plastic light-guide 110 °C, with glass light-guide 180 °C 

Viscosity Range 0.8-10mm²/s, higher with calibration 

Signal Line TEFZEL® or light guide 

Output Signal 110.000 Impulses = 1l 

Output Frequency 100 Hz - 3.1 kHz 

Reproducibility ± 0.15 % 

Linearity Faults ± 1% 

Protection Category IP 65, Click-Sensor IP 50 

Length 52 mm 

Max. Diameter 17 mm 

Length of Cable Intake 47 mm 

* The measurement range, in case of reduced demands to linearity, can be extended. 

Special designs for increased linearity in case of 

very low flows are available upon request. The 

stated values and measurement values are based 

on laboratory measurements with water at 20°C, as 

well as the manufacturer's statements in regard to 

the properties of the materials. The manufacturer 

reserves the right to modify/align the specifications 

to the state of the technology at any time. 



Measuring Transducer 

Standard version available with: 

� Transducer 6100 with different signal outputs 

� Flow Calculator 6200 

� Dosing Calculator 6500 

� Plug for direct connection to HiTec Zang 

LabManager 

� Connections according to customer specifications 

The light-guide version requires transducer 6700IR. 

For Order Code see the table “Order Codes“. 

Sensor Type Series S8.5 / 0.8 - 20 l / min 

The sensors of the type series S8.5 are available 

with hose and threaded connection. The connection 

cable of the standard version is cladded with Tefzel, 

a plastic material with properties similar to Teflon, 

but better elasticity. 


IS-F-0045.T.H.P.01.DX disposable sensor with tubing connector 




The Click-sensor version enables sterilisation up to 

160°C, as well as the exchange of the measuring 

insert in case of hardened media. 

Measurement Range 1.0-20 litres/min 


Connection for Media Hose nozzle 12mm or 1/4´´ conical outer thread NPT 

Working Pressure 15 bar / 1.5MPa 

Pressure Decline approx. 200 mbar at 75% flow 

Max. Temp. Media 80 °C, with plastic light guide 110 °C, with glass light guide 180 °C 

Viscosity Range 0.8-10mm²/s, higher calibration 

Signal Line TEFZEL® or light guide 

Output Signal 6.350 Impulses/litre = 1Impulss/157µl 

Output Frequency 40 Hz - 2.2 kHz 


Linearity Fault ± 1.5 % 

Protection Category IP 65, Click-Sensor IP 50 

Length 60 mm 










� Transducer S6000 u. S6100 with different signal 

outputs 




LabManager 






The light-guide version requires transducer 6700 IR. 

For Order Code see the table “Order Codes“. 

Type IS-F-0085.T.P.01.XX 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

240 


Sensor- The sensors Type of the type Series series S12.5 S 12.5 / have 2.5 a- 

40 l / min 

threaded connection. The connection cable of the 

standard version is cladded with Tefzel, a plastic 

material with properties similar to Teflon, but better 

elasticity. 





Measurement Range 2-40 litres /min 


Connection for Media 1/2“´outer thread BSP 

Working Pressure 10 bar max. 

Working Pressure approx. 200 mbar at 75% flow 

Max. Temp. Media 80 °C, with plastic light guide 110 °C, with glass light guide 180 °C 

Viscosity Range 0.8 - 10 mm²/s, higher with calibration 

Signal Line TEFZEL® or Light Guide 

Output Signal 2050 Impulses/litre = 1 Impulse/488µl 

Output Frequency 22 - 1200 Hz 


Linearity Fault ± 3 % 


Length 72 mm 










� Transducers S6000 and S6100 with different 

signal outputs 




LabManager 


The light-guide version requires transducer 6700 IR. 

For Order Code see the table “Order Code”. 





Type IS-F-0125.T.B.P.01.XX with screwing connection 

Documentation to the special version up to 200 bars is forwarded upon request! 


Signal Connection 


For the uncomplicated integration into your 

automation technology, measuring transducer-power 

supply units are available with the usual standard 

signals. The sensors can be directly connected to 

the HiTec-PIs with HK-DEA16N cards via special 

cables (IS-F-LABTUC) without a separate 

measuring transducer. For independent operation, 

flow calculators and dosing controller- components 

are available. 

The sensors, in the standard version, can also be 

operated without measuring transducer-power 

supply unit. The supply voltage is 5 V at approx. 15 

mA, the amplitude of the output signal is approx. 3 V 

at min. load resistance 1 kOhm. 

Working Range 

The sensors are available for the measurement 

ranges 0.1 – 1.5l/min, 0.8-18l/min and 2-40l/min. 

The specifications apply for the viscosity range of 

0.8-10 mm²/s (water at 20 °C = 1chour = 1mm²/s, 

lubricating oil SAE30 at 100°C or ISO VG10 at 40 °C 

= approx. 10 mm²/s). 

PFA Disposable Turbine Flowmeters - 5-30 V DC power supply series 

The sensors can also be deployed beyond this 

range, if it is taken into consideration that this leads 

to a change of the impulse rate and the calibration. 

The upper limit of the viscosity then accords to the 

viscosity of liquids with a similar viscosity as 

shampoo. 

Any mounting position is possible. 

Special Designs 

Upon request, special designs are available. If the 

standard versions do not meet your demands, do 

not hesitate to contact us. We will do our best to help 

you. 

Examples 

Special designs in high-grade steel up to 200 bar, 

special connections, special cable materials, 

modified flow ranges, special dosing and flow 

controls. 

Order Code Description Connection Flowrate l/min 

IS-F-0045.T.H.P.01.DX PFA turbine flowsensor 4.5 disposable 7 mm hosebarb 0,06 - 2,0 

IS-F-0045.T.H.0.00.DX PFA tube 4.5 only 7 mm hosebarb 7 mm hosebarb 0,06 - 2,0 

IS-F-0045.P.X.P.01.DX Electronics 4.5 only - - 

IS-F-0045.T.N.P.01.DX PFA turbine flowsensor 4.5 disposable 1/8" NPT 0,06 - 2,0 

IS-F-0045.T.N.0.00.DX PFA tube 4.5 only 1/8" NPT 1/8" NPT 0,06 - 2,0 


IS-F-0085.T.H.P.01.DX PFA turbine flowsensor 8.5 disposable 12 mm hosebarb 0,5 - 20,0 



IS-F-0085.T.N.P.01.DX PFA turbine flowsensor 8.5 disposable 1/4" NPT 0,5 - 20,0 

IS-F-0085.T.N.0.00.DX PFA tube 8.5 only- 1/4" Thread 1/4" NPT 0,5 - 20,0 


PFA Disposable Turbine Flowmeters; 5 V DC series Low Voltage 


IS-F-0045.T.H.P.01.DL PFA disposable turbine flowsensor 4.5 - 5 Vdc 7 mm hosebarb 0,06 - 2,0 


IS-F-0045.P.X.P.01.DL Electronics 4.5 only - 5 Vdc - - 

IS-F-0045.T.N.P.01.DL PFA disposable turbine flowsensor 4.5 - 5 Vdc 1/8" NPT 0,06 - 2,0 

IS-F-0045.T.N.0.00.DX PFA tube 4.5 only 1/8" NPT 1/8" NPT 0,06 - 2,0 


IS-F-0085.T.H.P.01.DL PFA disposable turbine flowsensor 8.5 - 5 Vdc 12 mm hosebarb 0,5 - 20,0 



IS-F-0085.T.N.P.01.DL PFA disposable turbine flowsensor 8.5 - 5 Vdc 1/4" NPT 0,5 - 20,0 

IS-F-0085.T.N.0.00.DX PFA tube 8.5 only- 1/4" Thread 1/4" NPT 0,5 - 20,0 


Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

242 


PFA Turbine Flowmeters Fixed - 5-30 Vdc power supply series 


IS-F-0045.T.H.P.01.XX PFA turbine flowsensor 4.5 7 mm hosebarb 0,06 - 2,0 

IS-F-0045.T.N.P.01.XX PFA turbine flowsensor 4.5 1/8" NPT 0,06 - 2,0 

IS-F-0085.T.H.P.01.XX PFA turbine flowsensor 8.5 12,5 mm hosebarb 0,5 - 20,0 

IS-F-0085.T.N.P.01.XX PFA turbine flowsensor 8.5 1/4" NPT 0,5 - 20,0 

IS-F-0125.T.B.P.01.XX PFA turbine flowsensor 12.5 1/2" BSP/NPT 2,0 - 40,0 

PFA Turbine Flowmeters Fixed; 5 Vdc series Low Voltage 


IS-F-0045.T.H.P.01.XL PFA turbine flowsensor 4.5 - 5 Vdc 7 mm hosebarb 0,06 - 2,0 

IS-F-0045.T.N.P.01.XL PFA turbine flowsensor 4.5 - 5 Vdc 1/8" NPT 0,06 - 2,0 

IS-F-0085.T.H.P.01.XL PFA turbine flowsensor 8.5 - 5 Vdc 12 mm hosebarb 0,5 - 20,0 

IS-F-0085.T.N.P.01.XL PFA turbine flowsensor 8.5 - 5 Vdc 1/4" NPT 0,5 - 20,0 

IS-F-0125.T.N.P.01.XL PFA turbine flowsensor 12.5 - 5 Vdc 1/2" BSP/NPT 2,0 - 40,0 

Stainless Steel Turbine Flowmeters - 5-30 Vdc power supply series 


IS-F-0045.S.N.P.01.XX SS Turbine flowsensor 4.5 NPT 1/4" NPT 0,06 - 2,0 

IS-F-0045.S.B.P.01.XX SS Turbine flowsensor 4.5 BSP 1/4"BSP 0,06 - 2,0 


IS-F-0085.S.B.P.01.XX SS Turbine flowsensor 8.5 BSP 3/8" BSP 0,5 - 20,0 


IS-F-0125.S.B.P.01.XX SS Turbine flowsensor 12.5 BSP 1/2"BSP 2,0 - 40,0 

PVDF Disposable Turbine Flowmeters 5-30 Vdc 


IS-F-0045.P.H.0.00.CX PVDF Disposable rotor tube 4.5; Hose Barb; Clip 

mounting 

0,03 - 2,0 

IS-F-0085.P.H.P.01.CX PVDF Disposable Turbine Flowmeter 8.5; Hose Barb; 5-30 Vdc; 

Clip 

0,3 - 20,0 

IS-F-0085.P.H.0.00.CX PVDF Disposable rotor tube; Hose Barb; Clip 

mounting 

0,3 - 20,0 

IS-F-0000.P.X.P.01.CX Electronic pick-up; 5 - 30 Vdc; clipmounting - 

IS-F-0045.X.X.X.00.CX Mounting Clip in behalf of the 0045 flowmeters - 

IS-F-0085.X.X.X.00.CX Mounting Clip in behalf of the 0085 flowmeters - - 

Dosing pumps monitors 

In connection with a projected flow through sensor 

the monitor can measure and validate the flow . 

The dosing pump monitors can be controlled via 

RS232, USB, Ethernet or optionally via an analogue 

interface. 


IS-F-S601-P2 Dosing pumps monitors for monitoring of flow rates from 0,06 to 2 l/min 





LAB-PI-Connection Cable 


The electronics integrated into this connection cable 

supplies the sensor with current and aligns the 

frequency-analogue sensor output signal with a 

digital input with frequency counting options of a 

Lab-PI. The cable is fixed to the sensor and can be 

directly connected to a digital input with a 24V DC 

transducer power supply unit (LP-DEP8A). 


Supply Voltage 24V DC, via LAB-PI 

Current Consumption < 50 mA 

Output signal Level 23 V rectangular 

Output Signal 0 – 2.5 kHz (sensor frequency) 

Cable Length 200 cm (modification possible) 

Ambient Temperature -20 up to +70 °C 

Suited for the sensor type series: S4.5/8.5/12.5PFA-H/T/D-T 

Not available for sensors in light guide version! 


IS-F-LABTUC Level converter and supply for flow sensor with Tuchel plug for digital input 

Measuring Transducer 6100 D/A 

The measuring 6100 D/A supplies the sensor with 

current and converts the frequency-analogue sensor 

output signal into the electrical standard signals 

0V...10V or 0 / 4 - 20mA for further processing in the 

automation devices with voltage or current inputs. 

The current outputs are passive (without current). 


Power supply 12 - 30 V DC or 115 – 240 V DC 

Current Consumption < 50 mA 

Output Signal 0 / 4 - 20 mA or 0V ... 10V 

Width 71 mm 

Height 71 mm 

Depth 90 mm 


Ambient Temperature -20 to +70 °C 

Suited for the sensor type series: S4.5/8.5/12.5 cable types P and T 


IS-F-6300.BA.CON.DC.XX Measuring transducer 0-10V, 0/4 - 20 mA and supply for flow sensor 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

244 


Measuring Transducer 6700 D/A for Light Guide Sensors 

The measuring transducer 6700 D/A supplies the 

sensor with current and converts the frequencyanalogue 

sensor output signal into the electrical 

standard signals 0 / 4 - 20mA for further processing 

in the automation devices with voltage or current 

inputs. 


Supply Voltage 12 - 30V DC 

Current Consumption 230 mA 

Output Signal 0 / 4 - 20 mA 

Width 71 mm 

Height 71 mm 

Depth 90 mm 

Protection Type IP30 

Ambient Temperature -20 to +70°C 

Suited for the sensor type series: S4.5/8.5/12.5 

Cable Type F 

The current outputs are passive (without current). 


IS-F-6700-DA-CON-DC Measuring Transducer and supply for light guide sensors, output 0 - 10V, 0/4 - 20mA 

Additional transducers upon request. 

Turbine Flow Sensor for Heat carrier Oil 

These flow sensors were developed for the 

measurement of the volume flow of water, fuel, 

heating oil, heat carrier oil, cooling agents, 

pharmaceutical, chemical and cryogenic liquids, 

liquid gases and solvents. 

Within the sector of the reaction calorimetry, they are 

particularly suited for the flow measurement of the 

heat carrier oil at temperatures of up to 350°C. 

They are deployed by default in our heat flow 

calorimeters. Due to their extremely short response 

time and the high resolution, they are also extremely 

well suited for chemical or pharmaceutical bottling 

and dosing plants. They operate according to the 

principle of the turbine-type meter. 

They operate according to the principle of the 

turbine-type meter. 

Type Measurement Range Impulses / l Connection 

in l/min 

G 

TDM06 1 to 10 2000 ½ inch 

TDM09 3 to 30 980 ½ inch 


� compact 

� maintenance-free 

� resistant against high temperatures 

� low pressure decline 

� high working pressure range 

� fast response time due to low-mass rotor 


� Chemical Industry 

� Pharmaceutical Industry 

� Heat Carrier Flow Measurement 

� Bottling and Charging 


� Consumption Counter 

� Heat Counter 




Linearity ±2% v.M. 

Reproducibility ±0.5% 

MediaTemperature -20 to 120, 180 or 350°C 

Max. Operating 20 bar 

Pressure 

Viscosity 0.1 to 6 mm²/s 

Materials High-grade steel 1,4305 and 1,4122, ceramic 

Seal Viton or graphite 

Delivery Scope : Sensor with mounted impulse amplifier 


IS-F-TDMtc-tb-sa Turbine-type flow sensor 

ZK-SF-KM01-IA-IA-I-01 LAB-PI connection cable for turbine-type flow sensor, 4..20mA 

ZK-SF-KM01-ID-XA-I-01 LAB-PI connection cable for turbine-type flow sensor, NPN-OC 

tc = to 10l/min: 06 alternatively up to 30l/min: 09 

tb = Temperature Range 120, 180 or 350 °C 

sa = Output Signal 4..20mA: I 

or frequency-analogue NPN-OC: F 


Flow sensor for 0-10l/min, max. temperature 180°C, frequencyanalogue 

output, open collector: IS-F-TDM06-180-F 

Thermal Mass Flowmeters and Controllers 

The thermal flowmeters serve for the measurement 

of the mass flow of liquids. They operate on the 

basis of the calorimetric principle. 

The digital LIQUI-FLOW® Series L30 Mass- 

Flowmeter/controller was developed for measuring 

ranges between 2 and 20 kg/h (final value). It 

represents an ideal supplement to the larger 

measurement ranges of the smaller product family 

(up to the minute ranges of 30 mg/h). The mass 

flowmeter is based on a straight 316L high grade 

steel tube. A temperature sensor and a heating 

winding are mounted in thin film technology on the 

exterior side of the tube. The sensor signal is 

generated by the measurement of the current 

necessary for a consistent slight increase of the 

liquid. 



� Straight Measuring Tube 


� Extensive Operational Range 

� Short Response Time 

Application Areas: 

� Chemistry 

� Pharmaceutics 

� Filling and Bottling 


� Metering 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

246 



Physical Characteristics 

Accuracy, Standard ±1% of Final Value (at calibration under operational conditions) 

Span 2...100% 

Reproducibility 0,2% of Final Value typical for H2O 

Setting Time Sensor 1...2 seconds, Controller 4...10 seconds 

Max. Operational Pressure 100 bar 

Pressure Loss 35...350 mbar (based on 2...20 kg/h H2O) 

Operational Temperature 5...70°C 

Temperature Sensitivity ±0,2% of Final Value/°C 

Position Dependency Non-sensitive 

Heating Period 

Mechanical 

Characterisics 

30 minutes for highest accuracy; 3 minutes for an accuracy of ±2% of Final 

Value 

Material High Grade Steel 316L, electropolished (parts in contact with media). Other 

materials are available upon request. 

Process Connections 1/4” or 6 mm clamp ring connection; 1/4” vacuum connection, orbital welded. 

Other connections are available upon request. 

Gaskets towards the 

exterior 

Metallic 

Baffle Plate (in the Kalrez-6375. Others are available upon request. 

Controller Valve) 

Protection Class IP65 

Electrical 

Characteristics 

Supply Voltage +15...24 Vdc 

Output Measuring Device max. 18,5 Watt; Controller max. 22 Watt 

Output/Setpoint Value 0...5 (10) Vdc or 0 (4)...20 mA (active Output Signal) 

analogue 

Output/Setpoint Value Standard RS232, Optional Profibus-DP®, DeviceNet, Modbus-RTU, FLOWdigital 

BUS 

Electrical Connection Analogue/RS232/Supply 8-pole DIN-Connector male, Bus Systems-5-pole 

M12-Socket female 

Calibration Reference : Verifed by the NKO (National Calibration Service), is based on 

international standards. 

Liquid : Standard Calibration Liquid: H2O. For other liquids, please contact us. 

Models and Flow Ranges 

Mass Flowmeter for Liquids 

Model Minimum Flow Maximum Flow 

L30 0,0 0,04…2 kg/h 0,4…20 kg/h 

Mass Flow Controllers for Liquids 

Model Minimum Flow Maximum Flow 

L30C2I (Kv-max: 2,37x10-3) 0,04…2 kg/h 0,4…20 kg/h 

L30C5I (Kv-max: 6,93x10-2) 0,04…2 kg/h 0,4…20 kg/h 

Based on liquids with thermal characteristics equal to H2O. 

Delivery Scope: Sensor with Manual 


IS-FM-L30 0,0 Thermal Mass Flowmeter 0,04…2 kg/h to 0,4…20 kg/h 

IS-FM-L30C2I Thermal Mass Flowmeter(Kv-max: 2,37x10-3) 0,04…2 kg/h to 0,4…20 kg/h 

IS-FM-L30C5 Thermal Mass Flowmeter (Kv-max: 6,93x10-2) 0,04…2 kg/h to 0,4…20 kg/h 

Further flowmeters and devices in EX design are available upon request, for example, the μ-FLOW Series 

for the smallest possible flow amounts with measurement ranges reaching between 1,5...30 mg/h to 0,1...2 

g/h equivalent to water. 



Coriolis Mass Flowmeters and Controllers 

These mass flow sensors serve for the 

measurement and the control of the mass flow of 

liquid. They operate according to the Coriolis 

principle. They offer, compared to all other 

flowmeters, the great advantage that the mass flow 

is measured independent of the material 

characteristics. With them, multiple-phase materials 

can also be measured on an interference-free basis. 


� Real Mass Flow Measurement 

� Suited for Gasses and Liquids 

� Independent of Material Characteristics 




� Low Response Time 


� Chemistry 

� Pharmaceutics 

� Dosing 

� Filling and Bottling 


� Metering 


Physical Characteristics M12 / M13 / M14 

Accuracy, Standard Gases 0.5% p.M. Liquids 0.2% p.M. 

Span 

Reproducibility 0.05% v.M. ±1/2 [ZS x 100/flow]% (Digital Output) (ZS = Zero Stability) 

Setting Time(Regler) (

248 

Models and Flow Ranges 

Mass Flowmeters for Liquids 

Model Smallest Measurement 

Range 


Nominal Highest Measurement 

Range 

M12 0.1…5g/h 1…100g/h 2…200g/h 

M13 1…50g/h 10…1000g/h 20…2000g/h 

M14 0.03…1kg/h 0.1…10kg/h 0.3…30kg/h 

Mass Flow Controllers for Liquids 

Model Smallest Measurement 

Range 

Nominal Highest Measurement 

Range 

M12V1NI 0.1…5g/h 2…100g/h 4…200g/h 

M13V1NI 1…50g/h 20…1000g/h 40…2000g/h 

M14V1NI 0.03…1kg/h 0.2…10kg/h 0.6…30kg/h 

Delivery Scope: Sensor with Manual 


IS-FM-M12 Coriolis Mass Flowmeter 1…100g/h 

IS-FM-M13 Coriolis Mass Flowmeter 10…1000g/h 

IS-FM-M14 Coriolis Mass Flowmeter 0.1…10kg/h 

IS-FM-M12V1NI Coriolis Mass Flowmeter 1…100g/h 

IS-FM-M13V1NI Coriolis Mass Flowmeter 10…1000g/h 

IS-FM-M14V1NI Coriolis Mass Flowmeter 0.1…10kg/h 

Further flowmeters and devices in EX design are available upon request. 

Laboratory Gas Counter 

Drum-Type Gas Counter 

Wet Gas version 

Drum gas counters are universally deployable for 

volume measurement of flowing gases, in particular 

in case of minute and medium flow quantities, e.g. in 

the laboratory sector where utmost precision is 

demanded. 

Correction factors that consider gas type, 

temperature, humidity, etc. are therefore not 

required. 

Drum gas counters do not require maintenance and 

no power supply (as long as they are not operated 

with the option “pulse generator”). 

Advantages of the drum gas counter: 

� Housing and measuring drum are made of 

high quality plastics 

� Welded measuring drum – not soldered 

� Housing and measuring drum are resistant in 

regard to sealing liquid – in case an acid 

should generate out of the same 

� Epoxy coating for the measuring drum not 

required 

� Magnetic coupling instead of an O-Ring for 

drum shaft 

� PVC gas counter made of transparent PVC 

� 4-chamber measuring drum 

� Totalising roll counting mechanism (8-digit) 

� Large one-needle instrument dial 

� Magnetic coupling (between measuring drum 

and counting mechanism) 

� Filling level indicator (for adjustment of the 

sealing liquid level) 

� Recordings for manometer/thermometer 

� Viton seal 

� Circular bubble 

� Device foots can be levelled 


Performance Data 


� Measurement Accuracy: 

± 0.2% at nominal flow (exact value is stated in 

calibration certificate), 

approx. ± 0.5% above the measurement range 

� Maximum input pressure: 

50 mbar at housings made of thermoplastics, 

500 mbar (0.05 MPa) at housings of high-grade 

steel 

Available Types 

Available Versions (materials): 

Type Flow Display (Standard Version) 

Minimum Maximum Standard Lowest Resolution Highest Resolution 

[l/h] [l/h] [l/h] [l] 

[l] 

TG 01 0.1 30 10 0.0005 (1) 999,9999 (1) 

TG 05 1 60 50 0.002 9,999,999.9 

TG 1 2 120 100 0.01 99,999,999 

TG 3 5 360 300 0.02 99,999,999 

TG 5 10 600 500 0.02 99,999,999 

TG 10 20 1200 1000 0.1 99,999,999 

TG 20 100 4000 3200 0.2 999,999,990 

TG 25 100 7000 5000 0.1 999,999,990 

TG 50 200 18000 10000 0.5 999,999,990 

(1) Display at the EDU 32 

Accessories (optional): 

� Thermometer (Gas), Measurement Range 0- 

60°C 

� Thermometer (Sealing Liquid), 

Measurement Range 0-60°C 

� Manometer, Measurement Range 10mbar 

Differential Pressure 

� Digital Display Unit, with Interface RS232 and 

Analogue Output, (Impulse Generator required in 

Gas Counter) 

Housing Measuring 

Drum 

Version 

PVC-transparent PVC-grey 5 

PP-grey PP-grey 6 

PVDF PVDF 7 

PE-el PE-el 8 

1.4571 PVC-grey 1 

1.4571 PE-el 2 

1.4571 PP-grey 3 

1.4571 PVDF 4 

In case of any questions regarding the chemical 

resistance, please contact us. Both plastic and highgrade 

steel housings are welded. 

Options (installed in Gas Counter): 

Impulse Generator (for connection to Digital Display 

Unit/Computer) 

� Standard Version 

� Ex Version 

Slanted Tube Filling Level Indicator for Sealing 

Liquid „HPLI“ 

Roll Counting Mechanism, resettable, 6 -digit 

(instead of totalising roll counting mechanism) 


IS-FV-GAS-tc-au Laboratory gas counter, wet gas version 

IS-FV-GAS-IG Impulse generator for connection to digital display unit/LAB- or PMC-PI 

IS-FV-GAS-IGEX Impulse generator for connection to digital display unit/LAB- or PMC-PI, Ex Version 

IS-FV-GAS-THG Thermometer (Gas), measurement range 0-60°C 

ZK-SFV-RI01-ID-XX-I-01 Connection cable for connection to DEP8A 

IS-FV-GAS-THS Thermometer (sealing liquid), measurement range 0-60°C 

IS-FV-GAS-MAN Manometer, measurement range 10 mbar differential pressure 

IS-FV-GAS-DISP Digital display unit, with interface RS232 and analogue output, (impulse generator required in 

gas counter) 

tc = Type code according to table types 

au = Version according to table versions (materials) 

Order Example: Type TG5 in PVDF with impulse generator for LabManager: 

Order Codes: IS-FV-GAS-TG5-7 and IS-FV-GAS-IG 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

250 

Temperature Sensors 

Pt100 Sensors 


Pt100 sensors have asserted themselves as 

standard in laboratories and pilot plants due to their 

high accuracy. They are available in different 

versions and dimensions. 

Accuracy Categories 

DIN Class A = ½ DIN B 

DIN B = ±(0.3+ 0.005|ϑ|)°C 

1/3 DIN B = ±(0.1+ 0.0016|ϑ|)°C 

1/5 DIN B = ±(0.06+ 0.001|ϑ|)°C 

1/10 DINB= ±(0.03+ 0.0005|ϑ|)°C 

Diameter d = 2/3/6mm, Length l = 50/100/300/600mm 


Material: High-grade steel 1,4541 (V4A) (food and 

chemical resistant with the exception of chlorine) 

Temperature Range: -200 to 500°C 

Four-wire Technology 

Cable: 3 m, individual wires Teflon-isolated 

Outer cladding silicone, with bend protection. 

Lemo Plug Size 1 

The Pt100 sensors are delivered ready to connect 

with a cable and a Lemo plug for direct connection 

to a Pt100-Panel PTP8. 


IS-T-PT100-1/1-VA-d-l Pt100 Sensor DIN B, high-grade steel cladding 1,4541, with cable for LAB-PI Panel PTP8 

IS-T-PT100-1/3-VA-d-l Pt100 Sensor 1/3 DIN B, high-grade steel cladding 1,4541, with cable for LAB-PI Panel PTP8 

IS-T-PT100 1/5-VA-d-l Pt100 Sensor 1/5 DIN B, high-grade steel cladding 1,4541, with cable for LAB-PI Panel PTP8 

IS-T-PT100-1/10-VA-d-l Pt100 Sensor 1/10 DIN B, high-grade steel cladding 1,4541, with cable for LAB-PI Panel PTP8 

Diameter d = 1/1.6mm, Length l = 100/250/1000mm 


IS-T-PT100-1/1-VA -d-l Pt100 Sensor DIN B, high-grade steel jacket 1,4541, with cable for LAB-PI Panel PTP8 

Special Designs 

� Precision Temperature Sensor (see under 

Precision Measurement Card) 

� Temperature Range -200 to 500°C, 600°C 

� Other Cladding Materials (Glass, Titanium ...) 

Calibration Certificates 

Manufacturer's Certificate or DKD certificate 

(German Calibration Service) upon request. 

Thermo- Elements 

Thermo-elements are available in various materials 

and dimensions. Especially small diameters are also 

available. This, in connection with their extremely 

broad temperature range, makes them 

indispensable. 


The cladded thermo-elements are delivered ready to 

connect with a cable and a Lemo plug for direct 

connection to a thermo-element Panel (LP-THP8). 

Accessories 

Screwing fixtures with slide function, process 

connection with G ¼ inch, glass thread GL or 

standard grinding. 


Material Cladding Tube: High-Grade Steel 

(food and chemical resistant with the exception of 

chlorine compounds) 

Temperature Range: -200 to 800°C 

Lemo-Plug Size 1 for LAB-PI 


� Open cable ends for MSRmanager 

� Other Cladding Materials (Glass, Titanium ...) 

� Area Sensor 

� Special Designs 


IS-T-NICRNI-d-l Thermo-element NiCr-Ni with connection cable for LAB-PI Panel THP8 

Diameter d = 0.5/1/2mm, Length l = 100/250/500/1000mm 


Pressure Transmitters 

Standard Pressure Transmitters 


Robust high-quality pressure transmitter for 

industrial deployment. These pressure transmitters 

can be directly connected to HiTec PIs. We offer 

three different types of pressure transmitters: 

� Relative Pressure: 

Atmospheric pressure as reference pressure, 

e.g. for filtration/vacuum filtration 

� Absolute Pressure: 

Vacuum reference, in particular for reactors, 

vacuum, distillation, steam pressure 

� Differential Pressure: 

2 Connections, 

filling level, pump monitoring... 


Properties: 



� In Situ Digital 

Display available 

� High Overload 

Capability 

(5- to 10-fold, dependant of Measurement 

Range) 

Connection to the LabManager 

The sensor is delivered ready to connect with a 

cable and a Tuchel plug for direct connection to an 

analogue input Panel LP-AEP8A. The power supply 

is conducted via Pin 5 = +24V and Pin 6 = GND. 

Measurement Principle Piezo-resistive 

Characteristic Line 

Deviation 

0.25% of Range 

Reproducibility 0.05 % of Range 

Hysteresis Fault 0.1 % of Range 

Stability/Year 0.2 % of Range 

Response Time (10 - 90%) 1 ms 

Temperature Dependency Usually< 0.2% of Range/10K 


Temperature 

-30 to +100°C 




High-Grade Steel 1,4571, 1,4542 

Pressure Connection G ¼“B (others upon request) 

Output Signal 4 - 20mA 

Supply Voltage 10 - 30 V DC unregulated, two-wire switching with plug-on display 13 - 30 V DC 

Electrical Connection Angle plug 4-pole, DIN 43 650 



Dimensions L approx. 100 mm, D approx. 48 mm with plug 


IS-P-R-6-ma-ea Pressure Transmitter 0- 6 bar relative with connection cable 1.5m for LAB-PI Panel LP-AEP8A 

IS-P-A-025-ma-ea Pressure Transmitter 0- 0.25 bar absolute with connection cable 1.5m for LAB-PI Panel LP-AEP8A 

IS-P-A-1,6-ma-ea Pressure Transmitter 0- 1.6 bar absolute with connection cable 1.5m for LAB-PI Panel LP-AEP8A 

IS-P-A-2,5-ma-ea Pressure Transmitter 0- 2.5 bar absolute with connection cable 1.5m for LAB-PI Panel LP-AEP8A 

IS-P-A-6-ma-ea Pressure Transmitter 0- 6 bar absolute with connection cable 1.5m for LAB-PI Panel LP-AEP8A 

IS-P-Z-AA Electronic plug-on display 

Nn 

ma=Media Connection: 

GMG1/4 Outer Thread G ¼“ 

GMG1/2 Outer Thread G ½“ 


T Tuchel-plug for LAB-PI 



Pressure Transmitter 0 – 0.25 bar absolute, G1/2“, 

with connection cable 1.5 m for LabManager 

Panel LP-AEP8A 

Order Code: IS-P-A-025-GMG1/2-O 



� Other Measurement Ranges 

� Front-flush Diaphragm 

� Differential Pressure 


Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

252 


Low Dead Space - pressure transducer 

This robust pressure transducer is suited for 

applications where particular low dead spaces are 

required, e.g. within micro-reaction technology. 

The measuring media does not come in contact with 

any metals. 

Features : 

� Metal- free Measuring Circuit 



� Digital display available in-situ 

� High Overload Capability 

The pressure transducer can be directly connected 

to the HiTec PNCs. 

The pressure transducer is available for the 

measurement of relative and absolute pressure. 


Dead Volume 250µl 

Measuring Principle Piezo-resistive 

Characteristics Deviation 0,25% of Range 

Reproducibility 0,05 % of Range 

Hysteresis Fault 0,1 % of Range 

Stability/Year 0,2 % of Range 

Response Time (10 - 90%) 1 ms 

Temperature Dependency Usually< 0,2% of Range /10K 

Measuring Media 

Temperature 

-0 to +100°C 


Parts in Contact with PFA, PEEK, Kalrez Gaskets 

Measuring Media 

Connection to the LabManager 

The sensor is delivered in ready-to-connect 

condition with a cable and a Tuchel plug for the 

direct connection to an Analogue-Entry-Panel LP- 

AEP8A. The power supply is conducted via Pin 5 = 

+24V and Pin 6 = GND. 

For connection to a panel without sensor power 

supply (e.g. LP-AEP8), you additionally require a 

24V power supply unit. 

Output Signal 4 - 20mA 

Supply Voltage 10 - 30 V DC not controlled, two-wire circuit, with plug-on display 13 - 30 V DC 

Electrical Connection Angle Plug 4-pole, DIN 43 650 


EEX Upon Request 

Dimensions L approx. 100 mm, D approx. 48 mm with plug 


IS-PTOT-R-16-ea Low Dead Space pressure transducer 0- 16 bar relative with connection cable 1,5m for LAB- 

PNC Panel LP-AEP8A 

IS-PTOT-A-16-ea Low Dead Space pressure transducer 0- 16 bar absolute with connection cable 1,5m for LAB- 

PNC Panel LP-AEP8A 

IS-P-Z-AA Electronic Plug-On Display 

Nn 


T Tuchel-Plug for LAB-PNC 

O Open Ends for MSR-PNC 

Example Order: 

pressure transducer 0 - 16 bar abs., with connection 

cable 1,5 m for LabManager Panel LP-AEP8A, 

Order Code: IS-PTOT-A-16-T 

Other Measurement Ranges are available upon request. 



Hose Pressure Transmitter 

These novel pressure transmitters measure the 

pressure or the differential pressure at normal hoses 

from the exterior. For this reason, they are 

particularly suited for sterile applications. No 

mounting parts are required in the hose. The plant is 

completely sterilised and the hose is merely inserted 

into the sensor after sterilisation. The novel 

measurement principle is subject to legal protection. 


� Suited for sterile applications 

� Media compatibility determined by hose 

� Subsequent mounting possible 

� Differential and absolute pressure 

measurement 

� The sensor can be operated with all load cell 

amplifier types 


The sensor can, in particular, be used for pressure 

measurement and filter monitoring in bio-technical, 

sterile plants. 

Due to the measurement principle, the specification 

is strongly dependant of the hose (diameter, wall 

thickness, material). For this reason, the values 

stated below are only to be considered as guideline 

values. In particular in case of thin hoses and great 

wall thicknesses, greater deviations may occur. In 

practice, in case great care is directed at the 

calibration, significantly better specifications are 

usually reached at hose diameters >=10 mm. 

Measurement Principle Measuring of the hose wall force from the exterior 

Resolution < 1 mbar 

Characteristic Line Deviation * < 50 mbar 

Zero Point Stability < 30 mbar 

Reproducibility* < 20 mbar 

Hysteresis Faults* < 30 mbar 

Stability/Year* < 50 mbar/a 

Response Time (10 - 90%)* approx. 1 sec 

Temperature Dependency Calibration at operating temperature ± 5°C expedient 

Measurement Media Temperature * 10 to +50°C 

Ambient Temperature 10 to +40 °C 

Parts in Contact with Media Hose material 

Hose Diameter 3 to 22 mm 

Output Signal 6 conductor-resistance bridge 

Electrical Connection 6-pole LEMO-plug Size 1 


Ex-Protection Equipment Upon request 

Dimensions 140x120x45mm 

* with silicone hose 22mm 


IS-P-TUBE-sd Pressure Transmitter 0 – 2 bar, for hose diameter of 3mm to 22mm, absolute and differential 

pressure with connection cable 1.5m for 6-conductor measurement amplifier 

HK-GRADOMV1 Measurement amplifier 1 channel, external measurement amplifier for connection to analogue input 

HK-AD24DMS4 Measurement system 4 channels, card for HiTec Zang PNC panel 

*** requires LP-DMS4DA4PTR 

sd = Exterior Hose Diameter in mm 

Special designs available upon request. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

254 

Humidity Sensors 


The humidity sensor IS-M-FEU1 has a linear 

operational range of 0-100%. Trough laser trimming 

down to 2 %, the sensor can be exchanged in most 

cases without the need of additional calibration. The 

sensor is delivered without housing. When installing 

it, care must be taken that the humidity diffusion to 

the sensor is not disturbed. 


Measurement Uncertainty ± 2 %, 0-100%, not condensing 

Linearity Fault ± 0.5 % typical 

Hysteresis Fault ± 0.8 % of range 


Stability ± 1 % in 5 years 

Response Time 1/e 15 s in slowly agitated air 

Operational Range 0 - 100%, not condensing 

Working temperature Range -40 to 85°C 

Output Signal 0.8V at 0%, 4V at 100% 

Temperature Dependency 0.22%/°C of reading value 

Dimensions 6mm x 9mm x 19mm 


Scaling of the Analogue Input: 

The sensor is delivered ready to connect with a 

cable and a Tuchel plug for direct connection to an 

analogue input Panel LP-AEP8A. The power supply 

is conducted via Pin 5 = +24V and Pin 6 = GND. 

For the connection to a panel without sensor supply 

LP-AEP8, you additionally require an adapter cable 

with wall power supply ZK-LAB-HI99-IA-XA-Y-0.1. 

Interface Value Process Value 

0.8 V 0 % 

4 V 100% 

Under laboratory conditions, the temperature fault is 

situated within the scope of the measurement 

uncertainty and does not need to be corrected. 

Increased temperature range available upon 

request. 


IS-M-FEU1 Humidity sensor with connection cable for LabManager Panel LP-AEP8A 

ZK-LAB-HI99-IA-XA-Y-0.1 Adapter cable for AEP8 (not actived!) with wall power supply for the sensor 24V DC 

Distance and Rotational Speed Measurement 

Inductive Proximity Switch 

With the help of a proximity switch, the position of an 

object and the rotational speed at a rotating object 

can be measured and monitored. 

The Sensor generates an impulse at every approach 

to the optical, respectively magnetic marking. The PI 

collects the pulse frequency and calculates the 

rotational speed hereof. 

Inductive Proximity Switch as a Rotational Speed Sensor 


IS-G-REFL1 Infrared reflection sensor, max. switching frequency 100Hz, exterior diameter 12mm 

IS-G-IND1 Inductive proximity switch 

Suited cards and connection modules: HK-DEA16F with LP-DEP8A or MB-DEB8 with cable adapter. 



Weight Measuring and Load Cells 

KMZ1000 to KMZ30000 

KMZ50k to KMZ1000k 

The load cells can be used for: 

� Vessel Weighing 

� Reactor Content Measurement (see Reactor 

Weighing) 

� Gravimetric Dosing (see also GraviDos) 

A load measuring system consists of a load cell IS- 

W-KMZxxxx, and, optionally, an external 

measurement amplifier HK-GRADOMV1 or a PIinternal 

measurement system HK-AD24DMS4 for 

four channels. 

The digital measuring amplifier HK-GRADOMV1D 

enables the connection to a serial interface. 

Technical Data (KMZ1000 to 3000) 

Measurement 

Approx. 0.01% 

Resolution 

Measurement 

Approx. 0.1% p.U. 

Uncertainty 

Dimensions 

approx. 195x40x52 mm 

(without rodding) 

Ex-Protection optional 

Connection 6 pole LEMO-plug, Type 

FFA.11S.306.CLACxx 

Technical Data (KMZ50k to 1000k) 

Accuracy Classes D1, C3, C4, C6 

Calibratable Up to 6000 Parts 

Approvals OIML, NTEP, Ex, GOS 


IS-W-KMZ1000 Load cell, 0 to 1000g, including cable 

IS-W-KMZ3000 Load cell, 0 to 3000g, including cable 

IS-W-KMZ7500 Load cell, 0 to 7500g, including cable 

IS-W-KMZ15000 Load cell, 0 to 15 kg, including cable 

IS-W-KMZ30000 Load cell, 0 to 30 kg, including cable 

IS-W-KMZ1000D Load cell, 0 to 1000 g, integrated measurement amplifier, RS232 interface, including cable 

IS-W-KMZ3000D Load cell, 0 to 3000 g, integrated measurement amplifier, RS232 interface, including cable 

IS-W-KMZ7500D Load cell, 0 to 7,5 kg, integrated measurement amplifier, RS232 interface, including cable 

IS-W-KMZ15000D Load cell, 0 to 15 kg, integrated measurement amplifier, RS232 interface, including cable 

IS-W-KMZ30000D Load cell, 0 to 50 kg, integrated measurement amplifier, RS232 interface, including cable 

IS-W-KMZ50k Load cell, 0 to 50 kg, including cable 

IS-W-KMZ100k Load cell, 0 to 100 kg, including cable 



IS-W-KMZ1000k Load cell, 0 to 1000 kg, including cable 

HK-GRADOMV1 Measurement amplifier 1 channel, external measurement amplifier for connection to 

analogue input 

HK-GRADOMV1D Digital measurement amplifier 1 channel, external measurement amplifier, RS232 interface 

HK-GRADOMV1D-SN Power supply for digital measurement amplifier HK-GRADOMV1D 

HK-AD24DMS4 Measuring system 4 channels, Card for HiTec Zang PNC panel 

IL-GRADOADV Adapter-square, manifold measuring cell to square aluminum construction system 

IL-GRADOADR12 Adapter-round, manifold measuring cell to 12 mm tube construction systems 

IL-GRADOADR14 Adapter-round, manifold measuring cell to 14 mm tube construction systems 

Informationen zu den Messverstärkern und weitere Informationen finden Sie in den Kapiteln Laborautomatisierung 

Hardware, Externe Messverstärker und Laborgeräte und Komponenten, Waagen. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

256 

Monitors 


Monitors serve for the monitoring of limit values. 

They usually have a (binary) switching output or a 

passive switching contact. 

Temperature Monitor and Safety Temperature Limiter 

If there is possibility of damage and harm to persons 

and expensive equipment in case of the breakdown 

of the automation technology or deployed devices 

and components, a redundant, certified temperature 

monitoring, which deactivates the plant, if required, 

is absolutely compulsory. 

The external certified temperature monitor, 

respectively safety temperature limiter, monitors a 

temperature which is regulable via a potentiometer. 

In the case the set limit value is exceeded, the 

switching circuit can for example be interrupted via a 

potential-free switching contact and an alarm could 

be triggered. 

Temperature Monitor 

If the set temperature limit value is not reached, or 

should a fault such as a sensor breakage, short 

circuit or power failure, occur within the permissible 

temperature range, the device will shut down without 

delay. As soon as no malfunction is pending, it is 

necessary to unlock, if the device is set on 

temperature limiter function (TL). This unlocking can 

be realised by a push-button on the device or via an 

external push-button. 


For safety reasons, it is in most cases advisable to 

use a normally closed contact (NCC). 

The temperature monitors may only be deployed 

together with an additional control system such as 

the LabManager System. 

The temperature monitor, respectively safety 

temperature limiter are intended for mounting on 

standard rails and must be installed in a control box, 

respectively control cabinet. 

The temperature monitor, respectively safety 

temperature limiter is integrated into the existing 

Emergency Stop circuit or deployed in connection 

with a suited contactor. 

The safety temperature limiter accords to the Safety 

Category SK 3 of DIN/EN 954-1. 

Adjustable Sensor Input Resistance Thermometer (PT100, 3-wire) 

Thermal Element (Types J, K, T, E, R, S, B) 

Measuring Circuit Sensor Breakage Identification 

Monitoring 

Short Circuit Identification (only at PT100) 

Output Relay, Change-over Contact, max. 3A, 250 VAC 

Display LED supply voltage, fault message sensor breakage, lock ON 

Resetting 1 push-button on front panel or external push-button 

Versions Smallest Setting Step 1C° 

Input Measuring Range 

PT 100 DIN EN 60751 0... 400°C 

Fe-CuNi (J) DIN EN 60584 0... 400°C 

NiCr-Ni (K) DIN EN 60584 0... 400°C 

Cu-CuNi (T) DIN EN 60584 0... 400°C 

NiCr-CuNi (E) DIN EN 60584 0... 400°C 

Dimensions Depth: 100 mm 

Width: 22 mm 

Height: 102 mm 

Mounting Snap-on mounting on standard 35 mm rail 

Power Supply 115/230VAC or 24VDC 

Ambient Conditions 10..55°C, max. 85% humidity, no bedewing 


HP-SITEMPWAE1 External Temperature Monitor for PT100 or Thermal Elements 


Safety Temperature Limiter 


If the permissible temperature limit is exceeded, or 

at the occurrence of a malfunction, the STL will, 

without delay, switch the plant to an operationally 

safe condition. The device can be deployed in 

connection with the resistance pick-ups of the type 

Pt100. 

The limit temperature T can be adjusted via a 

frontally located scaled potentiometer. Unintended, 

respectively unauthorised setting of the limit value is 

prevented by a lead-sealable transparent cover. 


Sensor Connection Resistance Thermometer PT 100, 3-wire according to EN 60751/IEC 781 

Measuring Circuit Monitoring Sensor Breakage Identification, Short Circuit Identification 

Output Relay, Change-over Contact, max. 3A, 250 VAC 

Display LED supply voltage, fault message sensor breakage, lock ON 

Resetting 1 push-button on front panel or external push-button 

Temperature Ranges Type A: 0...200°C, Type B: 100...300°C, Type C: 200...500°COther 

Measuring Ranges -200...+700 °C available upon request 


Power Supply 115/230VAC or 24VDC 

Mounting Snap-on mounting on standard 35 mm rail 

Ambient Conditions 10..55°C, max. 85% humidity, no bedewing 


HP-SITEMPBEG1 External Safety Temperature Limiter for Pt100 

Flow Monitors 

Low-cost flow monitors with fixed switching point. 

Robust mechanical flow monitor for monitoring of 

cooling and heating circuits. 

The connection to the LabManager/box is conducted 

via digital input. The monitor is suited for looping into 

a monitor chain. 


Switching Point 60 l/h, 120 l/h permanent adjustment 

Operational Pressure 7 bar at 20°C, 3.5 bar at 80°C 

Measured Media Temperature Max. +100°C 

Ambient Temperature -25°C to +70°C 

Parts in Contact with Housing PP, seal FKM, spring made of high-grade steel 

measurement Media 

Connection R ¾“ Inner thread, corner mount version 

Stability Water, silicone oil, in case of chemicals, verification is necessary 

problematic: some solvents, materials containing chlorine, oxidants 

Switching Contact Normally open contact 

Switching Load Max. 5A AC/ 0.3A DC/ 250 V 

EEX in intrinsically safe electric circuits Zone 1 

Dimensions Length approx. 100 mm, width approx. 64 mm 


IB-FVGE-60-GMG3/4-ea Flow monitor 60 l/h, R ¾“, with connection cable 1.5 m for LAB- or PMC-PI 

IB-FGVE-120-GMG3/4-ea Flow monitor 120 l/h, R ¾“, with connection cable 1.5 m for LAB- or PMC-PI 

ea=Connection 




Flow monitor 120 l/h, R ¾“, with connection cable 

1.5 with open ends for LabManager 

Order Code: IB-FVGE-120-GMG3/4-O 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

258 

Pressure Monitor 


Robust mechanical pressure monitor for industrial 

application. 

� For Pressure Monitoring independent of the 

Pressure Measurement 

� High Overload Capacity 

The connection to a LabManager/box is conducted 

via a digital input. The device is suited for integration 

into a monitor chain. 


Setting Range 0,5 - 6 bar relative 

Hysteresis Fixed 0,15 bar 

Maximum permissible 

Pressure 

16 bar 


Temperature 

Max +85°C 

Ambient Temperature -25°C to +70°C 



High Grade Steel 1.4571 + 1.4104 

Pressure Connection Outside Thread G 1/2“ 

Resistance Many chemicals except chloric ones, HCI, oxidants 

Switching Contacts 1-pole changeover switch 

Switching Capacity Max. 5A AC, 0,3A DC, 250V AC/DC 

Electrical Connection Angular Connector 4-pole, DIN 43 650 


EEX In intrinsically safe electrical circuits Zone 1 

Compression-proof enclosed version is available. 

Dimensions L approx. 105 mm, W approx. 112 mm with Jack 


IB-PRKO-6-ma-ea Pressure Monitor 0 - 6 bar relative, with connection cable 1,5m for LAB- or MSR-PNC 

ma=Media Connection 

AG1/2 Screw Socket G ½“ 

ea=electrical Connection 

T Tuchel-Connector for LAB-PNC 

O Open Ends for MSR-PNC 


Pressure Monitor 0 - 6 bar rel., G1/2“, with 

connection Cable 1,5 m with open ends for 

LabManager 

Order Code: IB-PRKO-6-AGG1/2-O 


� Other Switching Ranges 

� Differential Pressure 

� EEX Version 



Flow Monitor with visual Flow Control 

Robust mechanical flow indicator (rotameter) with 

adjustable switching point for monitoring of cooling 

and heating circuits. 

The connection to the LabManager/box is conducted 

via an active digital input with 24V DC power supply. 

The monitor is suited for looping into a monitor 

chain. 


Adjustment Range 24 l/h to 1200 l/h 

Operational Pressure max. 7 bar 

Repeat Accuracy 2% 

Switching Point 

Accuracy 

± 5% 

Measured Media 

Temperature 

Max. +80°C 

Ambient Temperature max. +65°C 


Measured Media 

Housing PP, seal BUNA N 

Connection G 1/4“ Inner thread 

Stability Water, silicone oil, in case of chemicals, verification is necessary 

problematic: some solvents, materials containing chlorine, oxidants 

Supply Voltage 24 V DC 

Switching Contact Normally open and closed contact 

Switching Load max. 1 A, 24 V DC 

EEX no 

Dimensions 78 x 60 x 61 mm 


IB-FVGE-1200-GMG1/4-ea Flow monitor 1200 l/h, G ¼“, with connection cable 1.5 m for LAB- or PMC-PI 

ea=connection 




Flow monitor 1200 l/h with visual indicator, G 1/4“, 

with connection cable 1.5 m with Tuchel plug for 

LAB-PI 

Order Code: IB-FVGE-1200-GMG1/4-T 


� Greater Flow Rates and Connection Diameters 

� Materials: Brass, Cr-Ni-Steel 

� As Sensor 0-10 V or Impulse Output 

� Without Electronics as visual Flow Indicator 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

260 

Filling Level Monitor 

Optically 


Optical filling level monitor for monitoring of the filling 

level in reactors, feed tanks, thermostats, collecting 

containers. 

Features 

� No moving parts 

� Parts in contact with media made of DURAN- 

Glass 

� Compact design 

� Conductive and non-conductive liquids, which 

absorb IR or are penetrable by IR 


Diameter of the Glass 

Rod (Sensor) 

12mm 

Glass Rod Lengths 100/250/300mm 

Used Light IR 


measured Media 

DURAN Glass 

Installation Glass rod 12 mm in GL-screwing or similar 

Switching Contacts PNP, normally open and closed contact 

Switching Load Max. 0.2A, 30V DC 

Response Time 0.65ms 

Supply Voltage 10- 30V DC 

Electrical Connection Cable 2 m 



Dimensions Diameter max. approx. 20 mm 


IB-LWE-100-sk-ea Opto-electronic level monitor 100 mm, 

with connection cable 2 m for LAB- or PMC-PI 

IB-LWE-250-sk-ea Opto-electronic level monitor 250 mm, 


IB-LWE-300-sk-ea Opto-electronic level monitor 300 mm, 


sk=Switching Contact: 

NC Normally closed contact: opens with 

rising level 

NO Normally open contact: closes with 

rising level 

Thermal 

The phase detector PhaDec can also be used as 

filling level monitor. It functions with all liquids 

independent of optical or other properties. 

The functional principle of these monitors is based 

on total reflection. The end of the glass rod is slightly 

grinded at an angle of 45°. As long as the rod is 

suspended in air, incoming light at the conical end is 

totally reflected. As soon as the rod end submerges 

into a more dense material than air, no more 

reflection occurs and the reflection sensor does not 

receive anymore light. 

The glass rod d = 12 mm can be inserted with 

standard GL-25 screwings and with according 

adaptors in grindings NS 29/32. 

The monitor is connected at an active digital input of 

the LabManager/box. The monitor is not suited for 

looping into a monitor chain. 

ea=Connection 



You will find further information under PhaDec 

Phase Limit Detector. 


Floaters 


Filling level monitor based on a floater mechanism 

are utilised to monitor the filling levels in feed tanks, 

thermostats and collecting containers. 

� No auxiliary energy necessary 

� No special requirements to the media 

� Applicable as normally open and closed contact 

(depending on installation) 


the LabManager/box. The monitor is not suited for 

looping into a monitor chain. 



measured Media 

PVDF 

Installation Vertical 

Switching Contact NOC 

Switching Load 25W, 24V 

Supply Voltage Not required 

Electrical Connection Tuchel plug of LAB-PI or open ends for PMC-PI 


EEX No 

Dimensions approx. Ø 27 mm 


IB-LWE-250-NC-ea Filling level monitor based on floater mechanism 

ea=Connection 




Level monitor (at limit exceedance), with connection 

cable 2 m with Tuchel-plug for LAB-PI 

High Pressure Float Monitor 

This filling level monitor based on a floater 

mechanism is suited for applications at very high 

pressures. 

The floater has two switching points. 

� No auxiliary energy necessary 

� No special requirements to the media 

� Applicable both as normally open and closed 

contact 


the LabManager/box. 

Order Code: IB-LWE-250-NC-T 


� Floater, posistor, ultra-sonic, radar...flow sensors 

and monitors 

� EEX versions 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

262 



Connection Casing Aluminum 

Process Connection Screwing thread G 1/2'' in downward direction 

HD Version Slide Tube 12 mm (optionally 14 mm) total length: 200 mm 

Switching Points L1 = 60 mm change-over switch, L2 = 155 mm change-over switch 

Floater PN80 Titanium 

Density 1000 kg/m¨ 

Pressure 100 bar 

Temperature 150 °C 

Measurement Value High-grade steel 1,4571, with connection casing and thread 

Transmitter 

Connection Casing Aluminium positioned with 60mm clearance 

Process Connection Screwing thread G 1/2'' in downward direction 


IB-LWDRU-NC-ea Floater magnetic switch made of high-grade steel 1,4571 with connection casing 

ea=Connection 

T Tuchel-plug for LAB-PI 



Level monitor (at limit exceedance), with connection 

cable 2 m with Tuchel-plug for LAB-PI 

Order Code: IB-LWDRU-NC-T 

Rotational Speed Monitor 

The rotational speed monitor is mainly used for the 

monitoring of stirring drives. 

Scanning is mainly conducted inductively. 

For this purpose, a small marking in form of an 

electrically conductive area is placed on the rotating 

object. The sensor compares the impulse frequency 

with the set threshold and switches in case of 

shortfall. 


� Floater, posistor, ultra-sonic, radar...flow sensors 

� EEX Version 


IB-SIND Inductive rotational speed monitor, threshold adjustable 3 - 300 impulses /min, 

Dimensions M30 thread x 81 mm 

Suited cards and connection modules: HK-DEA16N, LP-DEP8A, MB-DEB8 

This catalogue, due to the limited space, can only contain an excerpt of the most important products. 

In case you do not find what you require in the catalogue, please do not hesitate to contact us! 

Our experienced project engineers will gladly help you! 



� GraviDos® Gravimetric Dosing 

� AlfaDos Controlled Dropping Funnel 

� Pumps and Dosing Pumps 

� Vacuum Pumps 

� Reactant mixing pump 

� Multi-Channel Dosing Systems 

� SoliDos Solid Doser 

Dosing Systems and Pumps 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

264 


Controlled Dropping Funnel GraviDos ® 

The innovative dosing system GraviDos functions as 

a classical dropping funnel according to the force of 

gravity principle and consequently does not need 

any pumps. Due to this, the problems which always 

occur with pumps, like media incompatibility, suction 

problems, bubbles, etc. are eliminated. The integrated 

weighing system requires so little space that 

several dosing-units can be integrated without 

problems into a compact laboratory. 

In addition, it results in a considerable saving of cost 

since no expensive balances and pumps are 

needed. 


� Gravimetric dosing 

� Tank content measurement 

� Reactor content measurement 

� Mass flow rate measurement 

� pH-control 

� Titration 

A GraviDos system consists of a glass feed tank 

which is hung on the weighing system. The weight 

change is registered and the drain controlled by a 

magnetic valve. It consists of a real mass flow rate 

control, which does not have to be "metered" for 

different materials and remains unaffected by 

bubbling. 

Optionally, a pulsation-free dosing can be achieved 

by deploying a proportional valve. Dosing under 

vacuum or pressure is possible, if a pressure 

compensation pipe is provided. 

Properties and Functions 

� Low-cost gravimetric dosing 

� Compact and robust 

� No need for pumps 

� Easy to clean 

� Large dosing-range 

� Refilling without dosing interruption 

� Optional pulsation-free dosing 

� Resistant to aggressive media 

� Ex-suitable design available 

The weighing systems are available graded from 1,5 

kg to 15 kg, feed tanks from 500 ml to 2000 ml 

(above as a special production). 

There are GraviDos-connection boards available for 

the connection of four or eight weighing systems. 

One GraviDos dosing device occupies a channel on 

the GraviDos board of the LabManager. An on/off 

valve occupies a channel on a digital-output-board. 

A proportioning valve occupies a channel on an 

analogue-output-board. 

For the dosage of liquids with high viscosity, an 

auxiliary pressure on the feed tank can be applied, if 

required. 

A maximum of six GraviDos cards can be integrated 

into a PI, which corresponds to 24 channels. 

A HiText example application is attached. For an 

operation with the recipe control system HiBatch, 

there is the base command „Dose Gravi" (SB- 

DOSGRAVI). This also allows refilling during 

operation without interrupting the dosing process. 

GraviDos in a controlled circuit 


A complete system consists of 

� a feed tank 

� a proportioning valve IV-MP-UK1 for continuous 

dosing or a magnetic valve IV-MB-FK1 for pulsed 

dosing 

� a suspended balance IL-GRADO-xxxx, 

� an external single channel measuring amplifier 

HK-GRADOMV1 to be connected to an analogue 

input socket 

Alternatively: 

� a measurement card HK-AD24DMS4 

� a LP- DMS4DA4PTR board for four channels 

(four controlled dosing circuits) 


� two measurement cards HK-AD24DMS4 

� a panel LP-DMS4 for four channels (eight dosage 

controlled circuit s) 

� a LP-DAP8T panel 


� a digital suspended balance to be connected to a 

serial interface 

If automatic refilling is desired, further digital outputs 

and valves are required. 

In case only one to two dosing circuits are required, 

it is possible to merely use the measurement 

amplifier HK-GRADOMV1 instead of a whole 

measurement system. It is connected to normal 

analogue input. 

The optional Ex-adapter enables the operation of the 

GraviDos load cell in explosive environments. 

In the standard version all parts in contact with 

media are only made of glass, ETFE and Kalrez . 

Custom designs made of other materials are 

available. 

Blast protection category inherent control [EEx ia] 

IIC for zone 0.1 or 2. 

Application Examples: 

Gravimetric Dosing (controlled dropping funnel) 

The classical dropping funnel or dosing mechanisms 

with pumps and balances are replaced by GraviDos. 

GraviDos (unpressurised system) 


Precise Dosing of large Amounts 

The medium is automatically refilled from the 

reservoir. During the refilling-stage, the flow is 

optionally kept consistent or suspended. 

GraviDos with feed tank 

Distillate Weighing 

During fractioned distillation, the fractions are 

supposed to be weighed and individually bottled. 

The distillate is lead into a GraviDos receiver, and 

after the collection of a fraction, is bottled into 

vessels via a distribution valve. This assembly 

operates under vacuum and pressure. 

Distillate weighing and separate bottling of the fractions: 

on the left: collection vessels, center: GraviDos distillate scales, 

right: rectification column 

Further information about GraviDos weighing 

cells can be found in the chapter balances. 


Resolution Approx. 0.01% v.E. 

Measurement 

Approx. 0.1% v.E. 

uncertainty 

Dimensions load cell 200x40x50mm 

(without linkages) 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

266 

GraviDos ® suspended balance 


The GraviDos dosing system is 

basde upon a GraviDos 

suspended balance. In direct 

comparison to a lab balance it is 

extremely compact an suitable for 

process application. 

GraviDos ® pressure resistant 

With the pressure 

resistant GraviDos 

tank the system 

can be operated up 

to 345 bar. 

GraviDos ® Standing Feed Tank 

With the GraviDos desktop scales 

standing containers can also be 

used as feed tanks. 

For further information see chapter 

Equipment and Components. 

GraviDos ® heating jacket 

GraviDos ® - Control Device for Stand-Alone Operation 

The GraviDos-Stand-Alone System enables a 

gravimetric dosing control even without automation 

system. The setpoint flow rate, the final weight, and 

the dosing period can be preset via the installed 

operator interface as well as via serial or analogue 

interface. 

The two-way valve necessary for flow control and 

the suspended scales of the GraviDos-System are 

connected directly. 

The device is both suited for batch and continuous 

dosing. In addition, it also supports automatic 

refilling. 

The optional Ex-adapter enables the deployment of 

the GraviDos load cells in explosive environments. 

Blast protection category inherent control [EEx ia] 

IIC for zone 0,1 or 2. 

With the GraviDos heating jacket it is 

possible to heat up the GraviDos 

receiver containers. 

The heating jacket is connected to a 

switching socket. The heating output 

can be adjusted from 0 to 100%. 

If the interior temperature is 

supposed to be controlled, it is 

necessary to install a temperature socket in the 

cover or an additional optional socket. 


Power Supply 230 V, 1A 

Weight approx. 900 g 

Max. Temperature 200 °C 


IL-GRAVIDOSST1 GraviDos control device for stand-alone operation 

IL-GRAVIRS Optional RS232 interface 

IL-GRADOEX Ex equipment of the GraviDos weighing module for zones 0.1 or 2 

The GraviDos control device for Stand-Alone Operation is compatible with all components and accessories 

of the GraviDos-System. 




IL-GRADO1000D Digital suspeded balance 1.000 g for receiver tanks up to 500ml, incl. bracket, cable 

IL-GRADO3000D Digital suspeded balance 3.000 g for receiver tanks up to 2000ml, incl. bracket, cable 

IL-GRADO7000D Digital suspeded balance 7.000 g for custom made receiver tanks, incl. bracket, cable 

IL-GRADO10000D Digital suspeded balance 10.000 g for custom made receiver tanks, incl. bracket, cable 

IL-GRADO15000D Digital suspeded balance 15.000 g for custom made receiver tanks, incl. bracket, cable 

IL-GRADO1000 Suspended balance with tank mounting 1000 g, for feed tanks up to 1000 ml, incl. cable 

IL-GRADO3000 Suspended balance with tank mounting 3000 g, for feed tanks up to 2000 ml, incl. cable 

IL-GRADO7000 Suspended balance 7000 g, for customized feed tank, incl. cable 

IL-GRADO10000 Suspended balance 10000 g, for customized feed tank, incl. cable 

IL-GRADO15000 Suspended balance 15000 g, for customized feed tank, incl. cable 

HK-GRADOMV1 Measuring amplifier 1 channel external measuring amplifier to connect to an analogue input 

HK-GRADOMV1D External digital measuring amplifier, 1 channel to connect to RS232 V24 interface 

HK-GRADOMV1D-SN Power supply for digital measuring amplifier HK-GRADOMV1D 

HK-AD24DMS4PTR Measurement system 4 channels, card w/o connection board for GraviDos suspended scales 

LP-DMS4DA4PT connection board with 4 channels for GraviDos, 4 digital inputs 

LP-DMSP8 connection board with 8 strain-gauge channels for GraviDos (requires 2 times HK-AD24DMS4) 

IL-GRAVLBB250 Feed tank* 250 ml, borosilicate glass, PTFE tap, GL 14 connection, weight: 250g 


IL-GRAVLBB1000 Feed tank* 1000 ml, borosilicate glass, PTFE tap, GL 14 connection, weight: 550g 


IL-GRAVLBGRAD Grading of a feed tank (ml-scale) 

IL-GRAVLBS150 Receiver tank 150 ml, 345 bar, high-grade steel 316L/ DOT-3A 5000 TC-3ASM 



IL-GRAVIHEAT250 Heating jacket for GraviDos feed tank 250 ml 


IL-GRAVIHEAT1000 Heating jacket for GraviDos feed tank 1000 ml 


IL-GRAVIHEATSON Heating jacket for GraviDos custom design 

IV-MB-FK1-2-1,5-UNF-ea Universal 2/2 way lab valve ETFE, FFKM, nominal diameter of 1.5 mm, Kv 0,06 m³/h, 0 to approx. 

3 l/h media connector 1/4" UNF with cables of 3 m for the connection to LAB-PI or MSR-PI 

VL-KB-MB-FK1 Fixing element to connect small and medium sized HITec Zang valves to LAB-kit-ALU-system. 

Please state exact valve type when ordering . 

IV-MP-UK1-2-0,8-ma-ea 2/2 way proportional magnetic control valve, FPM, nominal diameter of 0.8 mm, Kv 0.02 m³/h, 

with cables of 1.5 m for the connection to LAB-PI or MSR-PI 

IV-MB-UM2-2 2/2-way- high-pressure-valve, 420 bar, 24V, 4 A 

IV-MB-UM2-PS Power supply for 2/2-way- high-pressure-valve, 24V, 4 A, with auxillary relay 

VL-KB-MB-UM2 Valve-connection piece to connect one V-MB-UM2-2 valve to LabKit-ALU-system 

IL-GRADOADV Adapter round measurement cell reducing adapter to 12 mm tube construction systems 

IL-GRADOADR12 Adapter-round manifold for measuring cell on to 12 mm tube construction system 

IL-GRADOADR14 Adapter-round manifold for measuring cell on to 14 mm tube construction system 

IL-GRAVI-KAL1000 Calibration weight 1000g 

IL-GRAVI-KAL2000 Calibration weight 2000g 

IL-GRAVIDOSST1 GraviDos control device for stand-alone operation 

IL-GRAVIRS Optional RS232 interface 

IL-GRADOEX Ex equipment of the GraviDos weighing module for zones 0.1 or 2 

IS-W-GRAVISTAND Table stand with leveling screws 

IS-W-GRAVIPLATE Weighing plate diameter 140mm 

IS-W-GRAVICRANE Three element pivot lift crane for tube guidance into open weighing containers 

SL-GOPGRAVITARI HiBatch basis operation: Taring a load cell 

SL-GOPDOSIGRAVI1 HiBatch basis operation: gravimetric dosing without refilling option 

*with additional Gl14 connection above for venting or pressure compensation ** higher Kv values and other materials upon request 

ma = Medienanschluss: 

SN4/6 Verschraubung für Schlauch mit 

Durchmesser innen/außen 4,0/6,0 mm 

GMG1/8 Gewindemuffe G 1/8“ 

ea = Elektrischer Anschluss 

T Tuchel-Stecker für LAB-PI 

O offene Enden für MSR-PI 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

268 


Controlled Dropping Funnel AlfaDos 

The dosing system AlfaDos functions like the 

classic dropping funnel according to the force of 

gravity principle or supported with pressure and, like 

these, does not need any pumps. Due to this, the 

problems, which always occur with pumps, such as 

media incompatibility, suction problems, bubbles, 

etc. are eliminated. 

In addition, it leads to a considerable saving of 

expense since no expensive balances and pumps 

are needed. The flow is controlled via a magnetic 

valve. As there is no measurement or control of the 

flow rate, the dosing rate is not particularly accurate. 

In some cases, for example during the pHadjustment, 

the consistent compliance to a specific 

dosing-rate is however not so important. In this case 

AlfaDos is the absolute the lowest-cost solution. 

Application fields 

� Simple dosing tasks 

� pH-control 

� RedOx-adjustment 

� Titration 

� Dosing depends on process sizes 

An AlfaDos system consists of a supply vessel of 

glass, stainless steel, or synthetic material. The 

drain occurs due to the force of gravity or applied 

pressure and is controlled via a magnetic valve. 

Dosing under pressure or vacuum is possible if 

pressure compensation pipe is provided.. 

Applications: 

The classical dropping funnel or dosing mechanisms 

with pumps and balances are replaced by AlfaDos, if 

the requirements regarding the stability of the dosing 

rate are modest, or the dosing is adjusted in 

dependency to another variable, for example the pH 

value or the RedOx potential, or if a controlled 

variable, such as the temperature, is deployed as a 

process signal. 

In the standard version, any material in contact with 

media is made glass, PTFE and PVDF. Special 

versions in other materials are also possible. 

An AlfaDos dosing device occupies a channel for the 

valve on a digital-output-board. 

Properties 

� Low-cost 

� Compact and robust 

� Does not need pumps 

� Resistant to aggressive media 

� Easy to clean 


Viscosity range 0,1...100 mPa s 

Pressure range 0...1 bar abs. 

(for overpressure on 

request) 

H2O flow range up to 100 ml / min 

(di=2 m³, h=50cm, no 

pressure) 

H2O flow range up to 20 ml / min 

(di=1 m³, h=50cm, no 

pressure) 

H2O flow range up to 500 ml / min 

(di=2 m³, auxiliary 

pressure of 1 bar) 


IL-GRAVLBB250 Feed tank* 250 ml, Borosilicate glass, PTFE tap, GL 14 connection, 250 g 


IL-GRAVLBB1000 Feed tank* 1000 ml, Borosilicate glass, PTFE tap, GL 14 connection, 550 g 


IV-MB-FK1-2-1,5-UNF-ea Universal 2/2 way lab valve PVDF, FFKM, nominal diameter of 1,5 mm, Kv 0,06 m³/h, 0 to 

approx. 3 l/h, media connector 1/4“ UNF, 3m cables for the connection to LAB-PI or MSR-PI 

VL-KB-MB-FK1 Valve to valve fixing element for LAB-kit-ALU-system 

*with additional Gl14 connection above for aeration or pressure compensation ** higher Kv values and other materials on request 

ea = Electrical connection T Tuchel plugs for LAB-PI 

O open ends for MSR-PI 


Pumps, dosing pumps 

Pumps, just as valves, have an important role in 

laboratories and pilot plant stations. Their variety is 

nearly unmanageable as they are needed for 

conveying, circulating or detailed volume dosing of 

the smallest to bigger material flows, across a large 

scale of viscosity values even with solids or for 

emulsions. Also the dosing of gases and the 

evacuating of plants belongs to the application area. 

Here, you can also expect our competent advice and 

individual lay out design especially for your 

application. Our know-how stretches over the most 

famous manufactures like: HiTec Zang Prominent, 

Lang, Gather, Ismatec, Speck, Lewa and many 

more, so that we can also help you with realising 

special tasks. 

Areas of Application 

� Circulation of heating and cooling media 

� Dosing of ingredients 

� Transport of ingredients, intermediate and final 

products 

� Generation of pressure, e.g. in pressure reactors, 

for filtering 

� Generation of vacuum 

� Ex-area zone 1 and 2 with pressure enclosed exthree-phase 

motor, respectively special versions. 

Which Pump for which Application? 

For the most important tasks in the laboratories and 

pilot plant stations, you can find approved standards 

under “First Choice”, which will help you to make 

your choice. With help of the following table, you can 

find the appropriate pump for various applications. 

In case of doubt, clarify with our project department 

which application you need. 


� Peristaltic pumps 

� Pneumatic pumps 

� Magnetic membrane dosing pumps 


Advantages, performances 

� All pumps are directly controllable from 

HiTec-PIs 

� Feedback from operation parameters to 

monitor when required 

� Cables and plugs for the direct connection 

with your LAB-xxx or MSR-xxx PI available 

� Hydraulic design and tuning to the media in 

your plant, available auxiliary power etc. by 

our engineering department 

� Special modifications to your control tasks by 

variable displace volumes, frequency 

converter… 

� We search and deliver also special 

accessories and we deliver your pump as a 

ready to use device 

� On request, bonding into your application 

program by our application programmer 

� On request, design, construction and 

parameterising of your control circuit by our 

engineering department 

� Advise and adjustment to your existing 


source 

� Magnetic piston dosing pumps 

� Positive displacement dosing pumps 

� Syringe dosing 

� High pressure double piston dosing pumps 

� Eccentric spiral pumps 

� Tooth ring pumps 

� Micro-tooth ring pumps 

� Centrifugal pumps 

� Membrane vacuum pumps 

� Rotary valve vacuum pump 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

270 


IP-P-SM1.. 

IP-P-M1.. 

IP-P-P1.. 

IP-P-M2.. 

IP-P-m³.. 

IP-P-LabDos-P.. 

Application \ Type 

dosing 

fluids + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 

aggressive + + + + + + + + o + o o o + 

suspensions + + + o + o + 

viscous + o + + o + o o + + 

abrasive + + o o + 

outgassing + + o o o 

high pressure o o + o + + 

very high pressure + 

in vacuum + o + o + + o o o + o + 

volumetric + + + + + + + + + + + o + + 

gravimetric in control circuit + + + + + o o o + + + + + 

small quantities + + + + o + + o + + o 

multi-channel + + 

melting o o + + 

gases + o o o + o 

conveying / circulation 

fluids + + o o o o o o o + + + + + + + 

aggressive + + o o o o o o o + + o o + + + 

abrasive + o o + 

viscous + o + o + o o + 

heat carrier o + o 

flammable (solvent) + + o o o o o + o o + o + o o 

high temperatures o o + + 

gases + o o o + 

vacuum 

+ 

rough + + + 

fine o + o 

aggressive vapours + + o + 

general characteristics 

self-priming + + + + + + o + o + + 

pulsation free o o o + + + + + + + 

bi-directional flow + 

warming up + o o + 

steriliseable + 

ex-application o + o o o o 

+ = well suitable, o = conditional suitable, upon request 

First Choice Types for Laboratories and Pilot Plants 

In the following you can find a suitable pump for 

every application. 

To make clear which pump you need, we need some 

information from you. It is also possible to consult 

one of our engineers and find out together the 

needed information. 

What we will ask you: 

Applications: 

� Dosing: volumetric, gravimetric in a control circuit 

... 

� Circulation, conveying: cooling- heating media, 

solvents... 

Convey media: 

Particular features: density, viscosity, flammable, 

explosive, conductibility, aggressive, emulsion, 

suspension, abrasive, crystallise... 

IP-SYRDOS.. 

IP-P-LabDos-T.. 

IP-P-P3.. 

IP-P-E1.. 

IP-P-S1.. 

IP-P-S2.. 

IP-P-Rx.. 

IP-P-Z1.. 

IP-B-K1.. 

IP-B-K2.. 

IP-B-V1.. 

Convey quantity / range 

Media temperature / range 

Vapour pressure at operation temperature 

Self-priming / supply / primary pressure 

Ambient temperature 

IP-B-V2.. 

IP-B-VPS.. 

Connections: 

used / wished piping, tubes, and connecting parts? 

Bonding in a control circuit: 

Actual value – signal transmitter, control accuracy, 

control velocity, noise magnitudes, linking with other 

control circuits / controllers... 

Particular requirements: 

Safety aspects, cleaning possibilities, CIPcompatible 

etc. 


LabDos Peristaltic Pump 


Superios dosing technology: One fits all! 

Selection criteria for pumps are their dosing range, 

precision of dosing, media compatibility, viscosity 

range, interface types etc. The LabDos laboratory 

dosing pump fulfils many different criteria at a 

remarkable low price. LabDos is suited for dosing 

into reaction systems, transferring between tanks, 

sampling from vessels, for automatic sample 

drawing and for other liquid handling processes. 

The path breaking SofDrive drive technology 

combines the advantages of a servo motor and the 

step motor. The drive disposes of the robustness, 

the extremely broad revolution range, the absolute 

precision and the high durability of a step motor, but 

does however not show the pulsating running 

characteristics of the same. The SofDrive builds a 

perfect team with Watson Marlow and Masterflex. 

Large pushbuttons allow changing settings even 

with thick gloves. The wide display is illuminated, a 

wide viewing angle is ensured. It is suited both for 

stand-alone operation, as well as within automation 

systems. 

Properties of LabDos dosing pumps: 

� Universal use 

� Extremely large dosing range 

� Pulsation free high-precision drive 

� Revolution direction reversible 

� May be calibrated in g/min and ml/min 

� Robust and compact stainless steel housing 

� Optional separated pump head 

� Fast mode for aspiration, drain, flushing 

� Manual and external control 

� Ergonomic and intuitive handling 

� Stackable 

The simple functional principle of a peristaltic pump 

enables its cost efficient use from pumping to 

complex fluid handling requirements. The pump 

head is mounted on a sloped front for easy handling 

and maintenance. 

The LabDos peristaltic pump is a displacement 

pump, where outer rolls will drive the liquid through a 

hose.The conveyed media will therefore not touch 

any metal, the hose is the only media touching 

material. A contamination of pump and media is 

impossible. 

The gentle functionial principle assures a safe 

conveying of high viscous, abrasive, aggressive, 

scher-sensitive, foaming, gas or solid loaded, pure 

and valuable as well as explosive liquids and gases. 

Advantages of the LabDos peristaltic pump: 

� Free of dead storage 

� Self priming 

� Direct displacement against pressure 

� Low pulsation 

� High viscosity range 

� No valves or seals 

� Suction from 50 mbar vacuum 

� High media resistance, inert, hygienic 

� Suitable for media with solid particles 

� Dosing of shear strain sensitive fluids 

� No problems with bubbles 

� Fluid path visible 

� Easy to clean, easy maintenance 

� Monitoring of hose run time 

� Exchangeable pump head (optional) 

In combination with a GraviDos system, LabDos 

pumps may be used for gravimetric dosing. 

At the LabDos-Vario, it is possible to exchange the 

pump head without having to use any tools. 

Available are single head, double head, as well as 5 

and 10-fold cassettes. 

FDA and USP23 Class VI conform hoses are 

available. With the development of new hose 

material the life expectancy was highliy increased 

eg. HPT-Ultra hose times fifty. The HPT-Ultra hose is 

suitable for nearly all aggressive chemicals, 

including organic solvants like MEK, THF and Toluol 

or acetone. 

The following comparative matrix illustrates that the 

LabDos peristaltic pump posseses more advantages 

than any other pump and is therefore universally 

deployable! 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

272 

The following comparative matrix illustrates that the 

LabDos peristaltic pump posseses more advantages 

than any other pump and is therefore universally 

deployable! 

Pump characteristics compared 


Peristaltic Diaphragm Gear Plunger 

pump pump pump pump 

Dosing range ++ o ++ + 

Exact dosing of small volumes ++ o o + 

Direct displacement against pressure + + - ++ 

Bidirectional pumping ++ - - ++ o 

Pumping of shear strain sensitive fluids ++ ++ - o 

Fluids containing abrasive solids ++ - - - 

High viscous media ++ - - ++ - 

Self-priming ++ - - - - ++ 

Dosing from/to vacuum ++ o - - ++ 

Without dead storage ++ - - - - - - 

Self locking ++ - - - - - - 

Safe dry running ++ o - - - - 

Autoclavable (dependent on hose) ++ - - - - - - 

Chemically persistant + + o + 

100% decontamination ++ - - - - - - 

Easy maintenance ++ o o o 

Price/performance ratio ++ + o - - 

LabDos is available with various pump heads. 


Pump head P30 P100 Easy-Load Vario4(3) 

Dosing range 1 μl to 30 ml/min 10 μl to 100 0,2ml to 1,1 l/min 0,1ml to 1(1,2) 

ml/min 

l/min 

Hose inner diameter 0,25 to 2,4 mm 0,5 to 4 mm 0,8 to 8 mm 0,5 to 8 mm 

Wall thickness 0,85 mm 1,6 mm 1,6mm 1,6mm 

Supply preasure 0..2 bar 0..2 bar 0..2,5 bar 0..2,5 bar 

Revolution speed 0,01.. 300 rpm 0,01.. 200 rpm 0,01.. 300 rpm 0,01.. 250 rpm 

Viscosity 0...150.000 cps, 0...150.000 cps, 0...150.000 cps, 0...150.000 cps, 

newt. 

newt. 

newt. 

newt. 

Communication Interfaces RS232. optionally RS485 (ModBus or CAN) and analogue (0–5V/4–20mA) 

RS485 Mod-bus (opt.) Up to 32 pumps using one serial interface 

Digital input (TTL) Start/Stop, revolution direction 

Drive Pulsation-free SofDriveTM precision drive 

Power Supply 24V DC, 600 mA , Easy-Load Vario: 24V DC, 1A 


Dimensions D / W / H 250 x 165 x 110 mm 

Weight approx. 2 kg 

The projected values are maximum values. They are dependend on tubing material, pressure and viscosity. Other pump heads are 

available on request. 



LabDos P100, with adjustable hose fitting 

LabDos-vario drive with fast exchangeable 

and stackable pumpheads 

LabDos-P-Easy-Load pump 

Vario-4 pumphead open 

Stack of Vario-3 and Vario-3E pump heads LabDos-P30 pump with fast-loading mini pump head 

The LabDos-Easy-Load pumps allows the use of a 

further Easy-Load for parallel dosing. 

With the stackable extension pump head VARIO-4E 

and VARIO-3E it is possible to extend the LabDosvario 

to multiple traces. 

Hint: By parallel dosing with two stackable 

Vario3/Vario3-E or two Easy-Load pump heads, an 

outstanding pulsation free feeding over the total 

feeding amount can be achieved. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

274 



IP-P-LABDOS-P30 LabDos Pump with mini pump head max. 30 ml/min, RS232 Interface 

IP-P-LABDOS-P100 LabDos Pump with single pump head max. 100 ml/min, RS232 Interface 

IP-P-LABDOS-P-EASYLOAD LabDos Pump with pump head Easy-Load, 3 rolls, max. revolution speed 300 rpm 

IP-P-LABDOS-P-EASY-E Extension pump head Easy-Load, 3 rolls, max. revolution speed 300 rpm 

IP-P-LABDOS-P-EASY-TC Twin chanal pump head Easy-Load, 3 rolls, max. revolution 300 rpm, max. 500ml/min 

IP-P-LABDOS-P-VARIO LabDos Basic unit without pump head, RS232 Interface 

IP-P-LABDOS-P-VARIO-3 Peristaltic pump head for vario, 3 rolls 

IP-P-LABDOS-P-VARIO-3E Peristaltic stackable extension pump head for LabDos vario, 3 rolls 

IP-P-LABDOS-P-VARIO-4 Peristaltic pump head for vario, 4 rolls 

IP-P-LABDOS-P-VARIO-4E Peristaltic stackable extension pump head for LabDos vario, 4 rolls 

IP-P-LABDOS-P-MULTI-4-5 Pump head 5-fold maximum revolution speed 100 rpm, 4 rolls 

IP-P-LABDOS-AE Analogue interface/input revolution control (0–5 Volt and 4–20mA) 

IP-P-LABDOS-SK Flexible protection caps for push buttons 

CZ-USB-RS232 USB/RS232 converter cable USB/Sub-D9, 3 m, connects USB and RS232 interface 

IP-P-LABDOS-RS232BA RS232-T-bus adapter for a pump, max. 4 pumps at a single RS232 interface possible 

ZK-P-HI36-BS-R2-I-01 RS232 cable Sub-D9/Sub-D9, 3 m, to connect a LAB- or MSR-PI or PC 

ZK-P-HI36-BS-R2-I-02 RS232-bus cable Sub-D9/Sub-D9, 0,3 m, to connect of a RS232-bus adapter 

IP-P-LABDOS-RS485 RS485 bus connector, control of up to 32 pump via a serial interface 

IP-P-LABDOS-RS485BA RS485-T-bus adapter for a pump 

ZK-P-HI36-BS-R4-I-01 RS485 cable Sub-D9/Sub-D9, 3 m, to connect a LAB- or MSR-PI or PC 

ZK-P-HI36-BS-R4-I-02 RS485-bus cable Sub-D9/Sub-D9, 0,3 m, to connect a RS485-bus adapter 

IP-P-LABDOS-DISPENS Optional dispenser mode for LabDos, dosage of predefined volumina and amounts 

IP-P-LABDOS-DISPPB Pushbutton for LabDos, to trigger dosage start 

IP-P-LABDOS-DOMAS DosiMaster Software for dosage profiles and graphical charts 

CG-LABCOMMANDER LabCommander mini-terminal for laboratory devices 

Order Examples: 

LabDos basic unit with four-wheel pump head plus 

extension head and analogue interface. 

LabDos Extensions 

The LabDos Bus System 

All LabDos pumps are bus-compatible. The user is 

able to choose between a RS232-based or a 

RS485-based bus system. With the basic RS232 

bus, up to four pumps can be connected to a normal 

RS232 or, using the converter cable CZ-USB- 

RS232, to a USB interface. 

RS232 Bus for up to four Pumps 

Subsequently, a LABDOS-RS232BA bus adaptor 

and a RS232 cable is required for each pump. 

IP-P-LabDos-P-VARIO 

IP-P-LabDos-P-VARIO4 

IP-P-LabDos-P-VARIO4E 

IP-P-LabDos-AE 

The optional RS485 Bus IP-P-LABDOS-RS485 

enables the connection of up to 32 pumps to a 

RS485 interface. Subsequently, a IP-P-LABDOS- 

RS485BA bus adaptor is required for each pump. 

The bus adaptors are connected to each other with 

a bus cable of the required length. 

RS485 Bus for up to 32 Pumps 


LabDos Dispenser 

With the Dispenser extension, a LabDos pump 

becomes an independent dispenser. This enables 

the dosing of pre-set volumes or amounts. A 

dispensing process can be started using an external 

push-button (IP-P-LABDOS-DISPPB). This means 

that the set amount is dosed at the set dosing rate 

with every actuation of the push-button. 

LabDos PC Software 

With the DosiMaster software, it is possible to 

establish dosing profiles in an easy manner. 

The dosed amount is logged and graphically 

presented as a cumulative curve. 

The software can be extended through additional 

functions such as protocol print-out or data export to 

LIMS. 


Multi-Component-Mixer 

The Component-Mixer-Function is an extension of 

the DosiMaster software. It enables multicomponent 

mixing in batch and continuous 

operation through simultaneous activation of up to 

eight LabDos pumps. 

In batch operation mode, a mixture of up to eight 

components is established upon the actuation of a 

button. Hereby, it is possible to pre-set the amounts 

of the individual components or the mixing ration 

and the total amount. 

In continuous operation mode, the flows of the 

components intended for mixing, as well as the 

ratios in percent of the individual components, are 

preselected. 

LabCommander – Mini-Bedienstation 

Das LabCommander mini-Notebook ermöglicht die 

platzsparende Realisierung von Dosier-, Dispensierund 

Mischstationen auf dem Labortisch. 


CZ-USB-RS232 USB/RS232 Converter Cable USB/Sub-D9, 3 m to connect USB and RS232 interface 

IP-P-LABDOS-RS232BA RS232-T-Bus Adaptor for one Pump, max. 4 pumps possible at a RS232 interface 

ZK-P-HI36-BS-R2-I-01 RS232 Cable Sub-D9/Sub-D9, 3 m for connection to LAB- or MSR-PI or PC 

ZK-P-HI36-BS-R2-I-02 RS232-Bus Cable Sub-D9/Sub-D9, 0,3 m, for connection of RS232 Bus Adaptors 

IP-P-LABDOS-RS485 RS485 Bus Connection, activation of up to 32 pumps via a serial interface 

IP-P-LABDOS-RS485BA RS485-T-Bus Adaptor for one pump 

ZK-P-HI36-BS-R4-I-01 RS485 Cable Sub-D9/Sub-D9, 3 m for connection to LAB- or MSR-PI or PC 

ZK-P-HI36-BS-R4-I-02 RS485-Bus CableSub-D9/Sub-D9, 0,3 m, or connection of RS485 Bus Adaptors 

IP-P-LABDOS-DISPPB Dispensing-Option for LabDos wih push button to trigger dispensing processes 

SA-P-LABDOS-DOMAS DosiMaster Software for dosing profiles and graphical presentation of the cumulative curve 

SA-P-LABDOS-DOMASM DosiMaster Extension: Mixer Function 

CG-LABCOMMANDER LabCommander Mini-Control Station for Laboratory Devices 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

276 


Maximum delivery rates in ml/min, dependant of hose diameter and pump: 

Di/ 

mm 

P30 (at 290 

rpm) 

P100 (at 

200rpm) 

VARIO-3 

(at 250 

rpm) 

VARIO-4 

(at 250 

rpm) 

Easy- 

Load 

(at 

300rpm) 

P30 

(per rev) 

P100 

(per rev) 

VARIO-3 

(per rev) 

VARIO-4 

(per rev) 

Easy-Load 

(per rev) 

0,25 0,73 -- -- -- -- 0,0025 -- -- -- -- 

0,5 2,8 3 7,5 7,5 -- 0,0095 0,015 0,03 0,03 -- 

0,8 5,8 7 15 15 18 0,025 0,035 0,06 0,06 0,06 

1,6 20 22 65 62 75 0,07 0,13 0,26 0,25 0,21 

2,4 35 48 125 100 113 0,12 0,25 0,5 0,4 0,35 

3,2 -- 82 250 212 240 -- 0,41 1 0,85 0,8 

4,0 -- 118 325 275 310 -- 0,52 1,3 1,1 1,0 

4,8 -- -- 550 475 500 -- -- 2,2 1,9 1,7 

6,4 -- -- 900 750 850 -- -- 3,6 3 2,8 

8,0 -- -- 1250 1000 1150 -- -- 5 4 3,8 

All value are depended on hose material and media. All values are only for orientation pusposes. 

IP-P-LabDos-P-MULTI-4-5. 

Maximum delivery rates in ml/min: 

Di/ mm IP-P-LabDos-P-MULTI-4 

(in ml at 110rpm) approx. 

0,13 0,1 

0,25 0,5 

0,59 2,5 

0,63 3 

0,89 7 

1,02 9 

1,3 16 

1,42 18 

1,52 20 

2,06 33 

2,54 47 

2,79 55 

If in doubt please get in touch with us. We will 

Compatibility of Hose Materials 

advice you which hose are best suited for you 

media. 

Samples can be sent upon request. 

Hose Acid Base Solvent Others Remarks 

Name 

weak 

Mid 

strong 

weak 

Mid 

HPT-Silicon 

(Platin) + o - + + + - - - o - + o 

HPT-PVC + + - + + + - - - - - + o 

HPT-FuelOil + o - + o - + - - + - + - 

HPT-Neopren o o - + o o - - - o - + o 

HPT-Chem + + + + + + - - - + o + + 

strong 

aliphatic 

aromatic 

halogenated 

alcohols 

aldehyde/ketone 

salt 

oxidants 

*) These first class attributes do not 

guarantee a resistance to all 

chemicals. Some solvents cause 

swelling of the hose (e.g. Hydrocarbon, 

amine, CHC and other solvents). In 

case of doubt please order test probes. 

Bio compatible, very good 

mechanical attributes, not solvent 

resistant. transparent 

very inexpensive, very good 

mechanical attributes, contains 

diluent. Non solvent resistant. clear 

Special hose for motor fuels and 

oils. yellowish 

pressure/vacuum resistant, high 

lifetime expectancy, inexpensive black 

Flexibiliser free, inexpensive. 

Limited resistance to ketone. clear 

HPT-Viton® + + + + + + + + + + - + + Highly resistant, inexpensive. black 

pressure/vacuum resistant, high 

HPT-Pharm o o - + o o - - - o - + o 

lifetime expectancy, FDA, USP, cell 

culture. light beige 

HPT-Ultra* + + + + + + + + + + + + + 

Extremely high life cycle and highly 

resistant, expensive. dimm white 

+ Resistant: None or only minimal swelling, None or only minimal restriction of life span. 

o Limited resistance: Moderate swelling, restriction of life span. Must be tested in individual case. 



- Not resistant: Strong restriction of life span or complete destruction of the hose. 

Availability with 1.6 mm wall thickness 

For LabDos P100, Vario and Easy-Load, not suitable for P30 and MULTI-4 

Di/ HPT-Silicon HPT-PVC HPT-FuelOil HPT-Neopren HPT-MHL HPT-Viton® HPT-Ultra coupling 

mm 

(2 pcs.) 

0,8 + + + + + + -- + 

1,6 + + + + + + *** + 

2,4 + + + + + + -- + 

3,2 + + + + + + *** + 

4,0 + + + + + + -- upon request 

4,8 + + + + + + *** upon request 

6,4 + + + + + + -- upon request 

8,0 + + + + + + *** upon request 

+ available, stock article, *** only pre configured as pieces of 15cm available 

Availability with 0.8 mm wall thickness 

For P30 and MULTI-4, not suitable for LabDos P100, Vario and Easy-Load 

Di/ HPT-Silicon HPT-PHARM HPT-FuelOil Tygon® Lab HPT-Viton® HPT-Ultra coupling 

mm 

(2 pcs) 

0,19 + upon request 

0,25 + + *** upon request 

0,51 + + + + upon request 

0,63 + + upon request 

0,89 + + + + upon request 

1,3 + + + upon request 

1,42 + + + + + upon request 

2,06 + + + + + upon request 

2,79 + + + + + upon request 

+ available, stock article, *** only pre configured as pieces of 15cm available 

The coupling element for the transition from the pump hose to other hose material is made of PVDF. 

All hoses are available as products sold by meter (except HPT-Ultra) or as pre configured 15 cm pieces per 

dozen. 

Analytics hoses for P30 pump heads (stock artikles): 


IP-P-HPT-PHARM-08-005-m Hose Pharmed, inner diameter 0.51 mm, wall thickness 0.8 mm 



IP-P-HPT-SILP-08-006-m Hose Silikon (platinum), inner diameter 0.64 mm, wall thickness 0.8 mm 



IP-P-HPT-PVC-08-003-m Hose PVC, inner diameter . 0,25 mm, wall thickness 0,8 mm 



IP-P-VITON-08-009-m Hose Viton®, inner diameter 0.89 mm, wall thickness 0.8 mm 



IP-P-HPT-FUELOIL-08-005-m Hose fuels and oils, inner diameter 0.51 mm, wall thickness 0.8 mm 



Hoses for other pumping heads can be found on the next page. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

278 



IP-P-HPT-SILP-16-008-x Hose silicone (platinum), inner diameter 0.8 mm, wall thickness 1.6 mm 

IP-P-HPT-SILP-16-016-x Hose Silikon (platinum), inner diameter 1.6 mm, wall thickness 1.6 mm 





IP-P-HPT-PVC-16-008-x Hose PVC, inner diameter 0.8 mm, wall thickness 1.6 mm 






IP-P-HPT-NEOPR-16-016-x Hose Neopren, inner diameter 1.6 mm, wall thickness 1.6 mm 




IP-P-HPT-VITON-16-016-x Hose Viton®, inner diameter 1.6 mm, wall thickness 1.6 mm 




IP-P-HPT-FUELOIL-16-016-x Hose fuels and oils, inner diameter 1.6 mm, wall thickness 1.6 mm 




IP-P-HPT-CHEM-16-016-x Hose Chem (Tygon® chemical), inner diameter 1.6 mm, wall thickness 1.6 mm 




IP-P-HPT-ULTRA-16-016-x Hose High Performance, inner diameter 1.6 mm, wall thickness 1.6 mm 

IP-P-HPT-ULTRA-16-032-x Hose High Performance, inner diameter 3.1 mm, wall thickness 1.6 mm 

-x: m = product sold by meter , k = 12 pcs 15 cm segments 

Other hoses and couplings are available on request. 

Order information hose couplings (stock articles): 


IP-P-FIT-I-PV-1/8 Hose coupling 1/8", PVDF 







IP-P-FIT-R-PV-1/16-1/8 Hose coupling as reduction piece 1/16 auf 1/8", PVDF 




Other hose couplings, T- and Y-couplings are available on request. 


LabDos Gear Pumps 

Annual gear pumps for the pulsation-free conveying 

and dosing within the control circuit of particle-free 

liquids of low to higher viscosity with medium flow. 

Heating is possible. 

Special Characteristics: 

� Low-Noise Run 

� Valveless Design 

� High Pressure 

� Accurate and reliable 

� Long Term Stability 


� Small Dead Volume 

For operation at a LAB-PI, a RS232 interface is 

required. 



Pump Heads: 

Type Maximum Delivery 

Rate 

280ML80B 280 ml/min 

070ML30B 70 ml/min 

018ML10B 18 ml/min 

Mode of Operation Magnet-coupled Annual Gear Pump 

Delivery Rate 0,05...280 ml/min / 0,012..70 ml/min / 0,03...18 ml/min 

Max. Pump Pressure 80 bar /30 bar / 10 bar 

Media Connections Di 4mm Da 6mm / Di 1/16" Da 8"/ Di 1/16" Da 1/8" 

Speed 0 to 6000 Rev/min. Speed is load-independent. 

System Pressure 100 bar 

Dosing into Vacuum No 

Suction Height Self-priming up to a low suction height depending on media. 

Materials in Contact 

with Media 

High Grade Steel 316L 

Media Temperature -5 ..60°C . Higher temperatures are available upon request. 

Activation RS232, optional 4..20mA 

Operational Voltage/ 230V AC, 150W 

Power 

Media Compatibility Many chemicals. Please verify individual cases. 


EX Version No. If required, please contact us. 

Delivery Scope: Annual Gear Pump with RS232 Interface 


IP-P-Z1-280ML80B-E Gear Pump with 0,05...280 ml/min, Differential Pressure 80 bar, High Grade Steel 316L 

IP-P-Z1-070ML30B-E Gear Pump with 0,012..70 ml/min, Differential Pressure 30 bar, High Grade Steel 316L 

IP-P-Z1-018ML10B-E Gear Pump with 0,03...18 ml/min, Differential Pressure 10 bar, High Grade Steel 316L 

IP-P-Z1-HEAT Heating System for Annual Gear Pump Z1, Tmax = 60 °C 

ZK-IT-HI01-BS-R2-I-03 RS232 Cable Sub-D9/Sub-D9, 3 m for connection to a LAB- or MSR-PI or PC 

IP-P-LABDOS-RS485 RS485 Bus. Activation of up to 32 pumps via serial interface. 

Further accessories can be found in the Chapter „ LabDos Peristaltic Pumps“. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

280 

LabDos Piston Dosing Pump 

Valveless positive displacement piston pumps 

enables the precise dosing and pumping of small 

quantities of aggressive, viscous and crystallising 

media within the medium pressure and temperature 

range. 

The piston dosing pump LabDos-T is suited for 

varied dosing tasks even below the microlitre range 

(sub-microlitre). 

Particular Features: 

� Valveless Design 

� Chemically inert due to use of ceramic 

� Precise and reliable 

� Long term stability 

� Great working range 

� Only one moving part 

� Reversible 

� Small dead storage 

The displaced volume and the stroke frequency can 

be independently adjusted. This leads to an enormous 

working range. The displaced volume can be 

adjusted in 1000 steps at the calibrating ring. The 

stroke frequency can be varied from 0,01 to 500 / 

min. 



Pump Heads: 

Type Max. 

Displaced 

Volume 

Maximum 

Delivery Rate 

T-2 0 - 5 µl 0 – 2,5 ml/min 

T-12 0 - 25 µl 0 – 12,5 ml/min 

T-25 0 - 50 µl 0 – 25 ml/min 

T-50 0 -100 µl 0 – 50 ml/min 

Operating mode Valveless positive displacement piston pump with adjustable drive 

Max. flow rate up to 3000 ml/h 

Max. discharge pressure 6,9 bar 

Dosing in vacuum possible 

Stroke frequency up to 500/min 

Max. Displaced Volume 5 – 100 μl 

Suction Lift Self-priming, dependent of media 

Media affecting materials PVDF/ceramic piston and bushing 

Media connection Hose/plastic tube inner /outer diameter = 4/6 mm 

Media temperature Max. 100 °C 

Activation serial connector RS232 

Power supply 230 V AC 

Media compatibility Various chemicals, necessity to examine in individual cases 


Ex-version No 

Delivery Scope: Piston dosing pump with RS232 interface. 


IP-P-LABDOS-T-2 LabDos pump with piston pump head, 0 – 2,5 ml/min 

IP-P-LABDOS-T-12 LabDos pump with piston pump head, 0 – 12,5 ml/min 

IP-P-LABDOS-T-25 LabDos pump with piston pump head, 0 – 25 ml/min 

IP-P-LABDOS-T-50 LabDos pump with piston pump head, 0 – 50 ml/min 

IP-P-LABDOS-AE Analogue interface /input rpm control (0–5 Volt and 4–20mA) 

ZK-IT-HI01-BS-R2-I-03 RS232 Cable sub-D9/Sub-D9, 3 m, for connection to LAB- or MSR-PI or PC 

IP-P-LABDOS-RS485 RS485 Bus, activation of up to 32 pumps via a serial interface 

media connection: 

SN4-6 Tube fitting I.D./OD 4/6mm On request deliverable: 

� Other flow rates 

� Other materials: high grade steel, carbon 




282 

SyrDos2 Syringe Doser 

The SyrDos2 pump offers extended application 

options. 

The integrated control panel with a LC-Display also 

enable the operation as independent pump. 

It supports, in addition to the LabDos-compatible 

RS232 protocol, the standardised MODBus-RTU 

protocol. The power supply for the two pumps is 

integrated. 

If two pumps are accordingly connected with the 

-CONT option, continuous conveying is also 

possible. Shock-free change-overs are reached with 

a special algorithm. 

Due to the robust high grade steel casing, it is also 

suited for deployment in rouh process conditions. 



SyrDos2 Syringe Doser with 2/3-Way Valves 

Mode of Operation Syringe Doser with step motor drive with up to 10.000 steps/s. 

Max. Delivery Rate Depending on syringe, 50/100/250/500 µl and 1/2,5/5/10/25/50 ml in 

2,5/4,9 s 

Max. Pump Pressure 10 bar, depending on syringe. Higher pressures (up to 28 bar) are 

available upon request. 

Dosing into Vacuum Possible up to 10 mbar (consider the vapour pressure) 

Resolution 24.000/48.000 Steps 

Suction Height Self-priming, media-dependent 

Materials in Contact with Media Glass, PTFE, Kel-F or PPF, optional Ceramic 

Media Connections UNF ¼“ 28G 

Media Temperature 15 to 40°C 

Activation Serial Interface RS232 or RS485 (MODBus-RTU Protocol) 

Operational Voltage (SYRDOS2) 230V AC, 100VA 

Media Compatibility Many chemicals. Please verify individual cases. 


Dimensions (WxHxD) 223 x 270 x 180 mm 

Weight approx. 10 kg 

EX Version No 


IP-SYRDOS2-ss-V2/3 SyrDos2 Syringe Doser for 50µl to 50ml Syringes, RS232, RS485, 2/3-Way Valve 

IP-SYRDOS2-ss-VDxx SyrDos2 Syringe Doser for 50µl to 50ml Syringes, RS232, RS485, mutliway-valve (distr) 

IP-SYRDOS2-ss-VNDyy Syringe Doser for 50µl to 50ml Syringes, RS232, RS485, mutliway-valve (non distribution) 

IP-SYRDOS-VCER Extra Charge for Ceramic Version for 2/3-Way or Multi-Way Valve (1 required per valve) 

IP-SYRDOS-VHPR Extra Charge for max. Pressure 28 bar for 2/3-Way or Multi-Way Valve (1 required per valve) 

IP-SYRDOS-SYRG-vol Syringe for Syringe Doser, Glass 

IP-SYRDOS-CONT SyrDos Extension for continuous conveying with two pumps 

IP-SYRDOS-CHCKVAL 1 Pair of nonreturn valves for SyrDos, moisted material: PEEK, Spring: Gold-plated High Grade 

Steel 

ZK-IT-HI01-BS-R2-I-03 RS232 Cable Sub-D9/Sub-D9, 3 m, for connection to LAB- or MSR-PI or PC 

ss = Resolution, Steps 24 = 24.000, 48 = 48.000 

xx = Number of Positions, 2 to12 

yy = Number of Ways, 3 or 4 

vol = 50U, 100U, 250U, 500U, 1000U, 2500U, 5M,1M, 25M, 50M 

accordingly 50/100/250/500 μL and 1/2/2,5/5/10/25/50 ml 


Duplex-Syringe Doser, Resolution: 48.000 Steps, 

12-Way-Distribution Valve, Media Connection UNF 

1/4-28, Activation RS232, 3 m RS232 Cable for 

connection to LAB- or MSR-PI, 1 ml Syringe. 

Special Design for higher pressure. Special materials 

etc. are available upon request.. 

Please do not hesitate to request more detailed 

information, if required. 

Order Codes: IP-SYRDOS-48-VD12 and IP-SYRDOS-SYRG- 

1000U 

Other delivery rates are available upon request. 



Diaphragm Doser with Step Motor Control 

MembraneDoser and PTFE-Pump Head 

This pump is particularly suited for the low-pulsation 

conveyance of aggressive fluids within the range 

0‚002 L/h - 48L/h at up to 18 bar 

the membrane pump doser combines all features 

and functions of conventional dosing pumps and 

makes dosing so uncomplicated that you can take 

Dosing Heads 

PP Type DME PP 

VA (high grade steel) Type DME VA 

VA (electrically heated) Optional 

PTFE Type DME PTFE 

PTFE / externally cooled Optional 

PTFE / externally heated Optional 

PTFE /electrically heated 

Accessories 

Optional, with/without 

control for heating 

jackets 

Pulsation Absorber PTFE Optional 

Pulsation AbsorberVA Optional 

Pressurised Valve PTFE Optional 

(Prel.) Filter PTFE Optional 

Connections PTFE Optional in GL14B or 

GL18B 

Connections high grade Optional in Swagelok or 

steel 

Gyrolok 

Heating/cooling f. pump 

head/feeding 

Optional 

Vaccuum application Optional 

high precision for granted. 

The main functional principle of the pump is based 

on the direct connection of motor and diaphragm 

over a slide crank gear transmission with a tooth belt 

transmission. With this method, in contrary to to 

conventional dosing pumps, the position and the 

speed of the diaphragm are controlled via an 

electronic system with a microprocessor throughout 

the whole pressure/suction cycle. 

The stroke frequency and the duration of the 

pressure stroke are controlled via a microprocessorcontrolled 

step motor according to the required 

dosing quantity. This drive is unique in this category 

and can only found here. 

Alternatively, the diaphragm doser is available with 

PP / VA or PTFE dosing heads and / or heatable or 

cooled dosing units. 

Interfaces 

4-20mA yes 

RS232 Optional with digitalanalogue 

converter 

External Pulse yes 

Internal Timer yes 

Fieldbus-Interface yes 

NAMUR-Interface 


Optional 

Operating Mode step motor- diaphragm 

dosing pump 

Flow Rate 0,002 l/h bis 48 l/h 

Adjustable Range Flow 

Rate 

1:1000 

Maximum Output 18 bar 

Pressure 

Dosing in Vacuum no 

Suction Lift 5 m 

Dosing Faults ± 1% of the set value 

Max. Viscosity 500 mPas 

In contact with Media VA or PP orPTFE 

Activation serial connector RS232, 

4-20 mA, 2-10 V, single 

stroke control 

Power supply 100-230 V AC 


IP-P-SM1-VA -mc Precision step motor dosing pump, VA pump head, RS232 

IP-P-SM1-PP -mc Precision step motor dosing pump, PP pump head, RS232 

IP-P-SM1-PTFE -mc Precision step motor dosing pump, PTFE pump head, RS232 


mc=Model Code: 

Model Code Dosing Rate Max. Pressure 

2-18 2,5 l/h 18 bar 

8-10 7,5 l/h 10 bar 

12-6 12 l/h 6 bar 

48-3 48 l/h 2,6 bar 

Order example: 

Precision step motor dosing pump, 2,5 L/h, 18 bar, 

pump head PTFE, 

Order code: IP-P-SM1-PTFE-2-18 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

284 

Pneumatic Dosing Pumps 

Modotec ® Dosing system; pneumatic dosing of 

liquids and gases. 

Modular constructed dosing system consisting of a 

control unit and diaphragm dosing head with 

positively controlled diaphragm valves. 

The pneumatic activation ensures that the pump 

heads are especially suited for the Ex-range. 

Module Control 

� Autonomous Control Unit 

� Externally controllable 

� Direct control through PLS via 

Type C 

� Power Supply220V / 24 V 

� Compressed Air 3 – 6 bar 

Autonomous Control with integrated pneumatic Valve Terminal 

Valve Terminal for Activation via LabBox/manager or SPS 


Module Dosing Head 

� Compact Dosing Head 

� Small Dimensions 

� Version with low dead storage 

� No mechanically moved parts 

� Low wear, low-maintenance 

� Corrosion-resistant materials 

� Simple assembly and cleaning 

� Option: Ex-version 

Special Features Dosing Head Type T 

� Controllable Diaphragm Valves 

� Position-independent installation 

� Dosing directly into the vacuum 

� Optional Ex-version 

Special Features Dosing Head Type S 

� Ball Valves 

� Twin Dosing Heads 


Special Features Dosing Head Type P 

� Dosing Head with additional controllable multifunction 

valves for automated sample drawing 

� Multi-Component Dosing 

� Multi-way Dosing Head 


Special Features Dosing Head Type V 

� Conveyance out of the vacuum into the normal 

pressure range 

� Controlled valves combined with ball valves 

Pump Heads Dimensions 

A 

mm 

B 

mm 

C 

Depth 

mm 

Process 

Connection 

mm 

Pneumatic 

Connection 

mm 

Type 1T 78 38 45 1,6/3,2 4 

Type 2T 88 48 55 3,2 4 

Type 4T 109 69 55 3,2 4 

Type 6T 160 120 75 6 4 


Pump Heads 

Pneumatic Pressure 

Supply 

Process Pressure 

Suction Lift(mWs) 

Delivery Height 

(mWs) 

Process Temperature 

(if necessary, heating 

module **) 

Max. Displaced 

Volume 

Head Size 1 

Head Size 2 

Head Size 4 

Head Size 6 

Max. Delivery Volume 

Head Size 1 

Head Size 2 

Head Size 4 

Head Size 6 

*) in flooded con 

**) Heating with Thermostat 



Type T Type S 

Type P Type V 

3 – 6 bar 3 – 6 bar 3 – 6 bar 3 – 6 bar 

4 

50 

4 

50 

4 

50 

< 100 °C < 100 °C < 100 °C 

40 µl 

500 µl 

1800 µl 

8000 µl 

100 ml/h 

1800 ml/h 

4000 ml/h 

8000 ml/h 

upon request 

500 µl 

1800 µl 

upon request 

upon request 

2000 ml/h 

8000 ml/h 

upon request 

upon request 

250 µl 

900 µl 

upon request 

upon request 

250 µl 

900 µl 

upon request 

Operating mode Piston dosing pump with pneumatic gear 

Max. flow rate see table 

Dosing in vacuum Models with pressure-keeping and closing valve 

Stroke Frequency 0 - 180/min 

Stroke length variable 0 - 100% 

Suction Lift 5 m Ws 

Materials in contact with media PTFE/carbon/ceramic 

Media connection Tube/Pipe ID/OD = 4/6 mm 

Ambient temperature -10 ... 45°C 

Control Voltage 4 ... 20 mA 


Display Strokes/min, after calibration l/h either 

Media compatibility Almost all chemicals 


Ex-version No 


IP-P-N1-PK-mc Pump head pneumatic diaphragm dosing pump 

IP-P-N1-PK-STRG-E Autonomous control, pneumatic diaphragm dosing pump 

IP-P-N1-PK-STRG-VI Valve terminaldiaphragm dosing pump for binary activation 

mc = Model Code: T,S,P,V 

ec=electrical connection: 

T Tuchel connector LAB-PI 

O Open ends for MSR-PI 

10 *) 

50 

upon request 

upon request 

upon request 

900 µl 

1500 µl 

upon request 

upon request 

2000 ml/h 

6000 ml/h 


Pneumatic diaphragm dosing pump Type P, 

autonomous control: 

Order Code: IP-P-N1-PK-mc und IP-P-N1-PK-STRG-E 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

286 

Magnetic dosing pump 

Magnetic dosing pumps are driven by an electric 

magnet. These generate a short and forceful dosing 

stroke. The dosing rate is controlled via the stroke 

frequency. The dosing stroke can additionally be 

adjusted manually. 

Magnetic membrane dosing pump 

Robust, calibratable membrane dosing pump with a 

magnetic drive for volumetric dosage or gravimetric 

dosage with a receiver on the balance in the control 

circuit. 


Operating mode Membrane dosing pump 

with magnetic gears 

Max. flow rate 1,1 l/h 

Max. discharge pressure 16 bar 

Dosing in vacuum Only with pressurised 

blocking valve 

Stroke frequency 0 - 180/min 


Suction height 5 m Ws 

Material in contact with PTFE/carbon/ceramic 

media 

Media connection Tube/pipe ID/OD = 4/6 

mm 

Ambient temperature -10 to 45°C 

Activation 4 to 20 mA 


Display Strokes/min, after 

calibration also l/h 


Protection class IP 65 

Ex-version --- 


IP-P-M1-1100M- 

PTFE/C/KER-SN4/6-ea 

ea=electrical connection: 




Magnetic membrane dosing pump, 1,1 l/h, 16 bar 

self-priming, Materials PTFE/Carbon/Ceramic, 180 

strokes/min, Activation 4 - 20mA, with 1 x 1,5m 

Cable for connection with a LAB-PI. 


Magnetic membrane dosing pump, 1.1 l/h, 16 bar self-priming, materials 

PTFE/carbon/ceramic, 180 strokes/min, Activation 4 - 20mA, with 1 x 1,5m cable for 

connection at a LAB- or MSR-PI (please indicate which one) 

Order Code: IP-P-M1-1100-PTFE/C/KER-SN4/6-T 

On request deliverable: 

� PP,acrylic glass, stainless steel 1.4571 

� Dosing monitoring, self bleeding head for 

outgassing media 

� Other flowrate 


Magnetic piston dosing pump 

Robust, accurate piston dosing pump for liquids with 

a magnetic drive for precise, pressure-independent 

volumetric dosage. This pump is primarily suitable 

for precisely dosing small quantities. 



Operating mode Piston dosing pump with magnetic gears 

Flow rate 0,06 ... 150 ml/h 

Max. discharge 

pressure 

40 bar 

Pressurised valve 2,5 bar 

Dosing in vacuum yes 


Displace volume 1 - 50 μl, by micrometer button 


Suction Lift 6 m Ws 

Materials in contact with 

media 

PTFE/ceramic or stainless steel 1.4571/ceramic 

Media connection Capillaries da =1,75 mm or 1/16“ accords to 1,58 mm 

Ambient temperature 5 to 45°C 

Reproducibility better ± 0,5% 

Activation 4 - 20 mA 




Ex-version Possible, on request 


IP-P-P1-0150M-PTFE/KER-SN17-ea Magnetic piston dosing pump, 0,06 - 150 ml/h, 40 bar self-priming, materials 

PTFE/Ceramic, 0 - 50 strokes/min, activation 4 - 20mA, with 1 x 1,5m cable for 


IP-P-P1-0150M-VA/KER-SN16-ea Magnetic piston dosing pump, 0,06 - 150 ml/h, 40 bar self-priming, materials 

1.4571/ceramic, 0 - 50 strokes/min, activation 4 - 20mA, with 1 x 1,5m cable for 


ma=media connection: 

SN17 Capillary screw connection OD = 

1,75mm, only in PTFE 

SN16 Capillary screw connection OD = 

1/16“ according 1,58mm, only in 

stainless steel 





Magnetic piston dosing pump, 150 ml/h, 40 bar 

self-priming, materials stainless steel/ceramic, 0 - 

50 strokes/min, activation 4 - 20mA, with 1 x 1,5m 

cable for connection with a LAB-PI. 

Order Code: IP-P-K1-0150M-VA/KER-SN16-T 

available on request: 

� Ex-version 

� Greater discharge flows 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

288 

Ex-Magnetic Membrane Dosing Pump 

Explosion-proof, robust membrane dosing pumps 

with a magnetic drive for volumetric dosage, 

gravimetric dosage with a receiver on a balance in a 

control circuit . 

The standard type, made of PTFE/carbon/ ceramic 

materials are particularly suitable for aqueous media 

with a certain electrical conductivity. 

When using flammable media we recommend the 

stainless steel model. 



Operating mode Membrane dosing pump with magnetic gears 

Max. flow rate 1,0 l/h 


pressure 

16 bar 

Dosing in vacuum Only with pressurised blocking valve 



Suction height 6 m Ws 


media 

PTFE/carbon/ceramic 

Media connection Tube/Pipe6 x 4 mm 

Ambient temperature -10 ... 45°C 

Activation 4 - 20 mA, input inherently safe „ia“ 




Ex-version EEx ia d IIC T6 


IP-P-M2-1000M- 

PTFE/C/KER-SN4/6-ea 


SN4-6 Tube fitting I.D./OD 4/6mm 




Ex-magnetic diaphragm dosing pump, 1,0 l/h, 16 bar self-priming, materials 

PTFE/carbon/ceramic, 120 strokes/min, activation 4 - 20mA, with 1 x 1,5m cable for 



Ex-Magnetic membrane dosing pump, 1,0 l/h, 16 bar 

self-priming, materials PTFE/carbon/ceramic, 120 

strokes/min, activation 4 - 20mA, with 1 x 1,5m cable 

for connection at a LabManager. 

Order Code: IP-P-M2-1000M-PTFE/C/KER-SN4/6-T 


Materials: 

� PP,acrylic glass, stainless steel 1.4571 

� self-venting head for outgassing media 

� Model for higher viscosity 

� further discharge flows 

Notice: When using flammable media, use electrical 

grounding at stainless steel models and metal 

conductors, because of electrostatic discharge. 



Precision Motor Membrane Dosing Pump 

Accurate membrane dosing pumps with positively 

controlled valves are used for precise dosing of 

gases and liquids. They can also dose small 

quantities of aggressive, abrasive, and viscous 

media. The inlets can be thermostatically heated and 

cooled. Stroke frequency and displaced volumes 

can be controlled separately. 

Due to the special construction (controlled cam 

valves, valve closing and opening during diaphragm 

standstill, through overlapping of the closing 

conditions no uncontrolled flow) this doser has an 

extremely high precision and repeat accuracy. It can 

convey into vacuum and convey out of vacuum. 

Through the forced drive of the valves, a secure 

valve function and a high impermeability is also 

achieved. This makes the reliable dosing of gases 

possible. 


The dosing of gases should take place without 

pressure. Principally, the dosing with other pressure 

ratios is also possible. But the pressure difference 

range is limited due to the densification ratio. The 

flow rates must be calculated by calibration runs. 

Operating mode Motor diaphragm dosing pump with cam-controlled valves 

Flow rate 0 - 1800 ml/h 

Max. input compression 5 bar 

Max. pressure 

1 bar 

difference 

Dosing in vacuum Yes, till 0,001 mbar abs. 


Displace volume 10 - 500 μl 

Suction Lift Self-priming, till 30 mbar abs. primary pressure 

Materials in contact with Post-compressed PTFE 

media 

Media connection PTFE, tube/plastic pipe I.D./OD = 4/6mm 

Media temperature up to 100 °C 

Activation serial connector RS232, 4-20 mA, 2-10 V, single stroke control 


Power consumption 70 W 


Ex-version upon request 


IP-P-M3-1800M-PTFE-SN4/6 Precision motor diaphragm dosing pump, 36 - 1800 ml/h, 1 bar, materials PTFE, 0 - 60 

strokes/min, activation RS232 

ZK-P-TL02-BS-R2-I-01 RS232 Cable Sub-D9/Sub-D9, 3 m, for connection to LAB- or MSR-PI or PC 


SN4-6 Tube fitting I.D./OD 4/6mm 


Precision motor diaphragm dosing pump, 36 - 1800 

ml/h, 1 bar, materials PTFE, 0 - 60 strokes/min, 

activation RS232, with 3m serial cable for 

connection at a LabBox or LabManager. 

Order Code: IP-P-M2-1800M-PTFE-SN4/6 and ZK-P-HZ01- 

BS-R2-I-01 


� Other flowrates 

� Heating and cooling of the pump head and feed 

lines 

� Vacuum applications 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

290 


High Pressure Double Piston Dosing Pump 

The high pressure double piston pump is made out 

of resistant materials and has a pulsations free flow. 

It is suited for dosing under high pressure in high 

pressure reactor systems and micro-reactor 

systems. 


Operating mode Motor double piston pump for high pressure 

Max. flow rate 6 - 599,4 ml/h 


pressure 

500 bar 

Dosing in vacuum possible 


media 

Stainless steel 1.4571, Aluminum oxide ceramic, carbon reinforced PTFE 

Media connection Capillary OD = 1/16“ equivalent 1,58mm 

Activation 0-10 V DC, 2 x digital, RS232 


Media compatibility Almost all chemicals, besides chlorine-containing materials, hydrochloric acids 

Ex-version -- 


IP-P-P3-0600M-VA/KER- 

SN16-ea 


SN16 Screw connection for capillary 1/16“ 

(1,58mm) 




High pressure double piston dosing pump, 6 - 599,4 ml/h, 500 bar, materials 1.4571/ceramic, 

activation 0 - 10V DC, 2 digital outputs with 3 x 1,5m cable for connection at a LAB- or MSR- 

PI, RS232 


High pressure double piston dosing pump, 6 - 599, 4 

ml/h, 500 bar, materials 1.4571/ceramic, activation 0 

- 10V DC, 2 digital outputs with 3 x 1,5m cable with 

Tuchel plugs for connection to a LabManager 

Order Code : IP-P-K3-0600M-VA/KER-SN16-T 


� Increased discharge pressure up to 800 bar 

� Flow rates from 10 to 1000ml/min 

� Other packing materials 


Eccentric screw pump 

Self-priming, pulsation free motor dosing pump for 

dosing and conveying for: 

� Media with different viscosities up to the pasty 

range 

� Suspensions, for instance sauces 

� abrasive suspensions, for instance soldering 

paste, polishing paste 

� Polymer, high viscous and crystal-containing preproducts, 

for example: lacquer, glue and melts 

� Viscous materials and granulated suspensions of 

the foods and pharmaceutical industry 

The pump is easy to disassemble and to clean. 

It is well suitable for speed regulated operations at a 

frequency converter. 



Normally for connection at a LAB-PI an analogue 

output (LP-AAP8 or LP-AEAP), an passive digital 

output (LP-DAP8) for releasing and a digital input 

(LP-DEP8x) for the fault report are needed. 

Operating mode Eccentric screw pump with rotary current motor 

Flow rate 0 ... 24 l/h, depending on viscosity 


pressure 

12 bar 

Dosing in vacuum upon request 

Speed 0 ... 1000 rpm, depending on viscosity 

Metered volume per rev. 0,40 ml 

Suction height Self-priming, media dependent 


media 

Stainless steel 1.4571 hard chrome plated /perfluor rubber/PTFE 

Viscosity 1 ... 2.000.000 mPas 

Media connection Suction sided G ½“, pressure sided Rp ¼“, equivalent transitions available on 

request 

Media temperature up to 200 °C 

Metered accuracy Normally < ± 1% 

Control Frequency converter 

Power Input 0,25 kW 


Media compatibility Most chemicals beside chlorine-containing materials, hydrochloric acids 

Protection class IP 54 

Ex-version possible 


IP-P-E1-2700M-VA/FKM-ea Eccentric spiral pump with rotary current – asynchronous motor 0,25KW and frequency 

converter, 0-14 l/h, 12 bar, materials 1.4571 hard-chromium plated/fluorine rubber/PTFE, 0- 

1000 rpm, with cables to connect to a PI 





Eccentric spiral pump with rotary current 

asynchronous motor 0,25KW und frequency 

converter, 0 - 24 l/h, 12 bar, materials 1.4571 hard 

chrome plated/fluorine rubber/PTFE, 0-1000 rpm, 

with cable for connection at a LabManager 

Order Code: IP-P-E1-2700M-VA/FKM-T 



� Adjustable revolution gear 

Other materials: 

� Hastelloy 

� Pump head heating 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

292 

Toothed Ring Pumps 

Toothed ring pumps are suitable for pulsation poor 

conveyance and dosing of particle-free and not 

lubricating fluids of lower to high viscosity at low flow 

rates. They distinguish themselves by small dead 

storage and high dynamics. 

Low pressure pump 

Low pressure pumps distinguish themselves by a 

small construction volume and a favorable price. It 

makes pulsation free and highly precise conveying 

of small quantities, also not lubricating media 

possible. 



Applications: 

� Small quantity dosage 

� Analysis technology 

� Biotechnology 

� Medical technology 

Operating mode Directly coupled toothed ring pump 

Flow rate 0,15 - 9 ml/min and 0,3 - 18 ml/min continuous 

Pulsation 1.5% and 6% 

Revolution 100 to 6000 rpm, DC motor, revolution load independent 

Max. discharge 0 ... 3 bar 

pressure 

Viscosity 0.5 ... 20mPas 

Dosing in vacuum conditional 

Suction Lift Self-priming up to low lift, media dependent 

Materials in contact with Hard metal (tungsten carbide), nickel bronze, PTFE 

media 

Media connection Tube nipple OD = 2 mm 

Media temperature 5 ... 50°C 

Activation 0-10V, (4-20mA, RS232 opt.) 

Revolution feedback 0-10V, (4-20mA, RS232 opt.) 

Power supply / 230 V AC, 50 W 

Performance 

Media compatibility Watery solutions, solvents, low viscous oil and lubricants 



IP-P-R1-9M-HM-SN2-ea Micro toothed ring pump with controllable DC motor, 0.15 - 9 ml/min, max. pressure 

difference 3 bar, materials: hard metal/nickel bronze/PTFE, with cable for connection at a 

HiTec Zang-PI 

IP-P-R1-18M-HM-SN2-ea Micro tooth ring pumps with controllable DC motor, 0.3 - 18 ml/min, max. pressure 

difference 3 bar, materials hard metal/nickel bronze/PTFE, with cable for connection at a 

HiTec Zang-PI 





Toothed ring pumps with controllable DC motor, 0.15 

- 9 ml/min, Max. pressure difference 3 bar, materials 

hard metal/nickel bronze/PTFE, cable with Tuchel 

connectors for connection at a LabManager. 

Order Code: IP-P-R1-9M-HM-SN2-T 


High Performance Pump 

This high performance toothed ring pump 

distinguishes itself by good suction behaviour, less 

dead volumes, less pulsation and a very large 

viscosity range, and high dynamics. 



Operating mode Direct coupled toothed ring pump 

Pulsation 6% 

Revolution 100 up to 6000 R/min, DC motor, Revolution load independent 

Viscosity 0.5 ... 50.000 mPas 

Dosing in vacuum conditional 

Suction Lift Self-priming, media dependent 

Material in contact with hard metal (tungsten-carbide), stainless steel 316L, PTFE 

media 

Media connection Screw fitting for 6/4mm plastic tube 

Media temperature 0 bis 50 °C (-126 bis –140°C upon request) 

Activation 0-10V, (4-20mA, RS232 opt.) 

Revolution feedback 0-10V, (4-20mA, RS232 opt.) 

Power supply / Leistung 230V AC, 50W 

Media compatibility Media compatibility Watery solutions, solvent, low viscous oil and lubricants 

Ex-version -- 

For a safe operation a particle filter is required. 


IP-P-R2-18M-HM-SF1/8-ea High performance pump 0,003 - 18 ml/min, Delta-p max. 30 bar, max. 50.000 mPas 

IP-P-R2-72M-HM-SF1/8-ea High performance pump 0,012 – 72 ml/min, Delta-p max. 50 bar, max. 50.000 mPas 

IP-P-R2-288M-HM-SF1/8-ea High performance pump 0,048 – 288 ml/min, Delta-p max. 40 bar, max. 1.000.000 mPas 

IP-P-R2-10152M-HM-SF1/8-ea High performance pump 0,192 – 1.152 ml/min, Delta-p max. 00 bar, max. 150.000 mPas 





Toothed ring pump with controllable DC motor, 0,3 - 

18 ml/min, max. pressure difference 30 bar, 

materials hard metal/stainless steel/PTFE, cable 

with Tuchel connectors for connection at a 

LabManager. 

Order Code: IP-P-R2-18M-HM-SF1/8-T 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

294 

Centrifugal Pumps 

Centrifugal Pump for High Pressure 

This magnet coupled centrifugal pump without shaft 

seal is particularly suitable for recirculation of heat 

carriers up to 350°C. The conveying of chemicals 

with higher temperature is also possible within the 

range of stability. It is also possible to provide 

systems and control vales with high flow 

resistances. Due to the complete separation of the 

media and drive, this pump is also very robust at 

extreme application conditions. 



Operating mode Small magnet coupled centrifugal pump 

Delivery Rate water 840 l/h at 3 bar 

Max. flow rate 1800 l/h 

Max. pressure difference 5 bar 

Revolution 2800 rpm 

max. System pressure 25 bar 

Suction Lift No, influent 

Materials in contact with Stainless steel 1.4408, 1.4571, 1.4581 

media 

Particularly in multi reactor and parallel reactor 

systems with a joint thermostat control in mixing 

operations (large temperature changing rates, 

emergency cooling at exothermically reactions) the 

thermostat installed in the pump is often not 

sufficient. In this case, our pump is an appropriate 

solution. 

Media connection Internal thread G ½“ 

Media temperature Up to 350 °C heat transfer oil, aqueous media up to 200°C possible 

Activation Over switching sockets (LP-DA230V2) or (HP-B230V8A) 

Power supply 230V AC 1 Ph, 0,5 kW. 400V AC 3 Ph possible 

Media compatibility Many chemicals, no chlorine-containing materials and hydrochloric acids. 


Ex-version Possible, upon request 


IP-B-K1-1800L-VA-GMG1/2-ep Centrifugal pump, 0,5 kW, 2800 rpm at 50 Hz, up to 1800 l/h max. pressure difference 5 

bar, system pressure max. 25 bar, material stainless steel 

ep=Mains Power connection: 

230V 230V AC 1 Ph 

400V 400V AC 3 Ph 

Accessories for electrical connection of the pump 

like switching sockets (HP-B230V8A), protection etc. 

upon request. 


Centrifugal pump with three-phase asynchronous 

motor 0,5 kW,230V AC, 2800 rpm at 50 Hz, up to 

1800 l/h Max. pressure difference 5 bar, system 

pressure max. 25 bar, material: stainless steel. 

Order Code: IP-B-K1-1800L-VA-GMG1/2-400V 

We can offer you a complete spectrum of similar 

pumps for similar applications. Please contact us! 


� Other rotor material: PEEK 

� Controllable model with frequency converter 

� Model complete with frequency converter and 

difference pressure measuring for difference 

pressure control 

� Model with IDM measuring orifice plate for mass 

flow control 


Centrifugal Pump for Chemicals 

Magnet coupled chemical centrifugal pump without 

shaft seal for conveying and recirculation of pure 

and aggressive chemicals like acids, bases and 

solvents.... 

Typical applications: 


� Distillation in pilot plant, mini plant 

� Recirculation of baths: galvanic industry, photo 

industry... 



Usually, a digital output (LP-DAP8...) is required for 

start and stop at a LAB-PI. In individual cases a 

revolution controller (e.g. pressure difference 

controller) can be useful. In this case, an analogue 

output (LP-AAP8UI or LP-AEAP8I) for activation of a 

frequency converter will be needed. 

If needed, please additionally order the frequency 

converter. 

Operating mode Small magnet coupled centrifugal pump for chemical engineering 

Delivery Rate Water: 3000 l/h at 0,4 bar 

Max. flow rate 3900 l/h 

Max. pressure 

0,78 bar (7,8m discharge height, water) 

difference 

Revolution 2800 rpm 

max. Density 1300 kg/m³ 

Suction Lift No, influent 

Material in contact with CFRETFE (Carbon fiber PE/PTFE-compound), silica carbide, FKM 

media 

Media connection External screw thread 1“ 

Media temperature Up to 80°C 


Power supply / 230V AC 1 Ph, 170W. three-phase current possible. 

Performance 

Media compatibility Media compatibility. Most chemicals, acids and bases. 

Ex-version Possible, upon request. Please inquire when using not conductive, flammable 

liquids because of the static charge. 


IP-B-K2-3900L-ETFE/SIC Chemical centrifugal pump with alternating current motor 170W, 230V AC, up to 3900 l/h Max. 

pressure difference max. 0,78 bar, materials CFRETFE/SiC/FKM 

We can offer you a complete spectrum of similar 

pumps for further applications. Please inquire. 


� Other flowrates and pressure difference 

� Other materials: PP... 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

296 

Reaction Proportioning Pumps 

Reaction proportioning pumps are especially suited 

for the production of nanoparticles and to test the 

reaction conditions for mixing or mass transfer tasks. 

The pumps dispose of peripheral wheel- typical 

pressure cells. In these, the liquid educt is 

compressed and flushed over the mixing rotor due to 

the generated turbulences. The subsequently 

generated circulation flows lead to especially 

homogenous and stable mixtures. 

Depending on the material, the mixers are 

chemically highly resistant and are able to handle 

system pressures up to 350 bar and temperatures of 

up to 450 °C. 

Reaction proportioning pumps are basically 

peripheral wheel pumps with several inlet nozzles 

for the fluid and gas feed. 

There is a separate inlet opening for each 

component in the diameter wall of the mixing 

chamber, the flow section of which is especially 

constructed according to the viscosity of the fluid, 

the projected mixing ratio or the expected reaction. A 

gaseous component can be fed into the mixing 

chamber between the inlet opening of the liquid 

component and the outlet/discharge opening of the 

mixture. 



� Robust and Safe 

� Simple Test Equipment 

� Safe test conditions, e.g. for phosgene 

transformation 

� Total volume is continuously regulable 

� Represents an alternative to stirred reactors or 

micro-mixers 

� Especially homogenous and stable mixtures due 

to intensive mixing 

In order to ensure a high chemical stability, the 

reaction mixers are constructed in Hasteloy, Tantal 

or silicon carbide for the part in contact with the 

products as well as with PTFE or Perfluorelastomer 

gaskets. Plastic linings with antistatic PTFE or PFA 

are also deployed. The drive of the mixer is magnetcoupled. 

In case of toxic or corrosive substances, it 

is possible to deploy double separating cans. 

The wear due to solid material content in the fluid, 

e.g. due to precipitation during a reaction, is 

countered with a suited selection of materials and 

design of the wheel, separating can and the shaft 

bearing. The separating can and the bearing, if 

necessary, can be flushed with a suited liquid. 

Depending on the respective reaction conditions, the 

chemical objectives, or the process-related basic 

conditions, special equipment is available for the 

reaction mixers. 

If exothermal o endothermal reactions are to be 

expected, the pumps can be equipped with heated 

or cooled pump heads. It is, for instance, 

subsequently possible to run a reaction isothermally 

or to prevent a melt from sulphuring. For this 

purpose, pump heads with a heating chamber or 

with a heatable separating can are available. 

When producing nanoparticles, the peripheral 

conveying system ensures fast mixing and a short 

holding time. As the nanoparticles are specifically 

produced in the reaction chamber, there is no 

increased risk of blockage or wear for the bearing or 

separating can. 

Due to the dosing pumps and the speed regulation, 

there is a high variance of possible test parameters. 


IP-B-REAKT1-4P Reaction Proportioning Pump, three inlets, one outlet, three phase motor 

IP-B-REAKT1-FU Frequency Converter for Reaction Proportioning Pump 



Multi-Channel Dosing Systems 

Flexible gravimetric dosing systems can be realised 

by combining the accordingly suited components. 

Here are just a few of the possible combinations: 

� Four-fold Dosing System with GraviDos 

LabBox1with GraviDos weighing card and 4 

magnetic valves or PFM-controlled pumps , 

HiBuilder custom software for dosing profiles and 

simple records and protocoling. 

Options: 

Special cable for the connection of the dosing 

pumps to 4..20mA digital outputs (PWM), further 

RS232 interfaces for connection of dosing 

pumps. 

� Four-fold Dosing System with Laboratory 

Scales: 

LabBox1 with 4 RS232 interfaces for laboratory 

scales and 8 digital outputs for connection of the 

magnetic valves or PFM-controlled pumps, 

HiBuilder custom software for dosing profiles and 

simple records and protocoling. 

� Four-fold Dosing System with Notebook 

acting as Control Unit: 

Notebook, USB to RS232 Converter, four-fold 

DMS-Card RS232, 4 GraviDos modules, 4 

LabDos with RS232-Bus, HiBuilder custom 

software for dosing profiles and simple records 

and protocoling. 

� Mehrfachdosiersystem mit SyrDos 

Spritzendosierer 

Notebook, USB an RS232 Converter, LabBox1, 

2 SyrDos Systeme, DosiMaster Spezialsoftware 

für Dosierprofile und einfache Aufzeichnung u. 

Protokollierung. 

Options: 

Special cable for the connection of the dosing 

pumps to 4..20mA digital output (PWM), further 

RS232 interfaces for connection of LabDos and 

other dosing pumps. 

Custom Design, mobile 4-fold Dosing Station 

Kundenspezifisch gefertigte SyrDos-Dosierstationen 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

298 

Vacuum pumps 

Membrane vacuum pump 

Dry running vacuum pump for neutral, highly 

aggressive and corrosives gases and vapours. 

Applications: 

� Evacuate in a raw vacuum range with or without 

cryo trap 

� Rotary evaporator 

� Evacuation of dehydrator 

� Substitute of water jet pumps 

� Discharge of process gases 



Operating mode Two phase membrane vacuum pump for the chemistry 

Suction capacity 1200 l/h 

Final vacuum 8 mbar abs. 

Media affecting PTFE/FFKM 

materials 

For the connection at a LAB-PI a digital output (LP- 

DAP8) and a switching sockets (HP-B230V8A) or a 

digital output 230V (LP-DA230V2) are needed. 

Media connection Tube nipple for vacuum tube I.D. = 6mm, OD = 10mm 


Power supply / Leistung 230V AC 1 Ph, 120W 

Current consumption 0,7A 

Media compatibility Almost all chemicals, gases and vapours 



IP-B-V1-1200L-PTFE/FPM Chemical vacuum pump with alternating current motor 120W, 230V AC, 1200 l/h, final vacuum 

8 mbar, materials PTFE/FFKM 



� Final vacuum 2 ... 100 mbar 


Two phase rotary valve vacuum 

pump 

Two phase oil sealed rotary valve membrane pump 

for generating fine vacuum. 

Applications: 

� Evacuating of small up to middle reactor systems 

up to the higher fine vacuum range 

� Lyophilization / freeze drying 

� Vacuum distillation 

By condensing aggressive media a cryo trap shall 

be provided. 

For the connection at a LAB-PI a digital output (LP- 

DAP8) and a switching sockets (HP-B230V8A) or a 

digital output 230V (LP-DA230V2) are needed. 



Operating mode Two phase oil sealed rotary valve vacuum pump 

Suction capacity 5600 l/h 

End partial pressure or 

gas ballast 

4 x 10-4 mbar abs. 

End total pressure or. 

Gas ballast 


End partial pressure 

with gas ballast 


Media connection Tube nipple for vacuum tube I.D. = 6mm or clamped flange DN 10 


Power supply / 

Performance 

230V AC 1 Ph, 0,30kW 

Media compatibility Neutral gases, low quantities condensing and corroding vapors, apply cryo trap 



IP-B-V2-5600L-SN6 Two phase rotary vacuum pump with alternating current motor 0,30kW, 230V AC, 5600 l/h, 

final vacuum 2 x 10-3 mbar abs. 



� One-level version 

� Hybrid pump with better compatibility for 

aggressive vapors 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

300 

Vacuum Pump Stand 

These laboratory vacuum systems are equipped 

with a controller. The control of the pressure is 

distinguished by a connection, respectively 

disconnection of the diaphragm pump. It is possible 

to suppress the connection of the pump motor a 

selective setting of the pressure rise rate or through 

an active Teach-Function. This means, that the 

system will only activate if a potential load is 

connected. 

Advantages 

� equipped with a vacuum controller, chemical 

resistant diaphragm pump with control 

� Vacuum control through revolution control 

� Consistent operational readiness 

� reduced operational costs 

� increased service life and longer maintenance 

intervals of the diaphragm pump 

� simple programming of the controller, directly 

or via PC 

� Storage of all program and measurement 

values possible 

Laboratory vacuum systems offer you an automatic 

cost-effective operation without additional charge. 

You do not need to supervise the operation of the 

pump. The integrated intelligent vacuum controller 

economically controls the revolutions of the pump. A 

suction-side separator ensures the protection of the 

vacuum pump by retaining particles and liquid 

droplets. 



The pressure-side emission condenser ensures nonpolluting 

operation by regaining and collecting 

solvent remains. 

All components in contact with gas are made of top 

quality, chemically resistant materials. This even 

enables the evacuation of acids and solvent 

vapours. All glass parts are coated with a 

transparent shatter protection coating which 

preserves visibility of the processes. The coolers are 

insulated. 

Operating mode Chemical-resistant diaphragm pump, separator 

Suction capacity 2,2 / 4,9 / 9,1 m³/h 

Final Pressure or gas 

ballast 

< 2 mbar 

Media connection DN16KF-1/4 inch / DN16KF-1/4 inch / DN25KF-1/4 Zoll 


Power supply 230V AC 

Media compatibility Neutral gases, small quantities of condensing and corroding vapors 

Ex-version No 

For the connection to a LAB-PI, a RS232 cable is required. 


IP-B-VPS-mc Vacuum pump stand with chemical-resistant diaphragm pump and separator 

ZK-P-VB01-BS-R2-I-01 Rs232 cable for IP-B-VPS-mc 

mc=Model Code: 

Model Final Suction 

Code vacuum capacity 

2-2.2 < 2 mbar 2,2 m³/h 

2-4.0 < 2 mbar 4,9 m³/h 

2-9.1 < 2 mbar 9,1 m³/h 

Other delivery rates and final pressures are available on request. 


Solid Matter Dosing System 


Load Lock Conveying System for Powders, Granulates, Crystalls.... 

Fields of application 

The SoliDos solid matter 

dosing system is suitable 

for the dosing of powdery 

and granular solid matters. 

For the laboratory 

technician, the manual 

adding of solid educts at 

specific times, or the adjustment 

of the pH-value 

through solid matter addition 

are a time-consuming 

matter. 

With SoliDos You can 

now automate these operation 

steps. SoliDos is 

also suitable at best for 

the automatic seeding 

procedure of crystallization 

processes. 

Thanks to its especially 

slim design, SoliDos ideally 

fits into the reactor 

installation. 

� Dosing of solid matter 

� pH-adjustment with solid matter 

� Seeding of crystallization processes 

SoliDos can be run through a specific control device 

or directly through a PFM (pulse frequency module) 

modulated digital output of the LabManager. 

SoliDos can also be run through an optionally 

available, separate control device. 

The dosing rate can be adjusted via the rotation 

speed and the volume of the lock chamber. 

Optionally, a nitrogen flushing connection and a side 

refilling nozzle can be provided. 

SoliDos is built out of resistant materials. The 

standard model is made of borosilicate glass, 

stainless steel, and POM. Alternatively the material 

PTFE is available. 


Diameter: approx. 70 mm 

Length: approx. 330 mm 

Connection: NS29/32 


Dosage amount max. 200 ccm 

For assembly, the SoliDos is directly mounted on to 

a NS 29/32 standard grinding socket. The dosing 

matter, also during the running operation, can be 

refilled manually or automatically through the lateral 

refill-socket by a mounted storage container. A 

rinsing/flushing connection for inert gas is provided 

between the lock chamber and the socket. 

Advantages 

� Resistant to most chemicals 

� Suitable for powder and granular materialdosing 

� Large range for the dosing rate 

� Novel mechanics prevents fusing and dome 

formation 

� Minimum floor space required, very simple 

installation 

� Can be completely dismounted for cleaning 

� Combination with GraviDos gravimetric 

dosing is possible 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

302 

Versions 


Version (SoliDos2 - x ) -12 -25 -50 -100 -200 -400 

Dosing rate approx. [ccm/min] 12 25 50 100 200 400 

Dosed amount (per pulse) approx. [ccm] 0,12 0,25 0,50 1 2 4 

Max. dosing amount: 200 ccm, unlimited by refilling through the side nozzle 

Delivery Scope Doser with 1,5 m connection cable for active digital output of a LabManager 

or-box-PI, respectively Stand-Alone-control unit 


IL-SOLIDOS2-x Solid dosing basis device for LAB-PI 

IL-SOLIDOS2-x-ST Solid dosing basis device for stand-alone device 

IL-SOLIDOS2-SK-x SoliDos dosage valve 

IL-SOLIDOS2-HEIZ Electrical heating element for heating of the socket to prevent condensation 

IL-SOLIDOS2-KF Cold trap to prevent condensation in socket, NS29/32 

x=version according to table-12 to -400 

SoliDos Options 

An inert gas is pressed through the drive casing via 

the inerting connection on the drive casing in order 

to protect the drive from aggressive gases and to 

keep the dosing matter dry. 


IL-SOLIDOS1IN Inerting Connection for SoliDos solid doser on the drive 

Adapter for GraviDos for gravimetric dosing. 


IL-SOLIDOSADGD SoliDos/GraviDos adapter for gravimetric dosing 

Special designs and adapters for reactor nozzles are available on request. 

Screw Conveyor 

The SoliDos-s conveys powdery and granulate-like 

solids out of a storage container. A knocking mechanism 

prevents possible stowage in the screw. 

The SoliDos is available as vacuum and pressureresistant 

(-1000 up to 300 mbar) version. 

Special designs are available on request. 

The devices are available as client-specific custom 

designs in various sizes. The length of the screw, in 

Size 1, can be up to 500 mm. 


Volumen 500 ml 

Dimensions without 300x300x400 mm 

Screw 

max. Length of Screw 500 mm 

Diameter of Screw 10 mm 


Max. Dosing Rate 1 ccm/min 

Other dosing rates available on request. 

Required as PI-interfaces are: 

2 digital outputs 

Content of 

delivery 


IL-SOLIDOS-SF-V-1 SoliDos screw conveyor 500ml, volumetric 

Doser with 1,5 m connection 

cable for active digital outputs of a 

LabManager or -box-PI. 


Gravimetric Solid Doser 

The SoliDos-s screw conveyor can be completed as 

gravimetric dosing unit. In the course of this, the 

weight reduction is registered by a precision 

scales. 



Volume 500 ml 

Dimensions 300x300x400 mm 

max. Length of Screw: 500 mm 

Diameter of Screw: 10 mm 


Max. Dosing Rate 1 ccm/min 

approx. 


IL-SoliDos-SF-G-1 Gravimetric solid doser with SoliDos screw conveyor Size 1 

Gravimetric frictional filler 

Max. Dosing Fault ±10 mg 

Required as PI-interfaces are: 

2 digital outputs and one RS232 interface for the 

scales. 

Other dosing rates available on request. 

Delivery Scope Doser with 1,5 m connection 



The SoliDos-td frictional filler is suitable for precise 

dosing of solid matters. 


Volume 1500 ml 

Dimension Höhe: 600mm 

Durchmesser: 180 mm 

Materials metallfreie Ausführung in PP, 

optional Edelstahlausführung 

Weight (approx.) 4500 g 

Max. dosing rate 220 ccm/min 

Max. dosing rate 5 ccm/min 

As PI-interfaces are needed: 

Digital output (DAP8T) at the Lab/MSR-PI or 

GraviDos dosing control. 

Other dosing rates upon request. 

We also construct custom made systems. 

Delivery Scope Doser with 1,5 m connection 




IL-SOLIDOS-TD-V-1 frictional filler 1, volumetric 

IL-SOLIDOS-TD-G-1 frictional filler 1, gravimetric 

IL-SOLIDOS-TD-G SoliDos control device for standalone operation (combinable with IL-SOLIDOS-TD-G-1) 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

304 


SoliDos - Control Device for Stand-Alone Operation 

The SoliDos control device offers the best 

functionality for the operation of the SoliDos solid 

doser. 

The device can both be controlled via the keypad 

and the serial (optional) or analogue interface. As it 

disposes of 5 dosing modes, this compact device 

can also be deployed everywhere without automation 

system. 

Dosing mode 

The SoliDos supports five Dosing modes, that can 

be selected from the parameter menu. The setpoint 

values can either be entered manually via the 

keypad or analogue determined via the analogue 

interface or serially via the RS232 interface. 

Delivery Scope Control device and manual. 

rp : pulse rate 

In the mode rp, a pulserate is predetermined. As 

soon as the SoliDos is started, it doses with the set 

pulse rate.e.g. 1 dosing stroke. 

rw: weight rate 

In the mode rw, a weight rate in g is predetermined. 

The weight rate operation mode requires a 

calibration run. 

sp: pulse sum 

In the mode sp, a pulse sum is predetermined. As 

soon as the SoliDos is started, it doses with the 

adjusted pulse rate until the adjusted pulse number 

is reached. 

sw: weight sum 

In the mode sw, a weight sum in g is predetermined. 

Exactly like in the mode rw, a calibration run of 

the appliance is necessary. As soon as the SoliDos 

is started, it commences dosing with the preset 

weight rate until the set weight sum is reached. 

p: single pulse 

In the mode p, the SoliDos can be driven in single 

step operation. If the UP button is actuated, a single 

dosing stroke will be triggered. 


IL-SOLIDOSST1 SoliDos control device for standalone operation (combinable with IL-SOLIDOS2-X-ST) 

IL-SOLIDOS-RS Option RS232 interface 




Liquid Handling and Autosampler 

� Sampling Systems and Pipetting Robots 

� AutoSam Sample Collector and Sample Dispensers 

� LiquiDos Peristaltic Pump 

� SyrDos Syringe Doser 

� LiquidMaster Control Software 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

306 


Sample Drawing Systems and Pipetting Robots 

24 Hour Reactor Sampling 

AutoSam is a fully automatic sample handling 

system with varied application possibilities. The 

robust construction enables deployment in rough 

plant environment. 

Applications 

� Bottling of Samples 

� Provision of reactants 

� Quenching, Mixing, Diluting 

� Derivatising with several Reactants 

� Liquid/Liquid Extraction 

� Creation of Backup samples 

In connection with an automation device or a control 

PC with the LiquiMaster control software, it is 

possible to realise any procedures time or processcontrolled 

according to specification of test period, 

time etc. 

Flexibility: 

� For Batch and Continuous Processes 

� For Upstream and Downstream Processes 

� Fully adequate Liquid Handling System 

� Optional interfaces for magnetic valves, 

pumps and switches for automation devices 

� Optional Stirring and Tempering Function 

� Interfaces for process automation 

Occurring sample waste and rinsing solutions are 

collected in a separate waste container. Due to the 

utilisation of inert materials and freely programmable 

rinsing cycles is eliminated and sterility ensured in 

bioprocesses. 

The AutoSam can be deployed as sample dispenser, 

respectively as a multicomponent collector, as the 

needle can be lowered right down to the bottle base. 

The precise control allows selective liquid/liquid 

phase separation through siphoning off to phase 

limit level. 

Optionally, it is possible to assemble digital inputs 

and outputs to switch external valves or pumps or to 

query monitors for filling level, pressure, etc. This 

enables easy realisation of liquid handling systems. 

Bottles with septa can be used as sample vessels. 

Vessels (e.g. 1.5 and 2ml-E-Caps) sealed with 

plastic covers or thin membranes are suited. By 

exchanging the sample tray, it is possible to switch 

to different vessel sizes. 

AutoSam300 as a fully integrated Process Component 

The AutoSam is connected to the HiTec Zang 

LabManager or any other control system via serial 

interface. The control is easily conducted via HiText- 

Program or HiBatch basis operations. This ensures 

uncomplicated integration into the HiTec Zang LUIit 

and MultiLab systems. 

The module IL-AUTOSAM-SA enables an optional 

connection of an internal 2/3 way valve or an 

external pump a stand-alone sampling without 

external control device. 

The parameters sample amount, intervall and filling 

time can be set via the AutoSam control panel. 

For stand-alone application, the „LiquiMaster“ 

Software is available, which enables table or scriptbased 

schedule control for AutoSam with two/threeway 

valve in combination with our peristaltic and 

syringe pumps. 

The sample tray can be exchanged by merely lifting 

the old one and fitting the new one. 

The devices are automatically able to identify an 

exchange of the sample tray and the number of 

sample positions of the sample tray. 

We advise to order the devices with at least two 

sample trays in order to prevent the necessity to 

individually change the sample bottles. 



As a component of the LabVision/LabManager 

laboratory automation, the control and protocoling 

can be arranged flexibly: 

� Process and time controlled methods 

� Control of the sample tray position and the 

injection needle 

� Simple integration into the plant and recipe 

control 

� Free programmable handling methods 

� Free programmable rinsing cycles and needle 

rinsing programs 

� Data exchange with existing LIMS-systems is 

possible 

� Protocoling in the laboratory journal and LIMS, as 

sample ticket etc. 

We also manufacture customer-specific sample tray 

for any sample vessels. 

Properties and Functions: 

� Materials in contact with media are made of 

PTFE or PVDF and glass 

� Vessel with septum seal are also reliably 

processed 

� Bottling under inert gas is possible 

� Exchangeable sample tray 

� Separate, big waste container 

� Control via serial RS232 interface, optional 

RS485 with ModBus or CanBus protocol, USB, 

Ethernet or SPS I/O 

� sample collector, fraction collector, 

multicomponent dispenser 

� Multicomponent mixer, phase separator 

� Fully automated sample handling 

� Options: magnetic stirrer, tempering system, 

tandem needle system 

Tandem Assembly Double Needle with Fixture 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

308 

AutoSam300 


The AutoSam 300 is the basic device of the 

AutoSam type series. It is chargeable with sample 

tray for sample bottles reaching from 2 ml to 100 ml 

and, if necessary, fits well into a cooling incubator. 

At the zero position of the sample tray, the needle is 

able to deliver into the waste. At the rear panel of the 

device, there is a tube connection used for 

connection to the waste container (waste). 

With the control panel, it is possible to 

� move to zero position 

� move to next position 

� move needle downwards 

� move needle upwards 

� open/close valve 

� control stirrer rpm 

� exchange sample tray manually. 

The LC-Display presents 

� position of the sample tray 

� position of the needle 

� etc. 


Sample tray Speed Max. 5 Rev/min. 

Reproducibility x-pos. ±1 mm 

Traverse Path Needle Drive 80 mm 

Power Needle Drive 10 N 

Reproducibility y-pos. ±0,1 mm 

Dimensions WxDxH 31x41x46 cm 

Diameter Sample tray 30 cm 


Bottle Size ml Diameter mm Number of Septum Type 

Bottles possible 

2 12,0 49 (+1) yes AutoSam300-T-12-50 

5 a. 8 17,2 31 (+1) yes AutoSam300-T-17-32 

10 a. 20 23,0 24 (+1) yes AutoSam300-T-23-25 

50 46,0 14 (+1) yes AutoSam300-T-46-15 

50 30,2 22 (+1) yes AutoSam300-T-30-23 

100 56,0 10 (+1) yes AutoSam300-T-56-11 

Note: (+1) means the usually assigned waste position. 


IL-AUTOSAM300 Automatic sampler for 300mm sample tray with sample bottles reaching from 2 to 100 ml 

IL-AUTOSAM300-T-12-50 AutoSam300 sample tray for 50 pieces 2ml, D = 12mm sample bottles 

IL-AUTOSAM300-T-17-32 AutoSam300 sample tray for 32 pieces 5 and 8 ml, D = 17,2mm sample bottles 

IL-AUTOSAM300-T-23-25 AutoSam300 sample tray for 25 pieces 10 and 20ml, D = 23 mm sample bottles 


IL-AUTOSAM300-T-30-23 AutoSam300 sample tray for 23 pieces 50ml, D = 30,2mm sample bottles 

IL-AUTOSAM300-T-56-11 AutoSam300 sample tray for 11 pieces 100ml, D = 56mm sample bottles 

You will find further auxiliary modules at the end of the chapter. 

Other bottle sizes are available upon request. 

The casings can be made of satin or polished high-grade steel. 


AutoSam360 


The AutoSam 360 is chargeable with sample trays 

for sample bottles reaching from 2 ml to 100 ml. 



device, there is a tube connection leading for 

connection to the waste container.. 

With the operator buttons, it is also possible to 









� position of the sample tray 

� position of the needle 

� etc. 












2 12,0 79 (+1) yes AutoSam360-T-12-80 

5 a. 8 17,2 48 (+1) yes AutoSam360-T-17-49 

10 a. 20 23,0 40 (+1) yes AutoSam360-T-23-41 

50 46,0 17 (+1) yes AutoSam360-T-46-18 

100 56,0 14 (+1) yes AutoSam360-T-56-15 

Note: (+1) means the usually assigned waste position. 




IL-AUTOSAM360-T-17-49 AutoSam360 sample tray for 49 pieces 5 and 8 ml, D = 17.2mm sample bottles 

IL-AUTOSAM360-T-23-41 AutoSam360 sample tray for 41 pieces 10 and 20ml, D = 23mm sample bottles 


IL-AUTOSAM360-T-56-15 AutoSam360 sample tray for 15 pieces 100ml, D = 56mm sample bottles 

You will find further auxiliary modules at the end of the chapter. 



Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services


AutoSam495 


The device is chargeable with 495 mm sample trays 

for sample bottles reaching from 2 ml to 100 ml. 



device, there is a tube connection leading for 

connection to the waste container (waste). 

With the operator buttons, it is also possible to 









� Position of the Sample tray 

� Position of the Needle 

� etc. 








Diameter Sample tray 49,5 cm 




5 and 8 17,2 59 (+1) yes AutoSam495-T-17-60 

12 and 15 19,0 59 (+1) yes AutoSam495-T-19-60 

10 23,0 49 (+1) yes AutoSam495-T-23-50 

25 28,0 39 (+1) yes AutoSam495-T-28-40 

2 12,0 2x 49 (+1) yes AutoSam495-T-12-100 

5 15,2 2x 49 (+1) yes AutoSam495-T-15-100 



IL-AUTOSAM495-T-17-60 AutoSam495 sample tray for 60 pieces 5 and 8 ml, D = 17.2mm sample bottles 

IL-AUTOSAM495-T-19-60 AutoSam495 sample tray for 60 pieces 12 and 15ml, D = 19mm sample bottles 

IL-AUTOSAM495-T-23-50 AutoSam495 sample tray for 50 pieces 10ml, D = 23mm sample bottles 


IL-AUTOSAM495-T-12-100 AutoSam495 Tandem sample tray for 2x50 pieces 2ml, D = 12mm sample bottles 

IL-AUTOSAM495-T-15-100 AutoSam495 Tandem sample tray for 2x50 pieces 5ml, D = 15.2 mm sample bottles 


You will find accessories and further options under Auxiliary Components for Liquid Handling 



AutoSam200 


The AutoSam 200 is constructed very compact and 

is particularly suited for application within 

biotechnology. The sample tray can accommodate 

up to 24 standard 1.5 ml or 2.0 ml sample vessels. 

With the control panel, it is possible to 









� Position of the Sample tray 

� Position of the Needle 

� etc. 






Reproducibility y-pos. ±0.1 mm 




Bottle Size 

ml 

Number of 

Samples 

Septum possible 

1.5 (E-caps) 24 yes 

2 (E-caps) 24 yes 


IL-AUTOSAM200 Automatic Sampler for 200mm sample tray 

IL-AUTOSAM200-T-11-32 Automatic Sampler for 32 pieces 1.5 or 2 ml D = 11mm sample bottles and E-caps 


You will find accessories and further options under Auxiliary Components for Liquid Handling 


Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

312 

Accessories, Options 

2/3-Way Valve 


This 2/3 way valve for AutoSam sample collectors is 

mounted on the needle sliding carriage. 

The needle is directly attached at the valve fitting so 

that there is no tube between needle and valve. This 

leads to minimum dead volume and accordingly 

minimal flushing losses. 

For activation, the valve requires one of the three 

possible digital switching outputs. 

Material in contact with media: PTFE. Other 

materials are available upon request. 

Tube diameter 3 to 3.2 mm. 


IL-AUTOSAM-MB-2-3-P 2/3- way valve with needle holder wetted parts made of PTFE, steam-sterilisable 

IL-AUTOSAM-MB-2-3-K 2/3- way valve with needle holder wetted parts made of KEL-F steam-sterilisable 

IL-AUTOSAM-DA24 Digital switching output, 24V, 0.5 A 

Other bottle materials are available upon request. 

Multi-way valves can be found under Equipment and Components, Multi-way valves. 

Magnetic Stirrer Drive 

Beneath the needle position, a magnetic stirrer drive can be integrated in order to be able to drive magnetic 

stir bars in the sample bottles without contact. 


IL-AUTOSAM-R Magnetic stirrer drive for AutoSam 

IL-AUTOSAM-RF-d-l Magnetic stir bars for sample bottles, Teflon outer cover, 1VPE=10 pieces 

d-l = Dimensions of the magnetic stir bar 

d-l: 3-6 6-10 6-15 

Diameter/mm 3 6 6 

Length/mm 6 10 15 

Tandem Equipment 

At devices and trays with tandem equipment there 

are always two sample bottles at every position 

which can be separately filled, respectively emptied. 

Out of the first vessel, e.g. an reactant can be 

provided whilst a product sample is filled into the 

second vessel. 

The needles always move in parallel. 


IL-AUTOSAM-TAN Tandem Equipment, Double Bottle Line 


Contact Guard 


The contact guard prevents unintentional contact 

with the needle point. 

It is made of transparent Plexiglas and does not 

influence vision. 


IL-AUTOSAM-BSCHU Contact guard for needle 

Cooling Incubator 

The devices of the type series AutoSam200, 300, 

and 360 fit into the cooling incubator. The required 

electrical and fluidic connections are passed 

outwards through the rear panel. The cooling 

incubator is assembled ready for connection for 

AutoSam sample collector. 

� Glass Door 

� High-Grade Steel Casing 

� Interior Lighting 

� Ready to install connections for AutoSam devices 

Please note: Not all devices fit into the cooling 

incubator. In case of the AutoSam360, the plugs on 

the side panels and the waste connection must be 

relocated into the base tray. 


Temperature Range 0 to +15 °C 

Interior Dimensions W x H x D 52 x 70 x 44 cm 

Exterior Dimensions W x H x D 60 x 85 x 60 cm 

Interior Material Plastic (silver), grids are zinc-trayd 


IL-AUTOSAM-KL Cooling Incubator for AutoSam Sample Collector 

Consumable Material 


IL-AUTOSAM-EN-6-x Needles for AutoSam, inside diam.= 0.6mm, outside diam.= 1.0mm 1VPE = 6 pieces 

IL-AUTOSAM-DN-6-x-x AutoSam double needle for venting and gassing function 1VPE = 6 pieces 

x = Needle length. The standard length for single needles is 50mm (x = 50). In case of double needles, the 

transport needle is 50mm, the venting needle is 25mm long (x-x = 50-25). Please request for other lengths. 

Custom designs are possible. Other inside and outside diameters on request. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

314 

Stand-alone use 


The module IL-AUTOSAM-SA enables an optional 

connection of an internal 2/3 way valve or an 

external pump a stand-alone sampling without 

external control device. 


IL-AutoSam-SA AutoSam module for stand-alone sample taking 

Miscellaneous Options 

The parameters sample amount, intervall and filling 

time can be set via the AutoSam control panel. 


IL-AUTOSAM-SA AutoSam module for stand-alone sample taking 

IL-AUTOSAM-SPPS SPS Interface for AutoSam, control via 4 binary signals 

IL-AUTOSAM-DA24 Digital switching output, 24V, 0.5 A (maximum number 3 pieces) 

IL-AUTOSAM-FEACON Feature Connector 2 inputs 5-24V, 2 inputs 5V with internal Pull-up resistor , 5V100mA 

IL-AUTOSAM-RS485 Bus-compatible RS485-Interface for AutoSam 

IL-AUTOSAM-TVERL Extension of the tower, e.g. in case bottles are higher than 70mm 

IL-AUTOSAM-B-DN Connecting element for double needle 

IL-AUTOSAM-WASBO Passing of the waste connection into the base tray 

IL-AUTOSAM-STLI Relocation of the plugs to the left casing side 

IL-AUTOSAM-STRE Relocation of the plugs to the right casing side 

IL-AUTOSAM-POLI Casing made of polished high-grade steel 

Further Options are available upon request. The devices are also available in the OEM version. 

Additional Components for Liquid Handling 

Liquid Handling applications are laborious and timeconsuming, 

if conducted manually. With the 

AutoSam liquid handlers, it is possible to realise 

liquid handling processes efficiently and precisely 

and consequently significantly reduce the amount of 

work. 

AutoSam Liquid handlers are flexibly deployable 

and, next to the precise and fast bottling of samples, 

enable applications such as: 

� Dispensing 

� Multiple Dispensing 

� Diluting and 

� Pipetting. 

Due to the possibility to control the processes with 

HiText, it is also possible to realise complex systems 

with integrated sensor systems and integration into 

plant automation etc. A liquid handling system 

consists of an AutoSam, an electrical pump unit, a 

LabBox/manager system, and further optional 

peripheral equipment. As pumps, the LiquiDos and 

LabDos peristaltic pumps or the SyrDos syringe 

pump with 2/3 way valve are particularly suited. 

Single and double needles with inerting and venting 

connections are available as feeding needles. 


LiquiDos Peristaltic Pump 


Pump/valve unit for liquid handling applications, in 

particular within the biotechnological sector. 

The LiquiDos pump can be applied to realise sterile 

systems (tubes are auto clavable). 


Tube Diameter interior 0.25 to 2.06 mm 

Wall Thickness 0.85 mm 

Maximum Delivery Rate 20 ml/min 

Maximum Delivery Pressure 2 (1.5 at Di = 2mm) bar 

Control RS232 Interface V24 

LiquiDos Precision Dosing Pump with integrated 2/3-way Valve 

(tube squeeze valve) 


IL-LIQUIDOS1 Pump unit with 2/3 way valve for Liquid-Handling with AutoSam, Control: RS232, with 3 m 

serial cable for connection to LAB- or MSR-PI 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

316 


LiquiMaster Control Software 

The LiquiMaster Software is intended for the 

realisation of stand-alone liquid handling 

applications with AutoSam devices. 

With the LiquidMaster, it is possible to realise 

spreadsheet or script-based schedule control for 

AutoSam with 2/3 -way valve in combination with 

our LabDos and LiquiDos peristaltic pumps and the 

SyrDos syringe pumps. 

LiquiMaster can control the sampling optionally by 

the integrated 2/3 way valve or/and with a LabDos 

peristaltic pump. 

Timings for valves and pumps, the pumpheads 

rotational speed and delivery volume as well as the 

cleaing time/volume can be parameterised. 

Sampling times will be managed be the timetable 

element. 

The programm creates a protocol of all executed 

sampling. 

With the ight version (SL-LIQUIML) an AutoSam can 

be used for standard samplings. 

The LiquiMaster full version uses the additional 

freely programmable HiText syntax, with which 

additional valves and pumps can be controlled and 

sensors can be integrated. 

The optional AutoSam feature.connector (IL- 

AUTOSAM-FEACON) enables the connection of two 

additional valves and two binary sensors at the 

AutoSam. With the RS232 interface additional 

sensors and devices can be integrated. 

The possibilities 

� Control of the position of the sample tray and the 

injection needle 

� Control of the 2/3-way valve and one pump 

� Free programmable rinsing cycles and needle 

rinsing programs 

� Protocoling as sample tickets etc. 

� Data exchange with existing LIMS systems 

The software is based on HiBuilder and can be 

extended with much ease for instance to 

send/receive data to/from a LIMS. 

It is a Microsoft Windows based software that runs 

on a LabCommander - Mini-Terminal. 

LabCommander - Mini-Terminal 

The LabCommander mini-terminal enables to space 

saving realisation of dosing-, dispering and mixing 

stations on the laboratory bench. 


SL-LIQUIM LiquidMaster Software for spreadsheet supported and freely programmable liquid handling 

SL-LIQUIML LiquiMaster Software light, for spreadsheet supported liquid handling 

CG-LABCOMMANDER LabCommander Mini-terminal for laboratory devices 

HiTec Zang also establishes ready-to-use sampling and liquid handling systems according to your 

specifications! 


Type Series AutoSam xl 


The type series AutoSam xl is suited for the bottling 

of the total reactor content into containers up to 2 

litres. The permanently mounted high-grade steel 

nozzle moves to a waste position when in wait state, 

so that dripping rests can be directly disposed and 

can not cause spoilage. 

Bottle Size ml Number Septum Type 

of Bottles possible 

2000 8 yes AutoSam2000-8 

1000 12 yes AutoSam1000-12 

500 14 yes AutoSam500-14 


Sample tray Speed max. 6 Rev/min 


Traverse path needle drive approx. 80 mm 

Power Needle Drive approx. 100 N 

Reproducibility y-pos. ±3 mm 



IL-AUTOSAM-XL-2000-8 Automatic Sampler for 8 x 2000ml sample bottles 

IL-AUTOSAM-XL-1000-12 Automatic Sampler for 12 x 1000ml sample bottles 

IL-AUTOSAM-XL-500-14 Automatic Sampler for 14 x 500ml sample bottles 

Other bottles are available upon request. 

You can find accessories under Additional Components for Liquid Handling. 

XY-Pipetting Robots 

This pipetting robot is suited for „Liquid Handling“ of 

a greater number of samples. The control is easily 

conducted via HiText. 

Samples can be filled in containers, substances can 

be dosed out of containers, and substances can be 

filled from one container into another container. 

Optionally, sensors, e.g. pH sensors, can be moved 

from container to container and submerged for 

measuring. 

� For filling, sampling and pipetting 

� Container height up to 200 mm 

� RS232 Interface for HiTec UI 

Product Description Pipetting robot with serial interface for connection to the UI (workstation). Is 

assigned to one serial interface of the UI. 

Delivery Scope Pipetting robot with PI driver, cable, and manual. 

Order-Code Description 

IL-PIPET1 Pipetting Robot with serial interface, with cable and PI driver 

As pumps, the LiquiDos and SyrDos pumps are particularly suited. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

318 


SciLab Laboratory Robot 

HiTec Zang manufactures the SciLab Laboratory 

Robot exactly to the specifications of your special 

application. As the devices are smoothly integrated 

into the HiTec Zang Automation Environment, the 

coupling with online analytics is possible. Therefore, 

the prerequisite for the realisation of automated 

intelligent experiments is established. 

Features and Functions 

� Flexible Liquid Handling Platform 

� Optional sterilisable (24h at 90°C) 

� Integratable additional Sensor 'Technology 

� Integratable additional Actuators 

� Simple Integration in Up and Downstream 

Applications 

Typical Applications 

� Up Stream Processing 

� Down Stream Processing 

� Screening 

� Liquid Handling 

� Formulations 

� Cell Cultures in Microtitration Plates 

Example 1: Robot for Cell Culture 

Features and Functions 

� Sterilisable(24h at 90°C) 

� Compact Construction, Incubator Operation 

� Detection of Liquid Surfaces 

� Simultaneous Handling also of Microtitration 

Plates of different Formats 

Example 2: Robot for Formulation 


Product Description XYZ-Pipetting Robot with serial Interface 

Delivery Scope Robot with Cable and Manual 

� Blending out of up to 12 Components 

� Individual Stirring Functions for all Positions 

� Integrated gravimetric liquefied Material Dosing 


IL-SCIBOT-x Customer-specific XYZ-Robot 

IL-SCIBOTBIB Software Library for HiText and HiBuilder for Liquid Handling and Pipetting Tasks 

x: Specification according to functional requirements. 



� ViscoPakt ® Torque Measuring Stirrer Drive 

Stirring and Dispersing 

� ViscoTrol Control Module for Three Phase Stirrer Drive 

� Stirring Accessories (Stirring Blades, Lead-Throughs, Magnetic Couplings....) 

� Drives and Tools for Dispersing and Homogenisation 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

320 


Measuring Stirrer ViscoPakt ® 

The Visco-Pakt measuring stirrer is a strong stirring 

an torque measuring system with speed regulation 

and state-of-the-art torque measurement sensitivity. 


� System stirrer for automatic laboratory reactor 

� Identification of reaction phases 

� Detection of stirrer dissipation in the reaction 

calorimeter 

� Measurement of rheological material properties 

� Scale-up experiments 

� Process monitoring 

The drive unit requires only a fraction of the space 

needed by usual measuring stirrers, allowing more 

valuable space for the reactor head. Due to its 

compact construction, it also fits into a small 

apparatus, e.g. a 250 mL reactor system. The small 

dimensions of the drive were achieved by separating 

the stirrer from its control unit. The separate 

controller has a keypad and an LC display, which 

shows the torque and rotational speed. 

The measured torque is automatically corrected 

using the speed dependent “zero torque”. 

In many applications, ViscoPakt delivers important 

additional information. For polymerization and polycondensation, 

the initiation or completion of a 

reaction, which cause a change in the viscosity, can 

be read off and identified via the torque. 

The power dissipated from stirring, which is of 

interest for reaction calorimetry, can be determined 

from the torque and speed of rotation. 

As the design has no gearing, an extraordinarily 

large range of torque can be continuously achieved 

with no switching. 

Glass stirrers are protected from breaking by softstart 

and torque limiters. 

Characteristics and Functions 

� Powerful and compact 

� High measuring precision 

� High measuring sensitivity 

� Robust measurement technique 

� Measurement of rotational speed and torque 

� Wide and continuous range of rotational 

speeds 

� Smooth start-up, adjustable gradient 

� Automatic correction of the zero torque 

� Adjustable soft-start ramp 

� Adjustable rotational speed and torque 

limitation 

� Quick catch chuck 

� Low noise operation 

ViscoPakt rheo was developed for applications for 

which the exact torque, viscosity, or the dissipated 

energy and a precise keeping of the rotational speed 

are needed. 

The measurement sensitivity is impressive. 

Viscosity variations in the order of the viscosity of 

water are still resolved. 


ViscoPakt ® 

The standard design is equipped with a simple 

torque output which reflects the viscosity's trends. 

Variations of the rotational speeds due to load 

fluctuations are electronically compensated. 



ViscoPakt model - 27 - 57 - 110 Unit 

Maximum torque 27 57 110 Ncm 

Resolution 0,07 0,1 0,2 Ncm 

Reproducibility 1,5 3 5 Ncm 

Minimum speed 150 150 150 rpm 

Maximum speed 2200 2000 2000 rpm 

Speed uncertainty 2 1,5 1,5 % 

Chuck size 1 - 10 1 - 10 1 - 10 mm 

Type of protection 

controlling device 

20 20 20 IP 


drive 

51 51 51 IP 

Approx. Weight 2 3 4 kg 

Motor Diameter 55 70 83 mm 

Length across axis 

(approx.) 

210 230 270 mm 

Extension 

diameter/length 

16 / 220 16 / 220 16 / 220 mm 

Max. viscosity 10.000 40.000 70.000 mPas 

Max. Mixing quantity 

(H2O)** 

15 30 50 Liter 

* Control Unit /Drive 

** Reference values for propeller stirrer in H2O 

Interfaces 

Analogue: 

Required rotational speed 0 - 10 V, 0/4-20mA 

Actual rotational speed (= required value or 0) 0 - 10 V, 0/4-20mA 

Actual torque value 0 - 10 V, 0/4-20mA 

The setpoint rotational speed can be pre-set via an 

analogue input or the serial interface. The torque 

and the setpoint rotational speed are issued via the 

analogue outputs and the serial interface. 

RS232: 

Send: Setpoint rotational speed 

Received: Setpoint rotational speed, actual torque value 

Delivery Scope Measuring-stirrer drive and control unit with 2.3 m cable 

Order Code Description Specifications 

IR-VIPA27 ViscoPakt-27 27 Ncm 

IR-VIPA57 ViscoPakt-57 57 Ncm 

IR-VIPA110 ViscoPakt-110 110 Ncm 

IR-VIPARS Optional RS232 Interface Setpoint rotational speed and actual torque 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

322 

ViscoPakt ® -rheo 

The ViscoPakt-Rheo model series is equipped with 

precision-torque measuring. The zero torque, which 

depends on the rotational speed, is registered by an 

automatic calibration process and is used to correct 

the actual torque signal. This allows the on-line 

determination of the viscosity (via a calibration table) 

as well as of other rheological parameters. 



ViscoPakt Model rheo - X7 - 16 - 27 - 57 -110 Unit 

Maximum torque 7 16 27 57 110 Ncm 

Resolution 0.003 0.01 0.02 0.04 0.08 Ncm 

Reproducibility 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.8 Ncm 

Minimum speed 40 40 40 40 40 rpm 

Maximum speed 3000 2200 2200 2000 2000 rpm 

Speed uncertainty 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 % 

Chuck size 1 - 10 1 - 10 1 - 10 1 - 10 1 - 10 mm 



20 20 20 20 20 IP 


drive 

54 54 54 54 54 IP 

Approx. Weight 0.9 1.7 2.6 3.9 6 kg 

Motor Diameter 70 45 55 70 83 mm 

Length above axis 

(approx.) 

250 245 250 255 295 mm 

Extension 

diameter/length 

16/220 16/220 16/220 16/220 16/220 mm 

Max. viscosity 5,000 6,000 10,000 40,000 70,000 mPas 

Max. Mixing quantity 

(H2O)** 

2 8 15 30 50 Litres 

* Control Unit /Drive 

** Reference values for propeller stirrer in H2O* 

Interfaces 

Analogue: 




Changes to the rotational speed which are caused 

by load fluctuations are registered by a digital 

revolution counter and are electronically regulated. 

The rotational speed can be pre-set via an analogue 

input or the serial interface. The actual rotational 

speed and the torque are issued via the analogue 

outputs and the serial interface. 

RS232: 

Send: Required rotational speed 

Received: Required rotational speed, actual rotational speed, actual torque value 



IR-VIPARHX7 ViscoPakt-Rheo-X7 7 Ncm 

IR-VIPARH16 ViscoPakt-Rheo-16 16 Ncm 



IR-VIPARH110 ViscoPakt-Rheo-110 110 Ncm 

IR-VIPARS Option RS232 Interface Setpoint and actual rotational speed and 

actual torque 


ViscoPakt ® -rheo+ 

The model series ViscoPakt-Rheo+ is based on 

most modern brushless drives. Consequently, they 

are absolutely maintenance-free and the friction 

moment caused by the brush is no longer existent at 

precision torque measurements. The speeddependant 

zero torque is captured in the course of 

an automatic calibration procedure and utilised for 

the correction of the torque signal. Herewith, it is 



Type ViscoPakt-rheo+ -40 -75 -150 -220 Einheit 

Maximum torque 40 75 150 220 Ncm 

Resolution 0,01 0,03 0,04 0,05 Ncm 

Reproducibility 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 Ncm 

Minimum speed 40 40 40 40 rpm 

Maximum speed 2200 2000 2000 2000 rpm 

Speed uncertainty 0,01 0,01 0,01 0,01 % 

Chuck size 1 - 10 1 - 10 1 - 10 1 - 10 mm 

Type of protection 20 20 20 20 IP 


Type of protection drive 54 54 54 54 IP 

Approx. Weight 1,5 2,5 3,5 5 kg 

Motor Diameter 43 87 87 87 mm 

Length above axis 200 180 180 210 mm 

(approx.) 

Extension diameter/length 10 / 200 13 / 200 13 / 200 13 / 200 mm 

Max. viscosity 10.000 40.000 70.000 70.000 mPas 

Max. Mixing quantity** 15 40 60 80 Liter 

* Steuergerät/Antrieb 

** Richtwerte für Propellerrührer in H2O 

Schnittstellen 

RS232, RS485 interface with Modbus Protocol (opt.) 

Send: Rotational speed desired value 

Receive: Rotational desired/actual value, torque actual value 

Analogue: 




possible to establish the viscosity (per calibration 

table) and other rheological parameters online. 

Speed changes caused by load variations are 

captured by a digital speed sensor and electronically 

compensated. The speed can be predefined via an 

analogue input or the serial interface. The actual 

speed and the torque are issued via analogue 

outputs and the serial interface. 



IR-VIPARHP40 ViscoPakt-Rheo+-40 precision-stirrer actuator, 40 Ncm 




IR-VIPARHPRS485 Option RS485 ModBus Interface 

IR-VIPARHPUI Option Current and voltrage interface 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

324 

ViscoPakt ® -mini-rheo-35 


The ViscoPakt-mini is a 

precision measuring stirrer 

disposing of an especially 

compact design. It is 

deployed where torques 

must be generated in most 

limited spaces. These are 

mainly small reactors with a 

nominal volume below 500 

ml with many mounted 

sockets at the same time, 

as such are frequently 

deployed for parallel 

syntheses. 

The ViscoPakt-mini, 

amongst other utilisations, 

is deployed in our LabKit 

and MultiLab parallel 

reactor systems. 

Interfaces 

Analogue: 


IR-VIPA-MINI-RHEO-35 ViscoPakt-mini-rheo stirrer drive, 35 Ncm 

Ministirrer 

The MiniStirrer is the economic 

alternative to the ViscoPakt-mini 

with a lower maximum torque 

and simple torque measurement 

(current measurement). 

It can be deployed everywhere 

where a qualitative torque signal 

is sufficient and relatively lowviscous 

substances are stirred. 


IR-MINISTIRR10 Mini-stirrer-10 stirrer drive 

HiTec-Zang naturally also offers all necessary 

accessories, e.g. flexible stirrer shafts, stirrer shaft 

protection, special stirrer receptacles, and also a 

wide array of mixing elements made of glass, high- 

Setpoint rotational speed 0 - 10 V, 0/4-20mA 

Actual rotational speed (= 

setpoint value or 0) 

0 - 10 V, 0/4-20mA 


RS232: 

Send: Setpoint rotational speed 

Received: Setpoint rotational speed, actual 

rotational speed, actual torque value 

ViscoPakt Type mini-rheo-35 Unit 

Maximum torque 35 Ncm 

Resolution 0.01 Ncm 

Reproducibility 0.1 Ncm 

Minimum speed 15 rpm 

Maximum speed 800 rpm 

Diameter 45 mm 

Length across axis 230 mm 

Interfaces 

Analogue: 

Setpoint rotational speed 0 - 10 V, 0/4-20mA 

Actual rotational speed (= 

Setpoint value or 0) 

0 - 10 V, 0/4-20mA 


ViscoPakt Type Mini-strirrer-10 Unit 

Maximum torque 17 Ncm 

Resolution 0.07 Ncm 

Reproducibility 0.5 Ncm 

Minimum speed 60 rpm 

Maximum speed 1900 rpm 

Diameter 50 mm 

Length across axis 195 

*only current measurement! 

mm 

grade steel PTFE and other materials. Our experts 

will gladly help you to arrange the mixing elements 

and stirrers that exactly accord to your requirements. 



ViscoTrol Control Unit for Three-Phase Stirrer Drive 

The ViscoTrol control units enable an electronically 

controlled variation of the rotational speed of three 

phase stirrer drives and the electronic collection of 

the torque. Due to this, adjustable gear units and 

and measuring shafts are no longer necessary. 

The standard ViscoTrol family meets simple 

requirements in regard to precision. 

Higher demands to precision are met by the 

ViscoTrol rheo family. 

Due to unsufficiant cooling when in low rpm mode it 

is recommended to adjust the motor via the set point 

of the control device or adding an additional cooler. 

ViscoTrol 

The control units dispose of a Start-Stop switch and 

a setpoint potentiometer for manual operation. 

Interfaces: 

Analogue Interfaces: 4...20mA, E = setpoint 

rotational speed, 

A = Torque and actual rotational speed 

RS485 interface with Modbus Protocol 

Digital Release 

Notice 

A MODBUS interface requires the option 

PNKMODBUS and a free RS485 interface at the PI. 

The activation via 4-20 mA requires an 4-20mA 

analogue output for the setpoint rotational speed, as 

Delivery Scope Control Unit with power cable. 


Performance 0.35 up to 2.2 kW 

Rotational Speed 1:250 (at sufficient 

Variation 

cooling of motor) 

Start Ramp Adjustable 

Torque Limiting Adjustable 

RPM Limiting Adjustable 

Resolution 

Torque Measurement 

5% (differentiated) 

Casing Protection 

Category 

IP54 

Power Supply Single phase supply 200 - 

240V 

Dimensions LxWxH 192x215x277mm 

well as respectively one analogue input 4-20mA for 

the actual rpm and torque. In addition, a digital 

output is required for the digital release. 


IR-VISCOTROL350 ViscoTrol350 control unit for three phase drives, 0,35 kW 


IR-VISCOTROL1100 ViscoTrol1100 control unit for three phase drives, 1,1 kW 


IR-VISCOTROL-MOT055 Asynchronous 0,55 kW motor for Viscotrol 


IR-VISCOTROL-MOT110 Asynchronous 1,10 kW motor for Viscotrol 



IR-VISCOTROL-FAN Additional fan for ViscoTrol asynchrous motor 

ZK-R-HI30-BK-IX-Y-01 ViscoTrol cable for LabManager/box, 4...20mA rotational speed set point and current value, 

digital disengange 

ZK-R-HI30-BS-R4-I-01 ViscoTrol cable RS485 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

326 

ViscoTrol rheo 

The activation via 4-20 mA 

requires an 4-20mA 

analogue output for the 

setpoint rotational speed, as 

well as one analogue input 4- 

20mA for the torque The 

checkback signal of the 

actual rotational speed via the 

device-internal PFM-output 

requires an additional digital 

input. In addition, a digital 

output is required for the digital release. Notice: The 

deployment of the RS485 requires an additional 

RS485 interface module in the PI and a device 

component for binary protocoling. 

Note: For a MODBUS-interface the option 

PNKMODBUS and a single free RS485 at the PI is 

needed. 

Delivery Scope Control Unit (box) with power 

supply line 




IR-VISCOTROL350-RHEO ViscoTrol350 control unit for three phase drives. 0,35 kW 

IR-VISCOTROL550-RHEO ViscoTrol550control unit for three phase drives, 0,55 kW 

IR-VISCOTROL750-RHEO ViscoTrol750 control unit for three phase drives, 0,75 kW 


IR-VISCOTROL-MOT110 Asynchronous 1,10 kW motor for Viscotrol 

IR-VISCOTROL-FAN Additional fan for ViscoTrol asynchrous motor 

Cable 

Performance 0.35 to 0.75 kW 

Rotational Speed 1:250 (if motors sufficiently 

Variation cooled) 

Start Ramp Adjustable 

Torque Limiting Adjustable 

RPM Limiting Adjustable 

Resolution Torque 0.5% 

Measurement 

Casing Protection 

Category 

IP 20, IP54 at connection 

Power Supply 400V Rotating current 

Interfaces: 

Analogue interfaces 4...20mA, I = set point rpm, O = 

torque 

RS485 interface with Modbus RTU protocol 

Digital disengage 


ZK-R-HI31-BK-IA-Y-01 Cable for LabManager/box, rotational speed setpoint value, actual value torque actual value 

4...20mA., release via digital output, 3m 

ZK-R-HI31-BK-IP-Y-01 Cable for LabManager/box, rotational speed setpoint value, actual value torque actual value 

4...20mA., release via digital output, 3m 

Accessories for the ViscoPakt®-Family 

Cable 


ZK-R-HI02-BA-UP-Y-03 Cable for LabManager/box, Setpoint speed and actual value, 

torque current value, 0...10V, 3m 

ZK-R-HI02-BA-IP-Y-02 Cable for LabManager/box, Setpoint speed required and actual value, 

torque actual value, 0/4...20mA, 3m 

ZK-R-HI02-BS-R2-I-01 RS232 cable, Setpoint speed and actual value, 

torque actual value, On/Off, 3m 

Mounting Elements 

Bilateral mounting element for LabKit square 

aluminum profiles. 

In comparison to standard mounting elements with 

round rod, this element defines all axes of the stirrer 

drive. 


IR-VPMONT2 Mounting element for ViscoPakt stirrer drives on to LabKit aluminum profiles 


Stirrer Couplings 

These stirrer shaft coulings are made of POM, a 

mechanically stable light-weight plastic. The power 

transmission is conducted via a novel internally 

located construction with high-grade steel ball 

bearings. 

Standard version 

Version for magnetic stirrer heads 


The individual advantages are: 

� low-weight but highly stable construction 

� extremely low centrifugal forces due to the 

low weight 

� suited for stirrer shafts jacketed with glass, 

metal or PTFE 

� Rotational direction-independent (anti- and 

clockwise rotation equally possible) 

� version free of play (no vibration development 

or resonance) 

� suited for speeds up to 1200 rpm 

� high-power transmission up to 3 Nm 

� uncomplicated mounting of the stirring shaft 

in a Ø 8 mm and Ø 10 mm receptacle (clamp 

ring connection) 

� extra-long receptacle pin with Ø 10 mm, 

respectively 8 mm hexagon head, and a 

length of 90 mm, generates space (length can 

be shortened by user) 

� Temperature stability maximal +110°C and 

minimal -20°C, respectively without stress 


Stirring shaft receptacle, 

below 

8 mm and 10 mm 

Upper receptacle Ø 10 

Total length 190 mm 

Maximum axis offset 10 mm 


Stirring shaft receptacle Interior-square 

SW6 

Upper receptacle Female hexagon 

SW8 

Total Length 190 mm 

Maximum axis offset 10 mm 


IR-VIPARK-BF-POM Light-weight, highly stable stirring coupling made of POM, standard version for stirrer shafts Ø 

8mm or 10mm 

IR-VIPARK-VK-POM Light-weight, highly stable stirring coupling made of POM, for magnetic stirrer heads with interiorsquare 

SW5 for magnetic coupling 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

328 

Bellows couplings 

In order to be able to bridge longer distances 

between the stirrer drive and stirring lead-through, 

we offer our flexible stirring shaft extensions. They 

consist of bellows couplings and high-grade steel 

shafts. 



IR-VIPARWV15019 Flexible stirring shaft extension made of 19 cm, shaft Ø 6mm, 2 bellows coupling max. 

high-grade steel 

150Ncm 

IR-VIPARWV45020 Flexible stirring shaft extension made of 20 cm, shaft Ø 10mm, 2 bellows coupling max. 


450Ncm 

IR-VIPARWV45028 Flexible stirring shaft extension made of 28 cm, shaft Ø 10mm, 2 bellows coupling max. 


450Ncm 

IR-VIPARWV100021 Flexible stirring shaft extension made of 21 cm, shaft Ø 10mm, 2 bellows coupling max. 


1000Ncm 

IR-VIPARWV100029 Flexible stirring shaft extension made of 29 cm, shaft Ø 10mm, 2 bellows coupling max. 


1000Ncm 

Magnetic stirrer heads 


For stirring shafts-Ø 8 mm 10 mm 

Square connection 

for coupling 

Female 

square 

adapter 

SW6 

With grinding 

Female 

square 

adapter 

SW6 

Guide Tube 

(glas) 

NS 29/32 

max. torque 50 Ncm 50 Ncm 

max. rpm 1500 rpm 1500 rpm 

max. media temp. 250°C 250°C 

With grinding 

NS 29/32 

Advantages 


IR-RDFMAG8 magnetic stirrer head for 8 mm stirring shafts 

IR-RDFMAG10 magnetic stirrer head for 10 mm stirring shafts 

� high performance power transmission 50 

Ncm 

� metal–free, no lubricants 

� easy-to-clean due to easy-to-access and 

smooth components 

� compact construction, low outer dimensions - 

Ø 35 mm, generates space on the lid 

� high rotational speed up to max. 1.500 rpm 

� high working temperature up to +250°C 

� excellent chemical stability (comparable with 

PTFE) 

� Suited for dry run 

� Sealed rotor prevents leakages 

� smooth, non-porous rotor prevents memory 

effects 

� extremely durable due to exchangeable 

durable wear parts 

Miscellaneous Accessories 


IB-SIND Inductive rotation speed monitor 3...300 Impulse /min, dimensions: M30 thread x 81 mm 

IR-VIPASFG Chuck size for glass stirrer with shaft Diameter 8mm, 2 bellows couplings 

IR-VIPARWS Stirring shaft protection, half-shell Adjustable length: 19 to 30 cm 

Special designs and further accessories available upon request. 


Stirrer Blades 

According to the desired application, some stirrer 

blades are more suited than others to perform the 

task. In laboratories close to production, it is often 

preferred to use the same stirrer type as in 

production in order to reach maximum comparability. 

Anchor Stirrer Propeller 

Stirrer 

Turbine Stirrer Cross-Arm 

Stirrer 


Plane Stirrer / 

Turbo Stirrer 

Slanted Blade 

Stirrer 

We are able to produce and supply stirrer blades 

according to your specifications made of stainless 

steel, glass and other materials. 

Stirrer blades out of metal can be provided with a 

thin glass coating in order to increase media 

compatibility. 

Impeller Stirrer MIG-Stirrer Toothed Disc/ 

Dissolver 

Stirrer 

Grating Stirrer Paddle Stirrer Spiral Ribbon 

Stirrer 

Stirrer type Recommended Application Speed Range Principal Viscosity Limit Diameter Ratio D/ 

approx. rpm** Current approx. mPas (cSt) d 

Anchor stirrer In case of crust 

development, good 

exchange of heat, 

strong shear flow, 

medium to high-viscous 

20 ... 500 tangential 50,000 1.05 ... 1.1 

Propeller stirrer Good mixing effect, 

stirring of light solid 

matters, thickening 

agents 

200 ... 1800 axial 4,000 3 ... 6 

Pane stirrer Dispersing, dispersion 300 ... 1500 radial 1,000 2 ... 4 

(with blades)/ of gases, strong shear 

Turbo stirrer flow 

Impeller stirrer Good mixing effect 500 ... 1500 radial 10,000 1.5 ... 2 

MIG-stirrer high mixing effect, 

strong shear flow for 

low to medium 

viscosities 

200 ... 1000 axial 10,000 1.05 ... 1.5 

Toothed disc/ 

dissolver stirrer 

Particle break-up 1000 ... 3000 radial 100,000 2 ... 5 

Turbine stirrer Highly viscous media, 

lacquers, medium to 

high rotation speeds 

400 ... 2200 axial 200,000 3 ... 6 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

330 


Stirrer type Recommended Application Speed Range Principal Viscosity Limit Diameter Ratio 

approx. rpm** Current approx. mPas (cSt) D/d 

Cross-arm stirrer Shea flows in several 

fields, medium viscous 

liquids, good exchange of 

heat 

400 ... 800 tangential 10,000 1.1 ... 2 

Slanted blade good axial mixing effect , 500 ... 2500 radial 1,000 2.5 ... 3.5 

stirrer 

shear flow, prevention of 

layer build-up 

Grating stirrer Medium viscosity, strong 

shear flow, good 

exchange of heat 

200 ... 700 tangential 5,000 1.4 ... 2 

Paddle stirrer Low rotation speed, strong 20 ... 100 

shear flow, very sparing at 

low rotation speeds 

tangential 100 1.5 ...3 

Helical ribbon Powerful shear flow, for 50 ... 200 axial 50,000 1.1 ... 1.5 

stirrer 

high-viscous liquids, 

suspensions, pastes 

**with D of approx. 20 cm 

The stated values do strongly vary within literature 

by more than one order of magnitude and are used 

for a first orientation. Our project department will 

gladly help you to find a suitable stirrer-drive. 

To help you, we require the following information 


IR-RBL-rt-rd-ws-wl-wd Stirrer blade 

rt = stirrer type: 

AN Anchor stirrer 

PR Propeller stirrer 

SC Plane or turbo stirrer 

IP Impeller stirrer 

MI MIG-stirrer 

ZA Toothed disc stirrer 

TU Turbine stirrer 

KR Cross arm stirrer 

ST Slant blade stirrer 

GI Grating stirrer 

BL Paddle stirrer 

SP Spiral stirrer 

rd = blade diameter in mm (d) 

ws = material: 

ES Stainless steel 

EG Glass coated stainless steel 

GL Glass 

wl = shaft length 

wd = shaft diameter 

Ordering example: 

Anchor stirrer of glass, diameter 15 cm, shaft 

diameter 10 mm, shaft length 30cm 

Order code: IR-RBL-AN-150-GL-300-10 

from you: 

Stirrer type used, rotation speed, viscosity (or 

comparative information like water, motor oil, 

honey ...), mixing pot D, used stirrer D. 

Projecting Aide: 

Estimation of Viscosity 

Material Viscosity in mPas 

approx. at 20 ° C 

Acetone 0.33 

Alcohol 0.6 

Benzene 0.65 

Water 1 

Liqueur 3 

Condensed milk 7,5% 12 

Condensed milk 10% 45 

Olive oil 80 

Edible oil 85 

Apple juice concentrate 300 

Egg liqueur 600 

Yogurt 900 

Glycerine 1,500 

Honey 2,000-10,000 

Mustard 11,000 

Print colours 100,000 – 100 Mill. 



ViscoGraph – Automation of Stirring Tests 

ViscoGraph allows the automation of stirringtechnological 

tests with the ViscoPakt Torque 

Measurement Stirrer. 

The Programme enables: 

� Measurement of the torque in dependency of the 

speed 

� User-defined Torque Profiles 

� Measurement of the Viscosity 

� Zero Torque Calibration 

With the buttons on the left, it is possible to call up 

the various functions of ViscoGraph. The current 

values of the test period, rotation speed etc., are 

presented in the view boxes. 

The diagrams present the procedure of speed and 

torque via the time. 

The speed profile can be defined via up to 10 

sampling points: 

it is possible to select for each speed sampling point, 

if the speed is approached via a jump or a ramp: 

The data is stored in the *.csv format and can 

undergo further processing with programmes such 

as MS-Excel. 

The measurement system can be extended by 

further measurement variables with the help of the 

digital measuring amplifier. 

The additionally captured measurement curves 

receive an own Y-axis in the diagram. 


SL-VISCOGRAPH ViscoGraph Control Software for automated Operation of ViscoPakt Measuring Stirrers 

SL-VISCOGRAPHAI ViscoGraph Control Software Upgrade for Voltage Measurement with IL-AINAMP1D 

SL-VISCOGRAPHPT ViscoGraph Control Software Upgrade for Temperature Measurement with I IL-PTAMP1D 

IL-AINAMP1D Digital Measuring Amplifier for -10...+10V, 0/4...20mA, RS232 V24 /RS485 Interface 

IL-PTAMP1D Digital Measuring Amplifier for Pt100 Four-Wire Technology, RS232 V24 /RS485 Interface 

IL-MV1D-SN Power Supply Plug for digital Amplifier 

Customer-specific adjustments and extensions are possible. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

332 


Dispersing and Homogenising 

Drives 

These high-performance drives for laboratory 

applications meet all requirements to modern and 

compact laboratory drives and represent a 

guarantee for safe and successful working in the 

laboratory. 

Together with the accessories, you already dispose 

of a wide application range: 

� Homogenisation 

� Dispersing 

� Emulsifying 

� Suspending 

This can be utilised for the preparation of analyses 

as well as in reactor acceleration. 

The rotational speed of the drives can be adjusted 

continuously up to 35,000 rpm. 

The exchange of tools is fast and uncomplicated 

with the patented tool receptacle system. 

Tools 

The tools consist of rotor and stator. The rotor 

geometry generates a strong pumping effect. Due to 

this, the media is suctioned into the operational 

range between rotor and stator. Here, high 

frequency vertical and horizontal pulsations are 

generated. Due to the high exit speeds, ultrasonic 

frequencies are generated at the stator slits. This 

leads to cavitation. 

A balanced interaction between shear forces and 

percussion effects transfers the the liquid media 

intended for processing into the finest state. This 

significantly shortens process periods and reduces 

the heat input. 

The tools are made of acid-resistant high-grade 

steel 316L. They can be sterilised and are 

autoclaveable. 

The special shaft geometry enables fast tool 

exchange. PTFE rings prevent the medium from 

rising into the shaft tube. 

Drive 350 Watt Drive 1400 Watt Tool 


IR-DISPANTR350 Drive 350Watt, up to 35,000 rpm, for dispersing tools 




IR-DISPWZ040 Dispersing tool with quick coupling, diameter 4 mm 

IR-DISPWZ063 Dispersing tool with quick coupling, diameter 6.3 mm 

IR-DISPWZ140 Dispersing tool with quick coupling, diameter 14 mm 

IR-DISPWZ200-G Dispersing tool with quick coupling, coarse, diameter 20 mm 

IR-DISPWZ40-F Dispersing tool with quick coupling, fine, diameter 20 mm 



� Customised Application Programs 

� Seminars and Training Offers 

� Maintenance Contracts 

� Order Guide for Product Manuals 

Services 

Services 

Phases 

Services 

Planning Establishment 

/ Assembly 

Commissioning Operation 

Consultancy �� 

Training �� 

Realisation �� 

Support �� 

Service/Mainten 

ance 

�� 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

334 

Services 

HiTec Zang - Your competent Project Partner ! 

The company HiTec Zang GmbH, in addition to 

being a system retailer supplying systems and 

components, also offers a wide range of services. 

We are able to support you with our know-how 

gained in 30 years of project work for the process 

engineering industry covering all project phases: 

Services 

Phases 

Planning Establishment / 

Assembly 

Commissioning Operation 

Consultancy �� 

Training �� 

Realisation �� 

Support �� 

Service/ 

Maintenance 

Our Service Portfolio in detail: 

� PMC technical consultancy, 

� Procedural consultancy, 

� Plant design for laboratory and 

� Mini-plants, 

� PMC, planning of basic version, realisation 

� and planning of application -oriented details, 

� Component selection for special 

� Problem solutions, 

� PMC, application establishment, 

� Control-oriented support, 

� Support for Commissioning, 

� Fault diagnosis and analysis, 

� Device coupling, 

� Sensor calibration, 

� Seminars and training, 

� Remote maintenance, 

� Order development. 

�� 

Take advantage of our widespread know-how for 

your projects: 

� Research Process Control Systems, 

� Automated Laboratory Reactor Systems, 

� Mini- und Bench-Plant-Technology, 

� NAMUR-basis Operations, 

� Instrumenting, Sensors, 

� Spectrometry, 

� High-Precision Temperature Measurement, 

� Reaction Calorimetry, 

� Weighing and Dosing Technology, 

� Measuring and Control Technology, 

� Process Control Technology, PLC Technology, 

� LIMS-Systems, 

� Device Interfaces, 

� CAN-Bus, Profi-Bus-DP, 

� Remote Data Transmission, Remote 

Maintenance, 

� Remote Alarming via Phone, E-Mail or SMS, 

� Computer Networks 

� Quality Assurance Systems. 

Our experienced project engineers and technicians 

will support you all the way until your project is 

ideally realised. Whether you merely require 

consultancy, or you wish to couple an analysis 

device with a special protocol with a control system, 

or you require a complete ready-to-use plant, 

whatever it may be, you can count on our support. 

Just talk to us! 


Services 

Customised Application Programs 

HiTec Zang establishes application programs 

according to customer specifications. If required, 

we will gladly establish a duty record book 

Collection and Administration of Stirrer-related Data 

GyroDat is a program package for the projecting 

and realisation of tests applying a stirrer. The work 

environment includes the process control of the 

test progression, the collection, evaluation, the 

presentation, and archiving of the data. 

GyroDat consists of two modules. The 

administration, projecting, and evaluation were 

realised in the HiTec Zang HiBuilder, the process 

control programmed in the HiTec Zang - 

Labvision and HiText. 

Systematic Examinations: 

� Influence of the Stirrer Design 

� Influence of Flow Interrupters 

� Influence of Vessel Design 

� Properties of Media 

The Sequence of Operation 

Stirrer type, vessel type, flow interrupters, and 

revolutions are specified by the user and transferred 

by GyroDat to Labvision for automatic execution. 

The data collected in the course of the stirring test is 

transferred by Labvision to GyroDat for evaluation. 

GyroDat calculates the process characteristics and 

establishes the result diagrams. 

Calculated Data: 

� Re = f(Ne) 

� Md = f(n) 

� Idle time data of the stirrer drive 

containing the product requirement specifications 

in the forefront. The following shows an example 

based on the HiBuilder. 

Administration of the Project Data 

The user interface/work station of the GyroDat is 

designed for the graphic evaluation and simple 

comparison of various test data. 

Up to ten project steps can be parameterised in the 

project data window. A change of media during the 

test is taken into account. Data storage is 

conducted automatically. 

Administrated are: 

� 200 Project Template 

� 100 Stirrer Stands 

� 100 Stirrer 

� 100 Container 

� 100 Flow Interruptor 

� 50 Reference Media 

Presentation of the Data 

A freely designable protocol page (with HiBuilder) 

containing graphics, values, and comments can be 

printed out. 


SA-GYRODAT Program for the collection and administration of stirrer data 

Please also consider our precision measurement stirrer ViscoPakt-rheo, which is ideally suited to conduct 

stirring tests. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

336 

Seminars and Training 

The continuous vocational and advanced training 

for personnel is the most important investment for 

the future of your enterprise. Profound knowledge 

is an essential prerequisite for the successful 

realisation of your products. Our seminar training 

portfolio in regard to the selection of the topics and 

content is the result of our many years of practical 

experience in deploying laboratory automation and 

mini-plant technology. 

Due to the fact that we are aware that learning 

something is accomplished the fastest by actually 

doing something yourself in practice, our training 

mainly consists of practical training at our systems. 

The participants mainly conduct clearly set tasks 

independently. 

The training is conducted on our premises and, in 

the ideal case, is rounded off by support during the 

commissioning at the client plant. 

Your advantages: 

� Reduction of the Project Preparation Period 

� Reduction of the Project Running Period 

� Better Results 

� Optimal Utilisation of the Equipment 

� Staff Satisfaction 

Training Modules 

the training program is principally aligned to your 

individual requirements. The training schedule is 

arranged out of the following modules. A user 

introduction approximately requires ½ to 1 day, a 

complete training program between 5 and 8 days, 

depending on the existent knowledge of the 

participant. 

Up to four participants may participate without 

additional charge. The provision of the equipment 

for two participants is included in the price. For 

Services 

each of the other two participants, extra equipment 

is required. 

Level 1: User Training 

Introduction into the Lab/MSRmanager System 

Prerequisites: Windows experience, basic 

chemical-process-oriented experience. 

Introduction of the UI Software LabVision 


� Multiplotter 

� Online-Graphics 

� Monitoring and Operating in PLS Images 

� Programming 

User Training at the UI/Work Station of a 

simulated Plant 

� Administration and Starting of the Project 


� Monitoring and Operating 

� Establishment and Realisation of a recipe with 

HiBatch 

� Discussion, open issues 

Level 2: Project Manager Training 

Project Establishment in LabVision 

Prerequisites: Windows experience, basic 

knowledge of PMC technology. 

PMC-Basic Knowledge 

� Connection and Parameterisation of Sensors 

and Actors 

� Data Storage in the History Data Base 

� Setting up of the Plotters 

� Establishment and Dynamisation of PLS- 

Images 

� Linking of Signals 

� Process Report 

� Message Report 

� Data Export 

� Routing of Message Events 

� Visualisation of Message Events 

� Project Establishment with Project Modules 


The following topics can be combined to form an 

individually aligned training program: 

� HiText, Control and Online Evaluation 

� Programming of Recipe Element Programs 

Services 

� Setting Up and Parameterisation of Controllers 

� Programming in IEC 61131 I 

� System Administration 

� Advanced Training 

� Applied Control Technology 


DS-SCHULTAS One daily rate, content according to prior agreement 

DS-SCHULQUIP Provision of the training equipment, one work station, maximum two participants per day 

Maintenance Contracts 

Software-Upgrade-Contract 

An Update is an improved program version with 

unmodified functional range, After the purchase of 

any of our software, the customer, upon request, will 

receive updates free of charge for the duration of 

one year. 

An upgrade is a further developed version which 

usually contains an extended functional range. 

Without a software upgrade contract (after expiry of 

the first year), an upgrade for any consecutive year 

costs 15 % of the catalogue price. The upgrade 

option expires 4 years after the initial purchase, 

respectively the last update. 


DS-UPGR Software Upgrade 

Hardware Maintenance Contract 

If a Hardware Maintenance Contract is concluded, 

we will annually check and calibrate your devices 

and upgrade them to the current state of technology. 

Faulty parts will be exchanged free of charge either 

in our works or directly at the location. Only the 

travelling expenses will be charged. Damage due to 

external influences is excluded. 


DS-VHW Hardware Maintenance Contract 

Support and Remote Maintenance Contract 

If a Support Contract is concluded, our Hotline is 

available for the answering of your queries, when 

establishing applications or for the quick solution of 

software problems. 


DS-VSW Support and Remote Maintenance Contract 

Upon request, we will conduct the installation 

subject to the charge of the according expenditures. 

Example: If a software was purchased 2 ½ years 

ago (no existing software upgrade contract) and the 

catalogue prices is stated as, e.g., 2800€, the price 

for the update amounts to 2 x 15% (due to the fact 

that the first year is free) of 2800€, therefore 840€. 

With a Software-Upgrade-Contract, you are entitled 

to the respectively most recent version. The annual 

costs amount to 15 % of the current catalogue price. 

If required, we will conduct remote maintenance. 

The contract will be aligned to your individual 

requirements. 

Automatic 

Laboratory 


Reaction 

Calorimetry 

Fermentation 

technology 

Automation 

Hardware 

Automation 

Software 

Plant 


Technology 


Equipment and 

Components 


and Sensors 


Pumps 


Autosampler 

Stirring and 

Dispersing 

Services

338 

Product Manuals 

The manuals to our products are usually delivered 

together with the product on a data carrier. If 

required, they can also be acquired as a printed 

paper version. 

Application Software 

Services 


ZH-LABVIS LabVision Manual 

ZH-HIBUILDER Manual to the evaluation program HiBuilder 

ZH-GYRODAT Manual to the evaluation program GyroDat 

ZH-KALDAS Manual to the evaluation program KalDas 

ZH-SOLIDOS SoliDos Manual 

ZH-VISCOPAKT ViscoPakt Manual 

ZH-RAMOS RAMOS Manual 

ZH-LABDOS LabDos Manual 

ZH-GRAVIDOS GraviDos Manual 

ZH-AUTOSAM AutoSam Manual 

ZH-ALFADOS AlfaDos Manual 

ZH-REGLER Manual Controllers and Controller Parameterisation 

ZH-HICON Manual to the adaptive Controller HiCon 


018ML10B.............................................................279 

070ML30B.............................................................279 

280ML80B ............................................................279 

CG-ABK1C............................................................136 

CG-ABK1D............................................................136 

CG-ABK1I..............................................................136 

CG-ABK1M...........................................................136 

CG-ABK2C............................................................137 

CG-ABK2D............................................................137 

CG-ABK2I..............................................................137 

CG-ABK2M...........................................................137 

CG-ABKEX............................................................137 

CG-LABCOMMANDER.........................................275 

CG-LABCOMMANDER.........................................274 

CG-OMNIFERM-ABK..............................................42 

CK-RAID1..............................................................137 

CK-RAM2x1024....................................................137 

CK-RAM2x2048....................................................137 

CK-RAM2x512......................................................137 

CP-BCS232...........................................................140 

CP-DIGICAM1.......................................................158 

CP-DIGICAM2.......................................................158 

CP-DRUHPDJC....................................................140 

CP-DRUHPLJ.......................................................140 

CP-DRUHPLJC.....................................................140 

CP-INMON ...........................................................138 

CP-ISDNAD..........................................................175 

CP-M17TFT..........................................................139 

CP-M190TFT........................................................139 

CP-M20TFTWS ....................................................139 

CP-M22TFTWS.....................................................139 

CP-MODEM2........................................................175 

CP-MODEM4........................................................175 

CP-USV7...............................................................138 

CP-USV7O............................................................138 

CP-USV7O............................................................136 

CS-RS2322-PCI....................................................139 

CS-RS2324-PCI....................................................139 

CS-RS4852-PCI....................................................139 

CS-RS4854-PCI....................................................139 

CZ-EXMAUS.........................................................137 

CZ-USB-RS232.....................................................275 

CZ-USB-RS232.....................................................274 

DS-LVPROG.........................................................174 

DS-SCHULQUIP ..................................................337 

DS-SCHULTAS ....................................................337 

DS-UPGR..............................................................337 

DS-VHW ...............................................................337 

DS-VSW ...............................................................337 

HA-COMSERV1001..............................................132 

HA-MODEM4........................................................132 

HA-RS485 ............................................................131 

HA-V24LINK2 .......................................................131 

HA-V24LINKKLA...................................................131 

HA-V24LINKKLI....................................................131 

HD-RS2329 ............................................................92 

HD-RS2329(P)L....................................................130 

HD-RS2329L.........................................................103 

HD-RS2329PL......................................................103 

HD-RS485P..........................................................103 

HE-EEXID.............................................................121 

HE-EEXII...............................................................121 

HE-EEXIPT100.....................................................121 

HE-EEXIRS232.....................................................121 

Order Codes 

HE-EEXITH...........................................................121 

HE-EEXIU.............................................................121 

HK-AD20N.............................................................121 

HK-AD20NMUX16................................................123 

HK-AD20NMUX8..................................................123 

HK-AD24DMS4.....................................................255 

HK-AD24DMS4.....................................................253 

HK-AD24DMS4.....................................................206 

HK-AD24DMS4.....................................................125 

HK-AD24DMS4PTR..............................................267 

HK-AD24PKAL......................................................124 

HK-AD24PX8........................................................124 

HK-DA812UI.........................................................125 

HK-DEA16N..........................................................126 

HK-GRADOMV1...................................................267 

HK-GRADOMV1...................................................255 

HK-GRADOMV1...................................................253 

HK-GRADOMV1...................................................206 

HK-GRADOMV1D.................................................267 

HK-GRADOMV1D.................................................255 

HK-GRADOMV1D.................................................206 

HK-GRADOMV1D-SN...........................................267 

HK-GRADOMV1D-SN...........................................255 

HK-GRADOMV1D-SN...........................................206 

HK-HMUX..............................................................122 

HK-PHAMP.............................................................92 

HK-SER16ECB.....................................................127 

HK-SER16ECB.....................................................104 

HK-SER8ECB.......................................................127 

HK-SER8ECB.......................................................104 

HK-SER8ECB.........................................................72 

HP-B230V16H ......................................................128 

HP-B230V16R.......................................................128 

HP-LABCOM1 ......................................................130 

HP-SITEMPBEG1.................................................257 

HP-SITEMPWAE1 ...............................................256 

HP-WDOGEXT1-pa .............................................131 

HS-NGS153SN.....................................................133 

HS-NGS241A........................................................132 

HS-NGS241S........................................................132 

HS-NGS242..........................................................133 

HS-NGS242............................................................69 

HS-NGS243..........................................................133 

HS-NGS248..........................................................133 

HS-NGS248E........................................................133 

HS-NGS248S........................................................132 

HX-SIMPT1...........................................................134 

IB-FGVE-120-GMG3/4-ea....................................257 

IB-FVGE-1200-GMG1/4-ea..................................259 

IB-FVGE-60-GMG3/4-ea......................................257 

IB-LWDRU-NC-ea.................................................262 

IB-LWE-100-sk-ea.................................................260 

IB-LWE-250-NC-ea...............................................261 

IB-LWE-250-sk-ea.................................................260 

IB-LWE-300-sk-ea.................................................260 

IB-PRKO-6-ma-ea.................................................258 

IB-SIND.................................................................328 

IB-SIND.................................................................262 

IFN-IV-MW1..........................................................223 

IFN-IV-MW2..........................................................223 

IL-AINAMP1D........................................................331 

IL-AINAMP1D........................................................135 

IL-AINAMP1D........................................................134 

IL-ALCOTECT-AIRS...............................................47 


340 

IL-ALCOTECT-d-l....................................................47 

IL-AOUT1D...........................................................135 

IL-AOUT1D...........................................................134 

IL-AUTOSAM-B-DN..............................................314 

IL-AUTOSAM-BSCHU..........................................313 

IL-AUTOSAM-DA24..............................................314 

IL-AUTOSAM-DA24..............................................312 

IL-AUTOSAM-DN-6-x-x.........................................313 

IL-AUTOSAM-EN-6-x............................................313 

IL-AUTOSAM-FEACON........................................314 

IL-AUTOSAM-KL...................................................313 

IL-AUTOSAM-MB-2-3-K........................................312 

IL-AUTOSAM-MB-2-3-P........................................312 

IL-AUTOSAM-POLI...............................................314 

IL-AUTOSAM-R....................................................312 

IL-AUTOSAM-RF-d-l.............................................312 

IL-AUTOSAM-RS485............................................314 

IL-AUTOSAM-SPPS.............................................314 

IL-AUTOSAM-STLI...............................................314 

IL-AUTOSAM-STRE.............................................314 

IL-AUTOSAM-TAN................................................312 

IL-AUTOSAM-TVERL...........................................314 

IL-AUTOSAM-WASBO..........................................314 

IL-AUTOSAM-XL-1000-12....................................317 

IL-AUTOSAM-XL-2000-8......................................317 

IL-AUTOSAM-XL-500-14......................................317 

IL-AUTOSAM200...................................................311 

IL-AUTOSAM200-T-11-32.....................................311 

IL-AUTOSAM300..................................................308 

IL-AUTOSAM300-T-12-50.....................................308 

IL-AUTOSAM300-T-17-32.....................................308 

IL-AUTOSAM300-T-23-25.....................................308 

IL-AUTOSAM300-T-30-23.....................................308 

IL-AUTOSAM300-T-46-15.....................................308 

IL-AUTOSAM300-T-56-11.....................................308 

IL-AUTOSAM360..................................................309 

IL-AUTOSAM360-T-12-80.....................................309 

IL-AUTOSAM360-T-17-49.....................................309 

IL-AUTOSAM360-T-23-41.....................................309 

IL-AUTOSAM360-T-46-18.....................................309 

IL-AUTOSAM360-T-56-15.....................................309 

IL-CLARKAMP1D..................................................135 

IL-CLARKAMP1D..................................................134 

IL-DIN1D...............................................................135 

IL-DIN1D...............................................................134 

IL-DOUT1D...........................................................135 

IL-DOUT1D...........................................................134 

IL-Gmix-S-RAMP....................................................47 

IL-GMIX21...............................................................47 

IL-GMIX21-X...........................................................47 

IL-GMIX31...............................................................47 

IL-GMIX31-X...........................................................47 

IL-GMIX31-XET.......................................................47 

IL-GMIX41...............................................................47 

IL-GMIX41-X...........................................................47 

IL-GMIX41-XET.......................................................47 

IL-GRADO1000.....................................................267 

IL-GRADO10000...................................................267 

IL-GRADO10000D................................................267 

IL-GRADO1000D..................................................267 

IL-GRADO15000...................................................267 

IL-GRADO15000D................................................267 

IL-GRADO3000.....................................................267 

IL-GRADO3000D..................................................267 

Order Codes 

IL-GRADO7000.....................................................267 

IL-GRADO7000D..................................................267 

IL-GRADOADR.....................................................206 

IL-GRADOADR12.................................................267 

IL-GRADOADR12.................................................255 

IL-GRADOADR14.................................................267 

IL-GRADOADR14.................................................255 

IL-GRADOADV.....................................................267 

IL-GRADOADV.....................................................255 

IL-GRADOADV.....................................................206 

IL-GRADOAMP1D................................................135 

IL-GRADOAMP1D................................................134 

IL-GRADOAMP1D................................................106 

IL-GRADOAMP1D-SN..........................................106 

IL-GRADOEX........................................................267 

IL-GRADOEX........................................................266 

IL-GRADOMV1.....................................................106 

IL-GRAVI-KAL1000...............................................267 

IL-GRAVI-KAL2000...............................................267 

IL-GRAVIDOSST1.................................................267 

IL-GRAVIDOSST1.................................................266 

IL-GRAVIHEAT1000..............................................267 

IL-GRAVIHEAT2000..............................................267 

IL-GRAVIHEAT250................................................267 

IL-GRAVIHEAT500................................................267 

IL-GRAVIHEATSON..............................................267 

IL-GRAVIRS..........................................................267 

IL-GRAVIRS..........................................................266 

IL-GRAVLBB1000.................................................268 

IL-GRAVLBB1000.................................................267 

IL-GRAVLBB2000.................................................268 

IL-GRAVLBB2000.................................................267 

IL-GRAVLBB250...................................................267 

IL-GRAVLBB250 ..................................................268 

IL-GRAVLBB500...................................................268 

IL-GRAVLBB500...................................................267 

IL-GRAVLBGRAD.................................................267 

IL-GRAVLBS150...................................................267 

IL-GRAVLBS300...................................................267 

IL-GRAVLBS500...................................................267 

IL-HISENSE-c-2......................................................51 

IL-HISENSE-c-4......................................................51 

IL-HISENSE-c-8......................................................51 

IL-HISENSE-c-x......................................................42 

IL-HISENSE-m-1.....................................................50 

IL-HISENSE-m-2.....................................................50 

IL-HISENSE-m-3.....................................................50 

IL-HISENSE-m-5.....................................................50 

IL-HISENSE-m-5.....................................................50 

IL-HISENSE-m-x.....................................................42 

IL-KALHEIZE50.......................................................34 

IL-KALHEIZES100..................................................34 

IL-KALHEIZG50......................................................34 

IL-KALHEIZGL100..................................................34 

IL-KALHEIZP100.....................................................34 

IL-KALHEIZP50.......................................................34 

IL-KALKALIB100.....................................................34 

IL-KALKALIB50.......................................................34 

IL-LIQUIDOS1.......................................................315 

IL-MV1D-SN..........................................................331 

IL-MV1D-SN..........................................................135 

IL-ODFERM-l...........................................................42 

IL-OXYTECT-l.........................................................48 

IL-OXYTECT-l.........................................................42 


IL-PHADEC...........................................................235 

IL-PHADEC-PTFE.................................................235 

IL-PHADEC-SE.....................................................235 

IL-PHADEC-X.......................................................235 

IL-PHAMP1...........................................................105 

IL-PHAMP1D.........................................................135 

IL-PHAMP1D.........................................................134 

IL-PHAMP1D.........................................................105 

IL-PHAMP1D-SN..................................................105 

IL-PHASEP............................................................211 

IL-PHFERM-l...........................................................48 

IL-PHFERM-l...........................................................42 

IL-PIPET1..............................................................317 

IL-PTAMP1D.........................................................331 

IL-PTAMP1D.........................................................135 

IL-PTAMP1D.........................................................134 

IL-RFT-SV-1..........................................................212 

IL-RFT-SV-MAG....................................................212 

IL-RFT-TR-1..........................................................212 

IL-RFT-TR-MAG....................................................212 

IL-SCIBOT-x..........................................................318 

IL-SCIBOTBIB.......................................................318 

IL-SOLIDOS-RS....................................................304 

IL-SoliDos-SF-G-1.................................................303 

IL-SOLIDOS-SF-V-1..............................................302 

IL-SOLIDOS-TD-G................................................303 

IL-SOLIDOS-TD-G-1.............................................303 

IL-SOLIDOS-TD-V-1.............................................303 

IL-SOLIDOS2-HEIZ...............................................302 

IL-SOLIDOS2-KF..................................................302 

IL-SOLIDOS2-SK-x...............................................302 

IL-SOLIDOS2-x ....................................................302 

IL-SOLIDOS2-x-ST ..............................................302 

IL-SOLIDOSADGD................................................302 

IL-SOLIDOSST1...................................................304 

IL-VERDA-THEL...................................................213 

IL-VERDA-TREG..................................................213 

IL-VERDA120........................................................213 

IP-B-K1-1800L-VA-GMG1/2-ep............................294 

IP-B-K2-3900L-ETFE/SIC.....................................295 

IP-B-REAKT1-4P..................................................296 

IP-B-REAKT1-FU..................................................296 

IP-B-V1-1200L-PTFE/FPM...................................298 

IP-B-V1-1200L-PTFE/FPM.....................................16 

IP-B-V2-5600L-SN6..............................................299 

IP-B-VPS-mc.........................................................300 

IP-P-E1-2700M-VA/FKM-ea..................................291 

IP-P-LABDOS-AE.................................................280 

IP-P-LABDOS-AE.................................................274 

IP-P-LABDOS-DISPENS......................................274 

IP-P-LABDOS-DISPPB.........................................275 

IP-P-LABDOS-DISPPB.........................................274 

IP-P-LABDOS-DOMAS.........................................274 

IP-P-LABDOS-P-EASY-E......................................274 

IP-P-LABDOS-P-EASY-TC...................................274 

IP-P-LABDOS-P-EASYLOAD...............................274 

IP-P-LABDOS-P-MULTI-4-5..................................274 

IP-P-LABDOS-P-VARIO........................................274 

IP-P-LABDOS-P-VARIO-3....................................274 

IP-P-LABDOS-P-VARIO-3E..................................274 

IP-P-LABDOS-P-VARIO-4....................................274 

IP-P-LABDOS-P-VARIO-4E..................................274 

IP-P-LABDOS-P100..............................................274 

IP-P-LABDOS-P30................................................274 

Order Codes 

IP-P-LABDOS-RS232BA......................................275 


IP-P-LABDOS-RS485...........................................280 

IP-P-LABDOS-RS485...........................................279 

IP-P-LABDOS-RS485...........................................275 

IP-P-LABDOS-RS485...........................................274 



IP-P-LABDOS-SK.................................................274 

IP-P-LABDOS-T-12...............................................280 

IP-P-LABDOS-T-2.................................................280 

IP-P-LABDOS-T-25...............................................280 

IP-P-LABDOS-T-50...............................................280 

IP-P-M1-1100M-PTFE/C/KER-SN4/6-ea..............286 

IP-P-M2-1000M-PTFE/C/KER-SN4/6-ea..............288 

IP-P-M3-1800M-PTFE-SN4/6...............................289 

IP-P-N1-PK-mc.....................................................285 

IP-P-N1-PK-STRG-E.............................................285 

IP-P-N1-PK-STRG-VI............................................285 

IP-P-P1-0150M-PTFE/KER-SN17-ea...................287 

IP-P-P1-0150M-VA/KER-SN16-ea........................287 

IP-P-P3-0600M-VA/KER-SN16-ea........................290 

IP-P-R1-18M-HM-SN2-ea.....................................292 

IP-P-R1-9M-HM-SN2-ea.......................................292 

IP-P-R2-10152M-HM-SF1/8-ea............................293 

IP-P-R2-18M-HM-SF1/8-ea..................................293 

IP-P-R2-288M-HM-SF1/8-ea................................293 

IP-P-R2-72M-HM-SF1/8-ea..................................293 

IP-P-SM1-PP -mc..................................................283 

IP-P-SM1-PTFE -mc.............................................283 

IP-P-SM1-VA -mc..................................................283 

IP-P-Z1-018ML10B-E............................................279 

IP-P-Z1-070ML30B-E............................................279 

IP-P-Z1-280ML80B-E............................................279 

IP-P-Z1-HEAT.......................................................279 

IP-SYRDOS-VCER...............................................282 

IP-SYRDOS-VCER...............................................281 

IP-SYRDOS-VHPR...............................................282 

IP-SYRDOS-VHPR...............................................281 

IP-SYRDOS1........................................................281 

IP-SYRDOS1-ss-V2/3...........................................281 

IP-SYRDOS1-ss-VDxx..........................................281 

IP-SYRDOS1-ss-VNDyy.......................................281 

IP-SYRDOS2-ss-V2/3...........................................282 

IP-SYRDOS2-ss-VDxx..........................................282 

IP-SYRDOS2-ss-VNDyy.......................................282 

IR-DISPANTR1400...............................................332 

IR-DISPANTR350.................................................332 

IR-DISPANTR750.................................................332 

IR-DISPANTR850.................................................332 

IR-DISPWZ040.....................................................332 

IR-DISPWZ063.....................................................332 

IR-DISPWZ140.....................................................332 

IR-DISPWZ200-G.................................................332 

IR-DISPWZ40-F....................................................332 

IR-MINISTIRR10...................................................324 

IR-RBL-rt-rd-ws-wl-wd ..........................................330 

IR-RDFMAG10......................................................328 

IR-RDFMAG8........................................................328 

IR-RDFMAG8..........................................................16 

IR-VIPA-MINI-RHEO-35........................................324 

IR-VIPA-MINI-RHEO-35..........................................19 

IR-VIPA-MINI-RHEO-35..........................................16 

IR-VIPA110............................................................321 


342 

IR-VIPA27..............................................................321 

IR-VIPA57..............................................................321 

IR-VIPARH110.......................................................322 

IR-VIPARH16........................................................322 

IR-VIPARH27........................................................322 

IR-VIPARH57........................................................322 

IR-VIPARHP150....................................................323 

IR-VIPARHP220....................................................323 

IR-VIPARHP40......................................................323 

IR-VIPARHP75......................................................323 

IR-VIPARHPRS485...............................................323 

IR-VIPARHPUI......................................................323 

IR-VIPARHX7........................................................322 

IR-VIPARK-BF-POM.............................................327 

IR-VIPARK-VK-POM.............................................327 

IR-VIPARS.............................................................322 

IR-VIPARS.............................................................321 

IR-VIPARWS.........................................................328 

IR-VIPARWV100021.............................................328 

IR-VIPARWV100029.............................................328 

IR-VIPARWV15019...............................................328 

IR-VIPARWV45020...............................................328 

IR-VIPARWV45028...............................................328 

IR-VIPASFG..........................................................328 

IR-VISCOTROL-FAN............................................326 

IR-VISCOTROL-FAN............................................325 

IR-VISCOTROL-MOT055.....................................325 



IR-VISCOTROL-MOT110......................................326 

IR-VISCOTROL-MOT110......................................325 



IR-VISCOTROL1100.............................................325 

IR-VISCOTROL2200.............................................325 

IR-VISCOTROL350...............................................325 

IR-VISCOTROL350-RHEO...................................326 

IR-VISCOTROL550...............................................325 



IR-VPMONT2........................................................326 

IS-F-0000.P.X.P.01.CX..........................................242 

IS-F-0045.P.H.0.00.CX..........................................242 

IS-F-0045.P.X.P.01.DL..........................................241 

IS-F-0045.P.X.P.01.DL..........................................241 

IS-F-0045.P.X.P.01.DX..........................................241 

IS-F-0045.P.X.P.01.DX..........................................241 

IS-F-0045.S.B.P.01.XX..........................................242 

IS-F-0045.S.N.P.01.XX.........................................242 

IS-F-0045.T.H.0.00.DX..........................................241 

IS-F-0045.T.H.0.00.DX..........................................241 

IS-F-0045.T.H.P.01.DL..........................................241 

IS-F-0045.T.H.P.01.DX..........................................241 

IS-F-0045.T.H.P.01.XL..........................................242 

IS-F-0045.T.H.P.01.XX..........................................242 

IS-F-0045.T.N.0.00.DX..........................................241 

IS-F-0045.T.N.0.00.DX..........................................241 

IS-F-0045.T.N.P.01.DL..........................................241 

IS-F-0045.T.N.P.01.DX..........................................241 

IS-F-0045.T.N.P.01.XL..........................................242 

IS-F-0045.T.N.P.01.XX..........................................242 

IS-F-0045.X.X.X.00.CX.........................................242 

IS-F-0085.P.H.0.00.CX..........................................242 

IS-F-0085.P.H.P.01.CX..........................................242 

Order Codes 

IS-F-0085.P.X.P.01.DL..........................................241 

IS-F-0085.P.X.P.01.DL..........................................241 

IS-F-0085.P.X.P.01.DX..........................................241 

IS-F-0085.P.X.P.01.DX..........................................241 

IS-F-0085.S.B.P.01.XX..........................................242 

IS-F-0085.S.N.P.01.XX.........................................242 

IS-F-0085.T.H.0.00.DX..........................................241 

IS-F-0085.T.H.0.00.DX..........................................241 

IS-F-0085.T.H.P.01.DL..........................................241 

IS-F-0085.T.H.P.01.DX..........................................241 

IS-F-0085.T.H.P.01.XL..........................................242 

IS-F-0085.T.H.P.01.XX..........................................242 

IS-F-0085.T.N.0.00.DX..........................................241 

IS-F-0085.T.N.0.00.DX..........................................241 

IS-F-0085.T.N.P.01.DL..........................................241 

IS-F-0085.T.N.P.01.DX..........................................241 

IS-F-0085.T.N.P.01.XL..........................................242 

IS-F-0085.T.N.P.01.XX..........................................242 

IS-F-0085.X.X.X.00.CX.........................................242 

IS-F-0125.S.B.P.01.XX..........................................242 

IS-F-0125.S.N.P.01.XX.........................................242 

IS-F-0125.T.B.P.01.XX..........................................242 

IS-F-0125.T.N.P.01.XL..........................................242 

IS-F-6300.BA.CON.DC.XX...................................243 

IS-F-6700-DA-CON-DC........................................244 

IS-F-LABTUC........................................................243 

IS-F-S601-P2........................................................242 

IS-F-S601-P20......................................................242 

IS-F-S601-P40......................................................242 

IS-F-TDMMV-AK-F..................................................35 

IS-F-TDMMV-AK-I...................................................35 

IS-F-TDMtc-tb-sa..................................................245 

IS-F-TDMtc-tb-sa....................................................35 

IS-FM-L30 0,0.......................................................246 

IS-FM-L30C2I........................................................246 

IS-FM-L30C5.........................................................246 

IS-FM-M12............................................................248 

IS-FM-M12V1NI....................................................248 

IS-FM-M13............................................................248 

IS-FM-M13V1NI....................................................248 

IS-FM-M14............................................................248 

IS-FM-M14V1NI....................................................248 

IS-FV-GAS-DISP...................................................249 

IS-FV-GAS-IG.......................................................249 

IS-FV-GAS-IGEX...................................................249 

IS-FV-GAS-MAN...................................................249 

IS-FV-GAS-tc-au...................................................249 

IS-FV-GAS-THG....................................................249 

IS-FV-GAS-THS....................................................249 

IS-G-IND1..............................................................254 

IS-G-REFL1..........................................................254 

IS-L-FA-ea.............................................................236 

IS-M-FEU1............................................................254 

IS-MOLECULEEYE...............................................228 

IS-MOLECULEEYEMUX......................................228 

IS-P-A-025-ma-ea.................................................251 

IS-P-A-1,6-ma-ea..................................................251 

IS-P-A-2,5-ma-ea..................................................251 

IS-P-A-6-ma-ea.....................................................251 

IS-P-R-6-ma-ea.....................................................251 

IS-P-TUBE-sd.......................................................253 

IS-P-Z-AA..............................................................252 

IS-P-Z-AA..............................................................251 

IS-PARTICLEYE- 2D-l...........................................232 


IS-PARTICLEYE- 3D-l-t........................................232 

IS-PARTICLEYE- WV...........................................232 

IS-PARTICLEYE-AA6...........................................232 

IS-PARTICLEYE-EEX...........................................232 

IS-PARTICLEYE-S- l.............................................232 

IS-PTOT-A-16-ea..................................................252 

IS-PTOT-R-16-ea..................................................252 

IS-T-NICRNI-d-l.....................................................250 

IS-T-PT100 1/5-VA-d-l...........................................250 

IS-T-PT100-1/1-VA -d-l..........................................250 

IS-T-PT100-1/1-VA-d-l...........................................250 

IS-T-PT100-1/10-VA-d-l.........................................250 

IS-T-PT100-1/3-VA-d-l...........................................250 

IS-T-PT10003B.......................................................90 

IS-T-PT10015G.......................................................90 

IS-T-PTKAL.............................................................90 

IS-TRUB-O-ea.......................................................233 

IS-TRUB-ORF-ea..................................................234 

IS-W-GRAVICRANE.............................................267 

IS-W-GRAVICRANE.............................................207 

IS-W-GRAVIPLATE...............................................267 

IS-W-GRAVIPLATE...............................................207 

IS-W-GRAVISTAND..............................................267 

IS-W-GRAVISTAND..............................................207 

IS-W-KMZ1000......................................................255 

IS-W-KMZ1000D...................................................255 

IS-W-KMZ1000k....................................................255 

IS-W-KMZ100k......................................................255 

IS-W-KMZ15000...................................................255 

IS-W-KMZ15000D.................................................255 

IS-W-KMZ200k......................................................255 

IS-W-KMZ3000......................................................255 

IS-W-KMZ30000...................................................255 

IS-W-KMZ30000D.................................................255 

IS-W-KMZ3000D...................................................255 

IS-W-KMZ500k......................................................255 

IS-W-KMZ50k........................................................255 

IS-W-KMZ7500......................................................255 

IS-W-KMZ7500D...................................................255 

IV-DRUMIN16/1......................................................16 

IV-MB-FK1-2-1,5-UNF-ea.....................................268 

IV-MB-FK1-2-1,5-UNF-ea.....................................267 

IV-MB-FK1-2-1,6-GMG1/8-ea...............................216 

IV-MB-FK1-3-1,6-GMG1/8-ea...............................216 

IV-MB-FK2-2-1,5-UNF-ea.....................................216 

IV-MB-FK2-2-nw-ma-ea........................................217 

IV-MB-FK2-3-1,5-UNF-ea.....................................216 

IV-MB-FK2-3-nw-ma-ea........................................217 

IV-MB-GM1-2-nw-ma-ea.......................................218 

IV-MB-UM1-2-3-ma-ea..........................................219 

IV-MB-UM1-3-3-ma-ea..........................................219 

IV-MB-UM2-2........................................................267 

IV-MB-UM2-2........................................................219 

IV-MB-UM2-PS......................................................267 

IV-MB-UM2-PS......................................................219 

IV-MP-ELBU1........................................................222 

IV-MP-ELBU2........................................................222 

IV-MP-UG1-2-6-ma-ea..........................................222 

IV-MP-UK1-2-0,8-ma-ea.......................................267 

IV-MP-UK1-2-0,8-ma-ea.......................................222 

IV-MP-UM1-2-2-ma-ea..........................................222 

IV-MP-UM2-2-4-ma-ea..........................................222 

IV-MW1-wa-ma-ea................................................223 

IV-MW2-wa-1/4.....................................................223 

Order Codes 

IV-PB-FG1-2-15-ma-ea.........................................219 

IV-PB-FG2-2-15-ma-ea.........................................219 

IV-PB-FG3-3-20-ma-ea.........................................219 

IV-PP-FG1-3-20-ma-ea.........................................222 

IV-PP-UG1-2-13-ma-ea.........................................222 

IV-PP-UX1-2-ma-ea-kv.........................................222 

IW- GRAVIPF15000..............................................207 

IW- GRAVIPF3000................................................207 

IW- GRAVIPF7000................................................207 

IW-572-35..............................................................208 

IW-572-49..............................................................208 

IW-GRAVIREAKW.................................................208 

IW-GRAVITS1000.................................................207 

IW-GRAVITS1000D...............................................206 

IW-GRAVITS15000...............................................206 

IW-GRAVITS15000D............................................206 

IW-GRAVITS3000.................................................207 

IW-GRAVITS3000.................................................206 

IW-GRAVITS30000...............................................206 

IW-GRAVITS30000D............................................206 

IW-GRAVITS3000D...............................................206 

IW-GRAVITS7500.................................................207 

IW-GRAVITS7500.................................................206 

IW-GRAVITS7500D...............................................206 

IW-LP4200S..........................................................209 

IW-ME414S...........................................................209 

IW-PLS 4000-2......................................................208 

IW-PLS 510-3........................................................208 

IW-QKE 36K0.5.....................................................208 

L-SONSCHR-1......................................................212 

LB-LABBOX1B........................................................77 

LB-LABBOX2B........................................................78 

LB-LABMAN1B.......................................................80 

LB-LABMAN2B.......................................................81 

LG-LABBOX1..........................................................72 

LG-LABBOX2-1.......................................................73 

LG-LABBOX2-2.......................................................73 

LG-LABMAN1.........................................................74 

LK-LABBOX1K........................................................69 

LK-LABBOX2K-1.....................................................70 

LK-LABBOX2K-2.....................................................70 

LK-LABMAN1K.......................................................71 

LP-AAP8UI..............................................................94 

LP-AE4PT4P...........................................................91 

LP-AE4PT4PA.........................................................91 

LP-AEAP8I..............................................................95 

LP-AEAP8IA............................................................95 

LP-AEAP8U.............................................................95 

LP-AEAP8UA..........................................................95 

LP-AEP8..................................................................88 

LP-AEP8A...............................................................89 

LP-DAP8.................................................................98 

LP-DAP8A...............................................................99 

LP-DAP8T.............................................................100 

LP-DE4DA4P........................................................100 

LP-DE4DA4PA......................................................101 

LP-DEP8.................................................................96 

LP-DEP8A...............................................................97 

LP-DMS4DA4PT...................................................267 

LP-DMS8.................................................................93 

LP-DMSP8............................................................267 

LP-LP-DA4HZ4PA.................................................101 

LP-PEAP...............................................................104 

LP-PEAPSK15......................................................104 


344 

LP-PEAPSK24......................................................104 

LP-PHRED24..........................................................92 

LP-PHRED24B........................................................92 

LP-PTP8..................................................................89 

LP-PTPRP8...........................................................124 

LP-PTPRP8.............................................................90 

LP-SER99.............................................................102 

LP-THP8..................................................................92 

LZ-AKLES1.............................................................93 

LZ-AKLES1.............................................................93 

LZ-AKLES1.............................................................92 

LZ-AKLES1.............................................................90 

LZ-AKLES1.............................................................89 

LZ-AKPH.................................................................92 

LZ-AKRS9.............................................................102 

LZ-AKTUB.............................................................101 



LZ-AKTUB...............................................................97 

LZ-AKTUB...............................................................96 

LZ-AKTUB...............................................................89 

LZ-AKTUB...............................................................88 

LZ-AKTUB ..............................................................95 

LZ-AKTUB ..............................................................94 

LZ-AKTUB ..............................................................93 

LZ-AKTUS.............................................................101 



LZ-AKTUS...............................................................99 

LZ-AKTUS...............................................................98 

LZ-BEFW19.............................................................83 

LZ-GRIFFLU............................................................83 

LZ-GRIFFRO...........................................................83 

LZ-PR19Z3HE.........................................................82 

LZ-PR7....................................................................82 

LZ-PRx....................................................................82 

LZ-USTAT5M...........................................................82 

LZ-USTAT6..............................................................82 

LZ-USTAT7..............................................................82 

MB-AAB8UI...........................................................118 

MB-AEB16VP........................................................118 

MB-DAB8R............................................................119 

MB-DAB8T_0.5A...................................................120 

MB-DEB8...............................................................119 

MG-MSRBOX1......................................................117 

MG-MSRBOX2......................................................117 

MG-MSRBOX2s....................................................117 

MG-MSRMAN .......................................................115 

P-USV7O...............................................................137 

SA-GYRODAT.......................................................335 

SA-KALDAS3..........................................................33 

SA-KALDAS3..........................................................31 

SA-KALDAS3..........................................................29 

SA-P-LABDOS-DOMAS.......................................275 

SA-P-LABDOS-DOMASM....................................275 

SD-HIBUILDER ....................................................191 

SF-ANWTAB.........................................................179 

SF-ANWTAB.........................................................179 

SF-ANWTAB.........................................................178 

SF-ANWTAB.........................................................178 

SF-ANWTAB.........................................................178 

SF-ANWTAB.........................................................177 

SF-ANWTAB.........................................................177 

SF-ANWTAB.........................................................177 

Order Codes 

SF-ANWTAB.........................................................146 

SF-ANWTAB ........................................................189 

SF-AWL.................................................................146 

SF-AWL ................................................................188 

SF-AWLPLUS.......................................................188 

SF-AWLPLUS.......................................................146 

SF-DATLOG..........................................................179 

SF-DATLOG..........................................................179 

SF-DATLOG..........................................................178 

SF-DATLOG..........................................................178 

SF-DATLOG..........................................................178 

SF-DATLOG..........................................................177 

SF-DATLOG..........................................................177 

SF-DATLOG..........................................................177 

SF-DATLOG..........................................................146 

SF-DATLOG .........................................................189 

SF-HICON ............................................................186 

SF-HICONx...........................................................146 

SF-HITUNE...........................................................178 

SF-HITUNE...........................................................146 

SF-HITUNE ..........................................................185 

SF-HITUNE ..........................................................179 

SF-HITUNE ..........................................................179 

SF-NAMSER128...................................................189 

SF-NAMSER16.....................................................189 

SF-NAMSER32.....................................................189 

SF-NAMSER4.......................................................189 

SF-NAMSER4.......................................................179 

SF-NAMSER4.......................................................179 

SF-NAMSER4.......................................................178 

SF-NAMSER4.......................................................178 

SF-NAMSER4.......................................................178 

SF-NAMSER4.......................................................177 

SF-NAMSER4.......................................................177 

SF-NAMSER4.......................................................177 

SF-NAMSER64.....................................................189 

SF-NAMSER8.......................................................189 

SF-NAMSERxx.....................................................146 

SF-PID16...............................................................185 

SF-PID16 ..............................................................177 

SF-PID16 .............................................................179 

SF-PID24...............................................................185 

SF-PID32...............................................................185 

SF-PID4.................................................................177 

SF-PID4...................................................................16 

SF-PID4.....................................................................7 

SF-PID4 ................................................................185 

SF-PID4 ...............................................................178 

SF-PID4 ...............................................................178 

SF-PID8.................................................................185 

SF-PID8.................................................................177 

SF-PID8...................................................................31 

SF-PID8...................................................................29 

SF-PID8.....................................................................9 

SF-PID8 ...............................................................179 

SF-PID8 ...............................................................178 

SF-PIDxx...............................................................146 

SF-PNKMSR.........................................................146 

SL-ACTIONTRACK...............................................163 

SL-ACTIONTRACK...............................................145 

SL-ALRRUF..........................................................158 

SL-ALRRUF..........................................................145 

SL-ANWINT..........................................................174 

SL-ANWINT..........................................................145 


SL-BENRECH.......................................................173 

SL-BENRECH.......................................................145 

SL-BERICHT.........................................................165 

SL-BERICHT.........................................................149 

SL-BERICHT.........................................................145 

SL-BIBRILK...........................................................192 

SL-BIBRILK...........................................................156 

SL-BIBRILK...........................................................146 

SL-CLONLV ..........................................................145 

SL-DESIGN...........................................................152 

SL-DESIGN...........................................................145 

SL-DESIGNL.........................................................152 

SL-DESIGNL.........................................................146 

SL-DIAPROT.........................................................161 

SL-DIAPROT.........................................................145 

SL-EASYBATCH...................................................163 

SL-EASYBATCH...................................................145 

SL-EMLRUF..........................................................159 

SL-EMLRUF..........................................................145 

SL-EXPORT..........................................................172 

SL-EXPORT..........................................................145 

SL-FREMDPNK....................................................174 

SL-FREMDPNK....................................................174 

SL-FREMDPNK....................................................146 

SL-GOPBEFUEL...................................................167 

SL-GOPBIB...........................................................166 

SL-GOPBIB...........................................................165 

SL-GOPBIB...........................................................146 

SL-GOPBIBL.........................................................166 

SL-GOPBIBL.........................................................165 

SL-GOPDEST.......................................................167 

SL-GOPDOSI........................................................167 

SL-GOPDOSIGRAVI1...........................................267 

SL-GOPDOSIGRAVI1...........................................167 

SL-GOPDPWERT.................................................167 

SL-GOPDRUCK....................................................167 

SL-GOPDRUCKHALTEN......................................167 

SL-GOPEINWIEG.................................................167 

SL-GOPEND.........................................................167 

SL-GOPGRAVITARI..............................................267 

SL-GOPGRAVITARI..............................................167 

SL-GOPINERT......................................................167 

SL-GOPINERTHERST..........................................167 

SL-GOPKALOHEIZ...............................................167 

SL-GOPKALOONL ...............................................167 

SL-GOPKONTIDOS..............................................167 

SL-GOPMENGENDOS.........................................167 

SL-GOPPHREGELUNG.......................................167 

SL-GOPPROGRAMM...........................................167 

SL-GOPRATENDOS.............................................167 

SL-GOPREKTIF....................................................167 

SL-GOPRUECKDEST..........................................167 

SL-GOPRUEHR....................................................167 

SL-GOPSIEDEP...................................................167 

SL-GOPSTART.....................................................168 

SL-GOPSTOSSDOS.............................................168 

SL-GOPTEMP.......................................................168 

SL-GOPTEMPHALTEN.........................................168 

SL-GOPVAKHALTEN............................................168 

SL-GOPVAKU.......................................................168 

SL-GOPWAAGETARI...........................................168 

SL-GOPWARTET..................................................168 

SL-GOPWARTEZ..................................................168 

SL-GOPWBEDIENER...........................................168 

Order Codes 

SL-GOPWBEDINGUNG.......................................168 

SL-GOPWIEDERH................................................168 

SL-HIBATCH.........................................................165 

SL-HIBATCH.........................................................145 

SL-HIBATCHAP....................................................165 

SL-HIBATCHL.......................................................165 

SL-HIBATCHL.......................................................146 

SL-HIBATCHRT....................................................165 

SL-HILIMS.............................................................165 

SL-HILIMS.............................................................145 

SL-HILIMSL...........................................................165 

SL-HILIMSL...........................................................146 

SL-HILIMSSQL.....................................................145 

SL-HITEXT............................................................160 

SL-HITEXT............................................................145 

SL-HITEXTL..........................................................160 

SL-HITEXTL..........................................................146 

SL-JOURNAL........................................................171 

SL-JOURNAL........................................................165 

SL-JOURNAL........................................................145 

SL-KALDAS3........................................................145 

SL-LABCAM..........................................................158 

SL-LABCAM..........................................................145 

SL-LABVIPBAT.....................................................179 

SL-LABVIPBAT.......................................................71 

SL-LABVIPBAT.......................................................16 

SL-LABVIPBATE.....................................................31 

SL-LABVIPBATE.....................................................29 

SL-LABVIPBATE ..................................................178 

SL-LABVIPBATE ......................................................9 

SL-LABVIPBATL.....................................................70 

SL-LABVIPBATL.......................................................7 

SL-LABVIPBATL .................................................178 

SL-LABVIPBATP ..................................................179 

SL-LABVIPEASY .................................................178 

SL-LABVIPKON....................................................177 

SL-LABVIPKON......................................................71 

SL-LABVIPKONL..................................................177 

SL-LABVIPKONL....................................................70 

SL-LABVIPKONP..................................................177 

SL-LABVIS............................................................147 

SL-LABVIS..............................................................69 

SL-LABVOICE.......................................................145 

SL-LIQUIM............................................................316 

SL-LIQUIML..........................................................316 

SL-MICROBIB ......................................................146 

SL-MODBIBALR...................................................155 

SL-MODBIBALR...................................................155 

SL-MODBIBALR...................................................146 

SL-MODBIBALRL.................................................155 

SL-MODBIBALRL.................................................155 

SL-MULTIBATCH..................................................169 

SL-MULTIBATCH..................................................145 

SL-MULTIBATCH....................................................16 

SL-MULTIPROJ....................................................173 

SL-MULTIPROJ....................................................145 

SL-ONLGRA.........................................................150 

SL-ONLGRA.........................................................145 

SL-ONLGRAL.......................................................150 

SL-ONLGRAL.......................................................146 

SL-PNKDDE..........................................................174 

SL-PNKDDE..........................................................146 

SL-PNKLASENTEC..............................................174 

SL-PNKLASENTEC..............................................146 


346 

SL-PNKMBUSSER...............................................146 

SL-PNKMODBUS.................................................174 

SL-PNKMTRx........................................................174 

SL-PNKMTRx........................................................146 

SL-PNKNAMSERA...............................................189 

SL-PNKOPC.........................................................174 

SL-PNKOPC.........................................................146 

SL-PNKPERF........................................................174 

SL-PNKPERF........................................................146 

SL-PNKSIM...........................................................145 

SL-PNKSPS..........................................................174 

SL-PNKSPS..........................................................146 

SL-PROJMOD.......................................................155 

SL-PROJMOD ......................................................145 

SL-REZGEN..........................................................168 

SL-RICAD..............................................................192 

SL-RIEDIT.............................................................156 

SL-RIEDIT.............................................................145 

SL-RIEDITL...........................................................156 

SL-RIEDITL...........................................................146 

SL-SCHANA..........................................................148 

SL-SCHANA..........................................................145 

SL-SCHANAL........................................................148 

SL-SCHANAL........................................................146 

SL-SCHERE..........................................................165 

SL-SCHERE..........................................................149 

SL-SCHERE..........................................................145 

SL-SCHEREL........................................................149 

SL-SCHEREL........................................................146 

SL-SCHPHA..........................................................165 

SL-SCHPHA..........................................................149 

SL-SCHPHA..........................................................145 

SL-SCHPHAL........................................................149 

SL-SCHPHAL........................................................146 

SL-SELFIL.............................................................172 

SL-SELFIL.............................................................145 

SL-SWITCHER ....................................................145 

SL-TELES.............................................................175 

SL-UEBMEL..........................................................157 

SL-UEBMEL..........................................................145 

SL-VISCOGRAPH.................................................331 

SL-VISCOGRAPHAI.............................................331 

SL-VISCOGRAPHPT............................................331 

SL-WEBVIS...........................................................173 

SL-WEBVIS...........................................................145 

SL-WEBVISL.........................................................173 

SL-WEBVISL.........................................................146 

SP-RQFEED-AC.....................................................52 

VA-FESTBETT........................................................53 

VA-HIFERM-FCU....................................................44 

VA-OMNIFERM-AIRPUM........................................42 

VA-OMNIFERM-BGR..............................................42 

VA-OMNIFERM-CHILL...........................................42 

VA-OMNIFERM-COOL...........................................42 

VA-OMNIFERM-ETOH............................................42 

VA-OMNIFERM-FE-1000........................................42 

VA-OMNIFERM-FE-2000........................................42 

VA-OMNIFERM-FE-250..........................................42 

VA-OMNIFERM-FE-600..........................................42 

VA-OMNIFERM-FOAM...........................................42 

VA-OMNIFERM-FOLE............................................42 

VA-OMNIFERM-GAS1............................................42 

VA-OMNIFERM-GASMF.........................................42 

VA-OMNIFERM-GASMF2.......................................42 

Order Codes 

VA-OMNIFERM-GASMF4MUX...............................42 

VA-OMNIFERM-LEV...............................................42 

VA-OMNIFERM-REDOX.........................................42 

VA-OMNIFERM-RQFEED.......................................42 

VA-RAMOSCON8...................................................40 

VA-RAMOSCTR......................................................39 

VA-RAMOSFI1........................................................39 

VA-RAMOSFTT8.....................................................40 

VA-RAMOSINKSHA................................................39 

VA-RAMOSMK250..................................................39 

VA-RAMOSMKX......................................................39 

VA-RAMOSOTR......................................................39 

VA-RAMOSTKS4....................................................39 

VA-RAMOSTKSE....................................................39 

VL-BAVA-GKB.......................................................210 

VL-BAVA-HWS10..................................................210 

VL-BAVA-HWS20..................................................210 

VL-BAVA-HWST....................................................210 

VL-BAVA-NOR10..................................................210 

VL-BAVA-NOR15..................................................210 

VL-BAVA-NOR25..................................................210 

VL-BAVM-GKB......................................................210 

VL-EDDEST............................................................21 

VL-EDDOSFL..........................................................21 

VL-EDDOSPU.........................................................21 

VL-EDSIM...............................................................21 

VL-EDUQUIP..........................................................21 

VL-EDVAK...............................................................21 

VL-HICLAVE-ABKPNK1..........................................12 



VL-HICLAVE-COOLP..............................................12 

VL-HICLAVE-GRAVI150.........................................12 

VL-HICLAVE-HEABAN-vol......................................12 

VL-HICLAVE-HYDR................................................12 

VL-HICLAVE-MAGHEAT.........................................12 

VL-HICLAVE-SC-n..................................................12 

VL-HICLAVE-STIRR-20..........................................12 

VL-HICLAVE-STIRR-50..........................................12 

VL-HICLAVE-ws-vol................................................12 

VL-KB-FK2-UM1...................................................217 

VL-KB-MB-FK1.....................................................268 

VL-KB-MB-FK1.....................................................267 

VL-KB-MB-FK1.....................................................216 

VL-KB-MB-GM1....................................................218 

VL-KB-MB-UM2....................................................267 

VL-KB-MB-UM2....................................................219 

VL-LABKIT-SP........................................................22 

VL-LABKIT-SP-FOCON..........................................22 

VL-LABKIT-SP-PHCON..........................................22 

VL-LABKITALR1........................................................7 

VL-LABKITALR2........................................................9 

VL-LABKITALR2-AWE..............................................9 

VL-LABKITALR2-RFT...............................................9 

VL-LABKITED.........................................................21 

VL-LABKITRCB1.....................................................31 

VL-LABKITRCF1.....................................................29 

VL-LABKITRCMDM................................................31 

VL-LABKITRCONLB...............................................31 

VL-LABKITRCONLF...............................................29 

VL-MINILAB-BU......................................................19 

VL-MINILAB-GRV125.............................................19 

VL-MINILAB-GRV250.............................................19 

VL-MINILAB-GRV75...............................................19 


VL-MULTILAB-ABKPNK1.......................................16 





VL-MULTILAB-BU...................................................16 

VL-MULTILAB-CHILL-20.........................................16 



VL-MULTILAB-DEST..............................................16 

VL-MULTILAB-GRAVI500ml...................................16 

VL-MULTILAB-GRV250..........................................16 

VL-MULTILAB-GRV400..........................................16 

VL-MULTILAB-INERT.............................................16 

VL-MULTILAB-REKT ..............................................16 

VL-MULTILAB-RFC ................................................16 

VL-MULTILAB-VAKU...............................................16 

VL-SOLIDOS-BIN.................................................210 

W-GRAVIPF30000................................................207 

ZH-ALFADOS........................................................338 

ZH-AUTOSAM.......................................................338 

ZH-GRAVIDOS......................................................338 

ZH-GYRODAT ......................................................338 

ZH-HIBUILDER ....................................................338 

ZH-HICON ............................................................338 

ZH-KALDAS .........................................................338 

ZH-LABDOS..........................................................338 

ZH-LABVIS ...........................................................338 

ZH-RAMOS ..........................................................338 

ZH-REGLER ........................................................338 

ZH-SOLIDOS .......................................................338 

ZH-VISCOPAKT ...................................................338 

ZK-HM-HI01-OD-XA-I-01......................................212 

ZK-IT-HI01-BS-R2-I-03.........................................304 

ZK-IT-HI01-BS-R2-I-03.........................................283 

ZK-IT-HI01-BS-R2-I-03.........................................282 

ZK-IT-HI01-BS-R2-I-03.........................................281 

Order Codes 

ZK-IT-HI01-BS-R2-I-03.........................................280 

ZK-IT-HI01-BS-R2-I-03.........................................279 

ZK-LAB-HI01-IA-IA-O-01 .......................................89 

ZK-LAB-HI01-IA-IA-O-02........................................89 

ZK-LAB-HI01-IA-IP-O-01........................................89 

ZK-LAB-HI01-IA-IP-O-01........................................88 

ZK-LAB-HI01-IA-UA-O-01.......................................89 

ZK-LAB-HI01-IA-UP-O-01.......................................89 

ZK-LAB-HI01-IA-UP-O-01.......................................88 

ZK-LAB-HI06-OD-XX-I-01.....................................128 

ZK-LAB-HI99-IA-XA-Y-0.1.....................................254 

ZK-P-HI36-BS-R2-I-01..........................................275 

ZK-P-HI36-BS-R2-I-01..........................................274 

ZK-P-HI36-BS-R2-I-02..........................................275 

ZK-P-HI36-BS-R2-I-02..........................................274 

ZK-P-HI36-BS-R4-I-01..........................................275 

ZK-P-HI36-BS-R4-I-01..........................................274 

ZK-P-HI36-BS-R4-I-02..........................................275 

ZK-P-HI36-BS-R4-I-02..........................................274 

ZK-P-TL02-BS-R2-I-01.........................................289 

ZK-P-VB01-BS-R2-I-01.........................................300 

ZK-R-HI02-BA-IP-Y-02..........................................326 

ZK-R-HI02-BA-UP-Y-03........................................326 

ZK-R-HI02-BS-R2-I-01..........................................326 

ZK-R-HI30-BK-IX-Y-01..........................................325 

ZK-R-HI30-BS-R4-I-01..........................................325 

ZK-R-HI31-BK-IA-Y-01..........................................326 

ZK-R-HI31-BK-IP-Y-01..........................................326 

ZK-SF-KM01-IA-IA-I-01.........................................245 

ZK-SF-KM01-ID-XA-I-01 ......................................245 

ZK-SFV-RI01-ID-XX-I-01......................................249 

ZK-W-KE04-BS-R2-I-02........................................208 

ZK-W-KE06-BS-R2-I-01........................................208 

ZK-W-SA01-BS-R2-I-03........................................209 

ZK-W-SA01-BS-R2-I-03........................................209 

ZK-X-HI05-IA-IA-O-01...........................................131 

ZK-X-HW01-OD-XA-I-01.......................................212 


348 

Table of Content 

New in this Edition.............................................................................................................................................4 

Automatic Laboratory Reactor Systems..........................................................................................................5 

Standard Laboratory Reactor Systems..........................................................................................................................6 

Parallel Reactor Systems............................................................................................................................................13 

LabKit- Small Reactor Systems for Education..........................................................................................................20 

Automated Laboratory Clarification Unit .....................................................................................................................22 

Modular Micro-Reaction Technology............................................................................................................................23 

Reaction Calorimetry.......................................................................................................................................26 

Reaction Calorimeters.................................................................................................................................................27 

Calorimetry Evaluation Program KalDas.................................................................................................................32 

Components for Reaction Calorimetry.........................................................................................................................34 

Fermentation Technology...............................................................................................................................36 

RAMOS® Bioprocess Optimisation in Shaking Flasks ...............................................................................................37 

Feeding and Sample Drawing in Shaking Flasks ........................................................................................................40 

OmniFerm® - Mini Fermentation System....................................................................................................................41 

HiFerm-FCU Customer-specific Fermenter Control Systems .................................................................................43 

Gmix – Gas Mixing Device.......................................................................................................................................45 

AlcoTect Alcohol Probe ...........................................................................................................................................47 

OxyTect Optical Dissolved Oxygen Probe ...............................................................................................................48 

Autoclavable pH-Probe ...............................................................................................................................................48 

HiSense Emission Analysis System ........................................................................................................................49 

RQFeed Feeding Algorithm .....................................................................................................................................52 

Packed Bed Reactor ...................................................................................................................................................53 

Laboratory Automation Hardware..................................................................................................................54 

LabManager®-System.................................................................................................................................................55 

MSRmanager-System............................................................................................................................................112 

Interface Cards..........................................................................................................................................................121 

PI Additional Devices ................................................................................................................................................128 

Display and Operating Elements ..............................................................................................................................135 

Laboratory Automation Software.................................................................................................................141 

LabVision®................................................................................................................................................................142 

HiLIMS Laboratory Information Management-System...........................................................................................180 

PI-Firmware-Modules................................................................................................................................................184 

HiBuilder Data Evaluation and Presentation..........................................................................................................190 

RI-CAD the CAD-Software for P&ID-flow diagrams...............................................................................................192 

Plant Construction and Miniplant Technology............................................................................................193 

LabKit Custom Reaction Equipment ....................................................................................................................198 

Custom Parallel Reactor System...............................................................................................................................200 

Custom Reaction Calorimeters .................................................................................................................................201 

Formulation and Handling Stations ...........................................................................................................................203 

Equipment and Components........................................................................................................................205 

Laboratory Scales......................................................................................................................................................206 

Electrical Base Discharge Valves ............................................................................................................................210 

Automatic Liquid Phase Separation ..........................................................................................................................211 

Glass Components ...................................................................................................................................................212 

Low Pulsation Total Evaporator ................................................................................................................................213 

Valves and Stop-Cocks ............................................................................................................................................214 

Process Analytics and Sensors....................................................................................................................224 


Table of Content 

MoleculeEye® ATR-FTIR-Spectroscopy....................................................................................................................225 

ParticleEye Particle Sizer.......................................................................................................................................229 

Turbidity Probe .........................................................................................................................................................233 

Fibre-Optic Submersible Reflection Probes ..............................................................................................................234 

Phase boundary Detector .........................................................................................................................................235 

Level Sensor..............................................................................................................................................................236 

Teflon® Flow Sensors ..............................................................................................................................................237 

Turbine Flow Sensor for Heat carrier Oil....................................................................................................................244 

Thermal Mass Flowmeters and Controllers ..............................................................................................................245 

Coriolis Mass Flowmeters and Controllers ...............................................................................................................247 

Laboratory Gas Counter............................................................................................................................................248 

Temperature Sensors ...............................................................................................................................................250 

Pressure Transmitters ...............................................................................................................................................251 

Hose Pressure Transmitter........................................................................................................................................253 

Humidity Sensors .....................................................................................................................................................254 

Distance and Rotational Speed Measurement..........................................................................................................254 

Weight Measuring and Load Cells ...........................................................................................................................255 

Monitors.....................................................................................................................................................................256 

Dosing Systems and Pumps.........................................................................................................................263 

Controlled Dropping Funnel GraviDos®....................................................................................................................264 

Controlled Dropping Funnel AlfaDos......................................................................................................................268 

Pumps, dosing pumps...............................................................................................................................................269 

Multi-Channel Dosing Systems .................................................................................................................................297 

Vacuum pumps..........................................................................................................................................................298 

Solid Matter Dosing System......................................................................................................................................301 

Liquid Handling and Autosampler................................................................................................................305 

Sample Drawing Systems and Pipetting Robots........................................................................................................306 

Stirring and Dispersing.................................................................................................................................319 

Measuring Stirrer ViscoPakt®....................................................................................................................................320 

ViscoTrol Control Unit for Three-Phase Stirrer Drive ............................................................................................325 

ViscoGraph – Automation of Stirring Tests ...........................................................................................................331 

Dispersing and Homogenising ..................................................................................................................................332 

Services..........................................................................................................................................................333 

HiTec Zang - Your competent Project Partner !..........................................................................................................334 

Customised Application Programs ............................................................................................................................335 

Seminars and Training ............................................................................................................................................336 

Maintenance Contracts ...........................................................................................................................................337 

Product Manuals ......................................................................................................................................................338

HiTec Zang GmbH -- Main Catalogue 2009/10

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?